Add 2012 to FSF copyright years for Emacs files
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / misc / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @include emacsver.texi
11
12 @c The following macros are used for conditional output for single lines.
13 @c @texline foo
14 @c `foo' will appear only in TeX output
15 @c @infoline foo
16 @c `foo' will appear only in non-TeX output
17
18 @c @expr{expr} will typeset an expression;
19 @c $x$ in TeX, @samp{x} otherwise.
20
21 @iftex
22 @macro texline
23 @end macro
24 @alias infoline=comment
25 @alias expr=math
26 @alias tfn=code
27 @alias mathit=expr
28 @alias summarykey=key
29 @macro cpi{}
30 @math{@pi{}}
31 @end macro
32 @macro cpiover{den}
33 @math{@pi/\den\}
34 @end macro
35 @end iftex
36
37 @ifnottex
38 @alias texline=comment
39 @macro infoline{stuff}
40 \stuff\
41 @end macro
42 @alias expr=samp
43 @alias tfn=t
44 @alias mathit=i
45 @macro summarykey{ky}
46 \ky\
47 @end macro
48 @macro cpi{}
49 @expr{pi}
50 @end macro
51 @macro cpiover{den}
52 @expr{pi/\den\}
53 @end macro
54 @end ifnottex
55
56
57 @tex
58 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
59 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
60 @end tex
61
62 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
63 @iftex
64 @finalout
65 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
66 @tex
67 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
68
69 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
70 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
71 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
72 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
73 @end tex
74 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
75 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
76 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
77 @ignore
78 @newcount@calcpageno
79 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
80 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
81 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
82 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
83 \r@ggedbottomtrue
84 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
85 @end ignore
86 @end iftex
87
88 @copying
89 @ifinfo
90 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
91 @end ifinfo
92 @ifnotinfo
93 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with
94 GNU Emacs @value{EMACSVER}.
95 @end ifnotinfo
96
97 Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1991, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
98
99 @quotation
100 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
101 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
102 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
103 Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
104 Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
105 Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
106 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
107
108 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
109 modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
110 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
111 @end quotation
112 @end copying
113
114 @dircategory Emacs misc features
115 @direntry
116 * Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
117 @end direntry
118
119 @titlepage
120 @sp 6
121 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
122 @sp 4
123 @center GNU Emacs Calc
124 @c [volume]
125 @sp 5
126 @center Dave Gillespie
127 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
128 @page
129
130 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
131 @insertcopying
132 @end titlepage
133
134
135 @summarycontents
136
137 @c [end]
138
139 @contents
140
141 @c [begin]
142 @ifnottex
143 @node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
144 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
145
146 @noindent
147 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
148 written by Dave Gillespie that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
149
150 This manual, also written (mostly) by Dave Gillespie, is divided into
151 three major parts: ``Getting Started,'' the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the
152 ``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial introduces all the major aspects of
153 Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is
154 a complete reference to the features of the Calculator.
155 @end ifnottex
156
157 @ifinfo
158 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
159 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
160 longer Info tutorial.)
161 @end ifinfo
162
163 @insertcopying
164
165 @menu
166 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
167 @ifinfo
168 * Interactive Tutorial::
169 @end ifinfo
170 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
171
172 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
173 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
174 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
175 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
176 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
177 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
178 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
179 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
180 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
181 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
182 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
183 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
184 * Keypad Mode:: Operating Calc from a keypad.
185 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
186 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
187
188 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
189 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
190 * Customizing Calc:: Customizing Calc.
191 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
192
193 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
194
195 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
196 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
197 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
198 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
199 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
200 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
201 @end menu
202
203 @ifinfo
204 @node Getting Started, Interactive Tutorial, Top, Top
205 @end ifinfo
206 @ifnotinfo
207 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
208 @end ifnotinfo
209 @chapter Getting Started
210 @noindent
211 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
212 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
213 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
214
215 @menu
216 * What is Calc::
217 * About This Manual::
218 * Notations Used in This Manual::
219 * Demonstration of Calc::
220 * Using Calc::
221 * History and Acknowledgements::
222 @end menu
223
224 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
225 @section What is Calc?
226
227 @noindent
228 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
229 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
230 series of calculators, its many features include:
231
232 @itemize @bullet
233 @item
234 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
235
236 @item
237 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
238
239 @item
240 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
241 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
242 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
243 and algebraic formulas.
244
245 @item
246 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
247
248 @item
249 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
250
251 @item
252 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
253
254 @item
255 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
256 modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
257
258 @item
259 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
260
261 @item
262 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
263
264 @item
265 Embedded mode for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
266 inside any editing buffer.
267
268 @item
269 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
270
271 @item
272 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
273 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
274 @end itemize
275
276 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
277 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
278 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
279 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
280 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
281 the program you can learn its additional features. Calc does not
282 have the scope and depth of a fully-functional symbolic math package,
283 but Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and freedom.
284
285 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
286 @section About This Manual
287
288 @noindent
289 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
290 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices and as
291 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
292 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
293 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
294 regularly.
295
296 This manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
297 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial, and the Calc
298 reference manual.
299 @c [when-split]
300 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
301 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
302 @c chapter.
303
304 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
305 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
306 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
307 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
308 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
309
310 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
311 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
312 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
313 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
314 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
315 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
316 to use its features.
317
318 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
319 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
320 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
321 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
322 need to know.
323
324 @c @cindex Marginal notes
325 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
326 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
327 variables also have their own indices.
328 @c @texline Each
329 @c @infoline In the printed manual, each
330 @c paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
331 @c in the margin with its index entry.
332
333 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
334 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by pressing
335 the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window, you can press
336 @kbd{C-x * i} to read the manual on-line. From within Calc the command
337 @kbd{h t} will jump directly to the Tutorial; from outside of Calc the
338 command @kbd{C-x * t} will jump to the Tutorial and start Calc if
339 necessary. Pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{C-x * s} will take you directly
340 to the Calc Summary. Within Calc, you can also go to the part of the
341 manual describing any Calc key, function, or variable using
342 @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v}, respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
343
344 @ifnottex
345 The Calc manual can be printed, but because the manual is so large, you
346 should only make a printed copy if you really need it. To print the
347 manual, you will need the @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free
348 program by Donald Knuth at Stanford University) as well as the
349 @file{texindex} program and @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can
350 be obtained from the FSF as part of the @code{texinfo} package.
351 To print the Calc manual in one huge tome, you will need the
352 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
353 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
354 Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
355 source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
356 get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
357 The result will be a device-independent output file called
358 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
359 for your system. On many systems, the command is
360
361 @example
362 lpr -d calc.dvi
363 @end example
364
365 @noindent
366 or
367
368 @example
369 dvips calc.dvi
370 @end example
371 @end ifnottex
372 @c Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
373 @c Foundation.
374
375 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
376 @section Notations Used in This Manual
377
378 @noindent
379 This section describes the various notations that are used
380 throughout the Calc manual.
381
382 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
383 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
384 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
385 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
386 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
387 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
388 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
389 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
390 regularly using Emacs.
391
392 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
393 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
394 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
395 also press @key{ESC} or @kbd{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
396 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
397
398 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
399 that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
400 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
401
402 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
403 or @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
404 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{C-x * k} key sequence,
405 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
406
407 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
408 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
409 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
410 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
411 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
412
413 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
414 [@code{sincos}].
415
416 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
417 @section A Demonstration of Calc
418
419 @noindent
420 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
421 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
422 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
423 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
424 Tutorial.
425
426 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
427 does this), and type @kbd{C-x * c} to start the
428 Calculator. (You can also use @kbd{M-x calc} if this doesn't work.
429 @xref{Starting Calc}, for various ways of starting the Calculator.)
430
431 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
432 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
433 @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
434 Delete, and Space keys.
435
436 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
437 then the command to operate on the numbers.
438
439 @noindent
440 Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute
441 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775}.
442 @infoline the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775.
443
444 @noindent
445 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute
446 @texline @math{\pi^2 = 9.86960440109}.
447 @infoline the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109.
448
449 @noindent
450 Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
451
452 @noindent
453 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
454 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
455
456 @noindent
457 Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
458
459 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
460 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
461 use the apostrophe key.
462
463 @noindent
464 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute
465 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3}}.
466 @infoline the square root of 2+3.
467
468 @noindent
469 Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter
470 @texline @math{\pi^2}.
471 @infoline `pi' squared.
472 To evaluate this symbolic formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
473
474 @noindent
475 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
476 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
477
478 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
479 @w{@kbd{C-x * k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
480 the next section.)
481
482 @noindent
483 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
484 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
485
486 @noindent
487 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @tfn{y^x}.
488
489 @noindent
490 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
491
492 @noindent
493 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
494
495 @noindent
496 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
497 the Keypad Calculator off.
498
499 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{C-x * x} if necessary to exit Calc.
500 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
501 front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
502 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
503 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{C-x * i}}, or just
504 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{C-x * g} to
505 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
506
507 @example
508 @group
509 1.23 1.97
510 1.6 2
511 1.19 1.08
512 @end group
513 @end example
514
515 @noindent
516 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
517 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
518
519 @noindent
520 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
521 the product of the numbers.
522
523 @noindent
524 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
525 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
526 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{C-x * r}.
527
528 @noindent
529 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this
530 @texline @math{3\times2}
531 @infoline 3x2
532 matrix into a
533 @texline @math{2\times3}
534 @infoline 2x3
535 matrix. Type @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate
536 vectors. Now type @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums
537 of the two original columns. (There is also a special
538 grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{C-x * :}.)
539
540 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
541 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
542 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
543
544 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
545 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
546 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
547 many weeks have passed since then.
548
549 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
550 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
551 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
552 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
553 in @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
554 these equations for the variables @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
555
556 @noindent
557 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
558 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, @kbd{d T}
559 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system,
560 and @kbd{d L} to view them in the notation for the La@TeX{} typesetting
561 system. Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
562
563 @noindent
564 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @expr{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
565 (That's the letter @kbd{l}, not the numeral @kbd{1}.)
566
567 @ifnotinfo
568 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
569 manual. Type @kbd{C-x * c} to return to Calc after each of these
570 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
571 @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
572 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
573 @end ifnotinfo
574 @ifinfo
575 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
576 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{C-x * c}, to
577 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
578 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
579 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
580 @end ifinfo
581
582 Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
583 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again.
584
585 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
586 @section Using Calc
587
588 @noindent
589 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
590 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
591 there are Quick mode, Keypad mode, and Embedded mode.
592
593 @menu
594 * Starting Calc::
595 * The Standard Interface::
596 * Quick Mode Overview::
597 * Keypad Mode Overview::
598 * Standalone Operation::
599 * Embedded Mode Overview::
600 * Other C-x * Commands::
601 @end menu
602
603 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
604 @subsection Starting Calc
605
606 @noindent
607 On most systems, you can type @kbd{C-x *} to start the Calculator.
608 The key sequence @kbd{C-x *} is bound to the command @code{calc-dispatch},
609 which can be rebound if convenient (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
610
611 When you press @kbd{C-x *}, Emacs waits for you to press a second key to
612 complete the command. In this case, you will follow @kbd{C-x *} with a
613 letter (upper- or lower-case, it doesn't matter for @kbd{C-x *}) that says
614 which Calc interface you want to use.
615
616 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{C-x * c}. To get
617 Keypad mode, type @kbd{C-x * k}. Type @kbd{C-x * ?} to get a brief
618 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
619 a complete list.
620
621 To ease typing, @kbd{C-x * *} also works to start Calc. It starts the
622 same interface (either @kbd{C-x * c} or @w{@kbd{C-x * k}}) that you last
623 used, selecting the @kbd{C-x * c} interface by default.
624
625 If @kbd{C-x *} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
626 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
627 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
628 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
629 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
630
631 The same commands (like @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}) that start
632 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
633
634 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
635 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
636
637 @noindent
638 @cindex Standard user interface
639 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
640 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}
641 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
642 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
643
644 @smallexample
645 @group
646
647 ...
648 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
649 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calculator Trail
650 2: 17.3 | 17.3
651 1: -5 | 3
652 . | 2
653 | 4
654 | * 8
655 | ->-5
656 |
657 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%*- *Calc Trail*
658 @end group
659 @end smallexample
660
661 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
662 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
663 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
664 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
665 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
666 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
667 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
668 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
669 you do.
670
671 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
672 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
673 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @mathit{-5}.
674 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
675 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @mathit{-5} sitting on the stack.
676
677 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
678 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
679 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
680
681 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
682 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
683 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
684 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
685 @kbd{E} means @expr{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
686 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
687 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
688
689 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
690 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
691 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
692 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
693 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
694 as Calc commands.
695
696 When you quit by pressing @kbd{C-x * c} a second time, the Calculator
697 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
698 hidden. When you press @kbd{C-x * c} once again you will get the
699 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
700 Calculator.
701
702 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
703 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{C-x * c} will give you
704 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
705 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
706 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
707 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
708 always treat @kbd{C-x * *} the same as @kbd{C-x * c}.
709
710 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
711
712 If you type @kbd{C-x * b} first and then @kbd{C-x * c}, you get a
713 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
714 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
715 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again to quit,
716 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{C-x * b} key
717 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
718 normal partial-screen mode.
719
720 Finally, @kbd{C-x * o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x * c}
721 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
722 editing before remains selected instead. If you are in a Calc window,
723 then @kbd{C-x * o} will switch you out of it, being careful not to
724 switch you to the Calc Trail window. So @kbd{C-x * o} is a handy
725 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; you can then
726 type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
727
728 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
729 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
730
731 @noindent
732 @dfn{Quick mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
733 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{C-x * q}
734 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
735
736 Quick mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
737 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
738 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@mathit{3.33333333333}
739 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
740 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{C-x * q}
741 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
742 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
743 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
744
745 Calc mode settings affect Quick mode, too, though you will have to
746 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{C-x * c}) to change the mode settings.
747
748 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
749 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
750
751 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
752 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
753
754 @noindent
755 @dfn{Keypad mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
756 It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
757 don't have a mouse, you will have to operate Keypad mode with your
758 arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth).
759
760 Type @kbd{C-x * k} to turn Keypad mode on or off. Once again you
761 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
762 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
763 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
764
765 @tex
766 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
767 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
768 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
769 \medskip
770 @end tex
771 @smallexample
772 @group
773 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
774 |2: 17.3
775 |1: -5
776 | .
777 |--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
778 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
779 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
780 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
781 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
782 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
783 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
784 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
785 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
786 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
787 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
788 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
789 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
790 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
791 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
792 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
793 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
794 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
795 @end group
796 @end smallexample
797
798 Keypad mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
799 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
800 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
801 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
802 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
803 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad mode.
804
805 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
806 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
807 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
808 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
809 the stack).
810
811 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
812 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
813 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
814 numbers.
815
816 Because Keypad mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
817 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
818 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
819 keypad. One advantage of Keypad mode is that you don't need an
820 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
821
822 If you press @kbd{C-x * b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad mode
823 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
824 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
825
826 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
827 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
828
829 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
830 @subsection Standalone Operation
831
832 @noindent
833 @cindex Standalone Operation
834 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
835 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
836 can give the commands:
837
838 @example
839 emacs -f full-calc
840 @end example
841
842 @noindent
843 or
844
845 @example
846 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
847 @end example
848
849 @noindent
850 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * c}) or
851 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * k}).
852 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
853 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
854 itself.
855
856 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other C-x * Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
857 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
858
859 @noindent
860 @dfn{Embedded mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
861 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
862 document like this:
863
864 @smallexample
865 @group
866 The derivative of
867
868 ln(ln(x))
869
870 is
871 @end group
872 @end smallexample
873
874 @noindent
875 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
876 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
877 do this with Embedded mode, first copy the formula down to where
878 you want the result to be, leaving a blank line before and after the
879 formula:
880
881 @smallexample
882 @group
883 The derivative of
884
885 ln(ln(x))
886
887 is
888
889 ln(ln(x))
890 @end group
891 @end smallexample
892
893 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{C-x * e}.
894 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to tell
895 how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly) onto the Calc
896 stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the editing buffer, but
897 the line with the formula will now appear as it would on the Calc stack
898 (in this case, it will be left-aligned) and the buffer's mode line will
899 change to look like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like
900 @samp{12 Deg} and so on). Even though you are still in your editing
901 buffer, the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
902 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take the
903 derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
904
905 @smallexample
906 @group
907 The derivative of
908
909 ln(ln(x))
910
911 is
912
913 1 / ln(x) x
914 @end group
915 @end smallexample
916
917 (Note that by default, Calc gives division lower precedence than multiplication,
918 so that @samp{1 / ln(x) x} is equivalent to @samp{1 / (ln(x) x)}.)
919
920 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
921 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use Big display mode.
922
923 @smallexample
924 @group
925 The derivative of
926
927 ln(ln(x))
928
929 is
930 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
931 % [calc-mode: language: big]
932
933 1
934 -------
935 ln(x) x
936 @end group
937 @end smallexample
938
939 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
940 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
941 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{} or
942 La@TeX{}. (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want
943 to move these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them
944 out of the way.)
945
946 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
947 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
948
949 @smallexample
950 @group
951 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
952 % [calc-mode: language: big]
953 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
954
955 1
956 ------- (1)
957 ln(x) x
958 @end group
959 @end smallexample
960
961 To leave Embedded mode, type @kbd{C-x * e} again. The mode line
962 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before.
963
964 The related command @kbd{C-x * w} operates on a single word, which
965 generally means a single number, inside text. It searches for an
966 expression which ``looks'' like a number containing the point.
967 Here's an example of its use:
968
969 @smallexample
970 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
971 @end smallexample
972
973 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{C-x * w} to enable
974 Embedded mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
975 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
976 then @w{@kbd{C-x * w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
977
978 @smallexample
979 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
980 @end smallexample
981
982 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
983 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
984
985 @node Other C-x * Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
986 @subsection Other @kbd{C-x *} Commands
987
988 @noindent
989 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{C-x * g} and @kbd{C-x * r},
990 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
991 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
992 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
993 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
994
995 The @kbd{C-x * g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
996 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
997 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
998 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
999 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
1000 @kbd{C-u C-x * g} interprets the region as a single number or
1001 formula.
1002
1003 The @kbd{C-x * r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
1004 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
1005 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
1006
1007 Complementary to these is @kbd{C-x * y}, which ``yanks'' the
1008 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1009 If you type @w{@kbd{C-x * y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1010 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{C-x * y} while
1011 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1012 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1013 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1014 is something on the Calc stack.
1015
1016 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{C-x *} commands.
1017 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1018 following @kbd{C-x *}.
1019
1020 @noindent
1021 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1022
1023 @table @kbd
1024 @item *
1025 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1026
1027 @item =, +, -, /, \, &, #
1028 Alternatives for @kbd{*}.
1029
1030 @item C
1031 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1032 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1033 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1034
1035 @item O
1036 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1037 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1038 move it out of that window.
1039
1040 @item B
1041 Control whether @kbd{C-x * c} and @kbd{C-x * k} use the full screen.
1042
1043 @item Q
1044 Use Quick mode for a single short calculation.
1045
1046 @item K
1047 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1048
1049 @item E
1050 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1051
1052 @item J
1053 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1054
1055 @item W
1056 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1057
1058 @item Z
1059 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1060
1061 @item X
1062 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1063 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1064 @end table
1065 @iftex
1066 @sp 2
1067 @end iftex
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1071
1072 @table @kbd
1073 @item G
1074 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1075
1076 @item R
1077 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1078
1079 @item :
1080 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1081
1082 @item _
1083 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1084
1085 @item Y
1086 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1087 @end table
1088 @iftex
1089 @sp 2
1090 @end iftex
1091
1092 @noindent
1093 Commands for use with Embedded mode:
1094
1095 @table @kbd
1096 @item A
1097 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1098 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1099 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1100
1101 @item D
1102 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1103 the duplicate.
1104
1105 @item F
1106 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1107
1108 @item N
1109 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1110
1111 @item P
1112 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1113
1114 @item U
1115 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1116
1117 @item `
1118 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1119 @end table
1120 @iftex
1121 @sp 2
1122 @end iftex
1123
1124 @noindent
1125 Miscellaneous commands:
1126
1127 @table @kbd
1128 @item I
1129 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1130 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1131
1132 @item T
1133 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1134
1135 @item S
1136 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1137
1138 @item L
1139 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1140 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1141
1142 @item M
1143 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1144 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1145
1146 @item 0
1147 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1148 its initial state: Empty stack, and initial mode settings.
1149 @end table
1150
1151 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1152 @section History and Acknowledgements
1153
1154 @noindent
1155 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1156 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1157 the value of
1158 @texline @math{2^{32}}.
1159 @infoline @expr{2^32}.
1160 I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's easy, just call up an
1161 @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported that the answer to our
1162 question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to see the full ten
1163 digits even though we knew they were there in the program's memory! I
1164 was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator of my own, once and for
1165 all.
1166
1167 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1168 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1169 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1170 got too far out of hand.
1171
1172 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1173 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1174 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1175
1176 Emacs Lisp didn't have built-in floating point math (now it does), so
1177 this had to be simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers would
1178 only comfortably fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent
1179 calculator. So I had to write my own high-precision integer code as
1180 well, and once I had this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were
1181 just as easy as large integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was
1182 the logical next step. Also, since the large integer arithmetic was
1183 there anyway it seemed only fair to give the user direct access to it,
1184 which in turn made it practical to support fractions as well as floats.
1185 All these features inspired me to look around for other data types that
1186 might be worth having.
1187
1188 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1189 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1190 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I
1191 decided that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once
1192 things had gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at
1193 serious algebra systems for further ideas. Since these systems did
1194 far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided to focus on
1195 rewrite rules and other programming features so that users could
1196 implement what they needed for themselves.
1197
1198 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1199 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1200 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1201
1202 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1203 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1204 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1205
1206 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1207 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1208 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1209 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1210 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1211 algebra system for microcomputers.
1212
1213 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1214 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1215 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1216 rules, and many other algebra features;
1217 @texline Fran\c{c}ois
1218 @infoline Francois
1219 Pinard, who contributed an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix
1220 as well as providing valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc;
1221 Carl Witty, whose eagle eyes discovered many typographical and factual
1222 errors in the Calc manual; Tim Kay, who drove the development of
1223 Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who made many suggestions relating to the
1224 algebra commands and contributed some code for polynomial operations;
1225 Randal Schwartz, who suggested the @code{calc-eval} function; Juha
1226 Sarlin, who first worked out how to split Calc into quickly-loading
1227 parts; Bob Weiner, who helped immensely with the Lucid Emacs port; and
1228 Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc Tutorial and exercises as
1229 well as many other things.
1230
1231 @cindex Bibliography
1232 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1233 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1234 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1235 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1236 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1237 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1238 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis
1239 for the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham,
1240 Knuth, and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the
1241 @emph{CRC Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and
1242 Abramowitz and Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical
1243 Functions}. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written without
1244 the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil Lewis and
1245 Dan LaLiberte.
1246
1247 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1248 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1249 finished in two weeks.
1250
1251 @c [tutorial]
1252
1253 @ifinfo
1254 @c This node is accessed by the `C-x * t' command.
1255 @node Interactive Tutorial, Tutorial, Getting Started, Top
1256 @chapter Tutorial
1257
1258 @noindent
1259 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1260
1261 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1262 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1263 for this).
1264
1265 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1266 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1267 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1268 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1269
1270 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1271 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1272 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1273 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1274 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1275
1276 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1277
1278 Press the number @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1279
1280 @menu
1281 * Tutorial::
1282 @end menu
1283
1284 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Interactive Tutorial, Top
1285 @end ifinfo
1286 @ifnotinfo
1287 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1288 @end ifnotinfo
1289 @chapter Tutorial
1290
1291 @noindent
1292 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1293 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1294 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1295 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1296 @c [not-split]
1297 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1298 @c [when-split]
1299 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1300
1301 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1302 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1303 The Quick mode and Keypad mode interfaces are fairly
1304 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1305 the Embedded mode interface.
1306
1307 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1308 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. Press
1309 @kbd{C-x * t} to set this up; the on-line tutorial will be opened in the
1310 current window and Calc will be started in another window. From the
1311 Info window, the command @kbd{C-x * c} can be used to switch to the Calc
1312 window and @kbd{C-x * o} can be used to switch back to the Info window.
1313 (If you have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead; in
1314 that case you only need to press @kbd{C-x * c} to start Calc.)
1315
1316 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1317 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1318 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1319 general areas.
1320
1321 @ifnottex
1322 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1323 it as you learn Calc. @xref{About This Manual}, to see how to make a
1324 printed summary. @xref{Summary}.
1325 @end ifnottex
1326 @iftex
1327 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1328 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1329 Calc.
1330 @end iftex
1331
1332 @menu
1333 * Basic Tutorial::
1334 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1335 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1336 * Types Tutorial::
1337 * Algebra Tutorial::
1338 * Programming Tutorial::
1339
1340 * Answers to Exercises::
1341 @end menu
1342
1343 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1344 @section Basic Tutorial
1345
1346 @noindent
1347 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1348 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1349 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1350
1351 @menu
1352 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1353 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1354 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1355 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1356 @end menu
1357
1358 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1359 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1360
1361 @cindex RPN notation
1362 @ifnottex
1363 @noindent
1364 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1365 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1366 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1367 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1368 @end ifnottex
1369 @tex
1370 \noindent
1371 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1372 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1373 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1374 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1375 @end tex
1376
1377 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1378 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1379 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1380 from the top of the stack.
1381
1382 @cindex Operators
1383 @cindex Operands
1384 In an operation like @expr{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1385 and the @expr{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1386 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1387 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1388 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1389 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1390
1391 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1392 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1393 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1394 you wish; type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1395 @kbd{C-x * c} again or @kbd{C-x * o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1396 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1397 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1398 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1399 will look at various points throughout the calculation:
1400
1401 @smallexample
1402 @group
1403 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1404 . 1: 3 .
1405 .
1406
1407 C-x * c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1408 @end group
1409 @end smallexample
1410
1411 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1412 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1413 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1414 less distracting in regular use.
1415
1416 @cindex Stack levels
1417 @cindex Levels of stack
1418 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1419 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1420 @expr{x}, @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and @expr{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1421 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1422 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1423 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1424 work on the top few levels of the stack.
1425
1426 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1427 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1428 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1429 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1430 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1431 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1432 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1433 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1434 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1435 if you are interested.
1436
1437 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1438 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1439 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1440 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1441 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.
1442
1443 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1444 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1445
1446 @smallexample
1447 @group
1448 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1449 . 1: 3 .
1450 .
1451
1452 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1453 @end group
1454 @end smallexample
1455
1456 @noindent
1457 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1458 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1459 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1460
1461 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1462 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1463 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1464 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1465 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1466 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1467 return to where you were.)
1468
1469 @noindent
1470 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1471 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1472 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1473 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1474
1475 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute
1476 @texline @math{(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}}
1477 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4}
1478 using the stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1479
1480 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1481 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1482 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1483 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1484 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1485 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1486 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1487 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1488 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1489
1490 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1491 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1492 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1493
1494 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1495 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1496 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1497 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1498 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1499
1500 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1501 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1502 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1503
1504 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1505 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1506 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1507
1508 @smallexample
1509 @group
1510 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1511 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1512 . .
1513
1514 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1515 @end group
1516 @end smallexample
1517
1518 @noindent
1519 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1520 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1521
1522 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1523 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1524 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1525
1526 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1527 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1528 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1529 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1530 was @expr{20 / (2+3)}.
1531
1532 @smallexample
1533 @group
1534 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1535 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1536 . .
1537
1538 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1539 @end group
1540 @end smallexample
1541
1542 @noindent
1543 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1544
1545 @smallexample
1546 @group
1547 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1548 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1549 . 1: 3 .
1550 .
1551
1552 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1553 @end group
1554 @end smallexample
1555
1556 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1557 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1558 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 @group
1562 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1563 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1564 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1565 . . .
1566
1567 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1568 @end group
1569 @end smallexample
1570
1571 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1572 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1573 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1574 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1575
1576 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1577 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1578 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1579 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1580
1581 @smallexample
1582 @group
1583 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1584 . . 1: 16 . .
1585 .
1586
1587 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1588 @end group
1589 @end smallexample
1590
1591 @noindent
1592 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1593 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1594
1595 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1596 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1597 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1598 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1599 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1600
1601 @smallexample
1602 @group
1603 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1604 . 1: 4 .
1605 .
1606
1607 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1608 @end group
1609 @end smallexample
1610
1611 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1612 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1613 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1614 prefix for you:
1615
1616 @smallexample
1617 @group
1618 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1619 . 1: 4 .
1620 .
1621
1622 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1623 @end group
1624 @end smallexample
1625
1626 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1627
1628 @smallexample
1629 @group
1630 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1631 . . .
1632
1633 4 @key{RET} n Q
1634 @end group
1635 @end smallexample
1636
1637 @noindent
1638 The notation @expr{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1639 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @expr{a + b i};
1640 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1641 @expr{(a, b)} notation.
1642
1643 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1644 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1645 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1646 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1647 complex result.)
1648
1649 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1650 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1651
1652 @smallexample
1653 @group
1654 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1655 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1656 . .
1657
1658 ( 2 , 3 )
1659 @end group
1660 @end smallexample
1661
1662 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1663 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1664
1665 @smallexample
1666 @group
1667 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1668 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1669 . 1: 3 . .
1670 .
1671 (error)
1672 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1673 @end group
1674 @end smallexample
1675
1676 @noindent
1677 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1678 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1679
1680 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1681 moved around by the regular stack commands.
1682
1683 @smallexample
1684 @group
1685 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
1686 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1687 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1688 . . .
1689
1690 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1691 @end group
1692 @end smallexample
1693
1694 @noindent
1695 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1696 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1697 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1698 to use the comma. It's up to you.
1699
1700 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @expr{(2, 3)},
1701 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1702 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1703 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1704 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1705
1706 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1707 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1708 the tutorial.
1709
1710 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1711 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1712 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1713 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1714 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1715 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1716 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1717
1718 @smallexample
1719 @group
1720 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1721 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1722 . 1: 30 1: 30
1723 . .
1724
1725 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1726 @end group
1727 @end smallexample
1728
1729 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1730 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1731 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1732 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1733 the second-to-top element of the stack:
1734
1735 @smallexample
1736 @group
1737 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1738 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1739 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1740 . . 1: 20
1741 .
1742
1743 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1744 @end group
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @cindex Clearing the stack
1748 @cindex Emptying the stack
1749 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1750 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1751 entire stack.)
1752
1753 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1754 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1755
1756 @noindent
1757 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1758 Calculator in Algebraic mode, which is closer to the way
1759 non-RPN calculators work. In Algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1760 in traditional @expr{2+3} notation.
1761
1762 @strong{Notice:} Calc gives @samp{/} lower precedence than @samp{*}, so
1763 that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}; this is not
1764 standard across all computer languages. See below for details.
1765
1766 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1767 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1768 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1769 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1770 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1771 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1772 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1773
1774 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1775 The result should be the number 9.
1776
1777 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1778 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1779 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1780 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1781 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1782
1783 @example
1784 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1785 @end example
1786
1787 @noindent
1788 is equivalent to
1789
1790 @example
1791 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1792 @end example
1793
1794 @noindent
1795 or, in large mathematical notation,
1796
1797 @ifnottex
1798 @example
1799 @group
1800 3 * 4 * 5
1801 2 + --------- - 9
1802 8
1803 6 * 7
1804 @end group
1805 @end example
1806 @end ifnottex
1807 @tex
1808 \beforedisplay
1809 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1810 \afterdisplay
1811 @end tex
1812
1813 @noindent
1814 The result of this expression will be the number @mathit{-6.99999826533}.
1815
1816 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1817 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1818 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1819 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1820
1821 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1822 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1823 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @mathit{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1824 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1825
1826 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is
1827 Algebraic mode, where Calc automatically senses
1828 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1829 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1830 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1831
1832 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1833
1834 In Algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1835 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1836 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1837 an algebraic entry.
1838
1839 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
1840 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
1841 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
1842 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
1843 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
1844
1845 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
1846 be @expr{0.16227766017}.
1847
1848 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
1849 the apostrophe even if you are in Algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
1850 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
1851 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
1852 rule to use!
1853
1854 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
1855 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
1856 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
1857
1858 Still in Algebraic mode, type:
1859
1860 @smallexample
1861 @group
1862 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
1863 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
1864 . .
1865
1866 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
1867 @end group
1868 @end smallexample
1869
1870 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
1871 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
1872 after every entry, even for a simple number like @expr{1}.
1873
1874 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special Incomplete Algebraic
1875 mode in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
1876 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
1877 Total Algebraic mode, started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
1878 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
1879 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of Total Algebraic
1880 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc.)
1881
1882 If you're still in Algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
1883
1884 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
1885 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
1886 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
1887 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
1888 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
1889 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
1890 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
1891 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
1892 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation
1893 @texline @math{\sqrt{2\times4+1}},
1894 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2*4+1)},
1895 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
1896 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
1897
1898 @smallexample
1899 @group
1900 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
1901 . . .
1902
1903 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
1904 @end group
1905 @end smallexample
1906
1907 @noindent
1908 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
1909 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
1910
1911 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
1912 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
1913 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
1914 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1915
1916 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
1917 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
1918
1919 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
1920 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
1921 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
1922 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
1923 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
1924 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
1925 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
1926
1927 @smallexample
1928 @group
1929 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
1930 . . .
1931
1932 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
1933 @end group
1934 @end smallexample
1935
1936 @noindent
1937 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
1938 variables by the values that were stored in them.
1939
1940 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
1941 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
1942 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
1943
1944 @smallexample
1945 @group
1946 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
1947 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
1948 . 1: 2 .
1949 .
1950
1951 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
1952 @end group
1953 @end smallexample
1954
1955 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
1956 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
1957 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
1958 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
1959 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
1960 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
1961
1962 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
1963 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
1964
1965 @smallexample
1966 @group
1967 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
1968 . .
1969
1970 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
1971 @end group
1972 @end smallexample
1973
1974 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
1975 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
1976
1977 @smallexample
1978 @group
1979 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
1980 .
1981
1982 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
1983 @end group
1984 @end smallexample
1985
1986 @noindent
1987 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
1988 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
1989 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
1990 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
1991 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
1992 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
1993 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
1994 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
1995 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
1996 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
1997 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
1998 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
1999 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
2000 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
2001
2002 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
2003 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
2004 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
2005 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
2006 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2007
2008 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2009 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2010 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2011
2012 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2013 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2014 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2015 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2016 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2017 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2018 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2019 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2020
2021 @smallexample
2022 @group
2023 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2024 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2025 . .
2026
2027 ' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2028 @end group
2029 @end smallexample
2030
2031 @noindent
2032 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2033 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @expr{a}
2034 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2035 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2036 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2037
2038 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 @group
2042 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2043 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2044 .
2045
2046 s u a @key{RET}
2047 @end group
2048 @end smallexample
2049
2050 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2051 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2052
2053 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2054 @subsection Undo and Redo
2055
2056 @noindent
2057 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2058 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2059 and restart Calc (@kbd{C-x * * C-x * *}) to make sure things start off
2060 with a clean slate. Now:
2061
2062 @smallexample
2063 @group
2064 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2065 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2066 . .
2067
2068 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2069 @end group
2070 @end smallexample
2071
2072 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2073 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2074 above example, you could type:
2075
2076 @smallexample
2077 @group
2078 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2079 . 1: 3 .
2080 .
2081 (error)
2082 U U U U
2083 @end group
2084 @end smallexample
2085
2086 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2087 mistakenly.
2088
2089 @smallexample
2090 @group
2091 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2092 . 1: 3 . .
2093 .
2094 (error)
2095 D D D D
2096 @end group
2097 @end smallexample
2098
2099 @noindent
2100 It was not possible to redo past the @expr{6}, since that was placed there
2101 by something other than an undo command.
2102
2103 @cindex Time travel
2104 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2105 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2106 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2107 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2108 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @expr{6} even though there
2109 was an earlier undo command.
2110
2111 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2112 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2113 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2114 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2115
2116 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @expr{8} we computed was
2117 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2118 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2119 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2120 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2121 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2122 @expr{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2123 stack.
2124
2125 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2126 went into the trail.
2127
2128 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2129 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2130 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2131 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2132 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2133 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2134 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2135 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2136
2137 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2138 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2139 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2140 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2141 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2142
2143 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2144 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2145 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2146 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2147 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2148 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2149 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2150 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2151 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2152 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all.
2153 You can also type @kbd{h h} to see all the help at once.
2154
2155 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2156
2157 @smallexample
2158 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2159 @end smallexample
2160
2161 @noindent
2162 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2163 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2164 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2165 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2166 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2167 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2168 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2169
2170 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2171 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2172 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2173 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2174 the prefix.
2175
2176 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2177 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2178 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2179 to edit a stack entry.
2180
2181 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2182 @cpi{}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2183 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2184 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2185 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2186 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2187 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2188 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2189
2190 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2191 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2192
2193 @noindent
2194 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2195 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2196 mode, namely Algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2197 try some of the most common ones here.
2198
2199 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2200 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2201
2202 @smallexample
2203 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2204 @end smallexample
2205
2206 @noindent
2207 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2208 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2209 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2210 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2211 we get @expr{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2212 leading and trailing zeros.
2213
2214 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2215 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2216 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2217
2218 @smallexample
2219 @group
2220 1: 0.142857142857
2221 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2222 .
2223 @end group
2224 @end smallexample
2225
2226 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2227 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2228 all, the true value @expr{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2229 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2230
2231 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2232 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2233
2234 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2235 though we have a 30-digit value for @expr{1/7} on the stack, if
2236 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2237 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2238 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2239 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2240 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2241
2242 @smallexample
2243 @group
2244 1: 0.142857142857
2245 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2246 3: 1.14285714286
2247 .
2248 @end group
2249 @end smallexample
2250
2251 @noindent
2252 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2253 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @expr{1/7}.
2254
2255 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2256 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2257 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2258 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2259 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2260 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2261 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2262 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2263 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2264 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2265 arithmetic.
2266
2267 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2268 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2269 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2270
2271 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2272
2273 @smallexample
2274 @group
2275 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2276 . 1: 10000 .
2277 .
2278
2279 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2280 @end group
2281 @end smallexample
2282
2283 @noindent
2284 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2285 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2286 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2287 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2288 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2289
2290 @smallexample
2291 @group
2292 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2293 . 1: 10000. .
2294 .
2295
2296 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2297 @end group
2298 @end smallexample
2299
2300 @cindex Round-off errors
2301 @noindent
2302 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2303 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2304 exact integer @expr{10000}, but in the second it contained
2305 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2306 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2307 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2308 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2309 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2310 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2311 out:
2312
2313 @smallexample
2314 @group
2315 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2316 . 1: 10000. .
2317 .
2318
2319 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2320 @end group
2321 @end smallexample
2322
2323 @noindent
2324 @cindex Guard digits
2325 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2326 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2327 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2328 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2329 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2330 last place.
2331
2332 @cindex Guard digits
2333 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2334 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2335 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2336 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2337 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2338 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2339 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2340
2341 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2342 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2343 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2344 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2345 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2346 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2347 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2348 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2349 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2350 use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2351 numbers shown here:
2352
2353 @smallexample
2354 @group
2355 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2356 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2357 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2358 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2359 . . . . .
2360
2361 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2362 @end group
2363 @end smallexample
2364
2365 @noindent
2366 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2367 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2368 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2369 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2370 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2371 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2372
2373 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2374 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2375 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2376 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2377
2378 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2379 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2380 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2381 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2382 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2383
2384 @smallexample
2385 @group
2386 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2387 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2388 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2389 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2390 . . . . .
2391
2392 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2393 @end group
2394 @end smallexample
2395
2396 @noindent
2397 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2398 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2399 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2400 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2401 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2402 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2403 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2404
2405 Notice that the integer @expr{12345} was not affected by any
2406 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2407 displayed exactly.
2408
2409 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2410 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2411 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2412
2413 @example
2414 2417851639229258349412352
2415 @end example
2416
2417 @noindent
2418 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2419
2420 @example
2421 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2422 @end example
2423
2424 @noindent
2425 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2426 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2427 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2428
2429 @example
2430 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2431 @end example
2432
2433 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2434 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2435 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2436
2437 @example
2438 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2439 @end example
2440
2441 @noindent
2442 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2443 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2444
2445 @example
2446 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2447 @end example
2448
2449 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2450 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2451
2452 @example
2453 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2454 @end example
2455
2456 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2457 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2458 restore the default precision.
2459
2460 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2461 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2462 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2463 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2464
2465 @example
2466 16#200000000000000000000
2467 @end example
2468
2469 @noindent
2470 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2471 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2472 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2473 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2474 form:
2475
2476 @example
2477 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2478 @end example
2479
2480 @noindent
2481 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2482 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2483 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2484 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2485 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2486 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{C-c C-c} when you are done.)
2487
2488 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2489 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2490 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2491 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2492 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2493
2494 @example
2495 2#101,1111,1110
2496 @end example
2497
2498 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2499 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2500 other radix.
2501
2502 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2503
2504 @example
2505 1,534
2506 @end example
2507
2508 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2509 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2510 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2511 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2512
2513 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2514 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2515 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2516 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2517 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2518 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2519 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2520 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2521 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2522
2523 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2524 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2525 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2526 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2527 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2528 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2529 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2530 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2531
2532 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2533 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2534 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2535 the way they are actually computed.
2536
2537 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2538 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2539 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2540 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2541
2542 @smallexample
2543 @group
2544 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2545 . . . .
2546
2547 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2548 @end group
2549 @end smallexample
2550
2551 @noindent
2552 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2553 of 45 degrees is
2554 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2};
2555 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2};
2556 squaring this yields @expr{2/4 = 0.5}. However, there has been a slight
2557 roundoff error because the representation of
2558 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2}
2559 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2}
2560 wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1} command is a handy way to clean up numbers
2561 in this case; it temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2562 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2563
2564 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2565 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2566 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2567 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2568 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2569
2570 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2571 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2572 @cpiover{4} radians. To get @cpi{}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2573 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2574 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2575
2576 @smallexample
2577 @group
2578 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2579 . . .
2580
2581 P 4 / m r S
2582 @end group
2583 @end smallexample
2584
2585 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2586 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2587
2588 @smallexample
2589 @group
2590 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2591 . . .
2592
2593 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2594 @end group
2595 @end smallexample
2596
2597 @noindent
2598 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of
2599 @texline @math{\sqrt{0.5}},
2600 @infoline @expr{sqrt(0.5)},
2601 first in radians, then in degrees.
2602
2603 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2604 and vice-versa.
2605
2606 @smallexample
2607 @group
2608 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2609 . . .
2610
2611 45 c r c d
2612 @end group
2613 @end smallexample
2614
2615 Another interesting mode is @dfn{Fraction mode}. Normally,
2616 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2617 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2618 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2619 number, instead.
2620
2621 @smallexample
2622 @group
2623 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2624 1: 9 . .
2625 .
2626
2627 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2628 @end group
2629 @end smallexample
2630
2631 @noindent
2632 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2633 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2634
2635 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2636 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2637 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2638 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2639 produce exact fractional results; Fraction mode only says
2640 what to do when dividing two integers.
2641
2642 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2643 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2644 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2645 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2646 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2647
2648 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2649 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2650 again when we changed to Fraction mode. But if you use the
2651 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2652 recompute for you.
2653
2654 @smallexample
2655 @group
2656 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2657 . . .
2658
2659 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2660 @end group
2661 @end smallexample
2662
2663 @noindent
2664 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2665 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2666 again when we change to Fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2667 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2668 might affect their values.
2669
2670 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2671 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2672
2673 @noindent
2674 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2675 available in the Calculator.
2676
2677 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2678 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2679 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2680 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2681
2682 @smallexample
2683 @group
2684 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2685 . . . . .
2686
2687 5 & & n n
2688 @end group
2689 @end smallexample
2690
2691 @cindex Binary operators
2692 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2693 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2694 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2695 a negative prefix.
2696
2697 @smallexample
2698 @group
2699 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
2700 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
2701 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2702 . . 1: 10 .
2703 .
2704
2705 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2706 @end group
2707 @end smallexample
2708
2709 @cindex Unary operators
2710 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2711 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2712
2713 @smallexample
2714 @group
2715 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
2716 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
2717 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2718 . . .
2719
2720 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2721 @end group
2722 @end smallexample
2723
2724 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2725 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2726 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2727 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2728 integer.
2729
2730 @smallexample
2731 @group
2732 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
2733 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
2734 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
2735 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
2736 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
2737 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
2738 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2739 . . .
2740
2741 M-7 F U M-7 R
2742 @end group
2743 @end smallexample
2744
2745 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2746 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2747 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2748 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2749 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2750
2751 @smallexample
2752 @group
2753 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
2754 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
2755 . .
2756
2757 1234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2758 @end group
2759 @end smallexample
2760
2761 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2762
2763 @smallexample
2764 @group
2765 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
2766 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
2767 . .
2768
2769 3.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2770 @end group
2771 @end smallexample
2772
2773 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2774 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2775 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2776 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2777 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2778
2779 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2780 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2781 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@expr{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2782 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2783 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2784
2785 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2786 identity
2787 @texline @math{\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1}.
2788 @infoline @expr{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}.
2789 We'll arbitrarily pick @mathit{-64} degrees as a good value for @expr{x}.
2790 With the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2791
2792 @smallexample
2793 @group
2794 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
2795 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2796 . . . .
2797
2798 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2799 @end group
2800 @end smallexample
2801
2802 @noindent
2803 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2804 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2805
2806 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2807 of squares, command.
2808
2809 Another identity is
2810 @texline @math{\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}}.
2811 @infoline @expr{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2812 @smallexample
2813 @group
2814
2815 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2816 1: 0.43837 . .
2817 .
2818
2819 U / I T
2820 @end group
2821 @end smallexample
2822
2823 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2824 @expr{0.89879} units downward and @expr{0.43837} units to the right,
2825 your direction of motion is @mathit{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2826 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2827
2828 @smallexample
2829 @group
2830 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2831 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2832 . .
2833
2834 U U M-2 n / I T
2835 @end group
2836 @end smallexample
2837
2838 @noindent
2839 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
2840 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
2841 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
2842 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
2843 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
2844 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
2845 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
2846
2847 @smallexample
2848 @group
2849 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
2850 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
2851 . 1: 0.43837 .
2852 .
2853
2854 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
2855 @end group
2856 @end smallexample
2857
2858 @noindent
2859 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
2860 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
2861
2862 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
2863 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
2864 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
2865 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
2866 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
2867 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
2868 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
2869 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
2870
2871 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
2872 except that it is the @emph{difference}
2873 @texline @math{\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x}
2874 @infoline @expr{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2}
2875 that always equals one. Let's try to verify this identity.
2876
2877 @smallexample
2878 @group
2879 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
2880 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
2881 . . . . .
2882
2883 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
2884 @end group
2885 @end smallexample
2886
2887 @noindent
2888 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2889 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
2890 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
2891 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
2892 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
2893 error.
2894
2895 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
2896 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
2897 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
2898 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
2899
2900 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
2901 a more reasonable value for @expr{x}!
2902
2903 @cindex Common logarithm
2904 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
2905 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
2906 @expr{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
2907 prefix.
2908
2909 @smallexample
2910 @group
2911 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
2912 . . . .
2913
2914 1000 L U H L
2915 @end group
2916 @end smallexample
2917
2918 @noindent
2919 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
2920 and compute a common logarithm instead.
2921
2922 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
2923 value of @var{b}.
2924
2925 @smallexample
2926 @group
2927 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
2928 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
2929 . .
2930
2931 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
2932 @end group
2933 @end smallexample
2934
2935 @noindent
2936 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
2937 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
2938 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
2939 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @expr{e}
2940 onto the stack.
2941
2942 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
2943 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
2944 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
2945 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
2946 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
2947 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
2948 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
2949 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
2950 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
2951 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
2952
2953 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
2954 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
2955 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2956
2957 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
2958 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
2959 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
2960
2961 @smallexample
2962 @group
2963 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
2964 . . . .
2965
2966 100 ! U c f !
2967 @end group
2968 @end smallexample
2969
2970 @noindent
2971 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
2972 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
2973 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
2974 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
2975 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
2976 in this case).
2977
2978 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
2979 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
2980 @texline @math{\Gamma(n)}
2981 @infoline @expr{gamma(n)}
2982 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
2983
2984 @smallexample
2985 @group
2986 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
2987 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
2988 1: 5. 1: 120.
2989 . .
2990
2991 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
2992 @end group
2993 @end smallexample
2994
2995 @noindent
2996 Here we verify the identity
2997 @texline @math{n! = \Gamma(n+1)}.
2998 @infoline @expr{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
2999
3000 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}
3001 @texline or @math{\displaystyle {n \choose m}}
3002 is defined by
3003 @texline @math{\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}}
3004 @infoline @expr{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!}
3005 for all reals @expr{n} and @expr{m}. The intermediate results in this
3006 formula can become quite large even if the final result is small; the
3007 @kbd{k c} command computes a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids
3008 large intermediate values.
3009
3010 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3011 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3012 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3013
3014 @smallexample
3015 @group
3016 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3017 1: 20 . .
3018 .
3019
3020 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3021 @end group
3022 @end smallexample
3023
3024 @noindent
3025 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{V R *} to multiply
3026 together the elements of this vector. The result is the original
3027 number, 30045015.
3028
3029 @cindex Hash tables
3030 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3031 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3032 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3033
3034 @smallexample
3035 @group
3036 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3037 . . .
3038
3039 10000 k n I k n
3040 @end group
3041 @end smallexample
3042
3043 @noindent
3044 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3045 10000.
3046
3047 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3048 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3049 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3050 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3051
3052 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3053 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3054 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3055
3056 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3057 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3058
3059 @noindent
3060 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3061 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3062 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3063 a vector as a list of objects.
3064
3065 @menu
3066 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3067 * Matrix Tutorial::
3068 * List Tutorial::
3069 @end menu
3070
3071 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3072 @subsection Vector Analysis
3073
3074 @noindent
3075 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3076 elements, taken pairwise.
3077
3078 @smallexample
3079 @group
3080 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3081 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3082 .
3083
3084 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3085 @end group
3086 @end smallexample
3087
3088 @noindent
3089 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3090 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3091 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3092 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3093
3094 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3095 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3096 of the vectors.
3097
3098 @smallexample
3099 @group
3100 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3101 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3102 .
3103
3104 r 1 r 2 *
3105 @end group
3106 @end smallexample
3107
3108 @cindex Dot product
3109 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3110 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3111 is interpreted as a line from the origin @expr{(0,0,0)} to the
3112 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3113 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3114 vector.
3115
3116 @smallexample
3117 @group
3118 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3119 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3120 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3121 . .
3122
3123 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3124 @end group
3125 @end smallexample
3126
3127 @noindent
3128 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3129 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3130 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3131 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3132 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3133 is about 56 degrees.
3134
3135 @cindex Cross product
3136 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3137 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3138 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3139 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3140 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3141 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3142 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3143
3144 @smallexample
3145 @group
3146 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3147 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3148 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3149 .
3150
3151 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3152 @end group
3153 @end smallexample
3154
3155 @noindent
3156 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3157 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3158 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3159 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3160
3161 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3162 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3163 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3164 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3165 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3166 prefix keys have this property.)
3167
3168 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3169 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3170 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3171
3172 @smallexample
3173 @group
3174 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3175 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3176 . .
3177
3178 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3179 @end group
3180 @end smallexample
3181
3182 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3183 @cindex Unit vectors
3184 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3185 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3186 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3187 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3188
3189 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3190 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3191 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3192 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3193 Find the average position of the particle.
3194 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3195
3196 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3197 @subsection Matrices
3198
3199 @noindent
3200 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3201 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3202 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3203 both methods here:
3204
3205 @smallexample
3206 @group
3207 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3208 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3209 . .
3210
3211 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3212 @end group
3213 @end smallexample
3214
3215 @noindent
3216 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3217
3218 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3219 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3220 the second example.
3221
3222 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3223 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3224 Row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of the result is effectively the
3225 dot product of row @expr{i} of the left matrix by column @expr{j}
3226 of the right matrix.
3227
3228 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3229 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3230
3231 @smallexample
3232 @group
3233 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3234 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3235 .
3236
3237 @key{RET} *
3238 @end group
3239 @end smallexample
3240
3241 @noindent
3242 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3243 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3244 been left in symbolic form.
3245
3246 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3247
3248 @smallexample
3249 @group
3250 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3251 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3252 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3253 [ 2, 5 ] .
3254 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3255 .
3256
3257 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3258 @end group
3259 @end smallexample
3260
3261 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3262 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3263 matrix, as happened here!
3264
3265 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3266 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3267 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3268 as a row or column as appropriate.
3269
3270 @smallexample
3271 @group
3272 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3273 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3274 1: [1, 2, 3]
3275 .
3276
3277 r 4 r 1 *
3278 @end group
3279 @end smallexample
3280
3281 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3282 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3283 vector.
3284
3285 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3286 of the above
3287 @texline @math{2\times3}
3288 @infoline 2x3
3289 matrix to get @expr{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to sum along the columns
3290 to get @expr{[5, 7, 9]}.
3291 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3292
3293 @cindex Identity matrix
3294 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3295 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3296 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3297 the original matrix.
3298
3299 @smallexample
3300 @group
3301 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3302 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3303 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3304 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3305 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3306 .
3307
3308 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3309 @end group
3310 @end smallexample
3311
3312 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3313 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3314 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3315 inverse of a matrix.
3316
3317 @smallexample
3318 @group
3319 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3320 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3321 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3322 . .
3323
3324 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3325 @end group
3326 @end smallexample
3327
3328 @noindent
3329 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3330 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3331 our matrix to make it square.
3332
3333 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3334
3335 @smallexample
3336 @group
3337 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3338 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3339 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3340 . .
3341
3342 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3343 @end group
3344 @end smallexample
3345
3346 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3347 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3348 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3349 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3350
3351 @ifnottex
3352 @group
3353 @example
3354 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3355 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3356 7a + 6b = 3
3357 @end example
3358 @end group
3359 @end ifnottex
3360 @tex
3361 \beforedisplayh
3362 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3363 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3364 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3365 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3366 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3367 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3368 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3369 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3370 $$
3371 \afterdisplayh
3372 @end tex
3373
3374 @noindent
3375 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3376
3377 @ifnottex
3378 @group
3379 @example
3380 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3381 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3382 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3383 @end example
3384 @end group
3385 @end ifnottex
3386 @tex
3387 \beforedisplay
3388 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3389 \times
3390 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3391 $$
3392 \afterdisplay
3393 @end tex
3394
3395 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3396 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3397
3398 @smallexample
3399 @group
3400 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3401 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3402 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3403 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3404 .
3405
3406 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3407 @end group
3408 @end smallexample
3409
3410 @noindent
3411 The result is the @expr{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3412 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3413 inverse.)
3414
3415 Let's verify this solution:
3416
3417 @smallexample
3418 @group
3419 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3420 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3421 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3422 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3423 .
3424
3425 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3426 @end group
3427 @end smallexample
3428
3429 @noindent
3430 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3431 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3432 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3433 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3434 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3435 vectors, use explicit
3436 @texline @math{N\times1}
3437 @infoline Nx1
3438 or
3439 @texline @math{1\times N}
3440 @infoline 1xN
3441 matrices instead. In this case, you would enter the original column
3442 vector as @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3443
3444 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3445 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3446 system of equations to get expressions for @expr{x} and @expr{y}
3447 in terms of @expr{a} and @expr{b}.
3448
3449 @ifnottex
3450 @group
3451 @example
3452 x + a y = 6
3453 x + b y = 10
3454 @end example
3455 @end group
3456 @end ifnottex
3457 @tex
3458 \beforedisplay
3459 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3460 x &+ b y = 10}
3461 $$
3462 \afterdisplay
3463 @end tex
3464
3465 @noindent
3466 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3467
3468 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3469 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3470 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3471 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3472 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3473 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3474 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3475 you can't solve @expr{A X = B} directly because the matrix @expr{A}
3476 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3477 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3478 on the left by the transpose of @expr{A}:
3479 @ifnottex
3480 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3481 @end ifnottex
3482 @tex
3483 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3484 @end tex
3485 Now
3486 @texline @math{A^T A}
3487 @infoline @expr{trn(A)*A}
3488 is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It turns out that the
3489 @expr{X} vector you compute in this way will be a ``least-squares''
3490 solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest'' solution to the set
3491 of equations. Use Calc to solve the following over-determined
3492 system:
3493
3494 @ifnottex
3495 @group
3496 @example
3497 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3498 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3499 7a + 6b = 3
3500 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3501 @end example
3502 @end group
3503 @end ifnottex
3504 @tex
3505 \beforedisplayh
3506 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3507 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3508 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3509 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3510 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3511 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3512 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3513 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3514 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3515 $$
3516 \afterdisplayh
3517 @end tex
3518
3519 @noindent
3520 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3521
3522 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3523 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3524
3525 @noindent
3526 @cindex Lists
3527 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3528 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3529 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3530 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3531 number.
3532
3533 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3534
3535 @smallexample
3536 @group
3537 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3538 2: 20 . 2: 20
3539 1: 30 1: 30
3540 . .
3541
3542 M-3 v p v u
3543 @end group
3544 @end smallexample
3545
3546 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3547 of many copies of a given value:
3548
3549 @smallexample
3550 @group
3551 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3552 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3553 . .
3554
3555 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3556 @end group
3557 @end smallexample
3558
3559 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3560 @dfn{map} command.
3561
3562 @smallexample
3563 @group
3564 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3565 . . .
3566
3567 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3568 @end group
3569 @end smallexample
3570
3571 @noindent
3572 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3573 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3574 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3575 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3576 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3577 of each element.
3578
3579 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3580 from
3581 @texline @math{2^{-4}}
3582 @infoline @expr{2^-4}
3583 to @expr{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3584
3585 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3586 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3587 elements in the vector:
3588
3589 @smallexample
3590 @group
3591 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3592 . . .
3593
3594 123123 k f V R *
3595 @end group
3596 @end smallexample
3597
3598 @noindent
3599 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3600 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3601
3602 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3603 reduction:
3604
3605 @smallexample
3606 @group
3607 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3608 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3609 .
3610
3611 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3612 @end group
3613 @end smallexample
3614
3615 @noindent
3616 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3617 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3618 for the dot product as before.
3619
3620 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3621 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3622 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3623
3624 @smallexample
3625 @group
3626 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3627 . .
3628
3629 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3630 @end group
3631 @end smallexample
3632
3633 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3634 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3635 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3636 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3637 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3638 vector size).
3639
3640 @smallexample
3641 @group
3642 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3643 . .
3644
3645 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3646 @end group
3647 @end smallexample
3648
3649 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3650 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3651 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3652
3653 @smallexample
3654 @group
3655 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3656 . .
3657
3658 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3659 @end group
3660 @end smallexample
3661
3662 @noindent
3663 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3664 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3665 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3666 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3667 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3668 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3669 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3670
3671 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3672 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3673 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3674
3675 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3676 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3677 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3678 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3679 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3680 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3681 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3682 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3683 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3684 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3685
3686 @smallexample
3687 x y
3688 --- ---
3689 1.34 0.234
3690 1.41 0.298
3691 1.49 0.402
3692 1.56 0.412
3693 1.64 0.466
3694 1.73 0.473
3695 1.82 0.601
3696 1.91 0.519
3697 2.01 0.603
3698 2.11 0.637
3699 2.22 0.645
3700 2.33 0.705
3701 2.45 0.917
3702 2.58 1.009
3703 2.71 0.971
3704 2.85 1.062
3705 3.00 1.148
3706 3.15 1.157
3707 3.32 1.354
3708 @end smallexample
3709
3710 @noindent
3711 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3712 easiest to press @kbd{C-x * i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3713 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3714 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3715
3716 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3717 to the left of the @expr{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3718 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3719 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @expr{1.354}.
3720 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3721 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{C-x * r}. This command
3722 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3723 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.
3724
3725 @smallexample
3726 @group
3727 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3728 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3729 @dots{}
3730 @end group
3731 @end smallexample
3732
3733 @noindent
3734 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3735 large matrix.)
3736
3737 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3738 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3739 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3740 of row vectors on the stack.
3741
3742 @smallexample
3743 @group
3744 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3745 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3746 . .
3747
3748 v t v u
3749 @end group
3750 @end smallexample
3751
3752 @noindent
3753 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3754
3755 @smallexample
3756 @group
3757 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3758 .
3759
3760 t 2 t 1
3761 @end group
3762 @end smallexample
3763
3764 @noindent
3765 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3766 stored value from the stack.)
3767
3768 In a least squares fit, the slope @expr{m} is given by the formula
3769
3770 @ifnottex
3771 @example
3772 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3773 @end example
3774 @end ifnottex
3775 @tex
3776 \beforedisplay
3777 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3778 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3779 \afterdisplay
3780 @end tex
3781
3782 @noindent
3783 where
3784 @texline @math{\sum x}
3785 @infoline @expr{sum(x)}
3786 represents the sum of all the values of @expr{x}. While there is an
3787 actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to sum a vector using a
3788 simple reduction. First, let's compute the four different sums that
3789 this formula uses.
3790
3791 @smallexample
3792 @group
3793 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3794 . .
3795
3796 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3797
3798 @end group
3799 @end smallexample
3800 @noindent
3801 @smallexample
3802 @group
3803 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3804 . .
3805
3806 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3807 @end group
3808 @end smallexample
3809
3810 @ifnottex
3811 @noindent
3812 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3813 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3814 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
3815 @end ifnottex
3816 @tex
3817 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3818 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3819 $\sum x y$.)
3820 @end tex
3821
3822 Finally, we also need @expr{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3823 the length of either of our lists.
3824
3825 @smallexample
3826 @group
3827 1: 19
3828 .
3829
3830 r 1 v l t 7
3831 @end group
3832 @end smallexample
3833
3834 @noindent
3835 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3836
3837 Now we grind through the formula:
3838
3839 @smallexample
3840 @group
3841 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3842 . 1: 566.70919 .
3843 .
3844
3845 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
3846
3847 @end group
3848 @end smallexample
3849 @noindent
3850 @smallexample
3851 @group
3852 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
3853 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
3854 . 1: 1733.0569 .
3855 .
3856
3857 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
3858 @end group
3859 @end smallexample
3860
3861 That gives us the slope @expr{m}. The y-intercept @expr{b} can now
3862 be found with the simple formula,
3863
3864 @ifnottex
3865 @example
3866 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
3867 @end example
3868 @end ifnottex
3869 @tex
3870 \beforedisplay
3871 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
3872 \afterdisplay
3873 \vskip10pt
3874 @end tex
3875
3876 @smallexample
3877 @group
3878 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
3879 . 1: 21.70658 . .
3880 .
3881
3882 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
3883 @end group
3884 @end smallexample
3885
3886 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation,
3887 @texline @math{y \approx m x + b},
3888 @infoline @expr{m x + b},
3889 and compare it with the original data.
3890
3891 @smallexample
3892 @group
3893 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
3894 . .
3895
3896 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
3897 @end group
3898 @end smallexample
3899
3900 @noindent
3901 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
3902 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
3903 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
3904 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
3905
3906 We can subtract this vector from our original @expr{y} vector to get
3907 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
3908
3909 @smallexample
3910 @group
3911 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
3912 . . .
3913
3914 r 2 - V M A V R X
3915 @end group
3916 @end smallexample
3917
3918 @noindent
3919 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
3920 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
3921 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
3922 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
3923 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
3924 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
3925 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
3926 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
3927 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
3928
3929 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
3930 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
3931 GNUPLOT 3.0 or higher, the following instructions will work regardless
3932 of the kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
3933 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
3934
3935 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
3936 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
3937 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
3938 plotting of data.
3939
3940 @smallexample
3941 @group
3942 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3943 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3944 .
3945
3946 r 1 r 2 g f
3947 @end group
3948 @end smallexample
3949
3950 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
3951 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
3952 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
3953 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
3954 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
3955 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
3956
3957 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit.
3958 @ifinfo
3959 (If you are reading this tutorial on-line while running Calc, typing
3960 @kbd{g a} may cause the tutorial to disappear from its window and be
3961 replaced by a buffer named @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}. The tutorial
3962 will reappear when you terminate GNUPLOT by typing @kbd{g q}.)
3963 @end ifinfo
3964
3965 @smallexample
3966 @group
3967 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3968 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
3969 .
3970
3971 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
3972 @end group
3973 @end smallexample
3974
3975 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
3976 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
3977 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
3978
3979 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
3980 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
3981 points are really 19 equations of the form @expr{y_i = m x_i + b} for
3982 different pairs of @expr{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
3983 to solve for @expr{m} and @expr{b}, duplicating the above result.
3984 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3985
3986 @cindex Geometric mean
3987 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
3988 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{C-x * g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
3989 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
3990 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
3991 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
3992 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
3993
3994 @example
3995 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
3996 15 14 7.5
3997 2.5
3998 @end example
3999
4000 @noindent
4001 The @kbd{C-x * g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4002 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4003 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4004
4005 @ifnottex
4006 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4007 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4008 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4009 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4010 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4011 for @expr{n=6}.
4012 @end ifnottex
4013 @tex
4014 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4015 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4016 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4017 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4018 for \cite{n=6}.
4019 @end tex
4020
4021 @smallexample
4022 @group
4023 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4024 . .
4025
4026 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4027
4028 @end group
4029 @end smallexample
4030 @noindent
4031 @smallexample
4032 @group
4033 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4034 . .
4035
4036 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4037 @end group
4038 @end smallexample
4039
4040 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4041 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4042 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4043 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4044 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4045
4046 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4047 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4048 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4049 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4050 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4051 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4052
4053 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4054 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4055 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4056 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4057 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4058 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4059 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4060 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4061 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4062 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4063 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4064 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4065 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4066 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4067 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4068
4069 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4070 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4071 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4072 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4073
4074 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4075 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4076 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4077 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4078 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4079 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4080
4081 @cindex Divisor functions
4082 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @expr{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4083 @tex
4084 $\sigma_k(n)$
4085 @end tex
4086 is the sum of the @expr{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4087 integer @expr{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4088 function for reasonably small values of @expr{n}. As a test,
4089 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4090 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4091
4092 @cindex Square-free numbers
4093 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4094 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4095 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4096 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4097 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4098 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4099 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4100 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4101
4102 @cindex Triangular lists
4103 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4104 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4105 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4106
4107 @smallexample
4108 @group
4109 1: [ [1],
4110 [1, 2],
4111 [1, 2, 3],
4112 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4113 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4114 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4115 @end group
4116 @end smallexample
4117
4118 @noindent
4119 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4120
4121 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4122
4123 @smallexample
4124 @group
4125 1: [ [0],
4126 [1, 2],
4127 [3, 4, 5],
4128 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4129 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4130 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4131 @end group
4132 @end smallexample
4133
4134 @noindent
4135 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4136
4137 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4138 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4139 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4140 @texline @math{J_1(x)}
4141 @infoline @expr{J1}
4142 function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @expr{x} from 0 to 5 in steps of 0.25.
4143 Find the value of @expr{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4144 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4145 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4146 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4147 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4148 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4149
4150 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4151 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4152 @texline @math{0 \le N < 10^m}
4153 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < 10^m}
4154 for @expr{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4155 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @expr{m}
4156 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4157 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @expr{m+1} digits
4158 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4159 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4160 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4161
4162 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4163 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4164 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4165
4166 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4167 is @cpi{}. The area of the
4168 @texline @math{2\times2}
4169 @infoline 2x2
4170 square that encloses that circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at
4171 random points in the square, about @cpiover{4} of them will land inside
4172 the circle. This gives us an entertaining way to estimate the value of
4173 @cpi{}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4174 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4175 We could get a random floating-point number between @mathit{-1} and 1 by typing
4176 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @expr{(x,y)} points in
4177 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4178 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4179 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4180
4181 @cindex Matchstick problem
4182 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4183 another way to calculate @cpi{}. Say you have an infinite field
4184 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4185 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4186 a line turns out to be
4187 @texline @math{2/\pi}.
4188 @infoline @expr{2/pi}.
4189 Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate @cpi{}. (If you want still more fun,
4190 the probability that the GCD (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is
4191 one turns out to be
4192 @texline @math{6/\pi^2}.
4193 @infoline @expr{6/pi^2}.
4194 That provides yet another way to estimate @cpi{}.)
4195 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4196
4197 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4198 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4199 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @expr{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4200 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4201 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4202 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4203 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4204 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4205 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4206 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4207 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4208 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @expr{h = 0}.
4209 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @expr{h = 3h + c_i}
4210 where @expr{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4211 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4212 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4213 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4214 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4215
4216 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4217 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4218 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4219 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4220 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4221 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4222 @expr{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @mathit{-1} and 1
4223 in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4224 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4225 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4226 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4227 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4228
4229 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4230 @section Types Tutorial
4231
4232 @noindent
4233 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4234 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4235
4236 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4237 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4238 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4239 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4240 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4241
4242 @smallexample
4243 @group
4244 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4245 . 1: 49 . . .
4246 .
4247
4248 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4249 @end group
4250 @end smallexample
4251
4252 @noindent
4253 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4254 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4255 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4256 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4257 fraction beginning with 49.
4258
4259 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4260 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4261
4262 @smallexample
4263 @group
4264 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4265 . .
4266
4267 c f c F
4268 @end group
4269 @end smallexample
4270
4271 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4272 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4273 same, to within the current precision.
4274
4275 @smallexample
4276 @group
4277 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4278 . . . .
4279
4280 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4281 @end group
4282 @end smallexample
4283
4284 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4285 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4286 product of @cpi{} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4287 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4288
4289 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4290
4291 @smallexample
4292 @group
4293 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4294 . . . . .
4295
4296 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4297 @end group
4298 @end smallexample
4299
4300 @noindent
4301 The square root of @mathit{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4302 (@w{@expr{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4303 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4304 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4305
4306 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4307 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4308 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4309 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4310 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4311 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4312 algebraic entry.
4313
4314 @smallexample
4315 @group
4316 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4317 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4318 . . . .
4319
4320 ' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4321 @end group
4322 @end smallexample
4323
4324 @noindent
4325 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4326 number (like @mathit{-17}) has no effect, except that since @mathit{-17}
4327 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4328 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @mathit{-17}, yields a huge
4329 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4330 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4331 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4332 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4333 the answer to be @mathit{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4334 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4335 the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4336 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4337 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4338
4339 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4340 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4341 to turn on Infinite mode.
4342
4343 @smallexample
4344 @group
4345 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4346 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4347 1: 0 . . .
4348 .
4349
4350 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4351 @end group
4352 @end smallexample
4353
4354 @noindent
4355 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4356 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4357 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4358 @expr{1 / x} around @w{@expr{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4359 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4360 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @expr{1 / 0},
4361 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4362 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4363 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4364 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4365 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4366 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4367 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4368 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4369 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4370 that matter, with anything else.
4371
4372 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4373 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4374 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4375 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4376 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4377
4378 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4379 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4380 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4381 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4382
4383 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4384 seconds.
4385
4386 @smallexample
4387 @group
4388 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4389 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4390 .
4391
4392 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4393 @end group
4394 @end smallexample
4395
4396 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4397 seconds.
4398
4399 @smallexample
4400 @group
4401 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4402 . . . .
4403
4404 0.5 I T c h S
4405 @end group
4406 @end smallexample
4407
4408 @noindent
4409 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4410 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4411 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4412
4413 @cindex Beatles
4414 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4415 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4416 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4417 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4418 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4419
4420 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4421 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4422 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4423
4424 @smallexample
4425 @group
4426 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4427 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4428 .
4429
4430 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4431 @end group
4432 @end smallexample
4433
4434 @noindent
4435 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4436 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4437 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4438 date form.
4439
4440 @smallexample
4441 @group
4442 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4443 . .
4444
4445 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4446 @end group
4447 @end smallexample
4448
4449 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4450 @noindent
4451 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4452 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4453 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4454 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4455 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4456 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4457
4458 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4459 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4460
4461 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4462 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4463
4464 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4465 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4466 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4467 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4468 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4469 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4470 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4471 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4472
4473 @smallexample
4474 @group
4475 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4476 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4477 .
4478
4479 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4480 @end group
4481 @end smallexample
4482
4483 @noindent
4484 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4485 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4486 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4487
4488 @cindex Torus, volume of
4489 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4490 @texline @math{2 \pi^2 R r^2}
4491 @infoline @w{@expr{2 pi^2 R r^2}}
4492 where @expr{R} is the radius of the circle that
4493 defines the center of the tube and @expr{r} is the radius of the tube
4494 itself. Suppose @expr{R} is 20 cm and @expr{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4495 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4496 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4497
4498 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4499 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4500 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4501 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4502 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4503
4504 @smallexample
4505 @group
4506 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4507 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4508 .
4509
4510 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4511 @end group
4512 @end smallexample
4513
4514 @noindent
4515 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4516 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4517
4518 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4519 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4520 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4521 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4522 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4523 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4524 the other.
4525
4526 @smallexample
4527 @group
4528 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4529 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4530 .
4531
4532 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4533 @end group
4534 @end smallexample
4535
4536 @noindent
4537 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4538 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4539 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4540 or both endpoints.
4541
4542 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4543 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4544 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4545 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4546 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4547
4548 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4549 are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4550 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4551 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4552 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4553
4554 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4555 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4556 or 24 hours.
4557
4558 @smallexample
4559 @group
4560 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4561 . . . .
4562
4563 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4564 @end group
4565 @end smallexample
4566
4567 @noindent
4568 In this last step, Calc has divided by 5 modulo 24; i.e., it has found a
4569 new number which, when multiplied by 5 modulo 24, produces the original
4570 number, 21. If @var{m} is prime and the divisor is not a multiple of
4571 @var{m}, it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime
4572 @var{m} like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4573
4574 @smallexample
4575 @group
4576 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4577 . . . .
4578
4579 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4580 @end group
4581 @end smallexample
4582
4583 @noindent
4584 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4585 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4586 that arises in the second one.
4587
4588 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4589 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4590 says that
4591 @texline @w{@math{x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1}}
4592 @infoline @expr{x^(n-1) mod n = 1}
4593 if @expr{n} is a prime number and @expr{x} is an integer less than
4594 @expr{n}. If @expr{n} is @emph{not} a prime number, this will
4595 @emph{not} be true for most values of @expr{x}. Thus we can test
4596 informally if a number is prime by trying this formula for several
4597 values of @expr{x}. Use this test to tell whether the following numbers
4598 are prime: 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4599
4600 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4601 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4602 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4603 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4604
4605 @smallexample
4606 @group
4607 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4608 . .
4609
4610 x time @key{RET} n
4611 @end group
4612 @end smallexample
4613
4614 @noindent
4615 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4616
4617 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4618 is about
4619 @texline @math{\pi \times 10^7}
4620 @infoline @w{@expr{pi * 10^7}}
4621 seconds. What time will it be that many seconds from right now?
4622 @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4623
4624 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4625 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4626 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4627 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4628 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4629 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4630
4631 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4632 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4633 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4634 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4635 like centimeters and inches.
4636
4637 @smallexample
4638 @group
4639 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4640 . . . .
4641
4642 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4643 @end group
4644 @end smallexample
4645
4646 @noindent
4647 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4648 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4649 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4650 which in this case means meters.
4651
4652 @smallexample
4653 @group
4654 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4655 . . . .
4656
4657 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4658
4659 @end group
4660 @end smallexample
4661 @noindent
4662 @smallexample
4663 @group
4664 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4665 . . .
4666
4667 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4668 @end group
4669 @end smallexample
4670
4671 @noindent
4672 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4673 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4674 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4675 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4676 being interpreted as unit names.
4677
4678 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4679 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4680 as its standard unit of length.
4681
4682 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4683
4684 @smallexample
4685 @group
4686 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4687 . . . .
4688
4689 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4690 @end group
4691 @end smallexample
4692
4693 @noindent
4694 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4695 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4696 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4697
4698 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4699 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4700 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4701 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4702 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4703 for them.
4704
4705 @smallexample
4706 @group
4707 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4708 . . . .
4709
4710 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4711 @end group
4712 @end smallexample
4713
4714 @noindent
4715 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4716 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4717 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4718 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4719 for easier comparison with the other result.
4720
4721 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4722 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4723 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4724 numbers are in which units:
4725
4726 @smallexample
4727 @group
4728 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4729 . . .
4730
4731 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4732 @end group
4733 @end smallexample
4734
4735 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4736 @w{@kbd{C-x * c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4737 at the units table.
4738
4739 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4740 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4741
4742 @cindex Speed of light
4743 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4744 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4745 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4746 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4747 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4748
4749 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4750 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4751 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4752 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4753 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4754
4755 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4756 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4757
4758 @noindent
4759 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4760 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4761 formulas.
4762
4763 @menu
4764 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4765 * Rewrites Tutorial::
4766 @end menu
4767
4768 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4769 @subsection Basic Algebra
4770
4771 @noindent
4772 If you enter a formula in Algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4773 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4774 formulas as regular data objects.
4775
4776 @smallexample
4777 @group
4778 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4779 . . .
4780
4781 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4782 @end group
4783 @end smallexample
4784
4785 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4786 @kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4787 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4788
4789 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4790 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4791
4792 @smallexample
4793 @group
4794 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4795 . .
4796
4797 a x a c x @key{RET}
4798 @end group
4799 @end smallexample
4800
4801 @noindent
4802 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4803 terms involving like powers of @expr{x}.
4804
4805 Let's find the value of this expression when @expr{x} is 2 and @expr{y}
4806 is one-half.
4807
4808 @smallexample
4809 @group
4810 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4811 . .
4812
4813 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4814 @end group
4815 @end smallexample
4816
4817 @noindent
4818 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4819 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4820 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4821 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4822 back to its original value, if any.
4823
4824 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4825 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4826 unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4827 properly.)
4828
4829 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4830 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @expr{y}
4831 is one-half and @expr{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4832 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @expr{x} and examining
4833 values of @expr{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4834 derivative of the function at that value of @expr{x} is negative,
4835 the function has a local maximum there.
4836
4837 @smallexample
4838 @group
4839 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4840 . .
4841
4842 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4843 @end group
4844 @end smallexample
4845
4846 @noindent
4847 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @expr{x} is zero. To find
4848 the other root(s), let's divide through by @expr{x} and then solve:
4849
4850 @smallexample
4851 @group
4852 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4853 . . .
4854
4855 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
4856
4857 @end group
4858 @end smallexample
4859 @noindent
4860 @smallexample
4861 @group
4862 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
4863 . .
4864
4865 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
4866 @end group
4867 @end smallexample
4868
4869 @noindent
4870 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
4871 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
4872 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
4873
4874 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @expr{x}:
4875
4876 @smallexample
4877 @group
4878 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
4879 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
4880 . .
4881
4882 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
4883 @end group
4884 @end smallexample
4885
4886 @noindent
4887 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
4888 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
4889 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
4890 to delete the @samp{x}.)
4891
4892 @smallexample
4893 @group
4894 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
4895 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
4896 . .
4897
4898 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
4899 @end group
4900 @end smallexample
4901
4902 @noindent
4903 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
4904 has a maximum value at @expr{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
4905 local @emph{minimum} at @expr{x = 0}.)
4906
4907 When we solved for @expr{x}, we got only one value even though
4908 @expr{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
4909 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
4910 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
4911 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @expr{+}.
4912 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
4913 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
4914
4915 @smallexample
4916 @group
4917 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
4918 . . .
4919
4920 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
4921 @end group
4922 @end smallexample
4923
4924 @noindent
4925 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
4926 it is supposed to be either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}. Here we have used
4927 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
4928 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
4929 negative, answer, so @expr{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
4930
4931 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @expr{x}
4932 into the original formula.
4933
4934 @smallexample
4935 @group
4936 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
4937 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
4938 .
4939
4940 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
4941 @end group
4942 @end smallexample
4943
4944 @noindent
4945 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
4946 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
4947 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
4948
4949 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
4950 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
4951
4952 @smallexample
4953 @group
4954 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
4955 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
4956 .
4957
4958 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
4959 @end group
4960 @end smallexample
4961
4962 @noindent
4963 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
4964 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
4965 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
4966 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
4967 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
4968 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
4969 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
4970 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
4971 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
4972 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
4973
4974 If there had been several different values, we could have used
4975 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
4976
4977 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
4978 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
4979 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
4980 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
4981 @expr{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
4982 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
4983 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
4984 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
4985
4986 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
4987 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
4988 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
4989 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
4990 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
4991 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4992
4993 The @kbd{m s} command enables Symbolic mode, in which formulas
4994 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
4995 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
4996 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
4997
4998 @smallexample
4999 @group
5000 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
5001 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5002 . .
5003
5004 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
5005 @end group
5006 @end smallexample
5007
5008 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is Big mode.
5009
5010 @smallexample
5011 @group
5012 3
5013 2: 34 x - 24 x
5014
5015 ____ ____
5016 V 51 V 51
5017 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5018 6 -6
5019
5020 .
5021
5022 d B
5023 @end group
5024 @end smallexample
5025
5026 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5027 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5028 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, @TeX{} mode
5029 and La@TeX{} mode.
5030
5031 @smallexample
5032 @group
5033 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5034 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5035 . .
5036
5037 d C d F
5038
5039 @end group
5040 @end smallexample
5041 @noindent
5042 @smallexample
5043 @group
5044 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5045 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5046 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5047 .
5048
5049 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5050 @end group
5051 @end smallexample
5052
5053 @noindent
5054 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5055 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5056 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5057 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5058
5059 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5060 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5061 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5062 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5063 correct.
5064
5065 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5066 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5067 are shown in normal mode.)
5068
5069 @cindex Area under a curve
5070 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @expr{x = 1} to @expr{2}?
5071 This is simply the integral of the function:
5072
5073 @smallexample
5074 @group
5075 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5076 . .
5077
5078 r 1 a i x
5079 @end group
5080 @end smallexample
5081
5082 @noindent
5083 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @expr{x} and subtract.
5084 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5085
5086 @smallexample
5087 @group
5088 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5089 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5090
5091 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5092 @end group
5093 @end smallexample
5094
5095 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @expr{y}
5096 of
5097 @texline @math{x \sin \pi x}
5098 @infoline @w{@expr{x sin(pi x)}}
5099 (where the sine is calculated in radians). Find the values of the
5100 integral for integers @expr{y} from 1 to 5. @xref{Algebra Answer 3,
5101 3}. (@bullet{})
5102
5103 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5104 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5105 under the curve
5106 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5107 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5108 over the same range of @expr{x}. If you entered this formula and typed
5109 @kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try this), Calc would work for a
5110 long time but would be unable to find a solution. In fact, there is no
5111 closed-form solution to this integral. Now what do we do?
5112
5113 @cindex Integration, numerical
5114 @cindex Numerical integration
5115 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5116 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5117 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5118 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5119
5120 @smallexample
5121 @group
5122 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5123 2: 1 .
5124 1: 0.1
5125 .
5126
5127 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5128 @end group
5129 @end smallexample
5130
5131 @noindent
5132 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5133 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5134
5135 @smallexample
5136 @group
5137 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5138 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5139 .
5140
5141 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5142
5143 @end group
5144 @end smallexample
5145 @noindent
5146 @smallexample
5147 @group
5148 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5149 . .
5150
5151 V R + 0.1 *
5152 @end group
5153 @end smallexample
5154
5155 @noindent
5156 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5157 to Radians mode?)
5158
5159 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5160 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5161 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5162 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5163 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5164 is the same for every box.)
5165
5166 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5167 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5168
5169 @smallexample
5170 @group
5171 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5172 . .
5173
5174 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5175 @end group
5176 @end smallexample
5177
5178 @noindent
5179 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5180 about the point @expr{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5181 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5182
5183 @smallexample
5184 @group
5185 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5186 . . .
5187
5188 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5189 @end group
5190 @end smallexample
5191
5192 @noindent
5193 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5194 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5195 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5196 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5197 expand the series about the points @expr{x=2} or @expr{x=1.5} instead
5198 of @expr{x=1}.)
5199
5200 @cindex Simpson's rule
5201 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5202 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5203 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5204 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5205 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5206 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5207 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5208 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5209 down to the formula,
5210
5211 @ifnottex
5212 @example
5213 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5214 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5215 @end example
5216 @end ifnottex
5217 @tex
5218 \beforedisplay
5219 $$ \displaylines{
5220 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5221 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5222 } $$
5223 \afterdisplay
5224 @end tex
5225
5226 @noindent
5227 where @expr{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @expr{h}
5228 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5229 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5230 method:
5231
5232 @ifnottex
5233 @example
5234 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5235 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5236 @end example
5237 @end ifnottex
5238 @tex
5239 \beforedisplay
5240 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5241 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5242 \afterdisplay
5243 @end tex
5244
5245 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of
5246 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5247 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5248 using Simpson's rule with 10 slices.
5249 @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5250
5251 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5252 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5253 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5254 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5255
5256 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5257 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5258 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5259 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5260 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5261 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5262 details and examples.
5263
5264 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5265 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5266
5267 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5268 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5269
5270 @noindent
5271 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5272 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5273 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5274 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5275
5276 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5277
5278 @smallexample
5279 @group
5280 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 tan(x)^2
5281 .
5282
5283 ' 2/cos(x)^2 - 2tan(x)^2 @key{RET} s 1
5284 @end group
5285 @end smallexample
5286
5287 @noindent
5288 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5289 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5290 denominator. The @kbd{I a s} command will do the former and the @kbd{a n}
5291 algebra command will do the latter, but we'll do both with rewrite
5292 rules just for practice.
5293
5294 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5295
5296 @smallexample
5297 @group
5298 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 sin(x)^2 / cos(x)^2
5299 .
5300
5301 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5302 @end group
5303 @end smallexample
5304
5305 @noindent
5306 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5307 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5308 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5309 it as a rewrite rule.)
5310
5311 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5312 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5313 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5314 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5315 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5316 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5317
5318 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5319 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5320 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5321 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5322 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5323
5324 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5325
5326 @smallexample
5327 @group
5328 1: (2 - 2 sin(x)^2) / cos(x)^2
5329 .
5330
5331 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5332 @end group
5333 @end smallexample
5334
5335 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5336 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5337 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5338 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5339 denominators.
5340
5341 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5342 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5343 the subformula @samp{cos(x)^2}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5344 @samp{x}.
5345
5346 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5347 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5348 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5349 @samp{a = 2}, @samp{b = -2 sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)^2}.
5350
5351 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5352 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5353 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5354 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5355 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5356 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5357
5358 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5359 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5360 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5361 would be @samp{@w{2 - 2 sin(x)^2} := 2 cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5362 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5363 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5364 situations, too.
5365
5366 @smallexample
5367 @group
5368 1: (2 + 2 cos(x)^2 - 2) / cos(x)^2 1: 2
5369 . .
5370
5371 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5372 @end group
5373 @end smallexample
5374
5375 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5376 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5377 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5378 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5379 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5380 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5381 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5382 having to retype it.
5383
5384 @smallexample
5385 @group
5386 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5387 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5388 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5389
5390 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 tan(x)^2 1: 2
5391 . .
5392
5393 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5394 @end group
5395 @end smallexample
5396
5397 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5398 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to store
5399 the edited value back into the variable.
5400 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5401
5402 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5403 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5404 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5405 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5406 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5407 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5408 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5409 entering them on the fly.
5410
5411 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get Symbolic
5412 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5413 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying the top and
5414 bottom by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5415 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5416 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5417
5418 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5419 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5420
5421 @smallexample
5422 @group
5423 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5424 . .
5425
5426 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5427
5428 @end group
5429 @end smallexample
5430 @noindent
5431 @smallexample
5432 @group
5433 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5434 . .
5435
5436 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5437 @end group
5438 @end smallexample
5439
5440 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5441 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5442 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5443 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5444 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5445 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5446
5447 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5448 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5449 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5450 only one rewrite at a time.
5451
5452 @smallexample
5453 @group
5454 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5455 . .
5456
5457 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5458 @end group
5459 @end smallexample
5460
5461 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5462 of rewrites that occur.
5463
5464 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5465 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5466
5467 @smallexample
5468 @group
5469 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5470 .
5471
5472 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5473
5474 @end group
5475 @end smallexample
5476 @noindent
5477 @smallexample
5478 @group
5479 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5480 .
5481
5482 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5483 @end group
5484 @end smallexample
5485
5486 @noindent
5487 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5488 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5489
5490 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5491 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5492 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5493 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5494 A common error with rewrite
5495 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5496 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5497 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!
5498
5499 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5500 @ignore
5501 @starindex
5502 @end ignore
5503 @tindex fib
5504 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5505 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5506 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5507 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5508 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5509
5510 @smallexample
5511 @group
5512 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5513
5514 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5515 . .
5516
5517 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5518 @end group
5519 @end smallexample
5520
5521 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5522 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5523 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5524 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5525 be used preferentially.
5526
5527 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5528 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5529 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5530 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5531 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5532 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5533 @w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5534
5535 @smallexample
5536 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5537 @end smallexample
5538
5539 @noindent
5540 Now:
5541
5542 @smallexample
5543 @group
5544 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5545 . .
5546
5547 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5548 @end group
5549 @end smallexample
5550
5551 @noindent
5552 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5553 @w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5554 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5555 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5556 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5557
5558 @smallexample
5559 @group
5560 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5561 . .
5562
5563 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5564 @end group
5565 @end smallexample
5566
5567 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5568 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5569 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5570
5571 @smallexample
5572 @group
5573 fib(6) =
5574 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5575 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5576 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5577 @end group
5578 @end smallexample
5579
5580 @noindent
5581 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5582 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5583 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5584 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5585 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5586 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5587
5588 @smallexample
5589 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5590 @end smallexample
5591
5592 @noindent
5593 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5594 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5595 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5596 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5597 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5598 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5599
5600 Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5601 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5602
5603 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5604 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5605 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5606 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5607 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5608
5609 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5610 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5611 un-store the variable.
5612
5613 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5614 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5615 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5616 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5617 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5618 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5619 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5620 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5621 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5622
5623 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5624 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5625 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5626 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5627
5628 @example
5629 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5630 @end example
5631
5632 @noindent
5633 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5634 to 1.''
5635
5636 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5637 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5638 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5639 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5640 and one for @samp{b}.
5641
5642 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5643 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5644 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5645 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5646
5647 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @expr{a},
5648 divide @expr{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @expr{3 a + 1}.
5649 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5650 is that for any starting @expr{a}, the sequence always eventually
5651 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5652 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5653 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5654 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5655 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5656 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5657 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5658 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5659 vector @expr{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5660 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5661
5662 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5663 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5664 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5665 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5666 so that @expr{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5667 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5668
5669 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5670 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5671 values of @expr{x} near zero.
5672
5673 @ifnottex
5674 @example
5675 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5676 @end example
5677 @end ifnottex
5678 @tex
5679 \beforedisplay
5680 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5681 \afterdisplay
5682 @end tex
5683
5684 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5685 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @expr{x^2}.
5686 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @expr{x}.
5687 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5688 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5689
5690 @ifnottex
5691 @example
5692 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5693 @end example
5694 @end ifnottex
5695 @tex
5696 \beforedisplay
5697 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5698 \afterdisplay
5699 @end tex
5700
5701 @noindent
5702 The meaning of @expr{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5703 if @expr{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @expr{x} goes to zero.''
5704
5705 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5706 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5707 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5708 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5709 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5710 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5711 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5712 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5713 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5714
5715 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
5716 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
5717 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
5718
5719 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5720
5721 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5722 @section Programming Tutorial
5723
5724 @noindent
5725 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5726 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5727 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5728 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5729 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5730 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5731
5732 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5733 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5734 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5735 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5736 case @kbd{z} prefix.
5737
5738 @smallexample
5739 @group
5740 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5741 . .
5742
5743 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5744 @end group
5745 @end smallexample
5746
5747 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5748 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5749 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5750 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5751 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5752 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5753 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5754 arguments?''
5755
5756 @smallexample
5757 @group
5758 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5759 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5760 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5761 .
5762
5763 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5764 @end group
5765 @end smallexample
5766
5767 @noindent
5768 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5769 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5770 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5771 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5772 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5773 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5774 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5775
5776 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5777 @ignore
5778 @starindex
5779 @end ignore
5780 @tindex Si
5781 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5782 @texline @math{{\rm Si}(x)}
5783 @infoline @expr{Si(x)}
5784 is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5785 @expr{t = 0} to @expr{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5786 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5787 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5788 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5789 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5790 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5791 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5792 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
5793 0.946083. (If you don't get this answer, you might want to check that
5794 Calc is in Radians mode. Also, @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if
5795 you reduce the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5796 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5797
5798 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5799 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5800 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5801 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5802 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5803
5804 @smallexample
5805 @group
5806 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5807 . .
5808
5809 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5810
5811 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5812 . .
5813
5814 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5815 @end group
5816 @end smallexample
5817
5818 @noindent
5819 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5820 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5821 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5822 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5823 re-execute the same keystrokes.
5824
5825 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5826
5827 @smallexample
5828 @group
5829 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5830 . .
5831
5832 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5833 @end group
5834 @end smallexample
5835
5836 @noindent
5837 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5838 @kbd{z} to call it up.
5839
5840 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5841
5842 @smallexample
5843 @group
5844 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5845 . . . .
5846
5847 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5848 @end group
5849 @end smallexample
5850
5851 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
5852 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
5853 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5854
5855 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
5856 the following functions:
5857
5858 @enumerate
5859 @item
5860 Compute
5861 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}},
5862 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x},
5863 where @expr{x} is the number on the top of the stack.
5864
5865 @item
5866 Compute the base-@expr{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
5867 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
5868
5869 @item
5870 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
5871 the stack.
5872 @end enumerate
5873 @noindent
5874 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5875
5876 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
5877 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
5878 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5879
5880 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
5881 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
5882 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
5883
5884 @smallexample
5885 @group
5886 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
5887 . 1: 4 .
5888 .
5889
5890 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
5891 @end group
5892 @end smallexample
5893
5894 @noindent
5895 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @expr{x^6} by
5896 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
5897 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
5898 executes the body of the loop that many times.
5899
5900 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
5901 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
5902
5903 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5904 Here's another example:
5905
5906 @smallexample
5907 @group
5908 3: 1 2: 10946
5909 2: 1 1: 17711
5910 1: 20 .
5911 .
5912
5913 1 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
5914 @end group
5915 @end smallexample
5916
5917 @noindent
5918 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
5919 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
5920 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
5921 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
5922
5923 @cindex Golden ratio
5924 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
5925 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @expr{n}th
5926 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing
5927 @texline @math{\phi^n / \sqrt{5}}
5928 @infoline @expr{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
5929 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where
5930 @texline @math{\phi} (``phi''),
5931 @infoline @expr{phi},
5932 the ``golden ratio,'' is
5933 @texline @math{(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2}.
5934 @infoline @expr{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}.
5935 (For convenience, this constant is available from the @code{phi}
5936 variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
5937
5938 @smallexample
5939 @group
5940 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
5941 . . . .
5942
5943 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
5944 @end group
5945 @end smallexample
5946
5947 @cindex Continued fractions
5948 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
5949 representation of
5950 @texline @math{\phi}
5951 @infoline @expr{phi}
5952 is
5953 @texline @math{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))}.
5954 @infoline @expr{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
5955 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
5956 and then replacing the innermost
5957 @texline @math{1/( \ldots )}
5958 @infoline @expr{1/( ...@: )}
5959 by 1. Approximate
5960 @texline @math{\phi}
5961 @infoline @expr{phi}
5962 using a twenty-term continued fraction.
5963 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5964
5965 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
5966 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
5967 vector @w{@expr{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
5968 vector, produces the vector @expr{[b, c]}, where @expr{a}, @expr{b} and
5969 @expr{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
5970 that, given an integer @expr{n}, computes the @expr{n}th Fibonacci number
5971 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5972
5973 @cindex Harmonic numbers
5974 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
5975 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
5976 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
5977
5978 @smallexample
5979 @group
5980 3: 0 1: 3.597739
5981 2: 1 .
5982 1: 20
5983 .
5984
5985 0 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
5986 @end group
5987 @end smallexample
5988
5989 @noindent
5990 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
5991 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
5992 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
5993 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
5994 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
5995 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
5996 uses a step of one.
5997
5998 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
5999 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6000 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6001
6002 @smallexample
6003 @group
6004 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6005 . 1: 20 .
6006 .
6007
6008 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6009 @end group
6010 @end smallexample
6011
6012 @noindent
6013 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6014 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6015
6016 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6017 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6018 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6019 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6020 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6021 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6022 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6023
6024 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6025 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6026 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6027
6028 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6029 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6030 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6031 fix, though:
6032
6033 @smallexample
6034 @group
6035 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6036 . . 2: 3.597739
6037 1: 0.6667
6038 .
6039
6040 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6041 @end group
6042 @end smallexample
6043
6044 @noindent
6045 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6046 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6047 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6048 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6049 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6050 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6051 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6052 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6053 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6054
6055 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6056 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6057 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6058 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6059 by the formula
6060 @texline @math{\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}}.
6061 @infoline @expr{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}.
6062 Let's write a keyboard macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers.
6063 (Calc has a command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6064 this command is very slow for large @expr{n} since the higher Bernoulli
6065 numbers are very large fractions.)
6066
6067 @smallexample
6068 @group
6069 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6070 . .
6071
6072 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6073 @end group
6074 @end smallexample
6075
6076 @noindent
6077 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6078 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6079 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6080 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6081 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6082 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6083 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6084
6085 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @expr{5/66}.
6086
6087 @smallexample
6088 @group
6089 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6090 2: 5:66 . . . .
6091 1: 0.0757575
6092 .
6093
6094 10 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6095 @end group
6096 @end smallexample
6097
6098 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6099 Bernoulli numbers.
6100
6101 @smallexample
6102 @group
6103 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6104 2: 2 .
6105 1: 30
6106 .
6107
6108 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6109 @end group
6110 @end smallexample
6111
6112 @noindent
6113 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6114 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6115 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6116 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6117 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6118 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6119 sequence of keystrokes.)
6120
6121 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6122 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6123 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6124 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6125 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6126
6127 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6128 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6129 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6130 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6131
6132 @smallexample
6133 @group
6134 1: 3 1: 3 Calc Macro Edit Mode.
6135 . . Original keys: 1 <return> 2 +
6136
6137 1 ;; calc digits
6138 RET ;; calc-enter
6139 2 ;; calc digits
6140 + ;; calc-plus
6141
6142 C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6143 @end group
6144 @end smallexample
6145
6146 @noindent
6147 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6148 @file{edmacro} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6149 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6150 Descriptions of the keystrokes are given as comments, which begin with
6151 @samp{;;}, and which are ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6152 Spaces and line breaks are also ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6153 To enter a space into the macro, type @code{SPC}. All the special
6154 characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL},
6155 and @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes
6156 @code{C-} and @code{M-}.
6157
6158 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6159 First, erase the four lines of the old definition. Then, type
6160 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6161 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can of course skip
6162 typing the comments, which begin with @samp{;;}).
6163
6164 @smallexample
6165 Z` ;; calc-kbd-push (Save local values)
6166 0 ;; calc digits (Push a zero onto the stack)
6167 st ;; calc-store-into (Store it in the following variable)
6168 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6169 1 ;; calc digits (Initial value for the loop)
6170 TAB ;; calc-roll-down (Swap initial and final)
6171 Z( ;; calc-kbd-for (Begin the "for" loop)
6172 & ;; calc-inv (Take the reciprocal)
6173 s+ ;; calc-store-plus (Add to the following variable)
6174 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6175 1 ;; calc digits (The loop step is 1)
6176 Z) ;; calc-kbd-end-for (End the "for" loop)
6177 sr ;; calc-recall (Recall the final accumulated value)
6178 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6179 Z' ;; calc-kbd-pop (Restore values)
6180 @end smallexample
6181
6182 @noindent
6183 Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6184
6185 @smallexample
6186 @group
6187 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6188 . .
6189
6190 20 z h
6191 @end group
6192 @end smallexample
6193
6194 The @file{edmacro} package defines a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command
6195 which reads the current region of the current buffer as a sequence of
6196 keystroke names, and defines that sequence on the @kbd{X}
6197 (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so useful, Calc puts this
6198 command on the @kbd{C-x * m} key. Try reading in this macro in the
6199 following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6200 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{C-x * m} at the other.
6201
6202 @example
6203 @group
6204 Z ` 0 t 1
6205 1 TAB
6206 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6207 r 1
6208 Z '
6209 @end group
6210 @end example
6211
6212 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6213 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6214 @expr{f(x) = 0} for any function @expr{f}, and an initial guess
6215 @expr{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6216 this formula over and over:
6217
6218 @ifnottex
6219 @example
6220 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6221 @end example
6222 @end ifnottex
6223 @tex
6224 \beforedisplay
6225 $$ x_{\rm new} = x - {f(x) \over f^{\prime}(x)} $$
6226 \afterdisplay
6227 @end tex
6228
6229 @noindent
6230 where @expr{f'(x)} is the derivative of @expr{f}. The @expr{x}
6231 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6232 @texline @math{x_{\rm new}}
6233 @infoline @expr{new_x}
6234 and @expr{x} will be equal to within the limits
6235 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6236 involving the variable @expr{x}, and an initial guess @expr{x_0},
6237 on the stack, and produces a value of @expr{x} for which the formula
6238 is zero. Use it to find a solution of
6239 @texline @math{\sin(\cos x) = 0.5}
6240 @infoline @expr{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6241 near @expr{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6242 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6243 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6244
6245 @cindex Digamma function
6246 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6247 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6248 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function
6249 @texline @math{\psi(z) (``psi'')}
6250 @infoline @expr{psi(z)}
6251 is defined as the derivative of
6252 @texline @math{\ln \Gamma(z)}.
6253 @infoline @expr{ln(gamma(z))}.
6254 For large values of @expr{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6255
6256 @ifnottex
6257 @example
6258 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6259 @end example
6260 @end ifnottex
6261 @tex
6262 \beforedisplay
6263 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6264 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6265 $$
6266 \afterdisplay
6267 @end tex
6268
6269 @noindent
6270 where
6271 @texline @math{\sum}
6272 @infoline @expr{sum}
6273 represents the sum over @expr{n} from 1 to infinity
6274 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6275 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6276 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6277 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6278 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6279 @texline @math{\gamma = -\psi(1)}.
6280 @infoline @expr{gamma = -psi(1)}.
6281 Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6282 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @expr{z}).
6283 Fortunately, we can compute
6284 @texline @math{\psi(1)}
6285 @infoline @expr{psi(1)}
6286 from
6287 @texline @math{\psi(5)}
6288 @infoline @expr{psi(5)}
6289 using the recurrence
6290 @texline @math{\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}}.
6291 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}.
6292 Your task: Develop a program to compute
6293 @texline @math{\psi(z)};
6294 @infoline @expr{psi(z)};
6295 it should ``pump up'' @expr{z}
6296 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6297 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6298 to compute
6299 @texline @math{\gamma}
6300 @infoline @expr{gamma}
6301 to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6302 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6303 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6304
6305 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6306 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @expr{x} and
6307 a number @expr{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6308 @expr{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @expr{x^m}),
6309 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6310 notation. For example, @expr{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @expr{m = 6}
6311 should produce the list @expr{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6312 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6313 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6314
6315 @cindex Recursion
6316 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6317 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6318
6319 @ifnottex
6320 @example
6321 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6322 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6323 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6324 @end example
6325 @end ifnottex
6326 @tex
6327 \beforedisplay
6328 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6329 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6330 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6331 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6332 $$
6333 \afterdisplay
6334 \vskip5pt
6335 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6336 @end tex
6337
6338 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6339 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6340 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6341 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6342 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6343 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6344 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6345 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6346 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6347 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6348 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6349 or @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6350 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6351 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @expr{n} and
6352 @expr{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6353 @expr{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6354 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6355 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6356
6357 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6358 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6359 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6360 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6361 program can:
6362
6363 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6364 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6365 rewrite rules. Once again, @expr{n} and @expr{m} should be taken
6366 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6367
6368 @example
6369
6370 @end example
6371 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6372 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6373 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6374 @c [not-split]
6375 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6376 @c [when-split]
6377 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6378
6379 @page
6380 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6381 @section Answers to Exercises
6382
6383 @noindent
6384 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6385
6386 @menu
6387 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6388 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6389 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6390 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6391 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6392 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6393 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6394 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6395 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6396 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6397 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6398 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6399 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6400 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6401 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6402 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6403 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6404 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6405 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6406 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6407 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6408 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6409 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6410 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6411 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6412 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6413 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6414 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6415 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6416 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6417 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6418 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6419 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6420 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6421 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6422 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6423 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6424 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6425 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6426 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6427 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6428 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6429 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6430 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6431 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6432 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6433 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6434 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6435 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6436 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6437 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6438 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6439 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6440 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6441 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6442 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6443 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Truncated Taylor series
6444 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6445 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6446 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6447 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6448 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6449 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6450 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6451 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6452 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6453 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6454 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6455 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6456 @end menu
6457
6458 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6459 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6460 @tex
6461 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6462 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6463 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6464 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6465 @end tex
6466
6467 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6468 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6469
6470 @noindent
6471 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6472
6473 The result is
6474 @texline @math{1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6475 @infoline @expr{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6476
6477 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6478 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6479
6480 @noindent
6481 @texline @math{2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75}
6482 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6483
6484 After computing the intermediate term
6485 @texline @math{2\times4 = 8},
6486 @infoline @expr{2*4 = 8},
6487 you can leave that result on the stack while you compute the second
6488 term. With both of these results waiting on the stack you can then
6489 compute the final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6490
6491 @smallexample
6492 @group
6493 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6494 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6495 . 1: 9.5 .
6496 .
6497
6498 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6499
6500 @end group
6501 @end smallexample
6502 @noindent
6503 @smallexample
6504 @group
6505 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6506 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6507 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6508 1: 4 .
6509 .
6510
6511 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6512 @end group
6513 @end smallexample
6514
6515 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6516 with the third term.
6517
6518 @smallexample
6519 @group
6520 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6521 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6522 . 1: 4 .
6523 .
6524
6525 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6526 @end group
6527 @end smallexample
6528
6529 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6530 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6531 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6532 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6533
6534 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6535 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6536
6537 @noindent
6538 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6539
6540 @smallexample
6541 @group
6542 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6543 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6544 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6545 . . 1: 1 . .
6546 .
6547
6548 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6549 @end group
6550 @end smallexample
6551
6552 Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6553
6554 @smallexample
6555 @group
6556 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6557 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6558 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6559 . . . . .
6560
6561 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6562 @end group
6563 @end smallexample
6564
6565 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6566 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6567
6568 @noindent
6569 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6570 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6571
6572 @smallexample
6573 @group
6574 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6575 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6576 . . .
6577
6578 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6579 @end group
6580 @end smallexample
6581
6582 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6583 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6584 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6585 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6586 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6587
6588 @smallexample
6589 @group
6590 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6591 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6592 . . .
6593
6594 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6595 @end group
6596 @end smallexample
6597
6598 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6599 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6600 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6601 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6602
6603 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6604 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6605
6606 @noindent
6607 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6608
6609 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6610 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6611
6612 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6613 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @expr{3.0} whereas
6614 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @expr{3}.)
6615
6616 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6617 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6618
6619 @noindent
6620 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6621 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6622 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6623 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6624
6625 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6626 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6627
6628 @noindent
6629 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @expr{1 / 0}.
6630 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6631 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6632 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6633 times anything is zero.''
6634
6635 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6636 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{Infinite mode} in which @expr{1 / 0}
6637 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6638 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6639 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6640 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6641
6642 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6643 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6644
6645 @noindent
6646 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6647 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6648 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6649 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6650 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6651 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6652
6653 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6654 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6655 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6656 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6657 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6658 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6659 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6660 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6661 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6662 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6663 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6664
6665 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6666 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6667 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6668 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6669 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6670 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6671 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6672 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6673 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6674 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6675
6676 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6677 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6678 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6679 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6680 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6681 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6682 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6683 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6684 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6685 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6686
6687 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6688 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6689 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6690 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6691 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6692 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6693 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6694 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6695 in decimal display mode.
6696
6697 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6698 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6699 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6700 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6701
6702 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6703 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6704
6705 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6706 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6707 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6708 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6709 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6710 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6711 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6712 way to enter this number.
6713
6714 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6715 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6716 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6717 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6718 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6719 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6720 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6721
6722 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6723 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6724
6725 @noindent
6726 The answer he got was @expr{0.5000000000006399}.
6727
6728 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6729 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6730 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6731 their inputs.
6732
6733 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6734 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6735 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6736 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6737 determining facts like this.
6738
6739 @smallexample
6740 @group
6741 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6742 . .
6743
6744 45 S 2 ^
6745
6746 @end group
6747 @end smallexample
6748 @noindent
6749 @smallexample
6750 @group
6751 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6752 . . .
6753
6754 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6755 @end group
6756 @end smallexample
6757
6758 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6759 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6760 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6761 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6762 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6763
6764 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6765 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6766
6767 @noindent
6768 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6769 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6770 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6771 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6772 of time.
6773
6774 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6775 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6776 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
6777 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6778 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6779 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6780
6781 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6782 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6783 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6784
6785 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6786 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6787
6788 @noindent
6789 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6790 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6791 down to an integer. Consider @expr{123456789 / 2} when the current
6792 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @expr{61728394.5}, but
6793 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to
6794 @texline @math{12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0}.
6795 @infoline @expr{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6796 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6797
6798 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6799 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6800 decimal point. Or, convert to Fraction mode so that @expr{123456789 / 2}
6801 produces the exact fraction @expr{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6802 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6803 format.
6804
6805 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6806 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6807
6808 @noindent
6809 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @expr{3:2}, but it
6810 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @expr{1.5}.
6811
6812 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6813 or (when in Fraction mode) the reciprocal of an integer. But there is
6814 no efficient way to search the space of all possible rational numbers
6815 for an exact answer, so Calc doesn't try.
6816
6817 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6818 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6819
6820 @noindent
6821 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6822 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6823
6824 @smallexample
6825 @group
6826 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6827 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6828 .
6829
6830 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6831 @end group
6832 @end smallexample
6833
6834 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6835 indeed have unit length.
6836
6837 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6838 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6839
6840 @noindent
6841 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6842 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6843 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6844 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6845
6846 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6847 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6848
6849 @noindent
6850 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6851 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6852
6853 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6854 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6855
6856 @ifnottex
6857 @example
6858 @group
6859 x + a y = 6
6860 x + b y = 10
6861 @end group
6862 @end example
6863 @end ifnottex
6864 @tex
6865 \beforedisplay
6866 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6867 x &+ b y = 10}
6868 $$
6869 \afterdisplay
6870 @end tex
6871
6872 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6873 matrix as usual.
6874
6875 @smallexample
6876 @group
6877 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
6878 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
6879 [ 1, b ] ]
6880 .
6881
6882 ' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
6883 @end group
6884 @end smallexample
6885
6886 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable Big display
6887 mode:
6888
6889 @smallexample
6890 @group
6891 4 a 4
6892 1: [6 - -----, -----]
6893 b - a b - a
6894 @end group
6895 @end smallexample
6896
6897 Type @kbd{d N} to return to Normal display mode afterwards.
6898
6899 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6900 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
6901
6902 @noindent
6903 To solve
6904 @texline @math{A^T A \, X = A^T B},
6905 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B},
6906 first we compute
6907 @texline @math{A' = A^T A}
6908 @infoline @expr{A2 = trn(A) * A}
6909 and
6910 @texline @math{B' = A^T B};
6911 @infoline @expr{B2 = trn(A) * B};
6912 now, we have a system
6913 @texline @math{A' X = B'}
6914 @infoline @expr{A2 * X = B2}
6915 which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/} command.
6916
6917 @ifnottex
6918 @example
6919 @group
6920 a + 2b + 3c = 6
6921 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
6922 7a + 6b = 3
6923 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
6924 @end group
6925 @end example
6926 @end ifnottex
6927 @tex
6928 \beforedisplayh
6929 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
6930 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
6931 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6932 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6933 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
6934 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
6935 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
6936 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
6937 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
6938 $$
6939 \afterdisplayh
6940 @end tex
6941
6942 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
6943 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
6944 @texline @math{B'}
6945 @infoline @expr{B2}
6946 vector.
6947
6948 @smallexample
6949 @group
6950 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
6951 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
6952 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
6953 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
6954 . .
6955
6956 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
6957 @end group
6958 @end smallexample
6959
6960 @noindent
6961 Now we compute the matrix
6962 @texline @math{A'}
6963 @infoline @expr{A2}
6964 and divide.
6965
6966 @smallexample
6967 @group
6968 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
6969 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
6970 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
6971 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
6972 .
6973
6974 r 7 v t r 7 * /
6975 @end group
6976 @end smallexample
6977
6978 @noindent
6979 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
6980 round-off error.)
6981
6982 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the
6983 @texline @math{3\times3}
6984 @infoline 3x3
6985 system solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
6986 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
6987 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
6988 answer since the
6989 @texline @math{4\times3}
6990 @infoline 4x3
6991 system would be equivalent to the original
6992 @texline @math{3\times3}
6993 @infoline 3x3
6994 system.)
6995
6996 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
6997 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
6998 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
6999
7000 @smallexample
7001 @group
7002 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7003 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7004 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7005 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7006 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7007 .
7008
7009 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7010 @end group
7011 @end smallexample
7012
7013 @noindent
7014 This is reasonably close to our original @expr{B} vector,
7015 @expr{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7016
7017 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7018 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7019
7020 @noindent
7021 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7022 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7023 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7024 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7025
7026 @smallexample
7027 @group
7028 2: 2 2: 2
7029 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7030 . .
7031
7032 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7033 @end group
7034 @end smallexample
7035
7036 @noindent
7037 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7038 vector.
7039
7040 @smallexample
7041 @group
7042 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7043 .
7044
7045 V M ^
7046 @end group
7047 @end smallexample
7048
7049 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7050 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7051
7052 @noindent
7053 Given @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7054 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7055
7056 @ifnottex
7057 @example
7058 m*x + b*1 = y
7059 @end example
7060 @end ifnottex
7061 @tex
7062 \beforedisplay
7063 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7064 \afterdisplay
7065 @end tex
7066
7067 Thus we want a
7068 @texline @math{19\times2}
7069 @infoline 19x2
7070 matrix with our @expr{x} vector as one column and
7071 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7072 we combine the two columns to form our @expr{A} matrix.
7073
7074 @smallexample
7075 @group
7076 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7077 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7078 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7079 @dots{}
7080
7081 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7082 @end group
7083 @end smallexample
7084
7085 @noindent
7086 Now we compute
7087 @texline @math{A^T y}
7088 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * y}
7089 and
7090 @texline @math{A^T A}
7091 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A}
7092 and divide.
7093
7094 @smallexample
7095 @group
7096 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7097 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7098 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7099 .
7100
7101 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7102 @end group
7103 @end smallexample
7104
7105 @noindent
7106 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7107
7108 @smallexample
7109 @group
7110 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7111 .
7112
7113 /
7114 @end group
7115 @end smallexample
7116
7117 Since we were solving equations of the form
7118 @texline @math{m \times x + b \times 1 = y},
7119 @infoline @expr{m*x + b*1 = y},
7120 these numbers should be @expr{m} and @expr{b}, respectively. Sure
7121 enough, they agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and
7122 @kbd{V R}!
7123
7124 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7125 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7126 arithmetic functions!
7127
7128 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7129 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7130 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7131
7132 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7133 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7134
7135 @noindent
7136 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7137 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7138 and type @w{@kbd{C-x * g}}.
7139
7140 @smallexample
7141 @group
7142 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7143 .
7144 @end group
7145 @end smallexample
7146
7147 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7148 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7149
7150 @smallexample
7151 @group
7152 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7153 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7154 . .
7155
7156 @key{RET} V R *
7157
7158 @end group
7159 @end smallexample
7160 @noindent
7161 @smallexample
7162 @group
7163 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7164 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7165 . .
7166
7167 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7168 @end group
7169 @end smallexample
7170
7171 @noindent
7172 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7173 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7174 then raise the number to that power.)
7175
7176 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7177 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7178
7179 @noindent
7180 A number @expr{j} is a divisor of @expr{n} if
7181 @texline @math{n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0}.
7182 @infoline @samp{n % j = 0}.
7183 The first step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7184
7185 @smallexample
7186 @group
7187 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7188 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7189 . .
7190
7191 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7192 @end group
7193 @end smallexample
7194
7195 @noindent
7196 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7197
7198 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7199 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7200
7201 @smallexample
7202 @group
7203 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7204 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7205 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7206 .
7207
7208 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7209 @end group
7210 @end smallexample
7211
7212 @noindent
7213 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7214 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7215
7216 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7217 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7218
7219 @noindent
7220 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7221 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7222 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7223 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7224
7225 @smallexample
7226 @group
7227 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7228 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7229 . .
7230
7231 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7232
7233 @end group
7234 @end smallexample
7235 @noindent
7236 @smallexample
7237 @group
7238 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7239 . . .
7240
7241 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7242 @end group
7243 @end smallexample
7244
7245 @noindent
7246 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7247 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7248 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7249 the job is pretty straightforward.
7250
7251 Incidentally, Calc provides the
7252 @texline @dfn{M@"obius} @math{\mu}
7253 @infoline @dfn{Moebius mu}
7254 function which is zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It
7255 would be a much more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7256
7257 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7258 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7259
7260 @noindent
7261 First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7262 to get a list of lists of integers!
7263
7264 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7265 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7266
7267 @noindent
7268 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7269 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7270
7271 @smallexample
7272 @group
7273 1: [ [0],
7274 [0, 1],
7275 [0, 1, 2],
7276 @dots{}
7277
7278 1 -
7279 @end group
7280 @end smallexample
7281
7282 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7283 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @expr{n}th
7284 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @expr{n}, and
7285 can be computed directly by the formula
7286 @texline @math{n (n+1) \over 2}.
7287 @infoline @expr{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7288
7289 @smallexample
7290 @group
7291 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7292 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7293 . .
7294
7295 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7296 @end group
7297 @end smallexample
7298
7299 @noindent
7300 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7301 result:
7302
7303 @smallexample
7304 @group
7305 1: [ [0],
7306 [1, 2],
7307 [3, 4, 5],
7308 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7309 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7310 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7311 .
7312
7313 V M +
7314 @end group
7315 @end smallexample
7316
7317 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7318 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7319 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7320 triangular list.
7321
7322 @smallexample
7323 @group
7324 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7325 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7326 . .
7327
7328 @key{RET} V M V R +
7329 @end group
7330 @end smallexample
7331
7332 @noindent
7333 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7334 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7335 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7336
7337 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7338 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7339
7340 @noindent
7341 The first step is to build a list of values of @expr{x}.
7342
7343 @smallexample
7344 @group
7345 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7346 . . .
7347
7348 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7349 @end group
7350 @end smallexample
7351
7352 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7353
7354 @smallexample
7355 @group
7356 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7357 .
7358
7359 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7360 @end group
7361 @end smallexample
7362
7363 @noindent
7364 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7365
7366 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7367 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7368
7369 @smallexample
7370 @group
7371 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7372 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7373 . .
7374
7375 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7376 @end group
7377 @end smallexample
7378
7379 @noindent
7380 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7381 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of
7382 @texline @math{\sin x}
7383 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
7384 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7385
7386 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7387 the maximum value of @expr{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7388 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7389
7390 @smallexample
7391 @group
7392 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7393 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7394 .
7395
7396 r 1 V M * V R +
7397 @end group
7398 @end smallexample
7399
7400 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @expr{1} value, this method
7401 would have given the sum of all maximum @expr{x} values; not very
7402 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7403 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7404 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7405 example, a vector of maximum @expr{x} values.
7406
7407 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7408 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7409 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7410
7411 @smallexample
7412 @group
7413 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7414 1: [0 .. 5] .
7415 .
7416
7417 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7418 @end group
7419 @end smallexample
7420
7421 @noindent
7422 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @expr{x}
7423 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7424 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7425
7426 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7427 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7428
7429 @noindent
7430 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7431
7432 @smallexample
7433 @group
7434 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7435 . 2: 10
7436 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7437 .
7438
7439 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7440
7441 @end group
7442 @end smallexample
7443 @noindent
7444 @smallexample
7445 @group
7446 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7447 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7448 .
7449
7450 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7451 @end group
7452 @end smallexample
7453
7454 @noindent
7455 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7456
7457 @smallexample
7458 @group
7459 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7460 .
7461
7462 10 V M % s 2
7463 @end group
7464 @end smallexample
7465
7466 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7467 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7468 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7469 the right of it are nines.
7470
7471 @smallexample
7472 @group
7473 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7474 . .
7475
7476 9 V M a = v v
7477
7478 @end group
7479 @end smallexample
7480 @noindent
7481 @smallexample
7482 @group
7483 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7484 . .
7485
7486 V U * v v 1 |
7487 @end group
7488 @end smallexample
7489
7490 @noindent
7491 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7492 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7493 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7494 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7495 rightmost digit.
7496
7497 @smallexample
7498 @group
7499 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7500 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7501 .
7502
7503 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7504 @end group
7505 @end smallexample
7506
7507 @noindent
7508 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7509 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7510 digits that generated them.
7511
7512 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7513
7514 @smallexample
7515 @group
7516 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7517 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7518 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7519 .
7520
7521 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7522
7523 @end group
7524 @end smallexample
7525 @noindent
7526 @smallexample
7527 @group
7528 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7529 . .
7530
7531 V M * V R +
7532 @end group
7533 @end smallexample
7534
7535 @noindent
7536 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7537 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7538
7539 @smallexample
7540 @group
7541 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7542 . .
7543
7544 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7545 @end group
7546 @end smallexample
7547
7548 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7549 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7550
7551 @noindent
7552 For the list @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @expr{((a = b) = c) = d},
7553 which will compare @expr{a} and @expr{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7554 then compared with @expr{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7555 compared with @expr{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7556
7557 Here's a more correct method:
7558
7559 @smallexample
7560 @group
7561 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7562 . 1: 7
7563 .
7564
7565 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7566
7567 @end group
7568 @end smallexample
7569 @noindent
7570 @smallexample
7571 @group
7572 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7573 . .
7574
7575 V M a = V R *
7576 @end group
7577 @end smallexample
7578
7579 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7580 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7581
7582 @noindent
7583 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @expr{(x,y)} for which
7584 @expr{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @expr{x^2}
7585 and a vector of @expr{y^2}.
7586
7587 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7588 commands.
7589
7590 @smallexample
7591 @group
7592 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7593 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7594 . .
7595
7596 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7597
7598 @end group
7599 @end smallexample
7600 @noindent
7601 @smallexample
7602 @group
7603 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7604 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7605 . .
7606
7607 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7608 @end group
7609 @end smallexample
7610
7611 Now we sum the @expr{x^2} and @expr{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7612 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7613
7614 @smallexample
7615 @group
7616 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7617 . . .
7618
7619 + 1 V M a < V R +
7620 @end group
7621 @end smallexample
7622
7623 @noindent
7624 The ratio @expr{84/100} should approximate the ratio @cpiover{4}.
7625
7626 @smallexample
7627 @group
7628 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7629 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7630
7631 100 / 4 * P /
7632 @end group
7633 @end smallexample
7634
7635 @noindent
7636 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7637 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7638 not very efficient!
7639
7640 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7641 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7642
7643 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7644 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7645
7646 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7647 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7648
7649 @noindent
7650 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7651 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7652 @expr{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @expr{x}
7653 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction
7654 @texline @math{\theta},
7655 @infoline @expr{theta},
7656 and see if @expr{x} and
7657 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta}
7658 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)}
7659 (which is the @expr{x} coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line.
7660 The lines are at integer coordinates, so this happens when the two
7661 numbers surround an integer.
7662
7663 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7664 of the two endpoints as @expr{x}. Then @expr{theta} is an angle pointing
7665 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7666 it would feel like cheating to refer to @cpiover{2} radians while trying
7667 to estimate @cpi{}!)
7668
7669 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7670 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7671 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7672 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7673 Pick random @expr{x} and
7674 @texline @math{\theta},
7675 @infoline @expr{theta},
7676 compute
7677 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta},
7678 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)},
7679 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7680
7681 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7682 commands.
7683
7684 @smallexample
7685 @group
7686 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7687 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7688 .
7689
7690 v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7691 @end group
7692 @end smallexample
7693
7694 @noindent
7695 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7696
7697 @smallexample
7698 @group
7699 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7700 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7701 .
7702
7703 m d V M C +
7704
7705 @end group
7706 @end smallexample
7707 @noindent
7708 @smallexample
7709 @group
7710 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7711 . . .
7712
7713 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7714 @end group
7715 @end smallexample
7716
7717 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7718 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7719 a random integer.
7720
7721 @smallexample
7722 @group
7723 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7724 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7725 . .
7726
7727 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7728
7729 @end group
7730 @end smallexample
7731 @noindent
7732 @smallexample
7733 @group
7734 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7735 . . .
7736
7737 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7738
7739 @end group
7740 @end smallexample
7741 @noindent
7742 @smallexample
7743 @group
7744 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7745 . .
7746
7747 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7748 @end group
7749 @end smallexample
7750
7751 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7752 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7753
7754 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7755 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7756
7757 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7758 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7759
7760 @noindent
7761 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7762
7763 @smallexample
7764 @group
7765 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7766 .
7767
7768 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7769 @end group
7770 @end smallexample
7771
7772 @noindent
7773 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7774 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7775 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7776 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7777
7778 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7779 if the input vector is @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7780 @expr{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7781 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7782
7783 @smallexample
7784 @group
7785 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7786 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7787 . .
7788
7789 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7790
7791 @end group
7792 @end smallexample
7793 @noindent
7794 @smallexample
7795 @group
7796 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
7797 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7798 .
7799
7800 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7801 @end group
7802 @end smallexample
7803
7804 @noindent
7805 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7806 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7807 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7808 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7809 plus its second argument.
7810
7811 @smallexample
7812 @group
7813 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7814 . .
7815
7816 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7817 @end group
7818 @end smallexample
7819
7820 @noindent
7821 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7822 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7823 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7824
7825 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7826 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7827 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7828 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7829 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7830 the operations are faster.
7831
7832 @smallexample
7833 @group
7834 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7835 . .
7836
7837 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7838 @end group
7839 @end smallexample
7840
7841 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7842 @w{@expr{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7843 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7844 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7845
7846 @ifnottex
7847 @example
7848 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7849 @end example
7850 @end ifnottex
7851 @tex
7852 \beforedisplay
7853 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7854 \afterdisplay
7855 @end tex
7856
7857 @noindent
7858 for some suitable integers @expr{m} and @expr{n}. Expanding out by
7859 the distributive law yields
7860
7861 @ifnottex
7862 @example
7863 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7864 @end example
7865 @end ifnottex
7866 @tex
7867 \beforedisplay
7868 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7869 \afterdisplay
7870 @end tex
7871
7872 @noindent
7873 The @expr{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7874 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @expr{n}
7875 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7876 @expr{n' = 3m + n},
7877
7878 @ifnottex
7879 @example
7880 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7881 @end example
7882 @end ifnottex
7883 @tex
7884 \beforedisplay
7885 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n^{\prime} $$
7886 \afterdisplay
7887 @end tex
7888
7889 @noindent
7890 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7891 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7892
7893 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7894 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7895 modulo some value @var{m}.
7896
7897 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
7898 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
7899
7900 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
7901 step to an @expr{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
7902 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
7903
7904 @smallexample
7905 @group
7906 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7907 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
7908 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
7909 ...
7910
7911 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
7912 @end group
7913 @end smallexample
7914
7915 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
7916 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
7917 before nesting even begins.
7918
7919 We now have a vector of @expr{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
7920 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
7921 to get a pair of vectors, @expr{x} and @expr{y}, suitable for graphing.
7922
7923 @smallexample
7924 @group
7925 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
7926 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
7927 .
7928
7929 v t v u g f
7930 @end group
7931 @end smallexample
7932
7933 Incidentally, because the @expr{x} and @expr{y} are completely
7934 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
7935 to create our @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers directly.
7936
7937 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
7938 a random direction exactly gives us an @expr{[x, y]} step of unit
7939 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
7940 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
7941
7942 @smallexample
7943 @group
7944 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7945 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
7946 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
7947 ...
7948
7949 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
7950 @end group
7951 @end smallexample
7952
7953 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
7954
7955 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
7956 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
7957 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
7958 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
7959 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
7960 Schwartz.)
7961
7962 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
7963 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
7964
7965 @noindent
7966 If the number is the square root of @cpi{} times a rational number,
7967 then its square, divided by @cpi{}, should be a rational number.
7968
7969 @smallexample
7970 @group
7971 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
7972 . . .
7973
7974 2 ^ P / c F
7975 @end group
7976 @end smallexample
7977
7978 @noindent
7979 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
7980 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
7981 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
7982 irrational number to within 12 digits.
7983
7984 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
7985 precision slightly and try again:
7986
7987 @smallexample
7988 @group
7989 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
7990 . .
7991
7992 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
7993 @end group
7994 @end smallexample
7995
7996 @noindent
7997 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
7998 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
7999 @texline @math{\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}}.
8000 @infoline @expr{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8001
8002 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8003 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8004 to the current precision before they begin.
8005
8006 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8007 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8008
8009 @noindent
8010 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8011 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8012
8013 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8014 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8015 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are the same size.
8016 In other words, as @expr{x} goes to infinity, @expr{e^x} also goes
8017 to infinity, but the fact the @expr{e^x} grows much faster than
8018 @expr{x} is not relevant here.
8019
8020 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8021 the input is infinite.
8022
8023 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @expr{(0, 1)}
8024 represents the imaginary number @expr{i}. Here's a derivation:
8025 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8026 The first part is, by definition, @expr{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8027 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8028
8029 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8030 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8031 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8032 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8033
8034 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @expr{x} points,
8035 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8036
8037 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8038 input. As in the @expr{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8039 here if you have turned on Infinite mode. Otherwise, it will
8040 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8041
8042 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8043 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8044
8045 @noindent
8046 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8047 @expr{a}, just by claiming that we added @expr{a} to the first
8048 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8049 values of @expr{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8050 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8051 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8052
8053 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8054 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8055 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8056 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8057
8058 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8059 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8060 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8061 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8062 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8063
8064 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8065 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8066
8067 @smallexample
8068 @group
8069 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8070 1: 17 .
8071 .
8072
8073 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8074 @end group
8075 @end smallexample
8076
8077 @noindent
8078 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8079
8080 @smallexample
8081 @group
8082 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8083 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8084 .
8085
8086 20" + 17 *
8087 @end group
8088 @end smallexample
8089
8090 @noindent
8091 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8092
8093 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8094 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8095
8096 @noindent
8097 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8098 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8099 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8100
8101 @smallexample
8102 @group
8103 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8104 . . .
8105
8106 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8107 @end group
8108 @end smallexample
8109
8110 @noindent
8111 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8112
8113 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8114 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8115 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8116 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8117 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8118
8119 @smallexample
8120 @group
8121 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8122 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8123 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8124 .
8125
8126 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8127 @end group
8128 @end smallexample
8129
8130 @noindent
8131 Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8132
8133 @smallexample
8134 @group
8135 1: 242
8136 .
8137
8138 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8139 @end group
8140 @end smallexample
8141
8142 @noindent
8143 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8144
8145 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8146 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8147
8148 @noindent
8149 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8150 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8151 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8152 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8153 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8154 don't know the leap year rule.
8155
8156 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8157 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8158 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8159 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8160 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8161
8162 @smallexample
8163 @group
8164 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8165 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8166 .
8167
8168 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8169
8170 @end group
8171 @end smallexample
8172 @noindent
8173 @smallexample
8174 @group
8175 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8176 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8177 1: 1991 . .
8178 .
8179
8180 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8181 @end group
8182 @end smallexample
8183
8184 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8185 @noindent
8186 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8187 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8188 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8189 background information in that regard.)
8190
8191 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8192 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8193
8194 @noindent
8195 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8196 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8197
8198 @smallexample
8199 @group
8200 1: 1. 2: 1.
8201 . 1: 0.2
8202 .
8203
8204 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8205 @end group
8206 @end smallexample
8207
8208 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8209
8210 @smallexample
8211 @group
8212 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8213 . . .
8214
8215 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8216 @end group
8217 @end smallexample
8218
8219 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8220 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8221
8222 @smallexample
8223 @group
8224 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8225 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8226 1: 706.21 .
8227 .
8228
8229 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8230 @end group
8231 @end smallexample
8232
8233 @noindent
8234 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8235
8236 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8237 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8238
8239 @noindent
8240 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8241 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8242 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8243 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8244 but with no upper bound.
8245
8246 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8247
8248 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8249 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8250 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8251 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8252
8253 If you turn on Infinite mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8254 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8255 as a possible value.
8256
8257 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8258 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8259 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8260 will be either greater than @mathit{0.1}, or less than @mathit{-0.1}. Thus
8261 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8262 in it from @mathit{-0.1} to @mathit{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8263 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8264 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8265 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8266 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8267
8268 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8269 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8270
8271 @smallexample
8272 @group
8273 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8274 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8275 . .
8276
8277 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8278 @end group
8279 @end smallexample
8280
8281 @noindent
8282 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @mathit{-3} and
8283 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8284 of two numbers each between @mathit{-3} and 3 is between @mathit{-9} and 9.''
8285
8286 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8287 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8288 for different numbers.
8289
8290 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8291
8292 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8293 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8294
8295 @noindent
8296 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @expr{x}.
8297
8298 @smallexample
8299 @group
8300 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8301 . 811749612 .
8302 .
8303
8304 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8305 @end group
8306 @end smallexample
8307
8308 @noindent
8309 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8310 must not be prime.
8311
8312 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8313 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8314 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8315 use this method to test the second number.
8316
8317 @smallexample
8318 @group
8319 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8320 1: 15485863 .
8321 .
8322
8323 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8324 @end group
8325 @end smallexample
8326
8327 @noindent
8328 The result is three ones (modulo @expr{n}), so it's very probable that
8329 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8330
8331 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8332 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8333 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8334
8335 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8336 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8337 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8338 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8339
8340 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8341 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8342
8343 @noindent
8344 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8345 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8346 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8347
8348 @smallexample
8349 @group
8350 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8351 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8352 .
8353
8354 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8355
8356 @end group
8357 @end smallexample
8358 @noindent
8359 @smallexample
8360 @group
8361 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8362 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8363 .
8364
8365 x time @key{RET} +
8366 @end group
8367 @end smallexample
8368
8369 @noindent
8370 It will be just after six in the morning.
8371
8372 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8373 HMS form:
8374
8375 @smallexample
8376 @group
8377 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8378 . .
8379
8380 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8381 @end group
8382 @end smallexample
8383
8384 @noindent
8385 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8386 the actual number 3.14159...
8387
8388 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8389 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8390
8391 @noindent
8392 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8393 each.
8394
8395 @smallexample
8396 @group
8397 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8398 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8399 .
8400
8401 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8402
8403 @end group
8404 @end smallexample
8405 @noindent
8406 @smallexample
8407 @group
8408 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8409 .
8410
8411 17 *
8412 @end group
8413 @end smallexample
8414
8415 @noindent
8416 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8417
8418 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8419 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8420
8421 @noindent
8422 Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8423
8424 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8425 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8426
8427 @noindent
8428 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8429 to the other?
8430
8431 @smallexample
8432 @group
8433 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8434 . .
8435
8436 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8437 @end group
8438 @end smallexample
8439
8440 @noindent
8441 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8442
8443 @smallexample
8444 @group
8445 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8446 2: 4.1 ns . .
8447 .
8448
8449 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8450 @end group
8451 @end smallexample
8452
8453 @noindent
8454 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8455 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8456 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8457
8458 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8459 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8460
8461 @noindent
8462 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8463 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8464
8465 @smallexample
8466 @group
8467 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8468 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8469 .
8470
8471 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8472 @end group
8473 @end smallexample
8474
8475 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8476 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8477 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8478
8479 @smallexample
8480 @group
8481 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8482 . 1: 2 .
8483 .
8484
8485 u s 2 B
8486 @end group
8487 @end smallexample
8488
8489 @noindent
8490 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8491
8492 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8493 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8494
8495 @noindent
8496 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8497 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @expr{x} by the
8498 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8499 if @w{@expr{x = -4}}.) If @expr{x} is real, this formula could be
8500 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8501 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8502 that @expr{x} is known to be real.)
8503
8504 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8505 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8506
8507 @noindent
8508 Suppose our roots are @expr{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8509 is zero when @expr{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8510 @expr{x-a} is zero when @expr{x=a}, so the product @expr{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8511 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8512 familiar form.
8513
8514 @smallexample
8515 @group
8516 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8517 . .
8518
8519 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8520
8521 @end group
8522 @end smallexample
8523 @noindent
8524 @smallexample
8525 @group
8526 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8527 . .
8528
8529 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8530
8531 @end group
8532 @end smallexample
8533 @noindent
8534 @smallexample
8535 @group
8536 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8537 . .
8538
8539 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8540 @end group
8541 @end smallexample
8542
8543 @noindent
8544 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8545 same as the original polynomial.
8546
8547 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8548 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8549
8550 @smallexample
8551 @group
8552 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8553 . .
8554
8555 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8556
8557 @end group
8558 @end smallexample
8559 @noindent
8560 @smallexample
8561 @group
8562 1: [y, 1]
8563 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8564 .
8565
8566 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8567
8568 @end group
8569 @end smallexample
8570 @noindent
8571 @smallexample
8572 @group
8573 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8574 .
8575
8576 V M $ @key{RET}
8577
8578 @end group
8579 @end smallexample
8580 @noindent
8581 @smallexample
8582 @group
8583 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8584 .
8585
8586 V R -
8587
8588 @end group
8589 @end smallexample
8590 @noindent
8591 @smallexample
8592 @group
8593 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8594 .
8595
8596 =
8597
8598 @end group
8599 @end smallexample
8600 @noindent
8601 @smallexample
8602 @group
8603 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8604 .
8605
8606 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8607 @end group
8608 @end smallexample
8609
8610 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8611 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8612
8613 @noindent
8614 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8615 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8616 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8617 coefficients. Here's one way:
8618
8619 @smallexample
8620 @group
8621 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8622 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8623 . .
8624
8625 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8626
8627 @end group
8628 @end smallexample
8629 @noindent
8630 @smallexample
8631 @group
8632 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8633 . .
8634
8635 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8636 @end group
8637 @end smallexample
8638
8639 @noindent
8640 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8641 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8642
8643 @smallexample
8644 @group
8645 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8646 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8647 .
8648
8649 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8650
8651 @end group
8652 @end smallexample
8653 @noindent
8654 @smallexample
8655 @group
8656 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8657 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8658 .
8659
8660 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8661 @end group
8662 @end smallexample
8663
8664 @noindent
8665 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8666 same thing.
8667
8668 @smallexample
8669 @group
8670 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8671 . . .
8672
8673 * .1 * 3 /
8674 @end group
8675 @end smallexample
8676
8677 @noindent
8678 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8679
8680 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8681 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8682
8683 @noindent
8684 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8685
8686 @smallexample
8687 @group
8688 ___
8689 2 + V 2
8690 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8691 . ___
8692 1 + V 2
8693
8694 .
8695
8696 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8697 @end group
8698 @end smallexample
8699
8700 @noindent
8701 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @expr{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8702
8703 @smallexample
8704 @group
8705 ___ ___
8706 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8707 .
8708
8709 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8710
8711 @end group
8712 @end smallexample
8713 @noindent
8714 @smallexample
8715 @group
8716 ___ ___
8717 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8718 . .
8719
8720 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8721 @end group
8722 @end smallexample
8723
8724 @noindent
8725 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8726 second step.)
8727
8728 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8729 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8730 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8731
8732 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8733 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8734
8735 @noindent
8736 Here is the rule set:
8737
8738 @smallexample
8739 @group
8740 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8741 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8742 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8743 @end group
8744 @end smallexample
8745
8746 @noindent
8747 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8748 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8749 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8750 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8751 says that if @expr{x} and @expr{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8752 then @expr{y} and @expr{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8753 numbers.
8754
8755 Notice that because the number @expr{n} was ``validated'' by the
8756 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8757 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8758 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8759 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8760
8761 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8762 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8763 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8764 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8765 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8766 function.
8767
8768 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8769 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8770
8771 @noindent
8772 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8773 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8774 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8775 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8776 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8777 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8778 to make sure the rule applied only once.
8779
8780 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8781 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8782 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8783 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8784 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8785 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8786 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8787 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8788 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8789
8790 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8791 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8792
8793 @noindent
8794 @ignore
8795 @starindex
8796 @end ignore
8797 @tindex seq
8798 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8799
8800 @smallexample
8801 @group
8802 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8803 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8804 @end group
8805 @end smallexample
8806
8807 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8808 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8809
8810 @example
8811 seq( 3, 1)
8812 seq(10, 2)
8813 seq( 5, 3)
8814 seq(16, 4)
8815 seq( 8, 5)
8816 seq( 4, 6)
8817 seq( 2, 7)
8818 seq( 1, 8)
8819 @end example
8820
8821 @noindent
8822 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8823
8824 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8825
8826 @smallexample
8827 @group
8828 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8829 seq(1, c) := c,
8830 ... ]
8831 @end group
8832 @end smallexample
8833
8834 @noindent
8835 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8836 as the result.
8837
8838 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8839
8840 @smallexample
8841 @group
8842 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8843 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8844 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8845 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8846 @end group
8847 @end smallexample
8848
8849 @noindent
8850 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8851
8852 Notice that the @expr{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8853 rule since the @expr{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8854 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8855 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8856
8857 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8858 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8859 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8860 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8861 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8862
8863 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8864 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8865
8866 @noindent
8867 @ignore
8868 @starindex
8869 @end ignore
8870 @tindex nterms
8871 If @expr{x} is the sum @expr{a + b}, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' must
8872 be `@tfn{nterms(}@var{a}@tfn{)}' plus `@tfn{nterms(}@var{b}@tfn{)}'. If @expr{x}
8873 is not a sum, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' = 1.
8874
8875 @smallexample
8876 @group
8877 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8878 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8879 @end group
8880 @end smallexample
8881
8882 @noindent
8883 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8884 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8885 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8886
8887 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8888 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8889
8890 @noindent
8891 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
8892
8893 @smallexample
8894 @group
8895 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
8896 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8897 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8898 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8899 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8900 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
8901 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
8902 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
8903 @end group
8904 @end smallexample
8905
8906 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
8907 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
8908 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
8909 say, @code{O}, first.
8910
8911 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
8912 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
8913 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
8914 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
8915 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
8916
8917 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
8918 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
8919 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
8920 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
8921
8922 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
8923
8924 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
8925 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
8926 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
8927
8928 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
8929 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
8930 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
8931 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
8932 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
8933
8934 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
8935
8936 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
8937 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
8938 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
8939 a vector of coefficients for @expr{x^0}, @expr{x^1}, @expr{x^2}, and so
8940 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
8941 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
8942 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
8943 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
8944 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
8945 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
8946 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
8947
8948 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
8949 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
8950 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
8951 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
8952 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
8953 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
8954 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
8955 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
8956 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
8957 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
8958 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
8959 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
8960 in Lisp.)
8961
8962 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8963 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
8964
8965 @noindent
8966 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
8967 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
8968 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
8969 change this to @samp{(x)} since @expr{t} is really a dummy variable
8970 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
8971
8972 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
8973 (The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
8974
8975 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8976 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
8977
8978 @noindent
8979 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
8980 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
8981
8982 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
8983 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
8984
8985 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
8986 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
8987 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
8988
8989 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
8990 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
8991
8992 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8993 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
8994
8995 @noindent
8996 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
8997 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
8998
8999 @noindent
9000 Computing
9001 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}}:
9002 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x}:
9003
9004 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9005
9006 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9007
9008 @noindent
9009 Computing the logarithm:
9010
9011 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9012
9013 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9014
9015 @noindent
9016 Computing the vector of integers:
9017
9018 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9019 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9020 from the stack.)
9021
9022 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9023 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9024 next command.)
9025
9026 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9027
9028 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9029 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9030
9031 @noindent
9032 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9033
9034 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9035 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9036
9037 @smallexample
9038 @group
9039 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9040 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9041 . .
9042
9043 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9044 @end group
9045 @end smallexample
9046
9047 @noindent
9048 This answer is quite accurate.
9049
9050 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9051 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9052
9053 @noindent
9054 Here is the matrix:
9055
9056 @example
9057 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9058 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9059 @end example
9060
9061 @noindent
9062 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @expr{n+1}
9063 and @expr{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9064
9065 @example
9066 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9067 @end example
9068
9069 @noindent
9070 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9071 matrix (or other value) to the power @expr{n} in only
9072 @texline @math{\log_2 n}
9073 @infoline @expr{log(n,2)}
9074 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9075 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9076 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9077 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9078
9079 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9080 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9081
9082 @noindent
9083 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9084 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9085 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9086
9087 @smallexample
9088 @group
9089 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9090 . 1: 4
9091 .
9092
9093 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9094 @end group
9095 @end smallexample
9096
9097 @noindent
9098 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9099 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9100 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9101 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9102 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9103 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9104 loop counter exceeds 4.
9105
9106 @smallexample
9107 @group
9108 2: 31 3: 31
9109 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9110 . 1: 4.02724519544
9111 .
9112
9113 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9114 @end group
9115 @end smallexample
9116
9117 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9118 harmonic number is 4.02.
9119
9120 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9121 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9122
9123 @noindent
9124 The first step is to compute the derivative @expr{f'(x)} and thus
9125 the formula
9126 @texline @math{\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}}.
9127 @infoline @expr{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9128
9129 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9130 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9131 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9132 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9133 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9134 just for purposes of illustration.)
9135
9136 @smallexample
9137 @group
9138 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9139 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9140 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9141 .
9142
9143 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9144
9145 @end group
9146 @end smallexample
9147 @noindent
9148 @smallexample
9149 @group
9150 2: 4.5
9151 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9152 .
9153
9154 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9155 @end group
9156 @end smallexample
9157
9158 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9159 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9160 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9161 repetitions are done.)
9162
9163 @smallexample
9164 @group
9165 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9166 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9167 1: 4.5 .
9168 .
9169
9170 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9171 @end group
9172 @end smallexample
9173
9174 This is the new guess for @expr{x}. Now we compare it with the
9175 old one to see if we've converged.
9176
9177 @smallexample
9178 @group
9179 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9180 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9181 1: 4.5 .
9182 .
9183
9184 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9185 @end group
9186 @end smallexample
9187
9188 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9189 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9190
9191 @smallexample
9192 @group
9193 2: 5.26345856348
9194 1: 0.499999999997
9195 .
9196
9197 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9198 @end group
9199 @end smallexample
9200
9201 Let's test the new definition again:
9202
9203 @smallexample
9204 @group
9205 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9206 1: 1 .
9207 .
9208
9209 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9210 @end group
9211 @end smallexample
9212
9213 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9214
9215 @example
9216 @group
9217 C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9218 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9219 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9220 Z >
9221 Z '
9222 C-x )
9223 @end group
9224 @end example
9225
9226 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9227 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9228 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9229 to see how to use it.
9230
9231 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9232 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9233 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9234 @xref{Root Finding}.
9235
9236 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9237 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9238
9239 @noindent
9240 The first step is to adjust @expr{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9241 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @expr{z} is less than 5, we
9242 reduce the problem using
9243 @texline @math{\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z}.
9244 @infoline @expr{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9245 on to compute
9246 @texline @math{\psi(z+1)},
9247 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1)},
9248 and remember to add back a factor of @expr{-1/z} when we're done. This
9249 step is repeated until @expr{z > 5}.
9250
9251 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9252 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9253 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9254 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9255 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9256 just for purposes of illustration.)
9257
9258 @smallexample
9259 @group
9260 1: 1. 1: 1.
9261 . .
9262
9263 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9264 @end group
9265 @end smallexample
9266
9267 Here, variable 1 holds @expr{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9268 factor. If @expr{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9269
9270 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9271 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9272 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9273 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9274
9275 @smallexample
9276 @group
9277 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9278 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9279 1: 5 .
9280 .
9281
9282 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9283 @end group
9284 @end smallexample
9285
9286 Now we compute the initial part of the sum:
9287 @texline @math{\ln z - {1 \over 2z}}
9288 @infoline @expr{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9289 minus the adjustment factor.
9290
9291 @smallexample
9292 @group
9293 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9294 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9295 . .
9296
9297 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9298 @end group
9299 @end smallexample
9300
9301 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9302 up the value of @expr{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9303 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9304
9305 @smallexample
9306 @group
9307 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9308 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9309 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9310 . . 1: 36.
9311 .
9312
9313 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9314
9315 @end group
9316 @end smallexample
9317 @noindent
9318 @smallexample
9319 @group
9320 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9321 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9322 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9323 . .
9324
9325 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9326 @end group
9327 @end smallexample
9328
9329 This is the value of
9330 @texline @math{-\gamma},
9331 @infoline @expr{- gamma},
9332 with a slight bit of roundoff error. To get a full 12 digits, let's use
9333 a higher precision:
9334
9335 @smallexample
9336 @group
9337 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9338 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9339
9340 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9341 @end group
9342 @end smallexample
9343
9344 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9345
9346 @example
9347 @group
9348 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9349 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9350 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9351 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9352 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9353 2 Z )
9354 Z '
9355 C-x )
9356 @end group
9357 @end example
9358
9359 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9360 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9361
9362 @noindent
9363 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @expr{x^n} will produce
9364 a term like
9365 @texline @math{n x^{n-1}}.
9366 @infoline @expr{n x^(n-1)}.
9367 Taking the derivative of a constant
9368 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @expr{n}th
9369 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @expr{x = 0}, will equal the
9370 coefficient on the @expr{x^n} term times @expr{n!}.
9371
9372 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9373 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9374 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9375 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9376 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9377 just for purposes of illustration.)
9378
9379 @smallexample
9380 @group
9381 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9382 1: 6 2: 0
9383 . 1: 6
9384 .
9385
9386 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9387 @end group
9388 @end smallexample
9389
9390 @noindent
9391 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9392
9393 @smallexample
9394 @group
9395 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9396 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9397 . 1: 1 .
9398 .
9399
9400 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9401 @end group
9402 @end smallexample
9403
9404 @noindent
9405 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9406 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9407 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9408
9409 @smallexample
9410 @group
9411 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9412 . . .
9413
9414 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9415 @end group
9416 @end smallexample
9417
9418 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9419 against a table of powers of @expr{x}.
9420
9421 @smallexample
9422 @group
9423 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9424 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9425 . .
9426
9427 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9428
9429 @end group
9430 @end smallexample
9431 @noindent
9432 @smallexample
9433 @group
9434 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9435 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9436 .
9437
9438 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9439 @end group
9440 @end smallexample
9441
9442 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9443
9444 @example
9445 @group
9446 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9447 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9448 a d x @key{RET}
9449 1 Z ) r 1
9450 Z '
9451 C-x )
9452
9453 C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9454 @end group
9455 @end example
9456
9457 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9458 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9459
9460 @noindent
9461 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9462 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9463 return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9464 sure the stack comes out right.
9465
9466 @smallexample
9467 @group
9468 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9469 1: 2 . 1: 2
9470 . .
9471
9472 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9473 @end group
9474 @end smallexample
9475
9476 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9477 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9478 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9479 to the form @expr{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9480
9481 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9482 below. You can use @kbd{C-x * m} to load it from there.)
9483
9484 @smallexample
9485 @group
9486 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9487 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9488 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9489 1: 2 .
9490 .
9491
9492 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9493
9494 @end group
9495 @end smallexample
9496 @noindent
9497 @smallexample
9498 @group
9499 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9500 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9501 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9502 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9503 . . .
9504
9505 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9506 @end group
9507 @end smallexample
9508
9509 @noindent
9510 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9511 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9512
9513 @smallexample
9514 @group
9515 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9516 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9517 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9518 . 1: 2 .
9519 .
9520
9521 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9522
9523 @end group
9524 @end smallexample
9525 @noindent
9526 @smallexample
9527 @group
9528 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9529 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9530 . .
9531
9532 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9533 @end group
9534 @end smallexample
9535
9536 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9537 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9538 the right answers.
9539
9540 Here's the full program once again:
9541
9542 @example
9543 @group
9544 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9545 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9546 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9547 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9548 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9549 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9550 Z ]
9551 Z ]
9552 C-x )
9553 @end group
9554 @end example
9555
9556 You can read this definition using @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9557 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9558 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9559 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{C-x * m} is often
9560 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9561
9562 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9563 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9564
9565 @noindent
9566 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9567 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9568
9569 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9570 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9571
9572 @smallexample
9573 s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9574 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9575 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9576 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9577 C-c C-c
9578 @end smallexample
9579
9580 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9581
9582 @smallexample
9583 @group
9584 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9585 1: 2 . .
9586 .
9587
9588 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9589 @end group
9590 @end smallexample
9591
9592 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9593 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9594 the last rule.
9595
9596 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9597 @tex
9598 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9599 @end tex
9600
9601 @c [reference]
9602
9603 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9604 @chapter Introduction
9605
9606 @noindent
9607 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9608 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9609 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9610
9611 @c [when-split]
9612 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9613
9614 @menu
9615 * Basic Commands::
9616 * Help Commands::
9617 * Stack Basics::
9618 * Numeric Entry::
9619 * Algebraic Entry::
9620 * Quick Calculator::
9621 * Prefix Arguments::
9622 * Undo::
9623 * Error Messages::
9624 * Multiple Calculators::
9625 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9626 @end menu
9627
9628 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9629 @section Basic Commands
9630
9631 @noindent
9632 @pindex calc
9633 @pindex calc-mode
9634 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9635 @cindex Running the Calculator
9636 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9637 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9638 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9639 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9640 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9641 mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9642 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9643 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9644 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc mode, so Calculator commands
9645 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9646 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9647 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.
9648
9649 @kindex C-x * c
9650 @kindex C-x * *
9651 @ignore
9652 @mindex @null
9653 @end ignore
9654 In most installations, the @kbd{C-x * c} key sequence is a more
9655 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{C-x * *}
9656 is a synonym for @kbd{C-x * c} unless you last used Calc
9657 in its Keypad mode.
9658
9659 @kindex x
9660 @kindex M-x
9661 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9662 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9663 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9664 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9665 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9666 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9667 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9668 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.
9669
9670 Although Calc is designed to be used from the keyboard, some of
9671 Calc's more common commands are available from a menu. In the menu, the
9672 arguments to the functions are given by referring to their stack level
9673 numbers.
9674
9675 @cindex Extensions module
9676 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9677 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}, the
9678 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9679 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9680 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9681 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9682 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9683 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9684 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9685 extensions by using the @kbd{C-x * L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9686 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.
9687
9688 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{C-x * c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9689 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9690 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9691 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9692 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9693 to auto-load the Calculator.
9694
9695 @kindex C-x * b
9696 @pindex full-calc
9697 If you type @kbd{C-x * b}, then next time you use @kbd{C-x * c} you
9698 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9699 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{C-x * c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9700 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9701 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9702 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9703 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9704
9705 @kindex C-x * o
9706 @pindex calc-other-window
9707 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is like @kbd{C-x * c} except that the Calc
9708 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9709 window, @kbd{C-x * o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9710 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9711 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9712 @kbd{C-x * o} takes care not to do.)
9713
9714 @ignore
9715 @mindex C-x * q
9716 @end ignore
9717 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{C-x * q} (@code{quick-calc})
9718 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9719 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9720 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9721
9722 @ignore
9723 @mindex C-x * k
9724 @end ignore
9725 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9726 @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9727 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9728 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9729
9730 @kindex q
9731 @pindex calc-quit
9732 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
9733 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
9734 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc mode and closes the
9735 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9736 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9737 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}
9738 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9739 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{C-x * *} as toggling the
9740 Calculator on and off.
9741
9742 @kindex C-x * x
9743 The @kbd{C-x * x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9744 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9745 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9746
9747 @kindex d @key{SPC}
9748 @pindex calc-refresh
9749 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9750 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9751 The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9752 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9753 buffer have been damaged somehow.
9754
9755 @ignore
9756 @mindex o
9757 @end ignore
9758 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9759 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9760
9761 @kindex <
9762 @kindex >
9763 @pindex calc-scroll-left
9764 @pindex calc-scroll-right
9765 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
9766 @cindex Scrolling
9767 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
9768 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9769 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9770 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9771 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9772 window whenever it can.)
9773
9774 @kindex @{
9775 @kindex @}
9776 @pindex calc-scroll-down
9777 @pindex calc-scroll-up
9778 @cindex Vertical scrolling
9779 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9780 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9781 height of the Calc window.
9782
9783 @kindex C-x * 0
9784 @pindex calc-reset
9785 The @kbd{C-x * 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{C-x *} followed
9786 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its initial state. This clears
9787 the stack, resets all the modes to their initial values (the values
9788 that were saved with @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})), clears the
9789 caches (@pxref{Caches}), and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the
9790 values of any variables.) With an argument of 0, Calc will be reset to
9791 its default state; namely, the modes will be given their default values.
9792 With a positive prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of
9793 the stack but resets everything else to its initial state; with a
9794 negative prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of the
9795 stack but resets everything else to its default state.
9796
9797 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9798 @section Help Commands
9799
9800 @noindent
9801 @cindex Help commands
9802 @kindex ?
9803 @kindex a ?
9804 @kindex b ?
9805 @kindex c ?
9806 @kindex d ?
9807 @kindex f ?
9808 @kindex g ?
9809 @kindex j ?
9810 @kindex k ?
9811 @kindex m ?
9812 @kindex r ?
9813 @kindex s ?
9814 @kindex t ?
9815 @kindex u ?
9816 @kindex v ?
9817 @kindex V ?
9818 @kindex z ?
9819 @kindex Z ?
9820 @pindex calc-help
9821 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9822 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9823 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9824 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9825 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9826 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9827
9828 @kindex h h
9829 @pindex calc-full-help
9830 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9831 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9832 summary of Calc keystrokes.
9833
9834 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9835 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9836 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9837
9838 @kindex h i
9839 @kindex C-x * i
9840 @kindex i
9841 @pindex calc-info
9842 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9843 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9844 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9845 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9846 manual. The @kbd{C-x * i} command is another way to read the Calc
9847 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9848 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9849 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9850 different command in a future version of Calc.
9851
9852 @kindex h t
9853 @kindex C-x * t
9854 @pindex calc-tutorial
9855 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9856 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9857 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9858 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9859 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9860 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9861 The @kbd{C-x * t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9862 all times).
9863
9864 @kindex h s
9865 @kindex C-x * s
9866 @pindex calc-info-summary
9867 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9868 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{C-x * s}
9869 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9870
9871 @kindex h k
9872 @pindex calc-describe-key
9873 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9874 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9875 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9876 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9877 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9878 node indicated by the index.
9879
9880 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9881 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9882 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9883 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9884
9885 @kindex h c
9886 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
9887 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
9888 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
9889 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
9890 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
9891 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
9892 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
9893 gives the description:
9894
9895 @smallexample
9896 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
9897 @end smallexample
9898
9899 @noindent
9900 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
9901 takes a value @expr{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @expr{v},
9902 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
9903 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
9904 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
9905
9906 @kindex h f
9907 @pindex calc-describe-function
9908 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
9909 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. Enter an
9910 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
9911 Index or enter a command name beginning with @samp{calc-} to look it
9912 up in the Command Index. This command will also look up operator
9913 symbols that can appear in algebraic formulas, like @samp{%} and
9914 @samp{=>}.
9915
9916 @kindex h v
9917 @pindex calc-describe-variable
9918 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
9919 variable in the Calc manual. Enter a variable name like @code{pi} or
9920 @code{PlotRejects}.
9921
9922 @kindex h b
9923 @pindex describe-bindings
9924 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
9925 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
9926 listed.
9927
9928 @kindex h n
9929 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
9930 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
9931 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
9932 source files.
9933
9934 @kindex h C-c
9935 @kindex h C-d
9936 @kindex h C-w
9937 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
9938 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
9939 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
9940 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
9941
9942 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
9943 @section Stack Basics
9944
9945 @noindent
9946 @cindex Stack basics
9947 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
9948 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
9949 Tutorial}.
9950
9951 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
9952 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
9953 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
9954 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
9955 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
9956 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
9957 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
9958 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@mathit{-2}).
9959
9960 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
9961 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
9962 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
9963 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
9964 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
9965 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
9966
9967 @kindex d l
9968 @pindex calc-line-numbering
9969 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
9970 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
9971 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
9972 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
9973 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
9974
9975 @kindex o
9976 @pindex calc-realign
9977 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
9978 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
9979 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
9980 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
9981
9982 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
9983 two consecutive numbers.
9984 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
9985 would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
9986 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
9987 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.
9988
9989 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
9990 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
9991 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
9992 commands.
9993
9994 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
9995 @section Numeric Entry
9996
9997 @noindent
9998 @kindex 0-9
9999 @kindex .
10000 @kindex e
10001 @cindex Numeric entry
10002 @cindex Entering numbers
10003 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
10004 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
10005 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10006 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10007 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10008
10009 @cindex Minus signs
10010 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10011 @kindex _
10012 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10013 typified by @expr{a-b} (subtraction), @expr{-x}
10014 (change-sign), and @expr{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10015 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10016 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10017 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10018 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10019 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10020 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10021 number @mathit{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10022 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.
10023
10024 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10025 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10026 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10027 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10028
10029 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10030
10031 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10032 @section Algebraic Entry
10033
10034 @noindent
10035 @kindex '
10036 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10037 @cindex Algebraic notation
10038 @cindex Formulas, entering
10039 The @kbd{'} (@code{calc-algebraic-entry}) command can be used to enter
10040 calculations in algebraic form. This is accomplished by typing the
10041 apostrophe key, ', followed by the expression in standard format:
10042
10043 @example
10044 ' 2+3*4 @key{RET}.
10045 @end example
10046
10047 @noindent
10048 This will compute
10049 @texline @math{2+(3\times4) = 14}
10050 @infoline @expr{2+(3*4) = 14}
10051 and push it on the stack. If you wish you can
10052 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10053 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10054 clear previous results off the stack.
10055
10056 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10057 the half-entered number into Algebraic entry mode. One reason to do
10058 this would be to fix a typo, as the full Emacs cursor motion and editing
10059 keys are available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10060
10061 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10062 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10063 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10064 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10065
10066 @kindex m a
10067 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10068 @cindex Algebraic Mode
10069 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10070 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10071 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10072 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10073 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10074 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10075 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10076 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10077 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.
10078
10079 @cindex Incomplete Algebraic Mode
10080 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10081 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10082 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10083 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10084
10085 @kindex m t
10086 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10087 @cindex Total Algebraic Mode
10088 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10089 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10090 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10091 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10092 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10093 Total Algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10094 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10095 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns Total Algebraic
10096 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10097 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10098 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10099
10100 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10101 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10102 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10103
10104 @kindex $
10105 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10106 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10107 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10108 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10109 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10110 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10111 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10112 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10113 first character in the new formula.
10114
10115 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10116 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10117 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10118 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10119 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10120 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10121 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)
10122
10123 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10124 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10125 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10126 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10127 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10128 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10129
10130 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10131 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10132 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10133 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10134 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10135 @key{TAB} key.
10136
10137 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10138 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10139 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10140 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10141
10142 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10143 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10144 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10145 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10146 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @expr{1+2};
10147 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10148
10149 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10150 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10151
10152 @noindent
10153 @kindex C-x * q
10154 @pindex quick-calc
10155 @cindex Quick Calculator
10156 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10157 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{C-x * q} (or
10158 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10159 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10160 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10161
10162 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10163 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10164 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10165 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10166 forget what it was, just run @code{C-x * q} again and enter
10167 @samp{$} as the formula.
10168
10169 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10170 session, the @kbd{C-x * q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10171 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10172 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10173 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10174 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10175 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10176 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10177
10178 If you use @code{C-x * q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10179 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10180
10181 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10182 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10183 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10184 to yank the result into the next @kbd{C-x * q} input line as a more
10185 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10186 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{C-x * c}.
10187
10188 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10189 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10190 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10191
10192 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10193 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10194 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10195 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10196 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10197 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10198
10199 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10200 the number will also be displayed in hex, octal and binary formats. If
10201 the integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10202 an ASCII character.
10203
10204 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10205 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10206 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10207 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10208 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10209 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10210 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10211
10212 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10213 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10214 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10215 small calculations.
10216
10217 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10218 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10219
10220 @noindent
10221 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10222 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10223 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10224 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10225 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.
10226
10227 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10228 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10229 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10230 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10231 on the entire stack.
10232
10233 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10234 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10235 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10236 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10237 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10238 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10239 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10240 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10241 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10242 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10243 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10244 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10245 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10246 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10247 argument for some other purpose.
10248
10249 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10250 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10251 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10252 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.
10253
10254 @kindex ~
10255 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10256 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10257 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10258 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10259 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10260 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.
10261
10262 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10263 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10264
10265 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10266 @section Undoing Mistakes
10267
10268 @noindent
10269 @kindex U
10270 @kindex C-_
10271 @pindex calc-undo
10272 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10273 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10274 @cindex Errors, undoing
10275 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10276 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10277 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10278 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10279 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10280 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10281 specified number of operations. When the Calculator is quit, as with
10282 the @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command, the undo history will be
10283 truncated to the length of the customizable variable
10284 @code{calc-undo-length} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), which by default
10285 is @expr{100}. (Recall that @kbd{C-x * c} is synonymous with
10286 @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this also truncates the
10287 undo history.)
10288
10289 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10290 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10291 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10292
10293 @kindex D
10294 @pindex calc-redo
10295 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10296 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10297 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10298 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10299 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10300 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10301 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10302 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10303
10304 @kindex M-@key{RET}
10305 @pindex calc-last-args
10306 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10307 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10308 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10309 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10310 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10311 prefix argument, this command applies to the @expr{n}th most recent
10312 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10313 onto the stack.
10314
10315 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10316 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10317
10318 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10319 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10320
10321 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10322
10323 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10324 @section Error Messages
10325
10326 @noindent
10327 @kindex w
10328 @pindex calc-why
10329 @cindex Errors, messages
10330 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10331 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10332 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10333 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @expr{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10334 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10335 reasons for this to happen.
10336
10337 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10338 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10339 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10340 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10341 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10342 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10343 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10344
10345 @kindex d w
10346 @pindex calc-auto-why
10347 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10348 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10349 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10350 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10351 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10352 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10353
10354 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10355 @section Multiple Calculators
10356
10357 @noindent
10358 @pindex another-calc
10359 It is possible to have any number of Calc mode buffers at once.
10360 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10361 is similar to @kbd{C-x * c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10362 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10363 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10364 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10365 this would ordinarily never be done.
10366
10367 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10368 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10369 Calculator buffer.
10370
10371 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10372 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10373 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10374 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10375 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10376 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10377
10378 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10379 Calculator buffers.
10380
10381 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10382 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10383
10384 @noindent
10385 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10386 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10387
10388 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10389 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10390
10391 @menu
10392 * Autoloading Problems::
10393 * Recursion Depth::
10394 * Caches::
10395 * Debugging Calc::
10396 @end menu
10397
10398 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10399 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10400
10401 @noindent
10402 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10403 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10404 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10405 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10406 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10407
10408 @kindex C-x * L
10409 @pindex calc-load-everything
10410 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{C-x * L}
10411 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10412 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10413 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10414
10415 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10416 @subsection Recursion Depth
10417
10418 @noindent
10419 @kindex M
10420 @kindex I M
10421 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10422 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10423 @cindex Recursion depth
10424 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10425 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10426 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10427 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10428 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10429 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10430 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10431 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10432 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10433 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)
10434
10435 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10436 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10437 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10438 The default value is 1000.
10439
10440 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10441 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10442
10443 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10444 @subsection Caches
10445
10446 @noindent
10447 @cindex Caches
10448 @cindex Flushing caches
10449 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10450 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10451 constant @cpi{} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10452 is greater than this, it will recompute @cpi{} using a series
10453 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10454 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10455 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10456 @cpiover{4} and
10457 @texline @math{\ln 2}.
10458 @infoline @expr{ln(2)}.
10459 The visible effect of caching is that
10460 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10461 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10462 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10463 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10464
10465 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10466 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10467 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10468 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10469 The @kbd{C-x * 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10470 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10471
10472 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10473 @subsection Debugging Calc
10474
10475 @noindent
10476 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10477 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10478 your own Calc commands.
10479
10480 @kindex Z T
10481 @pindex calc-timing
10482 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10483 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10484 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10485 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10486 accurate only to within one second.
10487
10488 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10489 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10490 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10491 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10492 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10493 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10494 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10495 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10496 to execute the whole macro.
10497
10498 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10499 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10500 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10501 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10502 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10503 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10504 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10505
10506 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10507 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10508 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10509 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10510 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10511 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10512 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10513
10514 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10515 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10516 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10517 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10518 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10519 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10520 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10521 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10522 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10523 will be lost.
10524
10525 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10526 @chapter Data Types
10527
10528 @noindent
10529 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10530 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10531 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10532 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)
10533
10534 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10535 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10536 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10537 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10538 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10539 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10540 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10541
10542 @menu
10543 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10544 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10545 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10546 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10547 * Infinities::
10548 * Vectors and Matrices::
10549 * Strings::
10550 * HMS Forms::
10551 * Date Forms::
10552 * Modulo Forms::
10553 * Error Forms::
10554 * Interval Forms::
10555 * Incomplete Objects::
10556 * Variables::
10557 * Formulas::
10558 @end menu
10559
10560 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10561 @section Integers
10562
10563 @noindent
10564 @cindex Integers
10565 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10566 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10567 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10568 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10569 floating-point form according to the current Fraction mode.
10570 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10571
10572 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10573 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10574 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10575 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.
10576
10577 @kindex #
10578 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10579 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10580 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10581 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10582 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10583 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10584 number, the current display radix is used.
10585
10586 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10587 @section Fractions
10588
10589 @noindent
10590 @cindex Fractions
10591 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10592 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10593 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10594 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10595 assuming Fraction mode has been enabled.)
10596 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10597 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.
10598
10599 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10600 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10601 display formats.
10602
10603 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10604 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10605 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.
10606
10607 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10608 @section Floats
10609
10610 @noindent
10611 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10612 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10613 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10614 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10615 range of acceptable values is from
10616 @texline @math{10^{-3999999}}
10617 @infoline @expr{10^-3999999}
10618 (inclusive) to
10619 @texline @math{10^{4000000}}
10620 @infoline @expr{10^4000000}
10621 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative values and zero.
10622
10623 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10624 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10625 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10626 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10627 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10628 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10629 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10630 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10631 would have overflowed!)
10632
10633 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10634 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10635 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10636 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10637
10638 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10639 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10640 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10641 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10642 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10643 or 0.235.
10644
10645 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10646 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10647 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10648 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10649
10650 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10651 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10652 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10653 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10654 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10655 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10656 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10657 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10658 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10659 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10660 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10661 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10662 way.
10663
10664 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10665 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. Since a
10666 float that is entered in a radix other that 10 will be converted to
10667 decimal, the number that Calc stores may not be exactly the number that
10668 was entered, it will be the closest decimal approximation given the
10669 current precision. The notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}}
10670 is a floating-point number whose digits are in the specified radix.
10671 Note that the @samp{.} is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point''
10672 than as a decimal point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is
10673 defined as @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can
10674 use @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific
10675 notation. The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a
10676 power of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above,
10677 the letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10678 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10679 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10680
10681 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10682 @section Complex Numbers
10683
10684 @noindent
10685 @cindex Complex numbers
10686 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10687 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10688 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10689 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10690 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10691 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.
10692
10693 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form
10694 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'
10695 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'
10696 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and
10697 @texline @math{\theta}
10698 @infoline @var{theta}
10699 is the argument or phase angle. The range of
10700 @texline @math{\theta}
10701 @infoline @var{theta}
10702 depends on the current angular mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is
10703 generally between @mathit{-180} and @mathit{+180} degrees or the equivalent range
10704 in radians.
10705
10706 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10707 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10708
10709 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10710 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10711 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10712 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar mode} is used to determine the
10713 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10714
10715 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10716 is 0 or 180 degrees or @cpi{} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10717 number.
10718
10719 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10720 @section Infinities
10721
10722 @noindent
10723 @cindex Infinity
10724 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10725 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10726 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10727 @vindex inf
10728 @vindex uinf
10729 @vindex nan
10730 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10731 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10732 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10733 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10734 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10735 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10736 entered using algebraic entry.
10737
10738 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10739 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10740 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10741 really mean is that @expr{1 / x}, as @expr{x} becomes larger and
10742 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10743 that if @expr{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @expr{1 / x}
10744 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10745 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that
10746 @texline @math{e^x}
10747 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
10748 grows without bound as @expr{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise
10749 stands for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10750 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10751 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10752
10753 The same concept of limits can be used to define @expr{1 / 0}. We
10754 really want the value that @expr{1 / x} approaches as @expr{x}
10755 approaches zero. But if all we have is @expr{1 / 0}, we can't
10756 tell which direction @expr{x} was coming from. If @expr{x} was
10757 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10758 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @expr{x} was negative and increasing
10759 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @expr{x}
10760 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10761 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10762 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10763 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10764
10765 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10766 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10767 already have them. Thus, @expr{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10768 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10769 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10770 @expr{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10771 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10772 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10773 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10774 some cases.
10775
10776 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10777 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10778 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10779 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10780 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10781 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10782 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10783 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10784 notation.
10785
10786 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10787 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10788 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10789 formula could be the limit of @expr{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10790 or @expr{2 x / x} (giving two), or @expr{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10791 or @expr{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10792 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10793 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10794 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10795 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10796 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10797 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10798 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10799 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10800 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on Infinite mode
10801 (as described above).
10802
10803 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10804 @xref{Interval Forms}.
10805
10806 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10807 @section Vectors and Matrices
10808
10809 @noindent
10810 @cindex Vectors
10811 @cindex Plain vectors
10812 @cindex Matrices
10813 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10814 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10815 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10816 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10817 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10818
10819 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10820 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
10821 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10822 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10823 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10824 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10825 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10826 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10827 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10828 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10829 this case.
10830
10831 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10832 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10833 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10834 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10835 of its elements.
10836
10837 @ignore
10838 @starindex
10839 @end ignore
10840 @tindex vec
10841 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10842 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an
10843 @texline @math{n\times m}
10844 @infoline @var{n}x@var{m}
10845 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10846 from 1 to @samp{n}.
10847
10848 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10849 @section Strings
10850
10851 @noindent
10852 @kindex "
10853 @cindex Strings
10854 @cindex Character strings
10855 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10856 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10857 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10858 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10859 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10860 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10861
10862 @example
10863 @group
10864 \a 7 \^@@ 0
10865 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10866 \e 27 \^[ 27
10867 \f 12 \^\\ 28
10868 \n 10 \^] 29
10869 \r 13 \^^ 30
10870 \t 9 \^_ 31
10871 \^? 127
10872 @end group
10873 @end example
10874
10875 @noindent
10876 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10877 character from its ASCII code.
10878
10879 @kindex d "
10880 @pindex calc-display-strings
10881 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10882 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10883 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10884 instead.
10885
10886 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10887 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10888 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10889 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10890 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10891 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10892
10893 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10894 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10895 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10896
10897 @ignore
10898 @starindex
10899 @end ignore
10900 @tindex string
10901 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
10902 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
10903 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
10904 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
10905 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
10906 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
10907 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
10908 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
10909 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
10910
10911 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
10912 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
10913 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
10914 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
10915
10916 @ignore
10917 @starindex
10918 @end ignore
10919 @tindex bstring
10920 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
10921 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
10922 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
10923 character in the string.
10924
10925 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
10926 @section HMS Forms
10927
10928 @noindent
10929 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
10930 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
10931 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
10932 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
10933 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
10934 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
10935 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
10936 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
10937
10938 @kindex @@
10939 @ignore
10940 @mindex @null
10941 @end ignore
10942 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
10943 @ignore
10944 @mindex @null
10945 @end ignore
10946 @kindex " (HMS forms)
10947 @ignore
10948 @mindex @null
10949 @end ignore
10950 @kindex h (HMS forms)
10951 @ignore
10952 @mindex @null
10953 @end ignore
10954 @kindex o (HMS forms)
10955 @ignore
10956 @mindex @null
10957 @end ignore
10958 @kindex m (HMS forms)
10959 @ignore
10960 @mindex @null
10961 @end ignore
10962 @kindex s (HMS forms)
10963 The default format for HMS values is
10964 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
10965 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
10966 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
10967 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
10968 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
10969 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
10970 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
10971 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
10972 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
10973 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
10974 as @mathit{- @var{hours}} @mathit{-} @var{mins}/60 @mathit{-} @var{secs}/3600.
10975 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.
10976
10977 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
10978 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
10979 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
10980 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
10981
10982 @pindex calc-time
10983 @cindex Time of day
10984 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
10985 the stack as an HMS form.
10986
10987 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
10988 @section Date Forms
10989
10990 @noindent
10991 @cindex Date forms
10992 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
10993 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
10994 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
10995 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
10996 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
10997 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
10998 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
10999
11000 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
11001 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
11002 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
11003 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
11004 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
11005
11006 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
11007 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
11008 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11009 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11010 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11011 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11012 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11013 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11014
11015 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11016 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11017 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11018 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11019 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11020 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11021 issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11022 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11023 never an issue for them.
11024
11025 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11026 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11027 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11028
11029 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11030 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11031 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11032 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11033 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11034
11035 @cindex Julian calendar
11036 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11037 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11038 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11039 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11040 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11041 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11042 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11043 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11044 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11045 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11046 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11047 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11048 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11049 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11050 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11051 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11052 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11053 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11054 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11055 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11056 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11057 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11058 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11059
11060 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11061 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11062 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11063 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11064 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11065
11066 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11067 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11068 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @mathit{-10000} is
11069 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11070
11071 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11072 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11073 days 0 and @mathit{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11074
11075 @cindex Julian day counting
11076 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also called
11077 ``Julian.'' The Julian day number is the numbers of days since
11078 12:00 noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC, which in Calc's scheme (in GMT)
11079 is @mathit{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11080 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by unpacking a
11081 date form into a Julian day number, simply add 1721423.5 after
11082 compensating for the time zone difference. The built-in @kbd{t J}
11083 command performs this conversion for you.
11084
11085 The Julian day number is based on the Julian cycle, which was invented
11086 in 1583 by Joseph Justus Scaliger. Scaliger named it the Julian cycle
11087 since it involves the Julian calendar, but some have suggested that
11088 Scaliger named it in honor of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger. The
11089 Julian cycle is based on three other cycles: the indiction cycle, the
11090 Metonic cycle, and the solar cycle. The indiction cycle is a 15 year
11091 cycle originally used by the Romans for tax purposes but later used to
11092 date medieval documents. The Metonic cycle is a 19 year cycle; 19
11093 years is close to being a common multiple of a solar year and a lunar
11094 month, and so every 19 years the phases of the moon will occur on the
11095 same days of the year. The solar cycle is a 28 year cycle; the Julian
11096 calendar repeats itself every 28 years. The smallest time period
11097 which contains multiples of all three cycles is the least common
11098 multiple of 15 years, 19 years and 28 years, which (since they're
11099 pairwise relatively prime) is
11100 @texline @math{15\times 19\times 28 = 7980} years.
11101 @infoline 15*19*28 = 7980 years.
11102 This is the length of a Julian cycle. Working backwards, the previous
11103 year in which all three cycles began was 4713 BC, and so Scaliger
11104 chose that year as the beginning of a Julian cycle. Since at the time
11105 there were no historical records from before 4713 BC, using this year
11106 as a starting point had the advantage of avoiding negative year
11107 numbers. In 1849, the astronomer John Herschel (son of William
11108 Herschel) suggested using the number of days since the beginning of
11109 the Julian cycle as an astronomical dating system; this idea was taken
11110 up by other astronomers. (At the time, noon was the start of the
11111 astronomical day. Herschel originally suggested counting the days
11112 since Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon Alexandria time; this was later amended to
11113 noon GMT.) Julian day numbering is largely used in astronomy.
11114
11115 @cindex Unix time format
11116 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11117 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11118 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11119 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11120 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11121 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11122 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11123 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11124 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11125 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11126 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11127 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11128 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11129 conversions.
11130
11131 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11132 @section Modulo Forms
11133
11134 @noindent
11135 @cindex Modulo forms
11136 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11137 an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11138 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11139 `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}',
11140 where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11141 @texline @math{0 \le a < M}.
11142 @infoline @expr{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11143 In many applications @expr{a} and @expr{M} will be
11144 integers but this is not required.
11145
11146 @ignore
11147 @mindex M
11148 @end ignore
11149 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11150 @ignore
11151 @mindex mod
11152 @end ignore
11153 @tindex mod (operator)
11154 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11155 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11156 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @expr{M}
11157 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11158 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11159 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.
11160
11161 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11162 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11163 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11164 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11165 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11166 the result always lies in the desired range.
11167
11168 When two modulo forms with identical @expr{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11169 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11170 @expr{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11171 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11172 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11173 to the power, then reduced modulo @expr{M}. (When all values involved
11174 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11175 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11176
11177 @cindex Modulo division
11178 Two modulo forms `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'
11179 can be divided if @expr{a}, @expr{b}, and @expr{M} are all
11180 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11181 `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'. If
11182 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11183 @expr{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11184 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11185 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11186 @w{`@tfn{(}@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}@tfn{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11187 in the sense of reducing
11188 @texline @math{\sqrt a}
11189 @infoline @expr{sqrt(a)}
11190 modulo @expr{M}, this is not a useful definition from the
11191 number-theoretical point of view.)
11192
11193 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11194 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11195 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @expr{M}
11196 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11197 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11198 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11199 24 radians!
11200
11201 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11202 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11203 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11204
11205 You can use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11206 @xref{Packing and Unpacking}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11207
11208 @ignore
11209 @starindex
11210 @end ignore
11211 @tindex makemod
11212 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11213 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11214
11215 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11216 @section Error Forms
11217
11218 @noindent
11219 @cindex Error forms
11220 @cindex Standard deviations
11221 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11222 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11223 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11224 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} sigma'
11225 stands for an uncertain value which follows
11226 a normal or Gaussian distribution of mean @expr{x} and standard
11227 deviation or ``error''
11228 @texline @math{\sigma}.
11229 @infoline @expr{sigma}.
11230 Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11231 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11232 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11233 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11234 regular number by the Calculator.
11235
11236 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11237 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11238 numbers. The error part for any function @expr{f(x)} (such as
11239 @texline @math{\sin x}
11240 @infoline @expr{sin(x)})
11241 is defined by the error of @expr{x} times the derivative of @expr{f}
11242 evaluated at the mean value of @expr{x}. For a two-argument function
11243 @expr{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11244 of the squares of the errors due to @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
11245 @tex
11246 $$ \eqalign{
11247 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11248 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11249 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11250 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11251 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11252 \right| \right)^2
11253 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11254 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11255 } $$
11256 @end tex
11257 Note that this
11258 definition assumes the errors in @expr{x} and @expr{y} are uncorrelated.
11259 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11260 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11261 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11262 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11263 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11264 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.
11265
11266 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11267 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11268 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11269 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11270 @texline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}@tfn{)}'
11271 @infoline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}@tfn{)}'
11272 is
11273 @texline `@math{\sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11274 @infoline `@var{sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11275 When @expr{x} is close to zero,
11276 @texline @math{\cos x}
11277 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11278 is close to one so the error in the sine is close to
11279 @texline @math{\sigma};
11280 @infoline @expr{sigma};
11281 this makes sense, since
11282 @texline @math{\sin x}
11283 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11284 is approximately @expr{x} near zero, so a given error in @expr{x} will
11285 produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise, near 90 degrees
11286 @texline @math{\cos x}
11287 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11288 is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11289 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @expr{x}
11290 has relatively little effect on the value of
11291 @texline @math{\sin x}.
11292 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}.
11293 However, consider @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so
11294 Calc will report zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because
11295 we have violated the small-error approximation underlying the error
11296 analysis. If the error in @expr{x} had been small, the error in
11297 @texline @math{\sin x}
11298 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11299 would indeed have been negligible.
11300
11301 @ignore
11302 @mindex p
11303 @end ignore
11304 @kindex p (error forms)
11305 @tindex +/-
11306 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11307 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11308 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11309 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-+} to
11310 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11311
11312 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11313 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11314 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11315 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11316 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11317 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11318 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11319 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11320
11321 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11322 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11323
11324 @ignore
11325 @starindex
11326 @end ignore
11327 @tindex sdev
11328 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11329
11330 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11331 @section Interval Forms
11332
11333 @noindent
11334 @cindex Interval forms
11335 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11336 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11337 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11338 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11339 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11340 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11341 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11342 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11343 set of possible values of the input.
11344
11345 @ifnottex
11346 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11347 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11348 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11349 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11350 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11351 terms,
11352 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @expr{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11353 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 <= x < 4},
11354 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @expr{2 < x <= 4}, and
11355 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 < x < 4}.
11356 @end ifnottex
11357 @tex
11358 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11359 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11360 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11361 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11362 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11363 terms,
11364 $$ \eqalign{
11365 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11366 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11367 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11368 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11369 } $$
11370 @end tex
11371
11372 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11373 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11374 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11375 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11376 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11377 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11378 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11379 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11380 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11381 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11382 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11383 the real infinities.
11384
11385 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11386 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11387 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11388 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11389 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11390 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11391 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11392
11393 Infinite mode also affects operations on intervals
11394 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11395 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11396 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in Infinite mode;
11397 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11398 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11399 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11400 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11401 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11402
11403 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11404 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11405 form
11406 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11407 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}'
11408 means a variable is random, and its value could
11409 be anything but is ``probably'' within one
11410 @texline @math{\sigma}
11411 @infoline @var{sigma}
11412 of the mean value @expr{x}. An interval
11413 `@tfn{[}@var{a} @tfn{..@:} @var{b}@tfn{]}' means a
11414 variable's value is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified
11415 range. Error forms are statistical or ``average case'' approximations;
11416 interval arithmetic tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an
11417 answer.
11418
11419 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11420 HMS forms or date forms.
11421
11422 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11423 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11424
11425 @ignore
11426 @starindex
11427 @end ignore
11428 @tindex intv
11429 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11430 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11431 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11432 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11433
11434 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11435 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11436 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11437 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11438 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11439 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11440 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11441 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11442 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11443 error.
11444
11445 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11446 @section Incomplete Objects
11447
11448 @noindent
11449 @ignore
11450 @mindex [ ]
11451 @end ignore
11452 @kindex [
11453 @ignore
11454 @mindex ( )
11455 @end ignore
11456 @kindex (
11457 @kindex ,
11458 @ignore
11459 @mindex @null
11460 @end ignore
11461 @kindex ]
11462 @ignore
11463 @mindex @null
11464 @end ignore
11465 @kindex )
11466 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11467 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11468 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11469 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11470 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11471 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11472 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11473 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11474 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11475
11476 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11477 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11478 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11479
11480 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11481 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11482 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11483 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.
11484
11485 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11486 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11487 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11488 from the list.
11489
11490 @kindex ;
11491 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11492 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11493 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11494 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11495
11496 @kindex ..
11497 @pindex calc-dots
11498 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11499 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11500 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11501 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11502 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11503 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11504
11505 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11506 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11507
11508 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11509 @section Variables
11510
11511 @noindent
11512 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11513 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11514 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11515 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11516 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11517 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11518 (The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11519 @code{var-foo}, but unless you access the variable from within Emacs
11520 Lisp, you don't need to worry about it. Variable names in algebraic
11521 formulas implicitly have @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The
11522 @samp{#} character in variable names used in algebraic formulas
11523 corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the Lisp variable name. If the name
11524 contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-} is @emph{not} automatically
11525 added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1} and @samp{var#foo + 1} both
11526 refer to the same variable.)
11527
11528 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11529 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11530 convenience variables @code{q0} through @code{q9}. For example,
11531 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{q2}, and
11532 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11533 @code{foo}.
11534
11535 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11536 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11537 (@key{'}) key.
11538
11539 @kindex =
11540 @pindex calc-evaluate
11541 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11542 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11543 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11544 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11545 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11546 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11547 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11548 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11549 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11550 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11551 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11552 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11553
11554 @cindex @code{e} variable
11555 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11556 @cindex @code{i} variable
11557 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11558 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11559 @vindex e
11560 @vindex pi
11561 @vindex i
11562 @vindex phi
11563 @vindex gamma
11564 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11565 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11566 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11567 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11568 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11569 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.
11570
11571 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11572 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11573 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11574 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11575 a value into any of these special variables.
11576
11577 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11578
11579 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11580 @section Formulas
11581
11582 @noindent
11583 @cindex Formulas
11584 @cindex Expressions
11585 @cindex Operators in formulas
11586 @cindex Precedence of operators
11587 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11588 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11589 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11590 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11591 Parentheses may
11592 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11593 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11594 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11595 with their equivalent function names, are:
11596
11597 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11598
11599 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11600
11601 prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11602
11603 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11604 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11605
11606 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11607 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11608
11609 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11610
11611 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x});
11612
11613 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11614
11615 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11616 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11617
11618 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11619
11620 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11621
11622 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11623 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11624
11625 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11626
11627 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11628
11629 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11630
11631 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11632
11633 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11634
11635 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11636
11637 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11638
11639 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11640
11641 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11642
11643 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11644 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to
11645 @texline @math{a b \over c d}.
11646 @infoline @expr{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11647
11648 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11649 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11650 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11651 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11652 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11653 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11654 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11655 as in @samp{f(x)},
11656 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11657 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11658 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11659 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11660 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.
11661
11662 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11663 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11664 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11665 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11666 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11667 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11668 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11669 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11670 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11671 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11672 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.
11673
11674 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11675 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11676 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11677 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11678 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11679 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11680 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11681 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11682 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11683 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11684
11685 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11686 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11687 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11688 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11689
11690 @cindex Function call notation
11691 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. (The Calc algebraic function
11692 @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp function @code{calcFunc-foo},
11693 but unless you access the function from within Emacs Lisp, you don't
11694 need to worry about it.) Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11695 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11696 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11697 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11698 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11699 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11700 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11701 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.
11702
11703 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11704 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11705 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11706 represent the same operation.
11707
11708 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11709 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11710 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{C-x * g}
11711 and @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11712 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded mode. All of these operations
11713 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11714 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11715
11716 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11717 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11718 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11719 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11720
11721 @example
11722 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11723 c + d,
11724 %% last line is coming up:
11725 e + f ]
11726 @end example
11727
11728 @noindent
11729 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11730
11731 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11732 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11733 formats.
11734
11735 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11736
11737 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11738 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11739
11740 @noindent
11741 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11742 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11743 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11744
11745 @menu
11746 * Stack Manipulation::
11747 * Editing Stack Entries::
11748 * Trail Commands::
11749 * Keep Arguments::
11750 @end menu
11751
11752 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11753 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11754
11755 @noindent
11756 @kindex @key{RET}
11757 @kindex @key{SPC}
11758 @pindex calc-enter
11759 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11760 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11761 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11762 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11763 several elements at the top of the stack.
11764 Given a negative argument,
11765 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11766 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11767 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11768 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11769 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11770 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11771 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.
11772
11773 @kindex @key{LFD}
11774 @pindex calc-over
11775 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11776 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11777 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11778 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11779 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11780 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11781 @samp{10 20 30 20}.
11782
11783 @kindex @key{DEL}
11784 @kindex C-d
11785 @pindex calc-pop
11786 @cindex Removing stack entries
11787 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11788 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11789 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11790 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11791 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11792 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11793 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11794 stack is emptied.
11795 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11796 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11797 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11798 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11799 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.
11800
11801 @kindex M-@key{DEL}
11802 @pindex calc-pop-above
11803 The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11804 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11805 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11806 Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11807 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11808 the third stack element.
11809
11810 @kindex @key{TAB}
11811 @pindex calc-roll-down
11812 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11813 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11814 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11815 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11816 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11817 top-for-bottom.
11818 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11819 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11820 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11821 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11822 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11823
11824 @kindex M-@key{TAB}
11825 @pindex calc-roll-up
11826 The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11827 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11828 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11829 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11830 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11831 @kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11832 @kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11833 @kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11834
11835 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11836 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11837 With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11838 element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11839 intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11840 element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11841 which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11842
11843 With a negative argument @mathit{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11844 to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11845 stack, and the object in level @mathit{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11846 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @var{n}, also
11847 putting the top stack element in level @mathit{@var{n}+1}.
11848
11849 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11850 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11851
11852 @kindex C-xC-t
11853 @pindex calc-transpose-lines
11854 @cindex Moving stack entries
11855 The command @kbd{C-x C-t} (@code{calc-transpose-lines}) will transpose
11856 the stack object determined by the point with the stack object at the
11857 next higher level. For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the
11858 stack and the point on the line containing @samp{30}, @kbd{C-x C-t}
11859 creates @samp{10 20 40 30 50}. More generally, @kbd{C-x C-t} acts on
11860 the stack objects determined by the current point (and mark) similar
11861 to how the text-mode command @code{transpose-lines} acts on
11862 lines. With argument @var{n}, @kbd{C-x C-t} will move the stack object
11863 at the level above the current point and move it past N other objects;
11864 for example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack and the point on
11865 the line containing @samp{30}, @kbd{C-u 2 C-x C-t} creates
11866 @samp{10 40 20 30 50}. With an argument of 0, @kbd{C-x C-t} will switch
11867 the stack objects at the levels determined by the point and the mark.
11868
11869 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11870 @section Editing Stack Entries
11871
11872 @noindent
11873 @kindex `
11874 @pindex calc-edit
11875 @pindex calc-edit-finish
11876 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
11877 The @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary buffer
11878 (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using regular
11879 Emacs commands. Note that @kbd{`} is a backquote, not a quote. With a
11880 numeric prefix argument, it edits the specified number of stack entries
11881 at once. (An argument of zero edits the entire stack; a negative
11882 argument edits one specific stack entry.)
11883
11884 When you are done editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish and return
11885 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11886 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11887 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11888 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer.
11889
11890 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11891 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11892 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11893 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11894 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11895 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11896 also cancel the edit by killing the buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
11897
11898 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11899 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11900 @kbd{C-c C-c} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11901 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11902
11903 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-c},
11904 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11905 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11906 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11907 @kbd{C-c C-c} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11908 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11909 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11910 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11911 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11912
11913 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11914 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11915 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11916 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11917 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11918
11919 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11920 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11921 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11922
11923 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11924 @section Trail Commands
11925
11926 @noindent
11927 @cindex Trail buffer
11928 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11929 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11930
11931 @kindex t d
11932 @pindex calc-trail-display
11933 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11934 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11935 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11936 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11937 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11938 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11939 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11940 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11941 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11942
11943 @kindex t i
11944 @pindex calc-trail-in
11945 @kindex t o
11946 @pindex calc-trail-out
11947 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11948 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11949 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11950 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11951 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11952 in the Calculator window.
11953
11954 @cindex Trail pointer
11955 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11956 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11957 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11958 trail pointer in various ways.
11959
11960 @kindex t y
11961 @pindex calc-trail-yank
11962 @cindex Retrieving previous results
11963 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
11964 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
11965 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
11966 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
11967 trail pointer.
11968
11969 @kindex t <
11970 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
11971 @kindex t >
11972 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
11973 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
11974 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
11975 window left or right by one half of its width.
11976
11977 @kindex t n
11978 @pindex calc-trail-next
11979 @kindex t p
11980 @pindex calc-trail-previous
11981 @kindex t f
11982 @pindex calc-trail-forward
11983 @kindex t b
11984 @pindex calc-trail-backward
11985 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
11986 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
11987 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
11988 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
11989 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
11990 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.
11991
11992 @kindex t [
11993 @pindex calc-trail-first
11994 @kindex t ]
11995 @pindex calc-trail-last
11996 @kindex t h
11997 @pindex calc-trail-here
11998 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
11999 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
12000 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
12001 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
12002 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.
12003
12004 @kindex t s
12005 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
12006 @kindex t r
12007 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
12008 @ifnottex
12009 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12010 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
12011 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12012 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12013 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12014 it was when the search began.
12015 @end ifnottex
12016 @tex
12017 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12018 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
12019 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12020 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12021 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12022 it was when the search began.
12023 @end tex
12024
12025 @kindex t m
12026 @pindex calc-trail-marker
12027 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12028 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12029 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12030 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12031 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12032
12033 @kindex t k
12034 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12035 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12036 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12037 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12038 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12039 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12040
12041 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12042 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12043
12044 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12045 @section Keep Arguments
12046
12047 @noindent
12048 @kindex K
12049 @pindex calc-keep-args
12050 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12051 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12052 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12053 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12054 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12055
12056 With the exception of keyboard macros, this works for all commands that
12057 take arguments off the stack. (To avoid potentially unpleasant behavior,
12058 a @kbd{K} prefix before a keyboard macro will be ignored. A @kbd{K}
12059 prefix called @emph{within} the keyboard macro will still take effect.)
12060 As another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12061 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12062 formula (rather than replacing the original formula). Note that you
12063 could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s}, copying the
12064 formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference is that for a very
12065 large formula the time taken to format the intermediate copy in
12066 @kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s} would avoid this
12067 extra work.
12068
12069 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12070 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12071 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12072
12073 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12074 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12075 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12076 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12077 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12078 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12079
12080 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12081 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12082 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12083 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12084 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12085 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12086
12087 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12088 @chapter Mode Settings
12089
12090 @noindent
12091 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12092 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12093 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12094
12095 @menu
12096 * General Mode Commands::
12097 * Precision::
12098 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12099 * Calculation Modes::
12100 * Simplification Modes::
12101 * Declarations::
12102 * Display Modes::
12103 * Language Modes::
12104 * Modes Variable::
12105 * Calc Mode Line::
12106 @end menu
12107
12108 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12109 @section General Mode Commands
12110
12111 @noindent
12112 @kindex m m
12113 @pindex calc-save-modes
12114 @cindex Continuous memory
12115 @cindex Saving mode settings
12116 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12117 @cindex Calc init file, mode settings
12118 You can save all of the current mode settings in your Calc init file
12119 (the file given by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
12120 @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}) with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})
12121 command. This will cause Emacs to reestablish these modes each time
12122 it starts up. The modes saved in the file include everything
12123 controlled by the @kbd{m} and @kbd{d} prefix keys, the current
12124 precision and binary word size, whether or not the trail is displayed,
12125 the current height of the Calc window, and more. The current
12126 interface (used when you type @kbd{C-x * *}) is also saved. If there
12127 were already saved mode settings in the file, they are replaced.
12128 Otherwise, the new mode information is appended to the end of the
12129 file.
12130
12131 @kindex m R
12132 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12133 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12134 record all the mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12135 time a mode setting changes. If the modes are saved this way, then this
12136 ``automatic mode recording'' mode is also saved.
12137 Type @kbd{m R} again to disable this method of recording the mode
12138 settings. To turn it off permanently, the @kbd{m m} command will also be
12139 necessary. (If Embedded mode is enabled, other options for recording
12140 the modes are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
12141
12142 @kindex m F
12143 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12144 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12145 choose a different file than the current value of @code{calc-settings-file}
12146 for @kbd{m m}, @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12147 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12148 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12149 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12150 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12151 file name is @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}. You can see the current file name by
12152 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12153 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Customizing Calc}.
12154
12155 If the file name you give is your user init file (typically
12156 @file{~/.emacs}), @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12157 is because your user init file may contain other things you don't want
12158 to reread. You can give
12159 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12160 file no matter what. Conversely, an argument of @mathit{-1} tells
12161 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @mathit{-2}
12162 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12163 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12164 modes present in the file you were using before.
12165
12166 @kindex m x
12167 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12168 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12169 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12170 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12171 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12172 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12173 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12174 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{C-x * L}.
12175
12176 @kindex m S
12177 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12178 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12179 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12180 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12181 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12182 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12183 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12184 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12185 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12186 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12187 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12188 shifted-prefix mode.
12189
12190 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12191 @section Precision
12192
12193 @noindent
12194 @kindex p
12195 @pindex calc-precision
12196 @cindex Precision of calculations
12197 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12198 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12199 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12200 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12201 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12202
12203 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12204 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12205
12206 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12207 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12208 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12209 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12210 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12211 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12212 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12213 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12214 existing value to a new precision.
12215
12216 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12217 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12218 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12219 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12220 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12221 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12222 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12223 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12224 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12225 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12226 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12227 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12228 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12229
12230 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12231 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12232 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12233 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12234 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12235 of the numbers involved.
12236
12237 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12238 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12239 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12240 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12241 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12242 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12243
12244 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12245 issues.
12246
12247 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12248 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12249
12250 @noindent
12251 @kindex I
12252 @pindex calc-inverse
12253 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12254 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12255 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12256 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12257 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.
12258
12259 @kindex H
12260 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12261 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12262 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12263 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12264 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12265 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12266 instead of base-@mathit{e}, logarithm.)
12267
12268 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12269 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12270 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12271 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12272
12273 @kindex O
12274 @pindex calc-option
12275 The @kbd{O} key (@code{calc-option}) sets another flag, the
12276 @dfn{Option Flag}, which also can alter the subsequent Calc command in
12277 various ways.
12278
12279 The Inverse, Hyperbolic and Option flags apply only to the next
12280 Calculator command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They
12281 are also cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits
12282 you type after @kbd{I}, @kbd{H} or @kbd{O} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as
12283 prefix arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The
12284 same is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means
12285 to subtract and keep arguments).
12286
12287 Another Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12288 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12289
12290 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12291 @section Calculation Modes
12292
12293 @noindent
12294 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12295 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12296 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12297 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12298
12299 @menu
12300 * Angular Modes::
12301 * Polar Mode::
12302 * Fraction Mode::
12303 * Infinite Mode::
12304 * Symbolic Mode::
12305 * Matrix Mode::
12306 * Automatic Recomputation::
12307 * Working Message::
12308 @end menu
12309
12310 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12311 @subsection Angular Modes
12312
12313 @noindent
12314 @cindex Angular mode
12315 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12316 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12317 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12318 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12319 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12320 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12321
12322 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12323 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12324 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12325 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12326 normally be done in Radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12327 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12328 multiplying by 180 over @cpi{}.)
12329
12330 @kindex m r
12331 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12332 @kindex m d
12333 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12334 @kindex m h
12335 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12336 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12337 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12338 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12339 The default angular mode is Degrees.
12340
12341 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12342 @subsection Polar Mode
12343
12344 @noindent
12345 @cindex Polar mode
12346 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12347 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12348 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12349 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12350 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12351
12352 @kindex m p
12353 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12354 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12355 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In Polar mode, all
12356 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12357
12358 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12359 @subsection Fraction Mode
12360
12361 @noindent
12362 @cindex Fraction mode
12363 @cindex Division of integers
12364 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12365 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12366 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12367 to use the @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command, which
12368 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fraction:
12369 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 :} produces @expr{3:2} even though
12370 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @expr{1.5}.
12371
12372 @kindex m f
12373 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12374 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12375 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12376 For example, @expr{8/4} produces @expr{2} in either mode,
12377 but @expr{6/4} produces @expr{3:2} in Fraction mode, @expr{1.5} in
12378 Float mode.
12379
12380 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12381 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12382 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12383
12384 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12385 @subsection Infinite Mode
12386
12387 @noindent
12388 @cindex Infinite mode
12389 The Calculator normally treats results like @expr{1 / 0} as errors;
12390 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12391 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12392 results.
12393
12394 @kindex m i
12395 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12396 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12397 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12398 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12399 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12400 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12401 will not be generated when Infinite mode is off.)
12402
12403 With Infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12404 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12405 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @expr{0 / 0}
12406 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12407 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12408 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12409 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of Infinite mode because
12410 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12411
12412 @cindex Positive Infinite mode
12413 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12414 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a Positive Infinite mode in
12415 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12416 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12417 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12418 separate representations for @mathit{+0} and @mathit{-0}. Positive
12419 Infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12420 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12421 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12422 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12423
12424 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12425 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12426
12427 @noindent
12428 @cindex Symbolic mode
12429 @cindex Inexact results
12430 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12431 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12432 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12433 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12434 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12435
12436 @kindex m s
12437 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12438 In @dfn{Symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12439 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12440 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12441 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12442
12443 @kindex N
12444 @pindex calc-eval-num
12445 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12446 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12447 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12448 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12449 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12450 of the command.
12451
12452 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12453 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12454 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12455 variables.)
12456
12457 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12458 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12459
12460 @noindent
12461 @cindex Matrix mode
12462 @cindex Scalar mode
12463 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12464 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12465 Calc has two modes, @dfn{Matrix mode} and @dfn{Scalar mode}, which
12466 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12467
12468 @kindex m v
12469 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12470 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter Matrix mode.
12471 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12472 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12473 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12474 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12475 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12476 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12477 0 and 1 (e.g., @expr{a - a} and @expr{a / a}, respectively) will now
12478 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12479 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12480 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12481 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12482 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12483 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12484 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12485 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12486 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12487 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12488
12489 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get Scalar mode. Here, objects are
12490 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12491 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12492 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12493 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12494 another 3-vector. In Scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12495 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12496
12497 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12498
12499 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12500 get a special ``dimensioned'' Matrix mode in which matrices of
12501 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12502 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12503 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix. Simply typing
12504 @kbd{C-u m v} will get you a square Matrix mode, in which matrices of
12505 unknown size are assumed to be square matrices of unspecified size.
12506
12507 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12508 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12509 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12510 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12511 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12512 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12513
12514 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12515 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12516 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12517 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12518 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12519 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12520 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12521
12522 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12523 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use Matrix mode when operating on
12524 your formula normally; then, to apply Scalar mode to a certain part
12525 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12526 change into Scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12527 under this mode, then change back to Matrix mode before deselecting.
12528
12529 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12530 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12531
12532 @noindent
12533 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12534 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12535 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12536 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12537
12538 @kindex m C
12539 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12540 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12541 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12542 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12543 attached Embedded mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12544 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12545 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12546 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12547 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12548
12549 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12550 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{C-x * u}}.
12551 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12552
12553 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12554 @subsection Working Messages
12555
12556 @noindent
12557 @cindex Performance
12558 @cindex Working messages
12559 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12560 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12561 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12562 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12563 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12564 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12565 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12566
12567 @kindex m w
12568 @pindex calc-working
12569 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12570 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12571 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12572 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12573 the current mode.
12574
12575 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12576 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12577 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12578 to turn the messages off.
12579
12580 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12581 @section Simplification Modes
12582
12583 @noindent
12584 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12585 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12586 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12587 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12588 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @expr{a+a} (or @expr{2+3}),
12589 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12590
12591 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @expr{2} and @expr{3} are on the
12592 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12593 @expr{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12594 rules for normalizing @expr{2+3} will produce the result @expr{5}.
12595
12596 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12597 followed by a shifted letter.
12598
12599 @kindex m O
12600 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12601 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12602 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @expr{2+3} alone. In
12603 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12604 in this mode.
12605
12606 @kindex m N
12607 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12608 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12609 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12610 example, @expr{1+2} is simplified to @expr{3}, and @expr{a+(2-2)} is
12611 simplified to @expr{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12612 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @expr{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12613 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12614 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @expr{a+2}).
12615 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12616 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12617 elements are constant.
12618
12619 @kindex m D
12620 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12621 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12622 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12623 fast algebraic simplifications such as @expr{a+0} to @expr{a}, and
12624 @expr{a + 2 a} to @expr{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12625 @expr{@tfn{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @expr{2 x}.
12626
12627 @kindex m B
12628 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12629 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12630 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12631 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12632 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12633 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12634 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12635
12636 @kindex m A
12637 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12638 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12639 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12640 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12641 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12642
12643 @kindex m E
12644 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12645 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12646 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12647 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12648
12649 @kindex m U
12650 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12651 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12652 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12653 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12654 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12655 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12656 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.
12657
12658 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12659 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12660 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12661 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12662 Definitions}, for another sample use of No-Simplification mode.
12663
12664 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12665 @section Declarations
12666
12667 @noindent
12668 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12669 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12670 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12671 take the fully general situation into account.
12672
12673 @menu
12674 * Declaration Basics::
12675 * Kinds of Declarations::
12676 * Functions for Declarations::
12677 @end menu
12678
12679 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12680 @subsection Declaration Basics
12681
12682 @noindent
12683 @kindex s d
12684 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12685 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12686 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12687 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12688 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12689 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12690 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12691 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12692
12693 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12694 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12695 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12696 For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12697 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12698 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12699 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12700 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12701
12702 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12703 @vindex Decls
12704 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12705 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12706 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12707 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12708 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12709 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12710 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12711 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12712 permanently if you wish.
12713
12714 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12715 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12716 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12717 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12718 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12719
12720 For example, the declaration matrix
12721
12722 @smallexample
12723 @group
12724 [ [ foo, real ]
12725 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12726 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12727 @end group
12728 @end smallexample
12729
12730 @noindent
12731 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12732 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12733 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12734
12735 @vindex All
12736 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12737 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12738 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12739 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12740 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12741 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12742 response to the variable-name prompt.
12743
12744 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12745 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12746
12747 @noindent
12748 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12749 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12750 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12751 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12752 for the variable.
12753
12754 @smallexample
12755 @group
12756 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12757 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12758 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12759 @end group
12760 @end smallexample
12761
12762 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12763 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12764 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12765 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12766 nearly equivalent (see below).
12767
12768 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12769 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12770 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12771 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12772
12773 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12774 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12775 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12776 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12777 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12778 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12779
12780 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12781 stored in a variable:
12782
12783 @table @code
12784 @item int
12785 Integers.
12786 @item numint
12787 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12788 @item frac
12789 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12790 @item rat
12791 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12792 @item float
12793 Floating-point numbers.
12794 @item real
12795 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12796 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12797 reals here.)
12798 @item pos
12799 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12800 @item nonneg
12801 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12802 @item number
12803 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12804 @end table
12805
12806 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12807 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12808 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12809 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @mathit{-3}.
12810 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12811 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12812 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12813 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12814 of the formula.
12815
12816 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12817 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12818 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12819 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12820 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12821 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12822
12823 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12824 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12825 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12826 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12827 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12828
12829 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12830 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12831 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12832 @kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12833 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12834 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12835
12836 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12837 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12838 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12839 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12840 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12841 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12842 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12843 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12844 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12845 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12846
12847 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12848 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12849
12850 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12851 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12852 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12853 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12854 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12855 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12856 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12857
12858 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12859 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12860 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12861 type symbol.
12862
12863 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12864 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12865 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12866 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12867 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12868
12869 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12870 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12871 shown above).
12872
12873 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12874 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12875 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12876 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12877 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12878 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12879 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12880 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12881 including canceling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12882 not known to be nonzero.
12883
12884 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12885
12886 @table @code
12887 @item scalar
12888 The value is not a vector.
12889 @item vector
12890 The value is a vector.
12891 @item matrix
12892 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12893 @item sqmatrix
12894 The value is a square matrix.
12895 @end table
12896
12897 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12898 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12899 is a matrix of integers.
12900
12901 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12902 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12903 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12904 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12905 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12906 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12907 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12908 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12909 declarations.)
12910
12911 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of Matrix mode and
12912 Scalar mode, which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12913 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12914
12915 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12916 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12917
12918 @table @code
12919 @item const
12920 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12921 @end table
12922
12923 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12924 a value in it. However, storing @mathit{-3.5} in a variable that has
12925 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12926 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @expr{3.5}
12927 if it substitutes the value first, or to @expr{-3.5} if @code{x}
12928 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12929 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12930 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12931 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12932 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12933
12934 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12935 @subsection Functions for Declarations
12936
12937 @noindent
12938 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12939 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12940 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12941 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12942 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12943 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12944 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12945 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12946 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12947
12948 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12949 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12950 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12951 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12952 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12953
12954 @ignore
12955 @starindex
12956 @end ignore
12957 @tindex dint
12958 @ignore
12959 @starindex
12960 @end ignore
12961 @tindex dnumint
12962 @ignore
12963 @starindex
12964 @end ignore
12965 @tindex dnatnum
12966 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12967 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12968 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12969 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12970 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12971 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12972 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12973 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12974
12975 @ignore
12976 @starindex
12977 @end ignore
12978 @tindex drat
12979 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
12980 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
12981 and error forms do not.
12982
12983 @ignore
12984 @starindex
12985 @end ignore
12986 @tindex dreal
12987 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
12988 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
12989
12990 @ignore
12991 @starindex
12992 @end ignore
12993 @tindex dimag
12994 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
12995 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @expr{i}.
12996
12997 @ignore
12998 @starindex
12999 @end ignore
13000 @tindex dpos
13001 @ignore
13002 @starindex
13003 @end ignore
13004 @tindex dneg
13005 @ignore
13006 @starindex
13007 @end ignore
13008 @tindex dnonneg
13009 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
13010 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
13011 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
13012 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
13013 expression like @expr{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
13014 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
13015 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
13016 are rarely necessary.
13017
13018 @ignore
13019 @starindex
13020 @end ignore
13021 @tindex dnonzero
13022 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
13023 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
13024 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
13025 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
13026 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
13027 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
13028 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
13029
13030 @ignore
13031 @starindex
13032 @end ignore
13033 @tindex deven
13034 @ignore
13035 @starindex
13036 @end ignore
13037 @tindex dodd
13038 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13039 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13040 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13041 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13042 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13043
13044 @ignore
13045 @starindex
13046 @end ignore
13047 @tindex drange
13048 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13049 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13050 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13051 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13052 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13053 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13054 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13055 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13056 remains unevaluated.
13057
13058 @ignore
13059 @starindex
13060 @end ignore
13061 @tindex dscalar
13062 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13063 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13064 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If Matrix mode or Scalar
13065 mode is in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13066 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13067 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13068 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13069 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13070 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13071 information to tell.
13072
13073 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13074 @section Display Modes
13075
13076 @noindent
13077 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13078 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13079 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13080 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13081 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13082 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
13083
13084 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13085 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13086 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13087 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13088 reflect the latest mode settings.
13089
13090 @kindex d @key{RET}
13091 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13092 The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13093 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13094 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13095 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13096 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13097 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13098 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13099
13100 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13101 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13102 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13103 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13104
13105 @menu
13106 * Radix Modes::
13107 * Grouping Digits::
13108 * Float Formats::
13109 * Complex Formats::
13110 * Fraction Formats::
13111 * HMS Formats::
13112 * Date Formats::
13113 * Truncating the Stack::
13114 * Justification::
13115 * Labels::
13116 @end menu
13117
13118 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13119 @subsection Radix Modes
13120
13121 @noindent
13122 @cindex Radix display
13123 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13124 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13125 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13126 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13127 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13128 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13129 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13130
13131 @kindex d 2
13132 @kindex d 8
13133 @kindex d 6
13134 @kindex d 0
13135 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13136 @cindex Octal integers
13137 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13138 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13139 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13140 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13141 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13142 as decimal.
13143
13144 @kindex d r
13145 @pindex calc-radix
13146 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13147 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13148 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13149
13150 @kindex d z
13151 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13152 @cindex Leading zeros
13153 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13154 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13155 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13156 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13157 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @expr{w}, all integers
13158 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent
13159 @texline @math{2^w-1}
13160 @infoline @expr{(2^w)-1}
13161 in the current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their
13162 entirety.)
13163
13164 @cindex Two's complements
13165 Calc can display @expr{w}-bit integers using two's complement
13166 notation, although this is most useful with the binary, octal and
13167 hexadecimal display modes. This option is selected by using the
13168 @kbd{O} option prefix before setting the display radix, and a negative word
13169 size might be appropriate (@pxref{Binary Functions}). In two's
13170 complement notation, the integers in the (nearly) symmetric interval
13171 from
13172 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13173 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13174 to
13175 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1}
13176 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1}
13177 are represented by the integers from @expr{0} to @expr{2^w-1}:
13178 the integers from @expr{0} to
13179 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1}
13180 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1}
13181 are represented by themselves and the integers from
13182 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13183 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13184 to @expr{-1} are represented by the integers from
13185 @texline @math{2^{w-1}}
13186 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)}
13187 to @expr{2^w-1} (the integer @expr{k} is represented by @expr{k+2^w}).
13188 Calc will display a two's complement integer by the radix (either
13189 @expr{2}, @expr{8} or @expr{16}), two @kbd{#} symbols, and then its
13190 representation (including any leading zeros necessary to include all
13191 @expr{w} bits). In a two's complement display mode, numbers that
13192 are not displayed in two's complement notation (i.e., that aren't
13193 integers from
13194 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13195 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13196 to
13197 @c (
13198 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1})
13199 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1})
13200 will be represented using Calc's usual notation (in the appropriate
13201 radix).
13202
13203 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13204 @subsection Grouping Digits
13205
13206 @noindent
13207 @kindex d g
13208 @pindex calc-group-digits
13209 @cindex Grouping digits
13210 @cindex Digit grouping
13211 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13212 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13213 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{Grouping} mode, in which digits
13214 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13215 separated by commas.
13216
13217 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13218 With a numeric prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13219 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13220 with a positive argument @expr{N} it enables grouping on every @expr{N}
13221 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13222 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @expr{-N} enables
13223 grouping every @expr{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.
13224
13225 @kindex d ,
13226 @pindex calc-group-char
13227 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13228 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13229 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13230 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13231 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13232 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13233 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13234
13235 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13236 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{C-x * y} and @kbd{C-x * g}.
13237 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13238 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13239 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13240
13241 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13242 @subsection Float Formats
13243
13244 @noindent
13245 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13246 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13247 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13248 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13249 formats for floats.
13250
13251 @kindex d n
13252 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13253 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13254 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13255 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13256 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13257 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13258 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13259 current precision is 12.)
13260
13261 @kindex d f
13262 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13263 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13264 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13265 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13266 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13267 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13268 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13269 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13270
13271 @kindex d s
13272 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13273 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13274 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13275 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13276 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13277 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13278 The default is to display all significant digits.
13279
13280 @kindex d e
13281 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13282 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13283 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13284 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13285 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13286 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13287 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13288
13289 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13290 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13291 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13292 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13293 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13294 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13295 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13296 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-x * y} which operate on the
13297 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13298
13299 @kindex d .
13300 @pindex calc-point-char
13301 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13302 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13303 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13304 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13305 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13306
13307 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13308 @subsection Complex Formats
13309
13310 @noindent
13311 @kindex d c
13312 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13313 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13314 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13315 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13316 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.
13317
13318 @kindex d i
13319 @pindex calc-i-notation
13320 @kindex d j
13321 @pindex calc-j-notation
13322 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13323 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13324 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13325 in some disciplines.
13326
13327 @cindex @code{i} variable
13328 @vindex i
13329 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13330 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13331 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13332 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13333 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13334 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13335 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13336 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''
13337
13338 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13339 @subsection Fraction Formats
13340
13341 @noindent
13342 @kindex d o
13343 @pindex calc-over-notation
13344 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13345 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13346 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13347 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13348 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13349 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13350 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13351 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13352
13353 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13354 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13355 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13356 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13357 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13358
13359 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13360 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13361 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13362 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13363 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13364 the fraction @expr{1:6} will be unaffected, but @expr{2:3} will be
13365 displayed as @expr{4:6}, @expr{1:2} will be displayed as @expr{3:6},
13366 and @expr{1:8} will be displayed as @expr{3:24}. Integers are also
13367 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @expr{18:6}. Note that the
13368 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13369 integers as @expr{n:1}.
13370
13371 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13372 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13373 never affects floats.
13374
13375 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13376 @subsection HMS Formats
13377
13378 @noindent
13379 @kindex d h
13380 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13381 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13382 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13383 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13384 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13385 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13386 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13387 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13388
13389 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13390 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13391 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13392 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13393 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13394 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13395 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13396 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13397 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13398 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13399 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13400 entry.
13401
13402 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13403 @subsection Date Formats
13404
13405 @noindent
13406 @kindex d d
13407 @pindex calc-date-notation
13408 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13409 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13410 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13411 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13412 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13413 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13414 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13415 pure dates.
13416
13417 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13418 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13419 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13420 reestablished.
13421
13422 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13423 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13424 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13425
13426 @menu
13427 * Date Formatting Codes::
13428 * Free-Form Dates::
13429 * Standard Date Formats::
13430 @end menu
13431
13432 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13433 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13434
13435 @noindent
13436 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13437 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13438 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13439 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13440 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13441 below.
13442
13443 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13444 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13445 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13446 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13447 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13448 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13449 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13450 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13451
13452 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13453
13454 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13455 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13456 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13457 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13458 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13459
13460 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13461
13462 @table @asis
13463 @item Y
13464 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13465 @item YY
13466 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13467 @item BY
13468 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13469 @item YYY
13470 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13471 @item YYYY
13472 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13473 @item aa
13474 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13475 @item AA
13476 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13477 @item aaa
13478 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13479 @item AAA
13480 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13481 @item aaaa
13482 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13483 @item AAAA
13484 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13485 @item bb
13486 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13487 @item BB
13488 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13489 @item bbb
13490 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13491 @item BBB
13492 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13493 @item bbbb
13494 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13495 @item BBBB
13496 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13497 @item M
13498 Month: ``8'' for August.
13499 @item MM
13500 Month: ``08'' for August.
13501 @item BM
13502 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13503 @item MMM
13504 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13505 @item Mmm
13506 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13507 @item mmm
13508 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13509 @item MMMM
13510 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13511 @item Mmmm
13512 Month: ``August'' for August.
13513 @item D
13514 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13515 @item DD
13516 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13517 @item BD
13518 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13519 @item W
13520 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13521 @item WWW
13522 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13523 @item Www
13524 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13525 @item www
13526 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13527 @item WWWW
13528 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13529 @item Wwww
13530 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13531 @item d
13532 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13533 @item ddd
13534 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13535 @item bdd
13536 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13537 @item h
13538 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13539 @item hh
13540 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13541 @item bh
13542 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13543 @item H
13544 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13545 @item HH
13546 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13547 @item BH
13548 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13549 @item p
13550 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13551 @item P
13552 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13553 @item pp
13554 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13555 @item PP
13556 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13557 @item pppp
13558 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13559 @item PPPP
13560 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13561 @item m
13562 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13563 @item mm
13564 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13565 @item bm
13566 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13567 @item s
13568 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13569 @item ss
13570 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13571 @item bs
13572 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13573 @item SS
13574 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13575 @item BS
13576 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13577 @item N
13578 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13579 @item n
13580 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13581 @item J
13582 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13583 @item j
13584 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13585 @item U
13586 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13587 @item X
13588 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13589 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13590 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13591 required for algebraic entry.
13592 @end table
13593
13594 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13595 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13596
13597 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13598 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13599 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13600 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13601 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13602
13603 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13604 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13605 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13606 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13607 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13608
13609 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13610 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13611 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13612
13613 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13614 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13615
13616 @noindent
13617 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13618 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13619 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13620 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13621 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13622
13623 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13624 while interpreting dates.
13625
13626 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13627 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13628 the date.
13629
13630 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13631 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13632 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13633 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13634 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13635 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13636 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13637 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13638 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13639 recognized with no number attached.
13640
13641 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13642 format.
13643
13644 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13645 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13646 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13647 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13648 abbreviations.
13649
13650 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13651 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13652 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13653 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13654 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13655 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13656 current year is taken from the system clock.
13657
13658 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13659 words, then the input is rejected.
13660
13661 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13662 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13663 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13664 date components when the date was formatted.
13665
13666 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13667 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13668 minus sign on the year value.
13669
13670 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13671 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13672
13673 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13674 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13675
13676 @noindent
13677 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13678 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13679 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13680 to select the other formats.
13681
13682 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13683 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13684 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13685 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13686 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13687 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13688
13689 @table @asis
13690 @item 0
13691 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13692 @item 1
13693 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13694 @item 2
13695 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13696 @item 3
13697 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13698 @item 4
13699 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13700 @item 5
13701 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13702 @item 6
13703 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13704 @item 7
13705 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13706 @item 8
13707 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13708 @item 9
13709 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13710 @end table
13711
13712 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13713 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13714
13715 @noindent
13716 @kindex d t
13717 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13718 @cindex Truncating the stack
13719 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13720 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13721 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13722 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13723 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13724 operations (although still visible to the user). This is similar to the
13725 Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except that the values below the @samp{.}
13726 are @emph{visible}, just temporarily frozen. This feature allows you to
13727 keep several independent calculations running at once in different parts
13728 of the stack, or to apply a certain command to an element buried deep in
13729 the stack.
13730
13731 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13732 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13733 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13734 With a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13735 bottom @expr{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13736 all but the top @expr{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13737 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.
13738
13739 @kindex d [
13740 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13741 @kindex d ]
13742 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13743 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13744 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13745 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).
13746
13747 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13748 @subsection Justification
13749
13750 @noindent
13751 @kindex d <
13752 @pindex calc-left-justify
13753 @kindex d =
13754 @pindex calc-center-justify
13755 @kindex d >
13756 @pindex calc-right-justify
13757 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13758 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13759 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13760 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in Right-Justification mode,
13761 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13762 window.
13763
13764 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13765 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13766 text.
13767
13768 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13769 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13770 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13771
13772 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13773 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13774 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13775 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13776 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13777 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13778 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13779 mode.
13780
13781 In Left-Justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13782 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13783 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13784 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13785 line is indented to the origin.
13786
13787 In Right-Justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13788 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13789 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13790 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13791 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13792 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13793
13794 In Centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13795 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13796 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13797 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13798 line width or Calc window width is used.
13799
13800 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13801 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13802 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13803 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13804 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13805 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13806 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13807
13808 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13809 @subsection Labels
13810
13811 @noindent
13812 @kindex d @{
13813 @pindex calc-left-label
13814 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13815 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13816 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13817 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13818 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13819 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13820 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13821
13822 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13823
13824 @kindex d @}
13825 @pindex calc-right-label
13826 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13827 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13828 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13829 a line width and an origin are given in Right-Justified mode, the
13830 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13831 justified to the line width.
13832
13833 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13834 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13835 document (possibly using Embedded mode). The equations would
13836 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13837 left or right as you prefer.
13838
13839 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13840 @section Language Modes
13841
13842 @noindent
13843 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13844 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13845 other common language such as Pascal or La@TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13846 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13847 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13848 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13849
13850 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13851 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13852 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13853 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13854
13855 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13856 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13857 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13858 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u C-x * g} to grab the formula
13859 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13860 to the first variable, and @kbd{C-x * y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13861 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13862 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13863
13864 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13865 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13866 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13867 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13868 multiplication) which would not have been valid for a C program.
13869
13870 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a La@TeX{}
13871 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13872 formula from the program in C mode, switch to La@TeX{} mode, and yank the
13873 formula into the document in La@TeX{} math-mode format.
13874
13875 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13876 shifted letter key.
13877
13878 @menu
13879 * Normal Language Modes::
13880 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13881 * TeX and LaTeX Language Modes::
13882 * Eqn Language Mode::
13883 * Yacas Language Mode::
13884 * Maxima Language Mode::
13885 * Giac Language Mode::
13886 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13887 * Maple Language Mode::
13888 * Compositions::
13889 * Syntax Tables::
13890 @end menu
13891
13892 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13893 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13894
13895 @noindent
13896 @kindex d N
13897 @pindex calc-normal-language
13898 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13899 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13900 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13901 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13902 keyboard.
13903
13904 @kindex d O
13905 @pindex calc-flat-language
13906 @cindex Matrix display
13907 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13908 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13909 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13910 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13911
13912 @kindex d b
13913 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13914 @cindex Line breaking
13915 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13916 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13917 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13918 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13919 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13920 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13921 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13922 long lines.
13923
13924 @kindex d B
13925 @pindex calc-big-language
13926 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13927 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13928 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13929
13930 @example
13931 ____________
13932 | a + 1 2
13933 | ----- + c
13934 \| b
13935 @end example
13936
13937 @noindent
13938 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13939
13940 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in Big
13941 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13942 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13943 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13944 notation.
13945
13946 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13947
13948 @example
13949 3
13950 - -
13951 4
13952 @end example
13953
13954 @noindent
13955 can represent either the negative rational number @expr{-3:4}, or the
13956 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13957 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13958 @expr{-3:4} or @expr{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13959 typical use.
13960
13961 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13962 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13963 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13964 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13965 in Big mode.
13966
13967 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13968 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13969 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13970 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13971 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13972
13973 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13974 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13975 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13976 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13977
13978 @kindex d U
13979 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
13980 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13981 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13982 shown above would be displayed:
13983
13984 @example
13985 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13986 @end example
13987
13988 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13989 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13990 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13991 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13992 parentheses).
13993
13994 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13995 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13996
13997 @noindent
13998 @kindex d C
13999 @pindex calc-c-language
14000 @cindex C language
14001 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
14002 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
14003 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
14004 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
14005 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
14006 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
14007 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
14008
14009 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
14010 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
14011 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
14012 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
14013 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in Normal mode. Assignments
14014 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
14015 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
14016
14017 The variables @code{pi} and @code{e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
14018 and @samp{e} in Normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
14019 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
14020 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
14021 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
14022 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
14023 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
14024 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
14025
14026 @kindex d P
14027 @pindex calc-pascal-language
14028 @cindex Pascal language
14029 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
14030 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
14031 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
14032 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
14033 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
14034 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
14035 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
14036 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
14037 of handling these in Pascal.
14038
14039 @kindex d F
14040 @pindex calc-fortran-language
14041 @cindex FORTRAN language
14042 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
14043 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
14044 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
14045 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
14046 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
14047 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
14048 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
14049 If the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
14050 @code{vector} or @code{matrix}, however, then @samp{a(i)} will be
14051 parsed as a subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't
14052 matter, though; if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and
14053 Calc interprets it as a function call, you'll never know the difference
14054 unless you switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an
14055 actual vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
14056 function!).
14057
14058 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
14059 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
14060 Normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
14061
14062 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
14063 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
14064 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
14065 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
14066 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
14067 convert to lower-case for display and input.
14068
14069 @node TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
14070 @subsection @TeX{} and La@TeX{} Language Modes
14071
14072 @noindent
14073 @kindex d T
14074 @pindex calc-tex-language
14075 @cindex TeX language
14076 @kindex d L
14077 @pindex calc-latex-language
14078 @cindex LaTeX language
14079 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14080 of ``math mode'' in Donald Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting language,
14081 and the @kbd{d L} (@code{calc-latex-language}) command selects the
14082 conventions of ``math mode'' in La@TeX{}, a typesetting language that
14083 uses @TeX{} as its formatting engine. Calc's La@TeX{} language mode can
14084 read any formula that the @TeX{} language mode can, although La@TeX{}
14085 mode may display it differently.
14086
14087 Formulas are entered and displayed in the appropriate notation;
14088 @texline @math{\sin(a/b)}
14089 @infoline @expr{sin(a/b)}
14090 will appear as @samp{\sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)} in @TeX{} mode and
14091 @samp{\sin\left(\frac@{a@}@{b@}\right)} in La@TeX{} mode.
14092 Math formulas are often enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{} and
14093 La@TeX{}; these should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc,
14094 the @samp{$} sign has the same meaning it always does in algebraic
14095 formulas (a reference to an existing entry on the stack).
14096
14097 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14098 quotients are written using @code{\over} in @TeX{} mode (as in
14099 @code{@{a \over b@}}) and @code{\frac} in La@TeX{} mode (as in
14100 @code{\frac@{a@}@{b@}}); binomial coefficients are written with
14101 @code{\choose} in @TeX{} mode (as in @code{@{a \choose b@}}) and
14102 @code{\binom} in La@TeX{} mode (as in @code{\binom@{a@}@{b@}}).
14103 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and error forms are
14104 written with @code{\pm}. Absolute values are written as in
14105 @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and ceiling functions are written with
14106 @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc. The words @code{\left} and
14107 @code{\right} are ignored when reading formulas in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14108 modes. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written as @code{\infty};
14109 when read, @code{\infty} always translates to @code{inf}.
14110
14111 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14112 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{}
14113 and La@TeX{} have special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces
14114 instead of parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly
14115 braces and parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the
14116 document is formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the
14117 printed result is
14118 @texline @math{\sin{2 x}}
14119 @infoline @expr{sin 2x}
14120 but
14121 @texline @math{\sin(2 + x)}.
14122 @infoline @expr{sin(2 + x)}.
14123
14124 The @TeX{} specific unit names (@pxref{Predefined Units}) will not use
14125 the @samp{tex} prefix; the unit name for a @TeX{} point will be
14126 @samp{pt} instead of @samp{texpt}, for example.
14127
14128 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14129 are simply written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in
14130 italic letters in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or
14131 @kbd{d L} with a positive numeric prefix argument, names of more than
14132 one character will instead be enclosed in a protective commands that
14133 will prevent them from being typeset in the math italics; they will be
14134 written @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}} in @TeX{} mode and
14135 @samp{\text@{@var{name}@}} in La@TeX{} mode. The
14136 @samp{\hbox@{ @}} and @samp{\text@{ @}} notations are ignored during
14137 reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function names are
14138 written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin with @code{\} during
14139 reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that in this mode, long
14140 variable names are still written with @code{\hbox} or @code{\text}.
14141 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar} in
14142 any @TeX{} mode.)
14143
14144 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14145 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14146 @code{\bmatrix}. In La@TeX{} mode this also applies to
14147 @samp{\begin@{matrix@} ... \end@{matrix@}},
14148 @samp{\begin@{bmatrix@} ... \end@{bmatrix@}},
14149 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} ... \end@{pmatrix@}}, as well as
14150 @samp{\begin@{smallmatrix@} ... \end@{smallmatrix@}}.
14151 The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14152 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14153 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14154 format in @TeX{} mode and in
14155 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14156 La@TeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14157 preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14158 argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14159 form, such as
14160
14161 @example
14162 \begin@{pmatrix@}
14163 a & b \\
14164 c & d
14165 \end@{pmatrix@}
14166 @end example
14167
14168 @noindent
14169 This may be convenient for isolated matrices, but could lead to
14170 expressions being displayed like
14171
14172 @example
14173 \begin@{pmatrix@} \times x
14174 a & b \\
14175 c & d
14176 \end@{pmatrix@}
14177 @end example
14178
14179 @noindent
14180 While this wouldn't bother Calc, it is incorrect La@TeX{}.
14181 (Similarly for @TeX{}.)
14182
14183 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14184 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14185 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14186 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14187 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14188 in Calc, @TeX{}, La@TeX{} and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14189
14190 @ignore
14191 @iftex
14192 @begingroup
14193 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14194 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14195 @end iftex
14196 @starindex
14197 @end ignore
14198 @tindex acute
14199 @ignore
14200 @starindex
14201 @end ignore
14202 @tindex Acute
14203 @ignore
14204 @starindex
14205 @end ignore
14206 @tindex bar
14207 @ignore
14208 @starindex
14209 @end ignore
14210 @tindex Bar
14211 @ignore
14212 @starindex
14213 @end ignore
14214 @tindex breve
14215 @ignore
14216 @starindex
14217 @end ignore
14218 @tindex Breve
14219 @ignore
14220 @starindex
14221 @end ignore
14222 @tindex check
14223 @ignore
14224 @starindex
14225 @end ignore
14226 @tindex Check
14227 @ignore
14228 @starindex
14229 @end ignore
14230 @tindex dddot
14231 @ignore
14232 @starindex
14233 @end ignore
14234 @tindex ddddot
14235 @ignore
14236 @starindex
14237 @end ignore
14238 @tindex dot
14239 @ignore
14240 @starindex
14241 @end ignore
14242 @tindex Dot
14243 @ignore
14244 @starindex
14245 @end ignore
14246 @tindex dotdot
14247 @ignore
14248 @starindex
14249 @end ignore
14250 @tindex DotDot
14251 @ignore
14252 @starindex
14253 @end ignore
14254 @tindex dyad
14255 @ignore
14256 @starindex
14257 @end ignore
14258 @tindex grave
14259 @ignore
14260 @starindex
14261 @end ignore
14262 @tindex Grave
14263 @ignore
14264 @starindex
14265 @end ignore
14266 @tindex hat
14267 @ignore
14268 @starindex
14269 @end ignore
14270 @tindex Hat
14271 @ignore
14272 @starindex
14273 @end ignore
14274 @tindex Prime
14275 @ignore
14276 @starindex
14277 @end ignore
14278 @tindex tilde
14279 @ignore
14280 @starindex
14281 @end ignore
14282 @tindex Tilde
14283 @ignore
14284 @starindex
14285 @end ignore
14286 @tindex under
14287 @ignore
14288 @starindex
14289 @end ignore
14290 @tindex Vec
14291 @ignore
14292 @starindex
14293 @end ignore
14294 @tindex VEC
14295 @ignore
14296 @iftex
14297 @endgroup
14298 @end iftex
14299 @end ignore
14300 @example
14301 Calc TeX LaTeX eqn
14302 ---- --- ----- ---
14303 acute \acute \acute
14304 Acute \Acute
14305 bar \bar \bar bar
14306 Bar \Bar
14307 breve \breve \breve
14308 Breve \Breve
14309 check \check \check
14310 Check \Check
14311 dddot \dddot
14312 ddddot \ddddot
14313 dot \dot \dot dot
14314 Dot \Dot
14315 dotdot \ddot \ddot dotdot
14316 DotDot \Ddot
14317 dyad dyad
14318 grave \grave \grave
14319 Grave \Grave
14320 hat \hat \hat hat
14321 Hat \Hat
14322 Prime prime
14323 tilde \tilde \tilde tilde
14324 Tilde \Tilde
14325 under \underline \underline under
14326 Vec \vec \vec vec
14327 VEC \Vec
14328 @end example
14329
14330 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14331 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14332 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14333 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14334 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14335 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14336 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14337 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14338
14339 @example
14340 \def\evalto@{@}
14341 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14342 @end example
14343
14344 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14345 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14346 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14347 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14348 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14349 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14350
14351 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14352 reading is:
14353
14354 @example
14355 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14356 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14357 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14358 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14359 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14360 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14361 \evalto
14362 @end example
14363
14364 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} or
14365 La@TeX{} formula into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and
14366 font information.
14367
14368 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14369 the same as @samp{*}.
14370
14371 @ifnottex
14372 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14373 end of this section.
14374 @end ifnottex
14375 @iftex
14376 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14377
14378 @example
14379 @group
14380 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14381 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14382 @end group
14383 @end example
14384 @tex
14385 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14386 @end tex
14387 @sp 1
14388
14389 @example
14390 @group
14391 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14392 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14393 @end group
14394 @end example
14395 @tex
14396 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14397 @end tex
14398 @sp 1
14399
14400 @example
14401 @group
14402 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14403 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14404 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14405 @end group
14406 @end example
14407 @tex
14408 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14409 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14410 @end tex
14411 @sp 1
14412
14413 @example
14414 @group
14415 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14416 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14417 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14418 @end group
14419 @end example
14420 @tex
14421 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14422 @end tex
14423 @sp 2
14424
14425 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14426 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14427 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14428
14429 @example
14430 @group
14431 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14432 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14433 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14434 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14435 @end group
14436 @end example
14437 @tex
14438 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14439 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14440 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14441 @end tex
14442 @sp 2
14443
14444 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14445
14446 @example
14447 @group
14448 2 + 3 => 5
14449 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14450 @end group
14451 @end example
14452 @tex
14453 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14454 $$ 5 $$
14455 @end tex
14456 @sp 2
14457
14458 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14459
14460 @example
14461 @group
14462 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14463 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14464 @end group
14465 @end example
14466 @tex
14467 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14468 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14469 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14470 @end tex
14471 @sp 2
14472
14473 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14474
14475 @example
14476 @group
14477 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14478 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14479 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14480 @end group
14481 @end example
14482 @tex
14483 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14484 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14485 @end tex
14486 @sp 2
14487 @end iftex
14488
14489 @node Eqn Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Language Modes
14490 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14491
14492 @noindent
14493 @kindex d E
14494 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14495 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14496 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14497 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14498 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14499
14500 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14501 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14502 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14503 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14504 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14505 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14506
14507 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14508 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14509 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14510 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14511 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14512 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14513 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14514
14515 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14516 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14517 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14518 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14519 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14520 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14521 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14522 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14523 names, too.)
14524
14525 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14526 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14527 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14528 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14529 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14530
14531 As in La@TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14532 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14533 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14534 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14535
14536 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14537 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14538 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14539 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14540 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14541 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14542 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14543
14544 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14545 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally.
14546 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a table of these accent
14547 functions. The @code{prime} accent is treated specially if it occurs on
14548 a variable or function name: @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is
14549 stored internally as @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the
14550 derivative of @samp{f(2 x)} with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2
14551 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14552
14553 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14554 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14555 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a discussion
14556 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14557 recognized for these operators during reading.
14558
14559 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14560 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14561 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14562 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14563 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14564
14565 @node Yacas Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14566 @subsection Yacas Language Mode
14567
14568 @noindent
14569 @kindex d Y
14570 @pindex calc-yacas-language
14571 @cindex Yacas language
14572 The @kbd{d Y} (@code{calc-yacas-language}) command selects the
14573 conventions of Yacas, a free computer algebra system. While the
14574 operators and functions in Yacas are similar to those of Calc, the names
14575 of built-in functions in Yacas are capitalized. The Calc formula
14576 @samp{sin(2 x)}, for example, is entered and displayed @samp{Sin(2 x)}
14577 in Yacas mode, and `@samp{arcsin(x^2)} is @samp{ArcSin(x^2)} in Yacas
14578 mode. Complex numbers are written are written @samp{3 + 4 I}.
14579 The standard special constants are written @code{Pi}, @code{E},
14580 @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio} and @code{Gamma}. @code{Infinity}
14581 represents both @code{inf} and @code{uinf}, and @code{Undefined}
14582 represents @code{nan}.
14583
14584 Certain operators on functions, such as @code{D} for differentiation
14585 and @code{Integrate} for integration, take a prefix form in Yacas. For
14586 example, the derivative of @w{@samp{e^x sin(x)}} can be computed with
14587 @w{@samp{D(x) Exp(x)*Sin(x)}}.
14588
14589 Other notable differences between Yacas and standard Calc expressions
14590 are that vectors and matrices use curly braces in Yacas, and subscripts
14591 use square brackets. If, for example, @samp{A} represents the list
14592 @samp{@{a,2,c,4@}}, then @samp{A[3]} would equal @samp{c}.
14593
14594
14595 @node Maxima Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, Language Modes
14596 @subsection Maxima Language Mode
14597
14598 @noindent
14599 @kindex d X
14600 @pindex calc-maxima-language
14601 @cindex Maxima language
14602 The @kbd{d X} (@code{calc-maxima-language}) command selects the
14603 conventions of Maxima, another free computer algebra system. The
14604 function names in Maxima are similar, but not always identical, to Calc.
14605 For example, instead of @samp{arcsin(x)}, Maxima will use
14606 @samp{asin(x)}. Complex numbers are written @samp{3 + 4 %i}. The
14607 standard special constants are written @code{%pi}, @code{%e},
14608 @code{%i}, @code{%phi} and @code{%gamma}. In Maxima, @code{inf} means
14609 the same as in Calc, but @code{infinity} represents Calc's @code{uinf}.
14610
14611 Underscores as well as percent signs are allowed in function and
14612 variable names in Maxima mode. The underscore again is equivalent to
14613 the @samp{#} in Normal mode, and the percent sign is equivalent to
14614 @samp{o'o}.
14615
14616 Maxima uses square brackets for lists and vectors, and matrices are
14617 written as calls to the function @code{matrix}, given the row vectors of
14618 the matrix as arguments. Square brackets are also used as subscripts.
14619
14620 @node Giac Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Language Modes
14621 @subsection Giac Language Mode
14622
14623 @noindent
14624 @kindex d A
14625 @pindex calc-giac-language
14626 @cindex Giac language
14627 The @kbd{d A} (@code{calc-giac-language}) command selects the
14628 conventions of Giac, another free computer algebra system. The function
14629 names in Giac are similar to Maxima. Complex numbers are written
14630 @samp{3 + 4 i}. The standard special constants in Giac are the same as
14631 in Calc, except that @code{infinity} represents both Calc's @code{inf}
14632 and @code{uinf}.
14633
14634 Underscores are allowed in function and variable names in Giac mode.
14635 Brackets are used for subscripts. In Giac, indexing of lists begins at
14636 0, instead of 1 as in Calc. So if @samp{A} represents the list
14637 @samp{[a,2,c,4]}, then @samp{A[2]} would equal @samp{c}. In general,
14638 @samp{A[n]} in Giac mode corresponds to @samp{A_(n+1)} in Normal mode.
14639
14640 The Giac interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14641 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]} and
14642 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot see
14643 the difference between an open and a closed interval while in Giac mode.
14644
14645 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Language Modes
14646 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14647
14648 @noindent
14649 @kindex d M
14650 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14651 @cindex Mathematica language
14652 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14653 conventions of Mathematica. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14654 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14655 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14656 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14657 Mathematica mode.
14658
14659 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14660 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14661 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14662 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14663 Mathematica mode.
14664 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14665 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14666 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.
14667
14668 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14669 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14670
14671 @noindent
14672 @kindex d W
14673 @pindex calc-maple-language
14674 @cindex Maple language
14675 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14676 conventions of Maple.
14677
14678 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14679 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14680 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14681 denote powers.
14682
14683 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14684 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14685 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14686 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14687 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14688 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14689
14690 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} is like Giac's interval
14691 notation, and is handled the same by Calc.
14692
14693 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14694 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14695 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14696 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14697
14698 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14699 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14700 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14701
14702 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14703 @subsection Compositions
14704
14705 @noindent
14706 @cindex Compositions
14707 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14708 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14709 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14710 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14711 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14712
14713 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14714 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14715 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14716 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14717 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14718 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14719 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14720 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14721
14722 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14723 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14724 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14725 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14726 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14727 the language modes.
14728
14729 @menu
14730 * Composition Basics::
14731 * Horizontal Compositions::
14732 * Vertical Compositions::
14733 * Other Compositions::
14734 * Information about Compositions::
14735 * User-Defined Compositions::
14736 @end menu
14737
14738 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14739 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14740
14741 @noindent
14742 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14743 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14744 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14745 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14746 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14747 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14748 For example, in the Big mode formula
14749
14750 @example
14751 @group
14752 2
14753 a + b
14754 17 + ------
14755 c
14756 @end group
14757 @end example
14758
14759 @noindent
14760 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14761 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14762 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14763
14764 @tex
14765 \bigskip
14766 @end tex
14767
14768 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14769 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14770 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14771 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14772 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14773
14774 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14775 following precedences:
14776
14777 @example
14778 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14779 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14780 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14781 mod 400
14782 +/- 300
14783 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14784 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14785 ^ 200
14786 - 197 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14787 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14788 / % \ 190
14789 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14790 | 170
14791 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14792 && 110
14793 || 100
14794 ? : 90
14795 !!! 85
14796 &&& 80
14797 ||| 75
14798 := 50
14799 :: 45
14800 => 40
14801 @end example
14802
14803 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @expr{n}
14804 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @expr{m}, then
14805 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @expr{n < m}. Top-level
14806 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14807 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14808 normally never get additional parentheses).
14809
14810 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14811 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14812 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14813 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14814 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14815 with one-higher precedence.
14816
14817 @ignore
14818 @starindex
14819 @end ignore
14820 @tindex cprec
14821 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14822 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14823 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14824 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14825 precedence than multiplication).
14826
14827 @tex
14828 \bigskip
14829 @end tex
14830
14831 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14832 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14833 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14834 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14835 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14836 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14837 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14838 view them.
14839
14840 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14841 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14842 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14843 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14844 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14845 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14846 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14847 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14848 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14849
14850 @example
14851 @group
14852 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14853 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14854 @end group
14855 @end example
14856
14857 @noindent
14858 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14859 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14860 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14861 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14862 itself been too large to fit.
14863
14864 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14865 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14866 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14867 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14868 end of the string.
14869
14870 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14871 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14872 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14873 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14874 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14875 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14876 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14877 object.
14878
14879 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14880 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14881
14882 @noindent
14883 @ignore
14884 @starindex
14885 @end ignore
14886 @tindex choriz
14887 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14888 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14889 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in Normal language mode, or as
14890
14891 @example
14892 @group
14893 a b
14894 17---d
14895 c
14896 @end group
14897 @end example
14898
14899 @noindent
14900 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14901 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14902 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14903 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14904 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14905 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14906
14907 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14908 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14909 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14910 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14911 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14912 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14913
14914 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14915 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14916 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14917 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14918 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14919
14920 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14921 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14922
14923 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14924 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14925
14926 @noindent
14927 @ignore
14928 @starindex
14929 @end ignore
14930 @tindex cvert
14931 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14932 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14933 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14934 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14935 formats in Big mode as
14936
14937 @example
14938 @group
14939 f( a , 2 )
14940 bb a + 1
14941 ccc 2
14942 b
14943 @end group
14944 @end example
14945
14946 @ignore
14947 @starindex
14948 @end ignore
14949 @tindex cbase
14950 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14951 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14952 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14953 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14954 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14955 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14956
14957 @example
14958 @group
14959 2
14960 a + 1
14961 a 2
14962 f(bb , b )
14963 ccc
14964 @end group
14965 @end example
14966
14967 @ignore
14968 @starindex
14969 @end ignore
14970 @tindex ctbase
14971 @ignore
14972 @starindex
14973 @end ignore
14974 @tindex cbbase
14975 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14976 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14977 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14978 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14979 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14980
14981 @example
14982 @group
14983 a
14984 a -
14985 - + a + b
14986 b -
14987 b
14988 @end group
14989 @end example
14990
14991 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14992 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14993 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14994 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14995 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14996 item.
14997
14998 @ignore
14999 @starindex
15000 @end ignore
15001 @tindex crule
15002 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
15003 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
15004 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
15005 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
15006 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
15007 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
15008 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
15009
15010 @example
15011 @group
15012 a + 1
15013 =====
15014 2
15015 b
15016 @end group
15017 @end example
15018
15019 @ignore
15020 @starindex
15021 @end ignore
15022 @tindex clvert
15023 @ignore
15024 @starindex
15025 @end ignore
15026 @tindex crvert
15027 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
15028 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
15029 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
15030 gives:
15031
15032 @example
15033 @group
15034 a + a
15035 bb bb
15036 ccc ccc
15037 @end group
15038 @end example
15039
15040 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
15041 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
15042 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
15043
15044 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
15045 @subsubsection Other Compositions
15046
15047 @noindent
15048 @ignore
15049 @starindex
15050 @end ignore
15051 @tindex csup
15052 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
15053 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
15054 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
15055 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
15056 bottom line is one above the baseline.
15057
15058 @ignore
15059 @starindex
15060 @end ignore
15061 @tindex csub
15062 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
15063 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
15064 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
15065 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
15066 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
15067
15068 @ignore
15069 @starindex
15070 @end ignore
15071 @tindex cflat
15072 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
15073 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
15074 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
15075 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
15076 to improve its readability.
15077
15078 @ignore
15079 @starindex
15080 @end ignore
15081 @tindex cspace
15082 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
15083 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
15084 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
15085 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
15086 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
15087 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
15088 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
15089
15090 @example
15091 @group
15092 2 2 2 2
15093 a a a a
15094 @end group
15095 @end example
15096
15097 @noindent
15098 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
15099
15100 @ignore
15101 @starindex
15102 @end ignore
15103 @tindex cvspace
15104 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
15105 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
15106 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
15107 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
15108 height if used in a vertical composition.
15109
15110 @ignore
15111 @starindex
15112 @end ignore
15113 @tindex ctspace
15114 @ignore
15115 @starindex
15116 @end ignore
15117 @tindex cbspace
15118 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
15119 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
15120 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
15121 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
15122 displays as:
15123
15124 @example
15125 @group
15126 a
15127 -
15128 a b
15129 - a a
15130 b + - + -
15131 a b b
15132 - a
15133 b -
15134 b
15135 @end group
15136 @end example
15137
15138 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
15139 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
15140
15141 @noindent
15142 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
15143 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
15144 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
15145
15146 @ignore
15147 @starindex
15148 @end ignore
15149 @tindex cwidth
15150 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
15151 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
15152 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in Normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
15153 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
15154 the composition functions described in this section.
15155
15156 @ignore
15157 @starindex
15158 @end ignore
15159 @tindex cheight
15160 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
15161 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
15162
15163 @ignore
15164 @starindex
15165 @end ignore
15166 @tindex cascent
15167 @ignore
15168 @starindex
15169 @end ignore
15170 @tindex cdescent
15171 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
15172 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
15173 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
15174 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
15175 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
15176 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
15177 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
15178 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
15179
15180 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
15181 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
15182
15183 @noindent
15184 @kindex Z C
15185 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
15186 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
15187 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
15188 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15189 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15190 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15191 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15192 replaced.
15193
15194 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15195 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15196 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15197 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15198 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15199 affect the display at all.
15200
15201 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15202 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15203 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15204 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15205 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15206 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15207 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15208 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15209 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15210 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15211
15212 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15213 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15214 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15215
15216 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15217 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15218
15219 @example
15220 @group
15221 n
15222 ( )
15223 m
15224 @end group
15225 @end example
15226
15227 @noindent
15228 You might prefer the notation,
15229
15230 @example
15231 @group
15232 C
15233 n m
15234 @end group
15235 @end example
15236
15237 @noindent
15238 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15239 then put the formula
15240
15241 @smallexample
15242 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15243 @end smallexample
15244
15245 @noindent
15246 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15247 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15248 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15249 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15250 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15251 as an algebraic entry.
15252
15253 @example
15254 @group
15255 C + C
15256 a b 7 3
15257 @end group
15258 @end example
15259
15260 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15261 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15262 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15263 instead of parentheses.
15264
15265 @smallexample
15266 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15267 @end smallexample
15268
15269 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15270 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15271
15272 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15273 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15274 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15275 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15276 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15277 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15278 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15279 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15280 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15281 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15282 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15283 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15284
15285 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15286 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15287 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15288 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15289 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15290 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15291 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15292 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15293 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15294 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15295 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15296 symbolic form.
15297
15298 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15299 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15300 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15301 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15302 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15303 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15304 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15305 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15306 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15307
15308 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15309 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15310
15311 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15312 @subsection Syntax Tables
15313
15314 @noindent
15315 @cindex Syntax tables
15316 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15317 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15318 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15319 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15320
15321 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15322 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15323
15324 @kindex Z S
15325 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15326 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15327 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15328 syntax to work in any language, define it in the Normal language
15329 mode. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15330 @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15331 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15332 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15333
15334 @menu
15335 * Syntax Table Basics::
15336 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15337 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15338 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15339 @end menu
15340
15341 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15342 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15343
15344 @noindent
15345 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15346 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15347 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15348 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15349 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15350 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15351 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15352 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15353 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15354 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15355
15356 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15357 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15358 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15359 table for the current language mode, then the table for the Normal
15360 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15361 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15362 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15363 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15364 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15365 completely different.)
15366
15367 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15368 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15369 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15370
15371 @example
15372 foo ( ) := 2+3
15373 @end example
15374
15375 @noindent
15376 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15377 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15378 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15379 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15380 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15381 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15382 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15383 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15384 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15385 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15386 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15387 calls would no longer recognize it!
15388
15389 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15390 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15391 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15392
15393 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15394 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15395 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15396 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15397 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15398 and postfix operator, respectively:
15399
15400 @example
15401 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15402 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15403 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15404 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15405 @end example
15406
15407 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15408 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15409
15410 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15411 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15412 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15413 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15414 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15415 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15416 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15417 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15418 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15419 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15420 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15421 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15422
15423 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15424 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15425 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15426 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15427 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15428 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15429 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15430 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15431
15432 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15433 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15434 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15435 rule,
15436
15437 @example
15438 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15439 @end example
15440
15441 @noindent
15442 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15443 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15444 define these operators quite easily:
15445
15446 @example
15447 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15448 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15449 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15450 @end example
15451
15452 @noindent
15453 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15454 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15455 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15456 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15457
15458 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15459 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15460
15461 @example
15462 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15463 @end example
15464
15465 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15466 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15467 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15468 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15469 backslashes in tokens.)
15470
15471 @example
15472 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15473 @end example
15474
15475 @noindent
15476 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15477
15478 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15479 it is not valid to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15480 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15481 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15482 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15483 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15484 respectively).
15485
15486 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15487 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15488
15489 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15490 @subsubsection Precedence
15491
15492 @noindent
15493 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15494 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15495
15496 @example
15497 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15498 @end example
15499
15500 @noindent
15501 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15502 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15503 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15504 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15505 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15506 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15507
15508 @example
15509 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15510 @end example
15511
15512 @noindent
15513 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15514 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15515 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15516 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15517 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15518 can create a right-associative operator.
15519
15520 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15521 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15522 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15523
15524 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15525 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15526
15527 @noindent
15528 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15529 write
15530
15531 @example
15532 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15533 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15534 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15535 @end example
15536
15537 @noindent
15538 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15539 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15540 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15541
15542 @example
15543 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15544 @end example
15545
15546 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15547 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15548 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15549 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15550 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15551 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15552 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15553 several expressions separated by commas.
15554
15555 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15556 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15557 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15558 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15559 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15560 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15561
15562 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15563 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15564 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15565 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15566 always be an empty vector.
15567
15568 @example
15569 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15570 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15571 @end example
15572
15573 @noindent
15574 will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15575 @samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15576 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15577 @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15578 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15579
15580 @example
15581 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15582 @end example
15583
15584 @noindent
15585 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15586 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15587
15588 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15589 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15590 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15591
15592 @example
15593 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15594 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15595 @end example
15596
15597 @noindent
15598 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15599 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15600 empty vector is produced.
15601
15602 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15603 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15604 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15605 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15606 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15607 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15608 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15609 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15610 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15611 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15612 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15613 as optional.
15614
15615 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15616 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15617
15618 @example
15619 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15620 @end example
15621
15622 @noindent
15623 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15624 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15625 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15626 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15627 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15628 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15629 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15630
15631 @example
15632 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15633 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15634 @end example
15635
15636 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15637 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15638 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15639 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15640 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15641 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15642 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15643
15644 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15645 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15646
15647 @noindent
15648 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15649 example, the rules
15650
15651 @example
15652 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15653 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15654 @end example
15655
15656 @noindent
15657 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15658 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15659 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15660 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15661 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15662 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15663
15664 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15665 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15666 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15667 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15668 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15669 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15670 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15671 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15672 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15673 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15674 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15675
15676 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15677 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15678 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15679 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15680 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15681 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15682
15683 @example
15684 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15685 @end example
15686
15687 @noindent
15688 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15689 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15690 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15691 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15692
15693 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15694 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15695 rules.
15696
15697 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15698 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15699 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15700 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15701 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15702 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15703
15704 @example
15705 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15706 @end example
15707
15708 @noindent
15709 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15710 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15711 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15712 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15713 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15714 Normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15715 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15716 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15717
15718 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15719 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15720
15721 @noindent
15722 @kindex m g
15723 @pindex calc-get-modes
15724 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15725 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15726 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15727 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15728 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15729 on the current mode settings.
15730
15731 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15732 @vindex Modes
15733 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15734 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15735 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15736 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15737 command will continue to work, however.)
15738
15739 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15740 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15741 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15742 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15743
15744 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15745
15746 @enumerate
15747 @item
15748 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15749
15750 @item
15751 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15752
15753 @item
15754 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15755 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15756
15757 @item
15758 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15759
15760 @item
15761 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15762 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15763 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15764 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15765 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15766 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15767 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15768 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15769 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15770 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15771
15772 @item
15773 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15774 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15775
15776 @item
15777 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15778
15779 @item
15780 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15781
15782 @item
15783 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15784 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15785
15786 @item
15787 Matrix/Scalar mode. Default value is @mathit{-1}. Value is 0 for Scalar
15788 mode, @mathit{-2} for Matrix mode, @mathit{-3} for square Matrix mode,
15789 or @var{N} for
15790 @texline @math{N\times N}
15791 @infoline @var{N}x@var{N}
15792 Matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15793
15794 @item
15795 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @mathit{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15796 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15797 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15798
15799 @item
15800 Infinite mode. Default is @mathit{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15801 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15802 @end enumerate
15803
15804 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15805 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15806 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15807 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15808 keyboard macro.)
15809
15810 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15811 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15812
15813 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15814 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15815 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15816 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15817 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15818 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15819
15820 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15821 @section The Calc Mode Line
15822
15823 @noindent
15824 @cindex Mode line indicators
15825 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15826 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15827 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded mode).
15828
15829 The basic mode line format is:
15830
15831 @example
15832 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15833 @end example
15834
15835 The @samp{%*} indicates that the buffer is ``read-only''; it shows that
15836 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15837 as if it were text.
15838
15839 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded mode
15840 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15841 that are in effect.
15842
15843 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15844 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15845 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15846
15847 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15848 on the mode line:
15849
15850 @table @code
15851 @item Alg
15852 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15853
15854 @item Alg[(
15855 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15856
15857 @item Alg*
15858 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15859
15860 @item Symb
15861 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15862
15863 @item Matrix
15864 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15865
15866 @item Matrix@var{n}
15867 Dimensioned Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15868
15869 @item SqMatrix
15870 Square Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15871
15872 @item Scalar
15873 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15874
15875 @item Polar
15876 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15877
15878 @item Frac
15879 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15880
15881 @item Inf
15882 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15883
15884 @item +Inf
15885 Positive Infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15886
15887 @item NoSimp
15888 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15889
15890 @item NumSimp
15891 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15892
15893 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15894 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15895
15896 @item AlgSimp
15897 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15898
15899 @item ExtSimp
15900 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15901
15902 @item UnitSimp
15903 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15904
15905 @item Bin
15906 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15907
15908 @item Oct
15909 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15910
15911 @item Hex
15912 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15913
15914 @item Radix@var{n}
15915 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15916
15917 @item Zero
15918 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15919
15920 @item Big
15921 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15922
15923 @item Flat
15924 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15925
15926 @item Unform
15927 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15928
15929 @item C
15930 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15931
15932 @item Pascal
15933 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15934
15935 @item Fortran
15936 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15937
15938 @item TeX
15939 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15940
15941 @item LaTeX
15942 La@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d L}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15943
15944 @item Eqn
15945 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15946
15947 @item Math
15948 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15949
15950 @item Maple
15951 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15952
15953 @item Norm@var{n}
15954 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15955
15956 @item Fix@var{n}
15957 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15958
15959 @item Sci
15960 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15961
15962 @item Sci@var{n}
15963 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15964
15965 @item Eng
15966 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15967
15968 @item Eng@var{n}
15969 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15970
15971 @item Left@var{n}
15972 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15973
15974 @item Right
15975 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15976
15977 @item Right@var{n}
15978 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15979
15980 @item Center
15981 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15982
15983 @item Center@var{n}
15984 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15985
15986 @item Wid@var{n}
15987 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15988
15989 @item Wide
15990 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15991
15992 @item Break
15993 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15994
15995 @item Save
15996 Record modes in @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15997
15998 @item Local
15999 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16000
16001 @item LocEdit
16002 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16003
16004 @item LocPerm
16005 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16006
16007 @item Global
16008 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16009
16010 @item Manual
16011 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
16012 Recomputation}).
16013
16014 @item Graph
16015 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
16016
16017 @item Sel
16018 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
16019
16020 @item Dirty
16021 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
16022
16023 @item Inv
16024 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
16025
16026 @item Hyp
16027 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
16028
16029 @item Keep
16030 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
16031
16032 @item Narrow
16033 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
16034 @end table
16035
16036 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
16037 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
16038
16039 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
16040 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
16041
16042 @noindent
16043 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
16044 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
16045 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
16046 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
16047 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
16048 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
16049 is invalid) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
16050
16051 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
16052 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
16053 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
16054
16055 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
16056 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
16057 interpret a prefix argument.
16058
16059 @menu
16060 * Basic Arithmetic::
16061 * Integer Truncation::
16062 * Complex Number Functions::
16063 * Conversions::
16064 * Date Arithmetic::
16065 * Financial Functions::
16066 * Binary Functions::
16067 @end menu
16068
16069 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16070 @section Basic Arithmetic
16071
16072 @noindent
16073 @kindex +
16074 @pindex calc-plus
16075 @ignore
16076 @mindex @null
16077 @end ignore
16078 @tindex +
16079 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
16080 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
16081 onto the stack.
16082
16083 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
16084 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
16085 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
16086 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
16087 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
16088 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
16089 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
16090 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
16091 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
16092 to every element of a vector.
16093
16094 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
16095 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
16096 the current Polar mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
16097 mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
16098 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
16099
16100 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
16101 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
16102 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
16103 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular mode) to HMS format
16104 and then the two HMS forms are added.
16105
16106 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
16107 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
16108 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
16109 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
16110 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
16111 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
16112 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
16113 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
16114
16115 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
16116 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
16117 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
16118 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
16119 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
16120 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
16121 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
16122 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
16123
16124 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @expr{M},
16125 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
16126 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @expr{M}, of
16127 the two values.
16128
16129 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
16130 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
16131 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
16132 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
16133
16134 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
16135 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
16136 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
16137 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
16138
16139 @kindex -
16140 @pindex calc-minus
16141 @ignore
16142 @mindex @null
16143 @end ignore
16144 @tindex -
16145 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
16146 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
16147 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @mathit{-3}. All options
16148 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
16149
16150 @kindex *
16151 @pindex calc-times
16152 @ignore
16153 @mindex @null
16154 @end ignore
16155 @tindex *
16156 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
16157 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
16158 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
16159 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
16160 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
16161 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
16162 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
16163 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
16164 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
16165
16166 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
16167 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
16168 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
16169 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
16170 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
16171 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
16172 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
16173 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
16174
16175 @kindex /
16176 @pindex calc-divide
16177 @ignore
16178 @mindex @null
16179 @end ignore
16180 @tindex /
16181 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers.
16182
16183 When combining multiplication and division in an algebraic formula, it
16184 is good style to use parentheses to distinguish between possible
16185 interpretations; the expression @samp{a/b*c} should be written
16186 @samp{(a/b)*c} or @samp{a/(b*c)}, as appropriate. Without the
16187 parentheses, Calc will interpret @samp{a/b*c} as @samp{a/(b*c)}, since
16188 in algebraic entry Calc gives division a lower precedence than
16189 multiplication. (This is not standard across all computer languages, and
16190 Calc may change the precedence depending on the language mode being used.
16191 @xref{Language Modes}.) This default ordering can be changed by setting
16192 the customizable variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} to
16193 @code{nil} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}); this will give multiplication and
16194 division equal precedences. Note that Calc's default choice of
16195 precedence allows @samp{a b / c d} to be used as a shortcut for
16196 @smallexample
16197 @group
16198 a b
16199 ---.
16200 c d
16201 @end group
16202 @end smallexample
16203
16204 When dividing a scalar @expr{B} by a square matrix @expr{A}, the
16205 computation performed is @expr{B} times the inverse of @expr{A}. This
16206 also occurs if @expr{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the
16207 effect is to solve the set of linear equations represented by @expr{B}.
16208 If @expr{B} is a matrix with the same number of rows as @expr{A}, or a
16209 plain vector (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the
16210 equation @expr{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @expr{X}.
16211 Otherwise, if @expr{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of
16212 @emph{columns} as @expr{A}, the equation @expr{X A = B} is solved. If
16213 you wish a vector @expr{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be
16214 solved as @expr{X A = B}, make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1
16215 v p} first. To force a left-handed solution with a square matrix
16216 @expr{B}, transpose @expr{A} and @expr{B} before dividing, then
16217 transpose the result.
16218
16219 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
16220 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
16221 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
16222 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
16223 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
16224 interval.
16225
16226 @kindex ^
16227 @pindex calc-power
16228 @ignore
16229 @mindex @null
16230 @end ignore
16231 @tindex ^
16232 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16233 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16234 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16235 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16236 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16237 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16238
16239 @kindex I ^
16240 @tindex nroot
16241 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16242 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16243 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16244
16245 @kindex \
16246 @pindex calc-idiv
16247 @tindex idiv
16248 @ignore
16249 @mindex @null
16250 @end ignore
16251 @tindex \
16252 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16253 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16254 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16255 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16256 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16257 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16258
16259 @kindex %
16260 @pindex calc-mod
16261 @ignore
16262 @mindex @null
16263 @end ignore
16264 @tindex %
16265 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16266 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16267 for all real numbers @expr{a} and @expr{b} (except @expr{b=0}). For
16268 positive @expr{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16269 @expr{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16270 If @expr{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @expr{b}, which
16271 must be positive real number.
16272
16273 @kindex :
16274 @pindex calc-fdiv
16275 @tindex fdiv
16276 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command
16277 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16278 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction mode (with
16279 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16280 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16281 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16282 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16283 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16284
16285 @kindex n
16286 @pindex calc-change-sign
16287 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16288 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16289 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16290
16291 @kindex A
16292 @pindex calc-abs
16293 @tindex abs
16294 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16295 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16296 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16297 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16298 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16299 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16300 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16301 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16302 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16303
16304 @kindex f A
16305 @pindex calc-abssqr
16306 @tindex abssqr
16307 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16308 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16309
16310 @kindex f s
16311 @pindex calc-sign
16312 @tindex sign
16313 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16314 argument is positive, @mathit{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16315 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16316 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16317 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16318
16319 @kindex &
16320 @pindex calc-inv
16321 @tindex inv
16322 @cindex Reciprocal
16323 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16324 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @expr{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16325 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16326
16327 @kindex Q
16328 @pindex calc-sqrt
16329 @tindex sqrt
16330 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16331 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16332 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar mode.
16333
16334 @kindex f h
16335 @pindex calc-hypot
16336 @tindex hypot
16337 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16338 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16339 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @expr{a}
16340 and @expr{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16341 magnitudes are used.
16342
16343 @kindex f Q
16344 @pindex calc-isqrt
16345 @tindex isqrt
16346 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16347 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16348 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16349 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16350 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16351 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16352 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16353
16354 @kindex f n
16355 @kindex f x
16356 @pindex calc-min
16357 @tindex min
16358 @pindex calc-max
16359 @tindex max
16360 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16361 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16362 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16363 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16364 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16365 all the arguments.)
16366
16367 @kindex f M
16368 @kindex f X
16369 @pindex calc-mant-part
16370 @tindex mant
16371 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16372 @tindex xpon
16373 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16374 the ``mantissa'' part @expr{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16375 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16376 @expr{e}. The original number is equal to
16377 @texline @math{m \times 10^e},
16378 @infoline @expr{m * 10^e},
16379 where @expr{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16380 @expr{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16381 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16382 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16383 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16384 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16385 a multiple of ten (again except for the @expr{m=e=0} case).
16386
16387 @kindex f S
16388 @pindex calc-scale-float
16389 @tindex scf
16390 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16391 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16392 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16393 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16394 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction mode.
16395
16396 @kindex f [
16397 @kindex f ]
16398 @pindex calc-decrement
16399 @pindex calc-increment
16400 @tindex decr
16401 @tindex incr
16402 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16403 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16404 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16405 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16406 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16407 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16408 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16409 @samp{0.0} produces
16410 @texline @math{10^{-p}},
16411 @infoline @expr{10^-p},
16412 where @expr{p} is the current
16413 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16414 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @expr{n} units.
16415
16416 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16417 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16418 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16419 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16420 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16421 way floating-point numbers work.
16422
16423 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16424 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16425
16426 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16427 @section Integer Truncation
16428
16429 @noindent
16430 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16431 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16432 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16433 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16434 to integer form.
16435
16436 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16437 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16438
16439 @cindex Integer part of a number
16440 @kindex F
16441 @pindex calc-floor
16442 @tindex floor
16443 @tindex ffloor
16444 @ignore
16445 @mindex @null
16446 @end ignore
16447 @kindex H F
16448 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16449 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16450 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16451 @mathit{-4}.
16452
16453 @kindex I F
16454 @pindex calc-ceiling
16455 @tindex ceil
16456 @tindex fceil
16457 @ignore
16458 @mindex @null
16459 @end ignore
16460 @kindex H I F
16461 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16462 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16463 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @mathit{-3}.
16464
16465 @kindex R
16466 @pindex calc-round
16467 @tindex round
16468 @tindex fround
16469 @ignore
16470 @mindex @null
16471 @end ignore
16472 @kindex H R
16473 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16474 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16475 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16476 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16477 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @mathit{-4}.
16478
16479 @kindex I R
16480 @pindex calc-trunc
16481 @tindex trunc
16482 @tindex ftrunc
16483 @ignore
16484 @mindex @null
16485 @end ignore
16486 @kindex H I R
16487 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16488 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16489 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16490 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @mathit{-3}.
16491
16492 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16493 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16494 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16495 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16496 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16497 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16498
16499 @ignore
16500 @starindex
16501 @end ignore
16502 @tindex rounde
16503 @ignore
16504 @starindex
16505 @end ignore
16506 @tindex roundu
16507 @ignore
16508 @starindex
16509 @end ignore
16510 @tindex frounde
16511 @ignore
16512 @starindex
16513 @end ignore
16514 @tindex froundu
16515 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16516 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16517 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16518 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16519 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16520 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16521 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16522 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16523 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16524 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16525 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16526 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16527 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16528 argument will first have been rounded down to @expr{2.5} (which
16529 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16530
16531 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16532 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16533 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16534 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16535 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16536 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16537 no second argument at all.
16538
16539 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16540 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16541 added to `@tfn{floor(}@var{n}@tfn{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16542 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.
16543
16544 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16545 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16546 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16547 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16548
16549 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16550 @section Complex Number Functions
16551
16552 @noindent
16553 @kindex J
16554 @pindex calc-conj
16555 @tindex conj
16556 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16557 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @expr{a+bi}, the
16558 complex conjugate is @expr{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16559 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16560 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16561
16562 @kindex G
16563 @pindex calc-argument
16564 @tindex arg
16565 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16566 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16567 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16568 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'.
16569 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'.
16570 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16571 be in the range @mathit{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @mathit{+180} degrees
16572 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.
16573
16574 @pindex calc-imaginary
16575 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16576 top of the stack by the imaginary number @expr{i = (0,1)}. This
16577 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16578 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad mode.
16579
16580 @kindex f r
16581 @pindex calc-re
16582 @tindex re
16583 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16584 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16585 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16586 the value part.)
16587
16588 @kindex f i
16589 @pindex calc-im
16590 @tindex im
16591 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16592 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16593 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.
16594
16595 @ignore
16596 @mindex v p
16597 @end ignore
16598 @kindex v p (complex)
16599 @kindex V p (complex)
16600 @pindex calc-pack
16601 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16602 the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16603 a prefix argument of @mathit{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16604 with an argument of @mathit{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16605 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16606
16607 @ignore
16608 @mindex v u
16609 @end ignore
16610 @kindex v u (complex)
16611 @kindex V u (complex)
16612 @pindex calc-unpack
16613 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16614 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16615 into its separate components.
16616
16617 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16618 @section Conversions
16619
16620 @noindent
16621 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16622 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16623
16624 @kindex c f
16625 @pindex calc-float
16626 @tindex pfloat
16627 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16628 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16629 @expr{23} is converted to @expr{23.0}, @expr{3:2} is converted to
16630 @expr{1.5}, and @expr{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16631 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16632 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16633 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16634 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16635 format may lose information.
16636
16637 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16638 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16639 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16640 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16641 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16642 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16643
16644 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16645 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16646 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16647 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16648
16649 @kindex H c f
16650 @tindex float
16651 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16652 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16653 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16654 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16655
16656 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16657 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16658 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16659 that appear right now.
16660
16661 @kindex c F
16662 @pindex calc-fraction
16663 @tindex pfrac
16664 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16665 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16666 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16667 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16668 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16669 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16670 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16671 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16672 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16673 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16674 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16675
16676 @kindex H c F
16677 @tindex frac
16678 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16679 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16680 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16681
16682 @kindex c d
16683 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16684 @tindex deg
16685 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16686 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16687 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16688 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.
16689
16690 @kindex c r
16691 @pindex calc-to-radians
16692 @tindex rad
16693 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16694 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16695
16696 @kindex c h
16697 @pindex calc-to-hms
16698 @tindex hms
16699 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16700 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16701 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16702 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16703 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16704
16705 @pindex calc-from-hms
16706 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16707 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16708
16709 @kindex c p
16710 @kindex I c p
16711 @pindex calc-polar
16712 @tindex polar
16713 @tindex rect
16714 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16715 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16716 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16717 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16718 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16719 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16720 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16721 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)
16722
16723 @kindex c c
16724 @pindex calc-clean
16725 @tindex pclean
16726 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16727 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16728 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16729 components have strayed from the @mathit{-180} to @mathit{+180} degree range
16730 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16731 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16732 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16733 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16734 number (i.e., pervasively).
16735
16736 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16737 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16738 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16739 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16740
16741 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16742 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16743 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16744 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16745 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16746
16747 @kindex c 0-9
16748 @pindex calc-clean-num
16749 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16750 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16751 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16752 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16753
16754 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16755 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16756 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16757 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16758 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16759 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16760 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16761
16762 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16763 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16764 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16765 does not clip small numbers.)
16766
16767 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16768 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16769 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16770 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16771 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16772 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16773
16774 @kindex H c 0-9
16775 @kindex H c c
16776 @tindex clean
16777 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16778 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16779
16780 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16781 @section Date Arithmetic
16782
16783 @noindent
16784 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16785 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16786 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16787 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16788 letters.
16789
16790 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16791 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16792 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16793 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16794 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16795 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16796
16797 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16798 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16799 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16800
16801 @menu
16802 * Date Conversions::
16803 * Date Functions::
16804 * Time Zones::
16805 * Business Days::
16806 @end menu
16807
16808 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16809 @subsection Date Conversions
16810
16811 @noindent
16812 @kindex t D
16813 @pindex calc-date
16814 @tindex date
16815 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16816 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16817 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16818 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16819 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16820
16821 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16822 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16823 of the following ways:
16824
16825 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16826 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16827 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16828 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16829 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16830 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16831 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16832 month will be used.
16833
16834 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16835 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16836 real-time clock.
16837
16838 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16839 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16840
16841 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16842 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16843 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16844 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16845 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16846 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16847
16848 @kindex t J
16849 @pindex calc-julian
16850 @tindex julian
16851 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16852 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16853 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16854 since noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an
16855 integer Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form
16856 is converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16857 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16858 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16859 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16860 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16861 are never time-zone adjusted.
16862
16863 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16864 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16865 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16866 current or specified time zone.
16867
16868 @kindex t U
16869 @pindex calc-unix-time
16870 @tindex unixtime
16871 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16872 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16873 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16874 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16875 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16876 precision, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16877 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16878 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16879 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16880 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16881 suppress the adjustment if so.
16882
16883 @kindex t C
16884 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16885 @tindex tzconv
16886 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16887 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16888 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16889 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16890 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16891 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16892 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16893 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16894 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16895
16896 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16897 @subsection Date Functions
16898
16899 @noindent
16900 @kindex t N
16901 @pindex calc-now
16902 @tindex now
16903 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16904 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16905 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16906 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16907
16908 @kindex t P
16909 @pindex calc-date-part
16910 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16911 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16912 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16913 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16914
16915 @tindex year
16916 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16917 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16918 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16919 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16920 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16921 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16922
16923 @tindex month
16924 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16925 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16926
16927 @tindex day
16928 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16929 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16930
16931 @tindex hour
16932 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16933 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16934 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16935 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16936 HMS forms as input.
16937
16938 @tindex minute
16939 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16940 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16941
16942 @tindex second
16943 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16944 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16945 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16946 precision, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16947
16948 @tindex weekday
16949 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16950 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16951 to 6 (Saturday).
16952
16953 @tindex yearday
16954 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16955 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16956 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16957
16958 @tindex time
16959 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16960 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16961 for a pure date form.
16962
16963 @kindex t M
16964 @pindex calc-new-month
16965 @tindex newmonth
16966 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16967 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16968 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16969 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16970 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16971 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16972 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16973 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16974
16975 @kindex t Y
16976 @pindex calc-new-year
16977 @tindex newyear
16978 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16979 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16980 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16981 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16982 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16983 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16984 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16985 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @mathit{-1} to
16986 @mathit{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16987
16988 @kindex t W
16989 @pindex calc-new-week
16990 @tindex newweek
16991 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16992 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16993 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16994 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16995 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16996 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16997
16998 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16999 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
17000 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
17001 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
17002 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
17003 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
17004 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
17005 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
17006 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
17007 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
17008 of the @code{weekday} function?).
17009
17010 @ignore
17011 @starindex
17012 @end ignore
17013 @tindex pwday
17014 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
17015 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
17016 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
17017 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
17018 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
17019 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
17020 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
17021 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
17022 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
17023 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
17024 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
17025
17026 @kindex t I
17027 @pindex calc-inc-month
17028 @tindex incmonth
17029 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
17030 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
17031 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
17032 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
17033 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
17034 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
17035 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
17036 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
17037 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
17038 in this case).
17039
17040 @ignore
17041 @starindex
17042 @end ignore
17043 @tindex incyear
17044 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
17045 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
17046 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
17047 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
17048 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
17049 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
17050 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
17051 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
17052
17053 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
17054 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
17055 @code{incweek} simply use @expr{d + n} or @expr{d + 7 n}.
17056
17057 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
17058 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
17059
17060 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
17061 @subsection Business Days
17062
17063 @noindent
17064 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
17065 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
17066 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
17067 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
17068 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
17069 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
17070
17071 @kindex t +
17072 @kindex t -
17073 @tindex badd
17074 @tindex bsub
17075 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
17076 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
17077 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
17078 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
17079 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
17080 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
17081 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
17082 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
17083 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
17084 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
17085 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
17086 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
17087 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
17088 case the result is the number of business days between the two
17089 dates.
17090
17091 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
17092 @vindex Holidays
17093 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
17094 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
17095 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
17096 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
17097 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
17098 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
17099 be any of the following kinds of objects:
17100
17101 @itemize @bullet
17102 @item
17103 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
17104 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
17105
17106 @item
17107 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
17108 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
17109
17110 @item
17111 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
17112 considered to be a holiday.
17113
17114 @item
17115 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
17116 If the formula involves the variable @expr{y}, it stands for a
17117 yearly repeating holiday; @expr{y} will take on various year
17118 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
17119 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
17120 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
17121 If the formula involves the variable @expr{m}, that variable
17122 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
17123 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
17124
17125 @item
17126 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
17127 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
17128
17129 @item
17130 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
17131 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
17132 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
17133 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
17134 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
17135 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
17136 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
17137 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
17138 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
17139 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
17140
17141 @item
17142 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
17143 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
17144 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
17145 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
17146 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
17147 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
17148 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
17149 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
17150 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
17151 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
17152 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
17153 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
17154 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
17155 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
17156 @end itemize
17157
17158 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
17159 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
17160 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
17161
17162 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
17163 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
17164 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
17165 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
17166 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
17167 the number of holidays between two dates.)
17168
17169 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
17170 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
17171 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
17172 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
17173 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
17174 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
17175 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
17176 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
17177
17178 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
17179 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
17180 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
17181 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
17182 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
17183 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
17184 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
17185 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
17186 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
17187 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
17188 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
17189 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
17190 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
17191 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
17192 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
17193
17194 @ignore
17195 @starindex
17196 @end ignore
17197 @tindex holiday
17198 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
17199 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
17200 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
17201 business day.
17202
17203 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
17204 @subsection Time Zones
17205
17206 @noindent
17207 @cindex Time zones
17208 @cindex Daylight saving time
17209 Time zones and daylight saving time are a complicated business.
17210 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
17211 compute the correct time zone and daylight saving adjustment to use,
17212 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
17213 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
17214 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
17215 can't determine the right correction to use.
17216
17217 Adjustments for time zones and daylight saving time are done by
17218 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
17219 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
17220 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-saving
17221 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
17222 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
17223 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight saving time: using Calc's
17224 default daylight saving time rule (see the explanation below),
17225 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
17226 evaluates to @samp{29.95833} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
17227 because one hour was lost when daylight saving commenced on
17228 April 7, 1991.
17229
17230 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
17231 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
17232 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
17233 days between two dates without taking daylight saving into account.
17234
17235 @pindex calc-time-zone
17236 @ignore
17237 @starindex
17238 @end ignore
17239 @tindex tzone
17240 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
17241 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
17242 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
17243 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
17244 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
17245 Daylight Saving time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
17246 the normal difference.
17247
17248 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17249 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17250 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17251 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17252 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17253 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17254 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17255 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17256 (for Pacific standard and daylight saving times, respectively).
17257
17258 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17259 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17260 another for daylight saving time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17261 in which the daylight saving adjustment is computed from context.
17262
17263 @smallexample
17264 @group
17265 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17266 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17267
17268 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17269 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17270
17271 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17272 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17273 @end group
17274 @end smallexample
17275
17276 @vindex math-tzone-names
17277 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17278 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17279 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17280 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17281 Pacific Time look like this:
17282
17283 @smallexample
17284 @group
17285 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17286 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight saving adjustment.
17287 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17288 @end group
17289 @end smallexample
17290
17291 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17292 @vindex TimeZone
17293 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} will by
17294 default get the time zone and daylight saving information from the
17295 calendar (@pxref{Daylight Saving,Calendar/Diary,The Calendar and the Diary,
17296 emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}). To use a different time zone, or if the
17297 calendar does not give the desired result, you can set the Calc variable
17298 @code{TimeZone} (which is by default @code{nil}) to an appropriate
17299 time zone name. (The easiest way to do this is to edit the
17300 @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T} command, then use the
17301 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save the value of
17302 @code{TimeZone} permanently.)
17303 If the time zone given by @code{TimeZone} is a generalized time zone,
17304 e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc examines the date being converted to tell whether
17305 to use standard or daylight saving time. But if the current time zone
17306 is explicit, e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is
17307 used exactly and Calc's daylight saving algorithm is not consulted.
17308 The special time zone name @code{local}
17309 is equivalent to no argument; i.e., it uses the information obtained
17310 from the calendar.
17311
17312 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17313 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}; namely, use the
17314 information from the calendar if @code{TimeZone} is @code{nil},
17315 otherwise use the time zone given by @code{TimeZone}.
17316
17317 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17318 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17319 When Calc computes the daylight saving information itself (i.e., when
17320 the @code{TimeZone} variable is set), it will by default consider
17321 daylight saving time to begin at 2 a.m.@: on the second Sunday of March
17322 (for years from 2007 on) or on the last Sunday in April (for years
17323 before 2007), and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of
17324 November. (for years from 2007 on) or the last Sunday in October (for
17325 years before 2007). These are the rules that have been in effect in
17326 much of North America since 1966 and take into account the rule change
17327 that began in 2007. If you are in a country that uses different rules
17328 for computing daylight saving time, you have two choices: Write your own
17329 daylight saving hook, or control time zones explicitly by setting the
17330 @code{TimeZone} variable and/or always giving a time-zone argument for
17331 the conversion functions.
17332
17333 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17334 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight saving
17335 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17336 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17337 (either 0 or @mathit{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17338
17339 The daylight saving hook function is called with four arguments:
17340 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17341 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17342 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17343 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17344 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17345 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17346
17347 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17348 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17349 daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of
17350 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17351 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17352 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17353 and the weekday number (0-6).
17354
17355 The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17356 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17357 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17358 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17359 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17360 daylight saving hook:
17361
17362 @smallexample
17363 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17364 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17365 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17366 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17367 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17368 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17369 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17370 (t -1))))
17371 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17372 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17373 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17374 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17375 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17376 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17377 (t 0))))
17378 (t 0))
17379 )
17380 @end smallexample
17381
17382 @noindent
17383 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17384 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17385 It is @mathit{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17386 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17387 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17388
17389 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17390 beginning of daylight saving time; converting a date/time form that
17391 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17392 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight saving time, the
17393 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17394 form that falls in this hour results in a time value for the first
17395 manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour
17396 later).
17397
17398 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17399 daylight saving adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17400
17401 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17402 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17403 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17404 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17405 daylight saving computation is applied to it as it appears.
17406 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17407 daylight-saving version of @var{zone} before being given to
17408 the daylight saving hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17409 that the daylight-saving computation is always done in
17410 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17411 is typically represented in.
17412
17413 @ignore
17414 @starindex
17415 @end ignore
17416 @tindex dsadj
17417 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17418 daylight saving adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17419 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17420 daylight saving time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17421 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17422 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17423 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17424
17425 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17426 @section Financial Functions
17427
17428 @noindent
17429 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17430 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17431 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17432
17433 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17434 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17435 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17436 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17437
17438 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17439 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17440 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17441 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17442
17443 @menu
17444 * Percentages::
17445 * Future Value::
17446 * Present Value::
17447 * Related Financial Functions::
17448 * Depreciation Functions::
17449 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17450 @end menu
17451
17452 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17453 @subsection Percentages
17454
17455 @kindex M-%
17456 @pindex calc-percent
17457 @tindex %
17458 @tindex percent
17459 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17460 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17461 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17462 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17463
17464 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17465 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17466 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17467 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17468 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17469 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17470 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17471 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17472
17473 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17474 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17475 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17476 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17477 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17478 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17479
17480 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17481 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17482 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17483 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17484
17485 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17486 For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17487 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17488
17489 @kindex c %
17490 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17491 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17492 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17493 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17494 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17495 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17496 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17497 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17498
17499 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17500 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17501 @samp{25%}.
17502
17503 @kindex b %
17504 @pindex calc-percent-change
17505 @tindex relch
17506 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17507 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17508 For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17509 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17510 decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17511 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17512 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17513 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17514 of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @expr{(50-40)/40}, converting
17515 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17516
17517 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17518 @subsection Future Value
17519
17520 @noindent
17521 @kindex b F
17522 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17523 @tindex fv
17524 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17525 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17526 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17527 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17528 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17529 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17530 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17531 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17532 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17533 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17534
17535 @kindex I b F
17536 @tindex fvb
17537 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17538 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17539 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17540 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17541 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17542 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17543 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17544 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17545 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17546
17547 @kindex H b F
17548 @tindex fvl
17549 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17550 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17551 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17552 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17553
17554 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17555 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17556 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17557 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17558 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.
17559
17560 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17561 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17562 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17563 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17564 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17565 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17566 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17567 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17568 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17569 by @code{fvb} directly.
17570
17571 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17572 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17573 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17574 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17575 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17576 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @expr{5569.96 =
17577 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17578
17579 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17580 @subsection Present Value
17581
17582 @noindent
17583 @kindex b P
17584 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17585 @tindex pv
17586 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17587 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17588 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17589 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17590 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17591 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17592 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17593 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17594 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17595 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17596 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17597 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17598 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17599
17600 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17601 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17602 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17603 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17604 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17605 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17606 finds the break-even point, @expr{x = 6479.44}, at which
17607 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17608 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17609
17610 @kindex I b P
17611 @tindex pvb
17612 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17613 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17614 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17615 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17616 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17617 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17618
17619 @kindex H b P
17620 @tindex pvl
17621 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17622 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17623 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17624 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17625 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17626 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17627 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17628
17629 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17630 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17631 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17632
17633 @kindex b N
17634 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17635 @tindex npv
17636 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17637 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17638 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17639 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17640 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17641 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17642 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17643
17644 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17645 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17646 not all the same!
17647
17648 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17649 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17650 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17651 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17652 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17653 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17654 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17655 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.
17656
17657 @kindex I b N
17658 @tindex npvb
17659 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17660 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17661 rather than at the end.
17662
17663 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17664 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17665
17666 @noindent
17667 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17668 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17669
17670 @kindex b M
17671 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17672 @tindex pmt
17673 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17674 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17675 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17676 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17677 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.
17678
17679 @kindex I b M
17680 @tindex pmtb
17681 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17682 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17683 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17684 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17685
17686 @kindex H b M
17687 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17688 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17689
17690 @kindex b #
17691 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17692 @tindex nper
17693 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17694 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17695 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17696 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17697 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17698 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17699 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.
17700
17701 @kindex I b #
17702 @tindex nperb
17703 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17704 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17705 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17706 rather slow in the four-argument case.
17707
17708 @kindex H b #
17709 @tindex nperl
17710 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17711 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17712 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17713 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17714 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.
17715
17716 @kindex b T
17717 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17718 @tindex rate
17719 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17720 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17721 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17722 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17723 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.
17724
17725 @kindex I b T
17726 @kindex H b T
17727 @tindex rateb
17728 @tindex ratel
17729 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17730 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17731 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17732 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17733 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17734 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17735 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.
17736
17737 @kindex b I
17738 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17739 @tindex irr
17740 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17741 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17742 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17743 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17744 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17745
17746 @kindex I b I
17747 @tindex irrb
17748 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17749 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17750
17751 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17752 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17753
17754 @noindent
17755 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17756 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17757 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17758 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17759 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17760 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17761
17762 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17763 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17764
17765 @kindex b S
17766 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17767 @tindex sln
17768 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17769 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17770 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17771 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17772 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17773 per year.
17774
17775 @kindex b Y
17776 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17777 @tindex syd
17778 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17779 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17780 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17781 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17782 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17783 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17784 return zero.
17785
17786 @kindex b D
17787 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17788 @tindex ddb
17789 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17790 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17791 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17792
17793 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17794 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17795 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17796
17797 For example, pushing the vector @expr{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17798 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17799 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17800 the three depreciation methods:
17801
17802 @example
17803 @group
17804 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17805 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17806 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17807 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17808 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17809 @end group
17810 @end example
17811
17812 @noindent
17813 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17814 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17815 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17816 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17817
17818 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @expr{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17819 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17820 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17821
17822 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17823 @subsection Definitions
17824
17825 @noindent
17826 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17827 Calc's financial functions.
17828
17829 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17830 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17831 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17832 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17833 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17834 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17835
17836 @ifnottex
17837 These formulas are shown using the conventions of Big display
17838 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17839 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17840
17841 @example
17842 n
17843 (1 + rate) - 1
17844 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17845 rate
17846
17847 n
17848 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17849 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17850 rate
17851
17852 n
17853 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17854
17855 -n
17856 1 - (1 + rate)
17857 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17858 rate
17859
17860 -n
17861 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17862 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17863 rate
17864
17865 -n
17866 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17867
17868 -1 -2 -3
17869 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17870
17871 -1 -2
17872 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17873
17874 -n
17875 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17876 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17877 -n
17878 1 - (1 + rate)
17879
17880 -n
17881 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17882 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17883 -n
17884 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17885
17886 amt * rate
17887 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17888 pmt
17889
17890 amt * rate
17891 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17892 pmt * (1 + rate)
17893
17894 amt
17895 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17896 pmt
17897
17898 1/n
17899 pmt
17900 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17901 1/n
17902 amt
17903
17904 cost - salv
17905 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17906 life
17907
17908 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17909 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17910 life * (life + 1) / 2
17911
17912 book * 2
17913 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17914 life
17915 @end example
17916 @end ifnottex
17917 @tex
17918 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17919 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17920 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17921 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17922 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17923 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17924 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17925 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17926 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17927 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17928 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17929 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17930 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17931 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17932 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17933 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17934 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17935 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17936 @end tex
17937
17938 @noindent
17939 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @expr{x=0} if omitted.
17940
17941 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17942 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17943 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17944 all sorts of inputs.
17945
17946 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17947 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17948 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17949
17950 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17951 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17952 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17953 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17954 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17955 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17956
17957 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17958 for @samp{rate}.
17959
17960 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17961 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17962 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17963
17964 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17965 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17966 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17967
17968 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17969 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17970 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17971 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17972 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17973 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17974 period.
17975
17976 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17977 @section Binary Number Functions
17978
17979 @noindent
17980 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17981 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17982
17983 @cindex Binary numbers
17984 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17985 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17986 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17987 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17988 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17989
17990 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17991 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @expr{w}, an
17992 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17993 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @expr{2^w}. In
17994 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17995 @expr{2^w} by all binary functions.
17996
17997 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce twos-complement
17998 integers from
17999 @texline @math{-2^{-w-1}}
18000 @infoline @expr{-(2^(-w-1))}
18001 to
18002 @texline @math{2^{-w-1}-1}
18003 @infoline @expr{2^(-w-1)-1}
18004 inclusive. Either mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of
18005 @expr{w} affects only the results produced.
18006
18007 @kindex b c
18008 @pindex calc-clip
18009 @tindex clip
18010 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
18011 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
18012 @expr{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
18013 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
18014 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
18015 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
18016 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
18017 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
18018 size of @mathit{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @mathit{-128} to 127.
18019
18020 @kindex b w
18021 @pindex calc-word-size
18022 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
18023 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
18024 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
18025 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
18026 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
18027 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
18028 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
18029
18030 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
18031 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
18032 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
18033 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
18034 @mathit{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
18035 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
18036 integer-valued floats.
18037
18038 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @expr{M} is a
18039 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
18040 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
18041 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
18042
18043 @kindex b a
18044 @pindex calc-and
18045 @tindex and
18046 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
18047 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
18048 of the @expr{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
18049 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
18050 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
18051
18052 @kindex b o
18053 @pindex calc-or
18054 @tindex or
18055 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
18056 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
18057 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
18058
18059 @kindex b x
18060 @pindex calc-xor
18061 @tindex xor
18062 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
18063 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
18064 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
18065
18066 @kindex b d
18067 @pindex calc-diff
18068 @tindex diff
18069 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
18070 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
18071 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
18072
18073 @kindex b n
18074 @pindex calc-not
18075 @tindex not
18076 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
18077 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
18078
18079 @kindex b l
18080 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
18081 @tindex lsh
18082 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
18083 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18084 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
18085 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
18086 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
18087 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
18088
18089 @kindex H b l
18090 @kindex H b r
18091 @ignore
18092 @mindex @idots
18093 @end ignore
18094 @kindex H b L
18095 @ignore
18096 @mindex @null
18097 @end ignore
18098 @kindex H b R
18099 @ignore
18100 @mindex @null
18101 @end ignore
18102 @kindex H b t
18103 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
18104 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
18105 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
18106 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
18107 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
18108
18109 @kindex b r
18110 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
18111 @tindex rsh
18112 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
18113 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18114 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
18115
18116 @kindex b L
18117 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
18118 @tindex ash
18119 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
18120 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
18121 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
18122 is performed as described below.
18123
18124 @kindex b R
18125 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
18126 @tindex rash
18127 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
18128 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
18129 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
18130 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
18131 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
18132 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
18133 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
18134 performs a standard left shift.
18135
18136 @kindex b t
18137 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
18138 @tindex rot
18139 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
18140 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
18141 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
18142 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
18143 or right.
18144
18145 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
18146 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
18147 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
18148 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
18149 bits in a binary integer.
18150
18151 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
18152 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
18153 unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
18154 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
18155 into a binary integer.
18156
18157 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
18158 @chapter Scientific Functions
18159
18160 @noindent
18161 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
18162 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
18163 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
18164 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
18165
18166 @kindex P
18167 @pindex calc-pi
18168 @cindex @code{pi} variable
18169 @vindex pi
18170 @kindex H P
18171 @cindex @code{e} variable
18172 @vindex e
18173 @kindex I P
18174 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
18175 @vindex gamma
18176 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
18177 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
18178 @kindex H I P
18179 @cindex @code{phi} variable
18180 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
18181 @cindex Golden ratio
18182 One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
18183 the value of @cpi{} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
18184 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @expr{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
18185 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant
18186 @texline @math{\gamma}
18187 @infoline @expr{gamma}
18188 (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
18189 pushes the ``golden ratio''
18190 @texline @math{\phi}
18191 @infoline @expr{phi}
18192 (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
18193 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
18194 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
18195 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
18196 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.
18197
18198 @ignore
18199 @mindex Q
18200 @end ignore
18201 @ignore
18202 @mindex I Q
18203 @end ignore
18204 @kindex I Q
18205 @tindex sqr
18206 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
18207 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
18208 computes the square of the argument.
18209
18210 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
18211 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
18212 interpret a prefix argument.
18213
18214 @menu
18215 * Logarithmic Functions::
18216 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
18217 * Advanced Math Functions::
18218 * Branch Cuts::
18219 * Random Numbers::
18220 * Combinatorial Functions::
18221 * Probability Distribution Functions::
18222 @end menu
18223
18224 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18225 @section Logarithmic Functions
18226
18227 @noindent
18228 @kindex L
18229 @pindex calc-ln
18230 @tindex ln
18231 @ignore
18232 @mindex @null
18233 @end ignore
18234 @kindex I E
18235 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18236 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18237 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18238 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18239
18240 @kindex E
18241 @pindex calc-exp
18242 @tindex exp
18243 @ignore
18244 @mindex @null
18245 @end ignore
18246 @kindex I L
18247 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18248 exponential, i.e., @expr{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18249 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18250 the @code{calc-ln} command.
18251
18252 @kindex H L
18253 @kindex H E
18254 @pindex calc-log10
18255 @tindex log10
18256 @tindex exp10
18257 @ignore
18258 @mindex @null
18259 @end ignore
18260 @kindex H I L
18261 @ignore
18262 @mindex @null
18263 @end ignore
18264 @kindex H I E
18265 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18266 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18267 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18268 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18269 by
18270 @texline @math{\ln10}.
18271 @infoline @expr{ln(10)}.
18272
18273 @kindex B
18274 @kindex I B
18275 @pindex calc-log
18276 @tindex log
18277 @tindex alog
18278 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18279 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18280 @texline @math{2^{10} = 1024}.
18281 @infoline @expr{2^10 = 1024}.
18282 In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18283 will be either @expr{1:2} or @expr{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18284 mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18285 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18286
18287 @kindex f I
18288 @pindex calc-ilog
18289 @tindex ilog
18290 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18291 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18292 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18293 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @expr{x} in the
18294 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18295 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18296 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18297
18298 @kindex f E
18299 @pindex calc-expm1
18300 @tindex expm1
18301 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18302 @texline @math{e^x - 1},
18303 @infoline @expr{exp(x)-1},
18304 but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18305 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when
18306 @texline @math{e^x}
18307 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
18308 is close to one.
18309
18310 @kindex f L
18311 @pindex calc-lnp1
18312 @tindex lnp1
18313 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18314 @texline @math{\ln(x+1)},
18315 @infoline @expr{ln(x+1)},
18316 producing a more accurate answer when @expr{x} is close to zero.
18317
18318 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18319 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18320
18321 @noindent
18322 @kindex S
18323 @pindex calc-sin
18324 @tindex sin
18325 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18326 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18327 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18328 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18329 on complex numbers.
18330
18331 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18332 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18333 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18334 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18335 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18336
18337 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18338 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18339 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18340 formulas when the current angular mode is Radians @emph{and} Symbolic
18341 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18342 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18343 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18344 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18345 the form @expr{x} plus a multiple of @cpiover{2} are also simplified.
18346 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
18347
18348 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18349 @cpiover{12}, @cpiover{10}, or @cpiover{8} radians. In Degrees mode,
18350 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18351 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18352
18353 @kindex I S
18354 @pindex calc-arcsin
18355 @tindex arcsin
18356 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18357 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18358 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18359 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18360
18361 @kindex H S
18362 @pindex calc-sinh
18363 @tindex sinh
18364 @kindex H I S
18365 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18366 @tindex arcsinh
18367 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18368 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18369 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18370 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18371
18372 @kindex C
18373 @pindex calc-cos
18374 @tindex cos
18375 @ignore
18376 @mindex @idots
18377 @end ignore
18378 @kindex I C
18379 @pindex calc-arccos
18380 @ignore
18381 @mindex @null
18382 @end ignore
18383 @tindex arccos
18384 @ignore
18385 @mindex @null
18386 @end ignore
18387 @kindex H C
18388 @pindex calc-cosh
18389 @ignore
18390 @mindex @null
18391 @end ignore
18392 @tindex cosh
18393 @ignore
18394 @mindex @null
18395 @end ignore
18396 @kindex H I C
18397 @pindex calc-arccosh
18398 @ignore
18399 @mindex @null
18400 @end ignore
18401 @tindex arccosh
18402 @ignore
18403 @mindex @null
18404 @end ignore
18405 @kindex T
18406 @pindex calc-tan
18407 @ignore
18408 @mindex @null
18409 @end ignore
18410 @tindex tan
18411 @ignore
18412 @mindex @null
18413 @end ignore
18414 @kindex I T
18415 @pindex calc-arctan
18416 @ignore
18417 @mindex @null
18418 @end ignore
18419 @tindex arctan
18420 @ignore
18421 @mindex @null
18422 @end ignore
18423 @kindex H T
18424 @pindex calc-tanh
18425 @ignore
18426 @mindex @null
18427 @end ignore
18428 @tindex tanh
18429 @ignore
18430 @mindex @null
18431 @end ignore
18432 @kindex H I T
18433 @pindex calc-arctanh
18434 @ignore
18435 @mindex @null
18436 @end ignore
18437 @tindex arctanh
18438 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18439 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18440 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18441 variants of these functions.
18442
18443 @kindex f T
18444 @pindex calc-arctan2
18445 @tindex arctan2
18446 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18447 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18448 result is in the full range from @mathit{-180} (exclusive) to @mathit{+180}
18449 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18450 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18451 value would only be in the range from @mathit{-90} to @mathit{+90} degrees
18452 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18453 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18454 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18455 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18456
18457 @pindex calc-sincos
18458 @ignore
18459 @starindex
18460 @end ignore
18461 @tindex sincos
18462 @ignore
18463 @starindex
18464 @end ignore
18465 @ignore
18466 @mindex arc@idots
18467 @end ignore
18468 @tindex arcsincos
18469 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18470 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18471 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18472 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18473 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18474 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)
18475
18476 @pindex calc-sec
18477 @tindex sec
18478 @pindex calc-csc
18479 @tindex csc
18480 @pindex calc-cot
18481 @tindex cot
18482 @pindex calc-sech
18483 @tindex sech
18484 @pindex calc-csch
18485 @tindex csch
18486 @pindex calc-coth
18487 @tindex coth
18488 The remaining trigonometric functions, @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}],
18489 @code{calc-csc} [@code{csc}] and @code{calc-cot} [@code{cot}], are also
18490 available. With the Hyperbolic flag, these compute their hyperbolic
18491 counterparts, which are also available separately as @code{calc-sech}
18492 [@code{sech}], @code{calc-csch} [@code{csch}] and @code{calc-coth}
18493 [@code{coth}]. (These commands do not accept the Inverse flag.)
18494
18495 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18496 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18497
18498 @noindent
18499 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18500 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18501 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18502 will work to arbitrarily large precision. They can not at present
18503 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18504
18505 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18506 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18507 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18508 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18509 slow for some values of the arguments.
18510
18511 @kindex f g
18512 @pindex calc-gamma
18513 @tindex gamma
18514 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18515 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18516 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18517 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18518 integral:
18519 @texline @math{\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt}.
18520 @infoline @expr{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18521 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18522
18523 @kindex f G
18524 @tindex gammaP
18525 @ignore
18526 @mindex @idots
18527 @end ignore
18528 @kindex I f G
18529 @ignore
18530 @mindex @null
18531 @end ignore
18532 @kindex H f G
18533 @ignore
18534 @mindex @null
18535 @end ignore
18536 @kindex H I f G
18537 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18538 @ignore
18539 @mindex @null
18540 @end ignore
18541 @tindex gammaQ
18542 @ignore
18543 @mindex @null
18544 @end ignore
18545 @tindex gammag
18546 @ignore
18547 @mindex @null
18548 @end ignore
18549 @tindex gammaG
18550 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18551 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18552 the integral,
18553 @texline @math{P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)}.
18554 @infoline @expr{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18555 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @expr{a} (see the
18556 definition of the normal gamma function).
18557
18558 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18559 The complement of @expr{P(a,x)}, called @expr{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18560 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18561 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18562 @expr{x} to infinity.
18563
18564 @ifnottex
18565 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @expr{P(a,x)}
18566 and @expr{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @expr{1/gamma(a)}
18567 factor are called @expr{g(a,x)} and @expr{G(a,x)}, respectively
18568 (where @expr{g} and @expr{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18569 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18570 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18571 @end ifnottex
18572 @tex
18573 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18574 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18575 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18576 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18577 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18578 @end tex
18579
18580 @kindex f b
18581 @pindex calc-beta
18582 @tindex beta
18583 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18584 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18585 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)},
18586 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)},
18587 or by
18588 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt}.
18589 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18590
18591 @kindex f B
18592 @kindex H f B
18593 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18594 @tindex betaI
18595 @tindex betaB
18596 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18597 the incomplete beta function @expr{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18598 @texline @math{I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)}.
18599 @infoline @expr{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18600 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18601 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18602
18603 @kindex f e
18604 @kindex I f e
18605 @pindex calc-erf
18606 @tindex erf
18607 @tindex erfc
18608 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18609 error function
18610 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt}.
18611 @infoline @expr{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18612 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18613 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18614 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1}.
18615 @infoline @expr{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18616
18617 @kindex f j
18618 @kindex f y
18619 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18620 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18621 @tindex besJ
18622 @tindex besY
18623 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18624 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18625 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18626 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18627 @expr{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18628 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18629 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18630 Use with care!
18631
18632 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18633 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18634
18635 @noindent
18636 @cindex Branch cuts
18637 @cindex Principal values
18638 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18639 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18640 This section describes the values
18641 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18642 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18643 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18644 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18645 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18646
18647 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18648 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Recent
18649 versions of Calc follow the second edition.
18650
18651 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18652 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18653 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18654 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18655 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18656 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18657
18658 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18659 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18660 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18661 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18662
18663 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @expr{a<0} and @expr{b} is small but positive
18664 or zero, the result is close to the @expr{+i} axis. For @expr{b} small and
18665 negative, the result is close to the @expr{-i} axis. The result always lies
18666 in the right half of the complex plane.
18667
18668 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18669 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18670 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18671 negative real axis.
18672
18673 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18674 If the real and imaginary parts of @expr{z} are as shown, then
18675 the real and imaginary parts of @expr{f(z)} will be as shown.
18676 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18677 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18678
18679 @smallexample
18680 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18681 ----------------------------------------
18682 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18683 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18684 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18685 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18686 @end smallexample
18687
18688 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18689 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18690 not evaluate to @mathit{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18691 number @expr{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18692 of @mathit{-8} (as is @expr{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18693 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18694
18695 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18696 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18697
18698 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18699 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18700 the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18701
18702 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18703 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18704 imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and above @expr{i}.
18705
18706 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18707 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and
18708 above @expr{i}.
18709
18710 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18711 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18712 real axis less than 1.
18713
18714 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18715 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18716
18717 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18718 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is Radians. The
18719 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18720
18721 @smallexample
18722 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18723 -------------------------------------------------------
18724 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18725 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18726 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18727 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18728 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18729 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18730 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18731 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18732 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18733 @end smallexample
18734
18735 @smallexample
18736 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18737 -----------------------------------------------------
18738 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18739 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18740 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18741 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18742 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18743 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18744 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18745 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18746 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18747 @end smallexample
18748
18749 @smallexample
18750 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18751 -----------------------------------------------------
18752 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18753 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18754 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18755 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18756 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18757 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18758 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18759 @end smallexample
18760
18761 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18762 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18763 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18764
18765 @smallexample
18766 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18767 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18768 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18769 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18770 @end smallexample
18771
18772 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18773 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18774 are not rigorously specified at present.
18775
18776 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18777 @section Random Numbers
18778
18779 @noindent
18780 @kindex k r
18781 @pindex calc-random
18782 @tindex random
18783 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18784 random numbers of various sorts.
18785
18786 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{M}, it produces a random
18787 integer @expr{N} in the range
18788 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}.
18789 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}.
18790 Each possible value @expr{N} appears with equal probability.
18791
18792 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18793 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @expr{M}
18794 the result is a random integer less than @expr{M}. However, note that
18795 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @expr{M}
18796 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @expr{M} is negative,
18797 the result is a random integer in the range
18798 @texline @math{M < N \le 0}.
18799 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0}.
18800
18801 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @expr{M}, the result
18802 is a random floating-point number @expr{N} in the range
18803 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}
18804 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}
18805 or
18806 @texline @math{M < N \le 0},
18807 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0},
18808 according to the sign of @expr{M}.
18809
18810 If @expr{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18811 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18812 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18813 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18814
18815 If @expr{M} is an error form
18816 @texline @math{m} @code{+/-} @math{\sigma}
18817 @infoline @samp{m +/- s}
18818 where @var{m} and
18819 @texline @math{\sigma}
18820 @infoline @var{s}
18821 are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian distribution with mean
18822 @var{m} and standard deviation
18823 @texline @math{\sigma}.
18824 @infoline @var{s}.
18825
18826 If @expr{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18827 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18828 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18829 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18830 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18831 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18832 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18833 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18834 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18835 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18836 extremely small.)
18837
18838 If @expr{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18839 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18840
18841 @vindex RandSeed
18842 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18843 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18844 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18845 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18846 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18847 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18848 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18849 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18850 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18851 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18852 of random numbers as before.
18853
18854 @pindex calc-rrandom
18855 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18856 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18857
18858 @kindex k a
18859 @pindex calc-random-again
18860 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18861 number, re-using the most recent value of @expr{M}. With a numeric
18862 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18863 that value of @expr{M}.
18864
18865 @kindex k h
18866 @pindex calc-shuffle
18867 @tindex shuffle
18868 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18869 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18870 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18871 of the @expr{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18872 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18873 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18874 stack, and @expr{M} from second-to-top.)
18875
18876 If @expr{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18877 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18878 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18879 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18880 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18881 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18882 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18883 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18884 If @expr{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18885 than once, but if several elements of @expr{M} are equal, they may
18886 each make it into the result vector.)
18887
18888 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18889 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18890 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18891 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18892 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18893 by @expr{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @expr{M} specifies
18894 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18895
18896 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18897 given @expr{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18898 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @expr{M}, then use
18899 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18900 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18901
18902 @menu
18903 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18904 @end menu
18905
18906 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18907 @subsection Random Number Generator
18908
18909 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18910 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18911 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18912 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18913 characterization.
18914
18915 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18916 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18917 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18918 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18919
18920 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18921 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18922 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18923
18924 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18925 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18926 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18927 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18928 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18929 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18930 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18931 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18932
18933 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18934 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18935 computing
18936 @texline @math{X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}}.
18937 @infoline @expr{X_n-55 - X_n-24}).
18938 This method expands the seed
18939 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18940 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @expr{[42]}
18941 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18942 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18943 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18944 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18945 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18946 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18947 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18948 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18949 to reseed the generator with that number.
18950
18951 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18952 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18953 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18954 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18955 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18956 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18957 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18958 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18959 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18960 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18961 damage its randomness.
18962
18963 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18964 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18965 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18966 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18967 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18968 value.
18969
18970 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18971 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18972 @texline @math{10^{-p}}.
18973 @infoline @expr{10^-p}.
18974 The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18975 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18976 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18977 numbers on the order of
18978 @texline @math{10^{-9}}
18979 @infoline @expr{10^-9}
18980 or
18981 @texline @math{10^{-10}},
18982 @infoline @expr{10^-10},
18983 but those numbers will only have two or three random digits since they
18984 correspond to small integers times
18985 @texline @math{10^{-12}}.
18986 @infoline @expr{10^-12}.
18987
18988 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18989 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18990 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18991 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18992 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18993 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18994 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18995 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18996 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18997 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18998
18999 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
19000 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
19001 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
19002 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
19003
19004 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
19005 @section Combinatorial Functions
19006
19007 @noindent
19008 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
19009 @kbd{k} key prefix.
19010
19011 @kindex k g
19012 @pindex calc-gcd
19013 @tindex gcd
19014 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
19015 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
19016 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
19017 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
19018 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
19019 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
19020 the operation is left in symbolic form.
19021
19022 @kindex k l
19023 @pindex calc-lcm
19024 @tindex lcm
19025 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
19026 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
19027 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
19028 numbers.
19029
19030 @kindex k E
19031 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
19032 @tindex egcd
19033 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
19034 the GCD of two integers @expr{x} and @expr{y} and returns a vector
19035 @expr{[g, a, b]} where
19036 @texline @math{g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
19037 @infoline @expr{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
19038
19039 @kindex !
19040 @pindex calc-factorial
19041 @tindex fact
19042 @ignore
19043 @mindex @null
19044 @end ignore
19045 @tindex !
19046 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
19047 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
19048 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
19049 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
19050 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
19051 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
19052 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
19053 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
19054 the commands in this section.
19055
19056 @kindex k d
19057 @pindex calc-double-factorial
19058 @tindex dfact
19059 @ignore
19060 @mindex @null
19061 @end ignore
19062 @tindex !!
19063 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
19064 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
19065 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @expr{N}. For an odd
19066 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @expr{N}. If
19067 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
19068 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
19069 The notation @expr{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.
19070
19071 @kindex k c
19072 @pindex calc-choose
19073 @tindex choose
19074 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
19075 binomial coefficient @expr{N}-choose-@expr{M}, where @expr{M} is the number
19076 on the top of the stack and @expr{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
19077 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
19078 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
19079 real numbers by
19080 @texline @math{N! \over M! (N-M)!\,}.
19081 @infoline @expr{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
19082
19083 @kindex H k c
19084 @pindex calc-perm
19085 @tindex perm
19086 @ifnottex
19087 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
19088 number-of-permutations function @expr{N! / (N-M)!}.
19089 @end ifnottex
19090 @tex
19091 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
19092 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
19093 @end tex
19094
19095 @kindex k b
19096 @kindex H k b
19097 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
19098 @tindex bern
19099 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
19100 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
19101 is a nonnegative integer @expr{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
19102 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
19103 taking @expr{n} from the second-to-top position and @expr{x} from the
19104 top of the stack. If @expr{x} is a variable or formula the result is
19105 a polynomial in @expr{x}; if @expr{x} is a number the result is a number.
19106
19107 @kindex k e
19108 @kindex H k e
19109 @pindex calc-euler-number
19110 @tindex euler
19111 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
19112 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
19113 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
19114 functions.
19115
19116 @kindex k s
19117 @kindex H k s
19118 @pindex calc-stirling-number
19119 @tindex stir1
19120 @tindex stir2
19121 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
19122 computes a Stirling number of the first
19123 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brack m},
19124 @infoline kind,
19125 given two integers @expr{n} and @expr{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s}
19126 [@code{stir2}] command computes a Stirling number of the second
19127 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brace m}.
19128 @infoline kind.
19129 These are the number of @expr{m}-cycle permutations of @expr{n} objects,
19130 and the number of ways to partition @expr{n} objects into @expr{m}
19131 non-empty sets, respectively.
19132
19133 @kindex k p
19134 @pindex calc-prime-test
19135 @cindex Primes
19136 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
19137 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
19138 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
19139 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
19140 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
19141 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
19142 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
19143 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
19144 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
19145 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
19146 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
19147 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
19148 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
19149
19150 @ignore
19151 @starindex
19152 @end ignore
19153 @tindex prime
19154 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
19155 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
19156 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
19157 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
19158 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @expr{n}
19159 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
19160
19161 @kindex k f
19162 @pindex calc-prime-factors
19163 @tindex prfac
19164 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
19165 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
19166 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
19167 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
19168 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
19169 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
19170 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
19171 element of the list will be @mathit{-1}. For inputs @mathit{-1}, @mathit{0}, and
19172 @mathit{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
19173
19174 @kindex k n
19175 @pindex calc-next-prime
19176 @ignore
19177 @mindex nextpr@idots
19178 @end ignore
19179 @tindex nextprime
19180 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
19181 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
19182 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
19183 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
19184 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
19185 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
19186 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
19187 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
19188 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
19189 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
19190 prime.
19191
19192 @kindex I k n
19193 @pindex calc-prev-prime
19194 @ignore
19195 @mindex prevpr@idots
19196 @end ignore
19197 @tindex prevprime
19198 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
19199 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
19200
19201 @kindex k t
19202 @pindex calc-totient
19203 @tindex totient
19204 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
19205 Euler ``totient''
19206 @texline function@tie{}@math{\phi(n)},
19207 @infoline function,
19208 the number of integers less than @expr{n} which
19209 are relatively prime to @expr{n}.
19210
19211 @kindex k m
19212 @pindex calc-moebius
19213 @tindex moebius
19214 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
19215 @texline M@"obius @math{\mu}
19216 @infoline Moebius ``mu''
19217 function. If the input number is a product of @expr{k}
19218 distinct factors, this is @expr{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
19219 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
19220 the result is zero.
19221
19222 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
19223 @section Probability Distribution Functions
19224
19225 @noindent
19226 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
19227 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
19228 density function from @expr{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
19229 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
19230 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @expr{x}.)
19231 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
19232 from @expr{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
19233 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@expr{x}.
19234
19235 To integrate from @expr{x} to @expr{y}, just use the distribution
19236 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
19237 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
19238 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
19239 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
19240 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
19241
19242 @kindex k B
19243 @kindex I k B
19244 @pindex calc-utpb
19245 @tindex utpb
19246 @tindex ltpb
19247 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
19248 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
19249 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
19250 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
19251 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
19252 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
19253 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
19254
19255 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
19256 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
19257 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
19258 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
19259 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
19260 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
19261 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
19262 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
19263 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
19264 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
19265 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @expr{x}.)
19266
19267 @kindex k C
19268 @pindex calc-utpc
19269 @tindex utpc
19270 @ignore
19271 @mindex @idots
19272 @end ignore
19273 @kindex I k C
19274 @ignore
19275 @mindex @null
19276 @end ignore
19277 @tindex ltpc
19278 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19279 @texline @math{\nu}
19280 @infoline @expr{v}
19281 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19282 correct if its chi-square statistic is @expr{x}.
19283
19284 @kindex k F
19285 @pindex calc-utpf
19286 @tindex utpf
19287 @ignore
19288 @mindex @idots
19289 @end ignore
19290 @kindex I k F
19291 @ignore
19292 @mindex @null
19293 @end ignore
19294 @tindex ltpf
19295 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19296 various statistical tests. The parameters
19297 @texline @math{\nu_1}
19298 @infoline @expr{v1}
19299 and
19300 @texline @math{\nu_2}
19301 @infoline @expr{v2}
19302 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19303 respectively, used in computing the statistic @expr{F}.
19304
19305 @kindex k N
19306 @pindex calc-utpn
19307 @tindex utpn
19308 @ignore
19309 @mindex @idots
19310 @end ignore
19311 @kindex I k N
19312 @ignore
19313 @mindex @null
19314 @end ignore
19315 @tindex ltpn
19316 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19317 with mean @expr{m} and standard deviation
19318 @texline @math{\sigma}.
19319 @infoline @expr{s}.
19320 It is the probability that such a normal-distributed random variable
19321 would exceed @expr{x}.
19322
19323 @kindex k P
19324 @pindex calc-utpp
19325 @tindex utpp
19326 @ignore
19327 @mindex @idots
19328 @end ignore
19329 @kindex I k P
19330 @ignore
19331 @mindex @null
19332 @end ignore
19333 @tindex ltpp
19334 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19335 mean @expr{x}. It is the probability that @expr{n} or more such
19336 Poisson random events will occur.
19337
19338 @kindex k T
19339 @pindex calc-ltpt
19340 @tindex utpt
19341 @ignore
19342 @mindex @idots
19343 @end ignore
19344 @kindex I k T
19345 @ignore
19346 @mindex @null
19347 @end ignore
19348 @tindex ltpt
19349 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19350 with
19351 @texline @math{\nu}
19352 @infoline @expr{v}
19353 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19354 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @expr{t}.
19355 (Note: This computes the distribution function
19356 @texline @math{A(t|\nu)}
19357 @infoline @expr{A(t|v)}
19358 where
19359 @texline @math{A(0|\nu) = 1}
19360 @infoline @expr{A(0|v) = 1}
19361 and
19362 @texline @math{A(\infty|\nu) \to 0}.
19363 @infoline @expr{A(inf|v) -> 0}.
19364 The @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition which
19365 returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19366
19367 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19368 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19369 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19370 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19371 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19372
19373 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19374 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19375
19376 @noindent
19377 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19378 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19379 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19380 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19381 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19382
19383 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19384 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19385 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19386 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19387 vector of matrices, and so on.)
19388
19389 @menu
19390 * Packing and Unpacking::
19391 * Building Vectors::
19392 * Extracting Elements::
19393 * Manipulating Vectors::
19394 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19395 * Set Operations::
19396 * Statistical Operations::
19397 * Reducing and Mapping::
19398 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19399 @end menu
19400
19401 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19402 @section Packing and Unpacking
19403
19404 @noindent
19405 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19406 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19407 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19408 vectors.
19409
19410 @kindex v p
19411 @kindex V p
19412 @pindex calc-pack
19413 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19414 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19415 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19416 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19417 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19418 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19419 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19420 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19421
19422 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19423 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19424 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19425 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19426
19427 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19428
19429 @table @cite
19430 @item -1
19431 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19432 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19433 @expr{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19434 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19435 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19436 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19437 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19438 components are not suitable.)
19439
19440 @item -2
19441 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19442 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19443 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19444 mode.
19445
19446 @item -3
19447 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19448 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19449 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19450 number.
19451
19452 @item -4
19453 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19454 may be real numbers or formulas.
19455
19456 @item -5
19457 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19458 must be real numbers.
19459
19460 @item -6
19461 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19462 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19463
19464 @item -7
19465 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19466
19467 @item -8
19468 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19469
19470 @item -9
19471 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19472
19473 @item -10
19474 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19475
19476 @item -11
19477 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19478 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19479 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19480 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19481
19482 @item -12
19483 This is treated the same as @mathit{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19484 When unpacking, @mathit{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19485 is desired.
19486
19487 @item -13
19488 A real number is converted into a date form.
19489
19490 @item -14
19491 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19492
19493 @item -15
19494 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19495 @end table
19496
19497 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19498 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19499 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19500 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19501 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19502 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19503 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19504 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19505 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19506 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19507
19508 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19509 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19510 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19511 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19512 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19513
19514 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19515 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19516 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19517 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19518 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19519
19520 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19521 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19522 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19523 @texline @math{2\times3}
19524 @infoline 2x3
19525 matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19526 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19527 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19528
19529 @ignore
19530 @starindex
19531 @end ignore
19532 @tindex pack
19533 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19534 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19535 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19536 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19537 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19538 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19539 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is invalid, or if the
19540 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19541 by the mode.
19542
19543 @kindex v u
19544 @kindex V u
19545 @pindex calc-unpack
19546 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19547 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19548 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19549 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19550 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19551 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19552
19553 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19554 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19555 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19556 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19557 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19558 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19559 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19560
19561 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19562 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @mathit{-5}, then
19563 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @mathit{-5} and 0 (the components of @mathit{-5}
19564 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19565 and 180 (assuming Degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @mathit{-5}
19566 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @mathit{-5}, viewed as a rational
19567 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19568 is not a composite object.
19569
19570 Unpacking mode @mathit{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19571 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19572 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19573 Unpacking mode @mathit{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19574 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19575 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19576 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19577 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19578
19579 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19580 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19581 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19582 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19583 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19584 original object.
19585
19586 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19587 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19588 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19589 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19590
19591 @ignore
19592 @starindex
19593 @end ignore
19594 @tindex unpack
19595 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19596 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19597 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19598 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19599 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19600 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19601
19602 @ignore
19603 @starindex
19604 @end ignore
19605 @tindex unpackt
19606 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19607 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19608 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19609 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19610 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19611 The identity for re-building the original object is
19612 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19613 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19614 name and a vector of arguments.)
19615
19616 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19617 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19618 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19619 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19620
19621 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19622 @section Building Vectors
19623
19624 @noindent
19625 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19626 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19627
19628 @kindex |
19629 @pindex calc-concat
19630 @ignore
19631 @mindex @null
19632 @end ignore
19633 @tindex |
19634 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) [@code{vconcat}] command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19635 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19636 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19637 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19638 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19639 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19640
19641 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19642 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19643 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19644 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19645 one-row matrix.
19646
19647 @kindex H |
19648 @tindex append
19649 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19650 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19651 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19652 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19653 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19654
19655 @kindex I |
19656 @kindex H I |
19657 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19658 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19659 to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19660
19661 @kindex v d
19662 @kindex V d
19663 @pindex calc-diag
19664 @tindex diag
19665 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19666 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19667 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19668 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19669 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19670 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19671 the prefix argument is required.
19672
19673 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a
19674 @texline @math{3\times3}
19675 @infoline 3x3
19676 matrix filled with ones, use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero
19677 matrix first and then add a constant value to that matrix. (Another
19678 alternative would be to use @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19679
19680 @kindex v i
19681 @kindex V i
19682 @pindex calc-ident
19683 @tindex idn
19684 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19685 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19686 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19687 this command prompts for one.
19688
19689 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19690 except that @expr{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19691 If @expr{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @expr{a} times an
19692 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19693 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19694 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19695 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19696 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19697 Note that in dimensioned Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19698 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19699 dimensions.
19700
19701 @kindex v x
19702 @kindex V x
19703 @pindex calc-index
19704 @tindex index
19705 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19706 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19707 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19708 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19709 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @mathit{-1}.
19710
19711 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19712 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19713 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19714 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19715 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19716 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19717 of numbers or formulas.
19718
19719 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19720 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19721 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19722 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19723 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19724 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19725
19726 @kindex v b
19727 @kindex V b
19728 @pindex calc-build-vector
19729 @tindex cvec
19730 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19731 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19732 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19733 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19734 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19735 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19736
19737 @kindex v h
19738 @kindex V h
19739 @kindex I v h
19740 @kindex I V h
19741 @pindex calc-head
19742 @pindex calc-tail
19743 @tindex head
19744 @tindex tail
19745 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19746 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19747 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19748 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19749
19750 @kindex v k
19751 @kindex V k
19752 @pindex calc-cons
19753 @tindex cons
19754 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19755 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19756 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19757 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19758 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19759
19760 @kindex H v h
19761 @kindex H V h
19762 @tindex rhead
19763 @ignore
19764 @mindex @idots
19765 @end ignore
19766 @kindex H I v h
19767 @kindex H I V h
19768 @ignore
19769 @mindex @null
19770 @end ignore
19771 @kindex H v k
19772 @kindex H V k
19773 @ignore
19774 @mindex @null
19775 @end ignore
19776 @tindex rtail
19777 @ignore
19778 @mindex @null
19779 @end ignore
19780 @tindex rcons
19781 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19782 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19783 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19784 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19785 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19786 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19787 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19788
19789 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19790 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19791
19792 @noindent
19793 @kindex v r
19794 @kindex V r
19795 @pindex calc-mrow
19796 @tindex mrow
19797 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19798 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19799 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19800 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19801 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19802 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19803
19804 @cindex Permutations, applying
19805 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19806 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19807 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19808 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19809 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19810 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19811
19812 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19813 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19814 submatrix is returned.
19815
19816 @cindex Subscript notation
19817 @kindex a _
19818 @pindex calc-subscript
19819 @tindex subscr
19820 @tindex _
19821 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19822 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19823 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @expr{x}, @expr{y}, or @expr{z} if
19824 @expr{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19825 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19826 access the element at row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of a matrix.
19827 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19828 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19829 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19830 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19831
19832 @tindex mrrow
19833 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19834 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19835 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19836 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19837 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19838
19839 @tindex getdiag
19840 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19841 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19842 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19843
19844 @kindex v c
19845 @kindex V c
19846 @pindex calc-mcol
19847 @tindex mcol
19848 @tindex mrcol
19849 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19850 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19851 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19852 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19853 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19854 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).
19855
19856 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19857 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19858 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19859 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @expr{i}, column @expr{j}
19860 of matrix @expr{m}.
19861
19862 @kindex v s
19863 @kindex V s
19864 @pindex calc-subvector
19865 @tindex subvec
19866 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19867 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19868 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19869 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19870 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19871 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19872 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19873 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19874
19875 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19876 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19877 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19878 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19879 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19880 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19881 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19882
19883 @kindex I v s
19884 @kindex I V s
19885 @tindex rsubvec
19886 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19887 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19888 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19889 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19890 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19891
19892 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19893 vectors one element at a time.
19894
19895 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19896 @section Manipulating Vectors
19897
19898 @noindent
19899 @kindex v l
19900 @kindex V l
19901 @pindex calc-vlength
19902 @tindex vlen
19903 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19904 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19905 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19906 command.
19907
19908 @kindex H v l
19909 @kindex H V l
19910 @tindex mdims
19911 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19912 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19913 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19914 its argument is a
19915 @texline @math{2\times3}
19916 @infoline 2x3
19917 matrix.
19918
19919 @kindex v f
19920 @kindex V f
19921 @pindex calc-vector-find
19922 @tindex find
19923 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19924 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19925 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19926 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19927 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19928 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19929
19930 @kindex v a
19931 @kindex V a
19932 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19933 @tindex arrange
19934 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19935 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19936 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19937 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19938 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19939 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19940 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19941 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19942 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19943 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19944 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19945 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19946 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19947 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19948 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a
19949 @texline @math{1\times4}
19950 @infoline 1x4
19951 matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a
19952 @texline @math{4\times1}
19953 @infoline 4x1
19954 matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original
19955 @texline @math{2\times2}
19956 @infoline 2x2
19957 matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a
19958 matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces the flattened list
19959 @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19960
19961 @cindex Sorting data
19962 @kindex v S
19963 @kindex V S
19964 @kindex I v S
19965 @kindex I V S
19966 @pindex calc-sort
19967 @tindex sort
19968 @tindex rsort
19969 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19970 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19971 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19972 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19973 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19974 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19975 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19976 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19977 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19978 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19979 alphabetical order by this command.
19980
19981 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19982
19983 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19984 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19985 @cindex Index tables
19986 @cindex Rank tables
19987 @kindex v G
19988 @kindex V G
19989 @kindex I v G
19990 @kindex I V G
19991 @pindex calc-grade
19992 @tindex grade
19993 @tindex rgrade
19994 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19995 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19996 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19997 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19998 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19999 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
20000 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
20001 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
20002 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
20003 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
20004 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
20005 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
20006 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
20007
20008 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
20009 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
20010 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
20011 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
20012 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
20013 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
20014 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
20015 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
20016 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
20017 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
20018 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
20019
20020 @cindex Histograms
20021 @kindex v H
20022 @kindex V H
20023 @pindex calc-histogram
20024 @ignore
20025 @mindex histo@idots
20026 @end ignore
20027 @tindex histogram
20028 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
20029 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
20030 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
20031 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
20032 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
20033 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
20034 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
20035 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
20036 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
20037 input vector.)
20038
20039 If no prefix is given, then you will be prompted for a vector which
20040 will be used to determine the bins. (If a positive integer is given at
20041 this prompt, it will be still treated as if it were given as a
20042 prefix.) Each bin will consist of the interval of numbers closest to
20043 the corresponding number of this new vector; if the vector
20044 @expr{[a, b, c, ...]} is entered at the prompt, the bins will be
20045 @expr{(-inf, (a+b)/2]}, @expr{((a+b)/2, (b+c)/2]}, etc. The result of
20046 this command will be a vector counting how many elements of the
20047 original vector are in each bin.
20048
20049 The result will then be a vector with the same length as this new vector;
20050 each element of the new vector will be replaced by the number of
20051 elements of the original vector which are closest to it.
20052
20053 @kindex H v H
20054 @kindex H V H
20055 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
20056 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
20057 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
20058 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
20059 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
20060 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
20061
20062 @kindex v t
20063 @kindex V t
20064 @pindex calc-transpose
20065 @tindex trn
20066 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
20067 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
20068 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
20069 a one-column matrix.
20070
20071 @kindex v v
20072 @kindex V v
20073 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
20074 @tindex rev
20075 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{rev}] command reverses
20076 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
20077 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
20078 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
20079 a matrix.)
20080
20081 @kindex v m
20082 @kindex V m
20083 @pindex calc-mask-vector
20084 @tindex vmask
20085 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
20086 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
20087 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
20088 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
20089 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
20090 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
20091 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
20092 @xref{Logical Operations}.
20093
20094 @kindex v e
20095 @kindex V e
20096 @pindex calc-expand-vector
20097 @tindex vexp
20098 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
20099 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
20100 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
20101 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
20102 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
20103 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
20104 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
20105 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
20106 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
20107
20108 @kindex H v e
20109 @kindex H V e
20110 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
20111 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
20112 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
20113 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
20114 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
20115 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
20116 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
20117 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
20118 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
20119
20120 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
20121 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
20122 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
20123 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
20124 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
20125 masking using vectors.
20126
20127 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
20128 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
20129
20130 @noindent
20131 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
20132 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
20133 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
20134 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
20135 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
20136
20137 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
20138 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
20139 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
20140 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.
20141
20142 @kindex v J
20143 @kindex V J
20144 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
20145 @tindex ctrn
20146 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
20147 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
20148
20149 @ignore
20150 @mindex A
20151 @end ignore
20152 @kindex A (vectors)
20153 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
20154 @ignore
20155 @mindex abs
20156 @end ignore
20157 @tindex abs (vectors)
20158 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
20159 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
20160 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
20161 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
20162 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
20163 from that point to the origin.
20164
20165 @kindex v n
20166 @kindex V n
20167 @pindex calc-rnorm
20168 @tindex rnorm
20169 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes the
20170 infinity-norm of a vector, or the row norm of a matrix. For a plain
20171 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements. For
20172 a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums, i.e., of
20173 the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the various rows.
20174
20175 @kindex v N
20176 @kindex V N
20177 @pindex calc-cnorm
20178 @tindex cnorm
20179 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
20180 the one-norm of a vector, or column norm of a matrix. For a plain
20181 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
20182 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
20183 General @expr{k}-norms for @expr{k} other than one or infinity are
20184 not provided. However, the 2-norm (or Frobenius norm) is provided for
20185 vectors by the @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) command.
20186
20187 @kindex v C
20188 @kindex V C
20189 @pindex calc-cross
20190 @tindex cross
20191 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
20192 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
20193 exactly three elements.
20194
20195 @ignore
20196 @mindex &
20197 @end ignore
20198 @kindex & (matrices)
20199 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
20200 @ignore
20201 @mindex inv
20202 @end ignore
20203 @tindex inv (matrices)
20204 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
20205 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
20206 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
20207 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
20208 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
20209 quickly in the future.
20210
20211 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @expr{x}, this
20212 command simply computes @expr{1/x}. This is okay, because the
20213 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
20214 by a matrix.
20215
20216 @kindex v D
20217 @kindex V D
20218 @pindex calc-mdet
20219 @tindex det
20220 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
20221 determinant of a square matrix.
20222
20223 @kindex v L
20224 @kindex V L
20225 @pindex calc-mlud
20226 @tindex lud
20227 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
20228 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
20229 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
20230 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
20231 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
20232 and the third is upper-triangular.
20233
20234 @kindex v T
20235 @kindex V T
20236 @pindex calc-mtrace
20237 @tindex tr
20238 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
20239 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
20240 elements of the matrix.
20241
20242 @kindex v K
20243 @kindex V K
20244 @pindex calc-kron
20245 @tindex kron
20246 The @kbd{V K} (@code{calc-kron}) [@code{kron}] command computes
20247 the Kronecker product of two matrices.
20248
20249 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
20250 @section Set Operations using Vectors
20251
20252 @noindent
20253 @cindex Sets, as vectors
20254 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
20255 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
20256 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
20257 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
20258 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
20259 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
20260 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
20261 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
20262 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
20263 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
20264 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
20265 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
20266
20267 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
20268 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
20269 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
20270 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
20271 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
20272 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
20273
20274 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
20275 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
20276 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
20277 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
20278
20279 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
20280 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @expr{A}
20281 is a subset of the set @expr{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
20282
20283 @kindex v +
20284 @kindex V +
20285 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
20286 @tindex rdup
20287 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
20288 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
20289 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
20290 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
20291 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
20292 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
20293 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
20294 them.
20295
20296 @kindex v V
20297 @kindex V V
20298 @pindex calc-set-union
20299 @tindex vunion
20300 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
20301 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
20302 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
20303 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
20304 then using @kbd{V +}.)
20305
20306 @kindex v ^
20307 @kindex V ^
20308 @pindex calc-set-intersect
20309 @tindex vint
20310 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
20311 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
20312 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
20313 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
20314 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
20315 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
20316 notation for set
20317 @texline union@tie{}(@math{A \cup B})
20318 @infoline union
20319 and
20320 @texline intersection@tie{}(@math{A \cap B}).
20321 @infoline intersection.
20322
20323 @kindex v -
20324 @kindex V -
20325 @pindex calc-set-difference
20326 @tindex vdiff
20327 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
20328 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
20329 @expr{A - B} if and only if it is in @expr{A} but not in @expr{B}.
20330 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
20331 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
20332 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @expr{A} is the set of
20333 all possible values, then @expr{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @expr{B}.
20334 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
20335 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
20336 enough to express in a few intervals).
20337
20338 @kindex v X
20339 @kindex V X
20340 @pindex calc-set-xor
20341 @tindex vxor
20342 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
20343 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
20344 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
20345 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
20346 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
20347
20348 @kindex v ~
20349 @kindex V ~
20350 @pindex calc-set-complement
20351 @tindex vcompl
20352 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20353 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20354 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20355 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20356 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20357
20358 @kindex v F
20359 @kindex V F
20360 @pindex calc-set-floor
20361 @tindex vfloor
20362 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20363 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20364 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20365 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20366 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20367 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20368 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20369 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20370
20371 @kindex v E
20372 @kindex V E
20373 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
20374 @tindex venum
20375 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20376 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20377 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20378 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20379 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20380
20381 @kindex v :
20382 @kindex V :
20383 @pindex calc-set-span
20384 @tindex vspan
20385 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20386 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20387 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20388 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20389 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20390
20391 @kindex v #
20392 @kindex V #
20393 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
20394 @tindex vcard
20395 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20396 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20397 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20398 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20399
20400 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20401 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20402 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20403 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20404 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20405 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20406 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20407 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20408 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20409 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20410 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20411 convenient to you.
20412
20413 @kindex b p
20414 @kindex b u
20415 @pindex calc-pack-bits
20416 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
20417 @tindex vpack
20418 @tindex vunpack
20419 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20420 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20421 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20422 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20423 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20424 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20425 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20426 (binary) prefix key.
20427
20428 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20429 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20430 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20431 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20432 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20433 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20434 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20435 representation
20436 @texline (@math{2^{100}}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20437 @infoline (@expr{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20438
20439 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20440 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20441
20442 @noindent
20443 @cindex Statistical functions
20444 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20445 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20446 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20447 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20448 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20449 Vetterling.
20450
20451 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20452 a shifted letter or other character.
20453
20454 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20455 (@code{calc-histogram}).
20456
20457 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20458 least-squares fits to statistical data.
20459
20460 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20461 probability distribution functions.
20462
20463 @menu
20464 * Single-Variable Statistics::
20465 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
20466 @end menu
20467
20468 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20469 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20470
20471 @noindent
20472 These functions do various statistical computations on single
20473 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20474 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20475 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20476 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20477 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20478 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20479
20480 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20481 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20482 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20483 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20484
20485 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20486 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20487 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20488 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20489 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20490 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20491 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20492
20493 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20494 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20495 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20496 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20497 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20498 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20499 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20500 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20501 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20502 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20503
20504 @kindex u #
20505 @pindex calc-vector-count
20506 @tindex vcount
20507 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20508 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20509 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20510 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20511 simply computes the length of the vector.
20512
20513 @kindex u +
20514 @kindex u *
20515 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20516 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20517 @tindex vsum
20518 @tindex vprod
20519 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20520 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20521 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20522 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20523 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20524 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20525 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).
20526
20527 @kindex u X
20528 @kindex u N
20529 @pindex calc-vector-max
20530 @pindex calc-vector-min
20531 @tindex vmax
20532 @tindex vmin
20533 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20534 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20535 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20536 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20537 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20538 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20539 plus or minus infinity.
20540
20541 @kindex u M
20542 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20543 @tindex vmean
20544 @cindex Mean of data values
20545 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20546 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20547 If the inputs are error forms
20548 @texline @math{x \pm \sigma},
20549 @infoline @samp{x +/- s},
20550 this is the weighted mean of the @expr{x} values with weights
20551 @texline @math{1 /\sigma^2}.
20552 @infoline @expr{1 / s^2}.
20553 @tex
20554 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20555 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20556 @end tex
20557 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20558 values divided by the count of the values.
20559
20560 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20561 error
20562 @texline @math{\sigma = 0}.
20563 @infoline @expr{s = 0}.
20564 If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20565 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20566 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20567 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20568 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20569 weight is completely negligible.)
20570
20571 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20572 intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @tfn{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20573 @expr{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20574 and maximum values of the interval.
20575
20576 @kindex I u M
20577 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20578 @tindex vmeane
20579 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20580 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20581 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20582 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20583 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20584 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20585 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20586 @tex
20587 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20588 @end tex
20589 If the inputs are plain
20590 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20591 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20592 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20593 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20594 deviation.)
20595 @tex
20596 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20597 @end tex
20598
20599 @kindex H u M
20600 @pindex calc-vector-median
20601 @tindex vmedian
20602 @cindex Median of data values
20603 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20604 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20605 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20606 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20607 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20608 The median function is different from the other functions in
20609 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20610 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20611 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20612 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20613 ignored.
20614
20615 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20616 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20617 the same as the mean.
20618
20619 @kindex H I u M
20620 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20621 @tindex vhmean
20622 @cindex Harmonic mean
20623 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20624 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20625 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20626 of the values.
20627 @tex
20628 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20629 @end tex
20630
20631 @kindex u G
20632 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20633 @tindex vgmean
20634 @cindex Geometric mean
20635 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20636 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20637 is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20638 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20639 of the data values.
20640 @tex
20641 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20642 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20643 @end tex
20644
20645 @kindex H u G
20646 @tindex agmean
20647 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20648 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20649 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20650 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20651 @tex
20652 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20653 @end tex
20654
20655 @cindex Root-mean-square
20656 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20657 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20658
20659 @kindex u S
20660 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20661 @tindex vsdev
20662 @cindex Standard deviation
20663 @cindex Sample statistics
20664 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20665 computes the standard
20666 @texline deviation@tie{}@math{\sigma}
20667 @infoline deviation
20668 of the data values. If the values are error forms, the errors are used
20669 as weights just as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard
20670 deviation, whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of
20671 the differences between the values and the mean of the @expr{N} values,
20672 divided by @expr{N-1}.
20673 @tex
20674 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20675 @end tex
20676
20677 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20678 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20679 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20680 limits, divided by
20681 @texline @math{\sqrt{12}}.
20682 @infoline @expr{sqrt(12)}.
20683 The standard deviation of an integer interval is the same as the
20684 standard deviation of a vector of those integers.
20685
20686 @kindex I u S
20687 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20688 @tindex vpsdev
20689 @cindex Population statistics
20690 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20691 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20692 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20693 by @expr{N} instead of by @expr{N-1}. The population standard
20694 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20695 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20696 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20697 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20698 only an estimate of the true mean.
20699 @tex
20700 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20701 @end tex
20702
20703 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20704 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20705 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20706
20707 @kindex H u S
20708 @kindex H I u S
20709 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20710 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20711 @tindex vvar
20712 @tindex vpvar
20713 @cindex Variance of data values
20714 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20715 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20716 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20717 is the
20718 @texline square@tie{}@math{\sigma^2}
20719 @infoline square
20720 of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20721 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20722 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20723
20724 @ignore
20725 @starindex
20726 @end ignore
20727 @tindex vflat
20728 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20729 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20730 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20731 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20732
20733 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20734 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20735
20736 @noindent
20737 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20738 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20739 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20740 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20741 the stack, which must be an
20742 @texline @math{N\times2}
20743 @infoline Nx2
20744 matrix of data values. Once again, variable names can be used in place
20745 of actual vectors and matrices.
20746
20747 @kindex u C
20748 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20749 @tindex vcov
20750 @cindex Covariance
20751 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20752 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20753 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20754 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20755 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20756 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @expr{N-1}. Note that
20757 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20758 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20759 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20760 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20761 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20762 input errors.
20763 @tex
20764 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20765 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20766 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20767 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20768 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20769 $$
20770 @end tex
20771
20772 @kindex I u C
20773 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20774 @tindex vpcov
20775 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20776 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20777 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @expr{N}
20778 instead of @expr{N-1}.
20779
20780 @kindex H u C
20781 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20782 @tindex vcorr
20783 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20784 @cindex Linear correlation
20785 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20786 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20787 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20788 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20789 between sample or population statistics here.)
20790 @tex
20791 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20792 @end tex
20793
20794 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20795 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20796
20797 @noindent
20798 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20799 elements of vectors.
20800
20801 @kindex v A
20802 @kindex V A
20803 @pindex calc-apply
20804 @tindex apply
20805 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20806 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20807 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20808 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20809 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20810 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20811 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20812
20813 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20814 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20815
20816 @menu
20817 * Specifying Operators::
20818 * Mapping::
20819 * Reducing::
20820 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20821 * Generalized Products::
20822 @end menu
20823
20824 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20825 @subsection Specifying Operators
20826
20827 @noindent
20828 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20829 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20830 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20831 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20832 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20833 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20834 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20835 element as its argument.)
20836
20837 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20838 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20839 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20840 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20841 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20842 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20843 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20844 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20845 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20846 @kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20847 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20848 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20849 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20850 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20851 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20852
20853 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20854 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20855 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20856 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20857 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20858 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20859 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20860 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20861 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20862 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20863
20864 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20865 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20866 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20867 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20868 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20869 entry interacts with the stack.)
20870
20871 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20872 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20873 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20874 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20875 prompted for an argument list.
20876
20877 @cindex Nameless functions
20878 @cindex Generic functions
20879 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20880 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20881 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20882 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20883 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20884 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20885 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20886 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20887 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20888 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20889 can get it back later if you wish.
20890
20891 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20892 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20893 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20894 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20895 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20896
20897 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20898 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20899 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20900 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20901 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20902 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20903 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20904
20905 @cindex Lambda expressions
20906 @ignore
20907 @starindex
20908 @end ignore
20909 @tindex lambda
20910 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20911 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20912 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20913 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20914 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20915 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20916 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20917
20918 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20919 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20920 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20921 called.)
20922
20923 @tindex add
20924 @tindex sub
20925 @ignore
20926 @mindex @idots
20927 @end ignore
20928 @tindex mul
20929 @ignore
20930 @mindex @null
20931 @end ignore
20932 @tindex div
20933 @ignore
20934 @mindex @null
20935 @end ignore
20936 @tindex pow
20937 @ignore
20938 @mindex @null
20939 @end ignore
20940 @tindex neg
20941 @ignore
20942 @mindex @null
20943 @end ignore
20944 @tindex mod
20945 @ignore
20946 @mindex @null
20947 @end ignore
20948 @tindex vconcat
20949 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20950 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20951 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20952 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20953 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20954 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20955 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20956 @code{vconcat}.
20957
20958 @ignore
20959 @starindex
20960 @end ignore
20961 @tindex call
20962 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20963 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20964 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20965 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20966 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20967 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20968
20969 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20970 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20971 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20972 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20973 about it.)
20974
20975 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20976 @subsection Mapping
20977
20978 @noindent
20979 @kindex v M
20980 @kindex V M
20981 @pindex calc-map
20982 @tindex map
20983 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20984 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20985 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20986 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20987 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20988 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20989 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20990 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20991 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20992 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20993 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20994 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.
20995
20996 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20997 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20998 @expr{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20999 produce another
21000 @texline @math{3\times2}
21001 @infoline 3x2
21002 matrix, @expr{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
21003
21004 @tindex mapr
21005 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
21006 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
21007 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
21008 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
21009 namely @expr{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
21010 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
21011 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
21012 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
21013 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @expr{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
21014
21015 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
21016 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
21017 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
21018 their individual elements.
21019
21020 @tindex mapc
21021 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
21022 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
21023 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
21024 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
21025 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
21026 @expr{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
21027
21028 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
21029 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
21030 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
21031 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
21032
21033 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
21034 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
21035 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
21036 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
21037 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
21038 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
21039
21040 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
21041 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
21042 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
21043 column.
21044
21045 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
21046 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
21047 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
21048 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
21049 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
21050 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
21051 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
21052 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
21053 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
21054 mapped over the elements of each row.)
21055
21056 @tindex mapa
21057 @tindex mapd
21058 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
21059 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
21060 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
21061 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
21062 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
21063 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
21064 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
21065 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
21066
21067 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
21068 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
21069 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
21070 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
21071
21072 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
21073 @subsection Reducing
21074
21075 @noindent
21076 @kindex v R
21077 @kindex V R
21078 @pindex calc-reduce
21079 @tindex reduce
21080 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
21081 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
21082 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
21083 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
21084 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
21085 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
21086 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
21087 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
21088
21089 @kindex I v R
21090 @kindex I V R
21091 @tindex rreduce
21092 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
21093 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
21094 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
21095 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
21096 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
21097 in power series expansions.
21098
21099 @kindex v U
21100 @kindex V U
21101 @tindex accum
21102 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
21103 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
21104 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
21105 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
21106 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
21107 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
21108
21109 @kindex I v U
21110 @kindex I V U
21111 @tindex raccum
21112 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
21113 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
21114 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
21115
21116 @tindex reducea
21117 @tindex rreducea
21118 @tindex reduced
21119 @tindex rreduced
21120 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
21121 example, given the matrix @expr{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
21122 compute @expr{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
21123 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
21124 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
21125 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
21126 matrix would produce @expr{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
21127 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @expr{[a + d,
21128 b + e, c + f]}.
21129
21130 @tindex reducer
21131 @tindex rreducer
21132 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
21133 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
21134 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
21135 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
21136 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
21137 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
21138 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
21139
21140 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
21141 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
21142
21143 @tindex reducec
21144 @tindex rreducec
21145 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
21146 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
21147
21148 The commands @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are equivalent to typing
21149 @kbd{C-x * r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
21150 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
21151 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
21152
21153 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
21154 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
21155
21156 @noindent
21157 @kindex H v R
21158 @kindex H V R
21159 @tindex nest
21160 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
21161 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
21162 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
21163 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
21164 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
21165 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
21166 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
21167
21168 @kindex H v U
21169 @kindex H V U
21170 @tindex anest
21171 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
21172 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
21173 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
21174 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
21175 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
21176
21177 @kindex H I v R
21178 @kindex H I V R
21179 @tindex fixp
21180 @cindex Fixed points
21181 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
21182 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
21183 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
21184 no longer changes.
21185
21186 @kindex H I v U
21187 @kindex H I V U
21188 @tindex afixp
21189 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
21190 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
21191 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
21192 by @code{fixp}.
21193
21194 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
21195 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
21196 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
21197 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
21198 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
21199 to converge to 0.739085.)
21200
21201 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
21202 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
21203 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
21204 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
21205 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
21206 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
21207 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
21208
21209 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
21210 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
21211 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
21212 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
21213 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
21214 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
21215 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
21216 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
21217
21218 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
21219 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
21220 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
21221 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
21222 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
21223 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
21224 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
21225 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
21226 exactly equal.)
21227
21228 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
21229 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
21230 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
21231 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
21232
21233 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
21234 @subsection Generalized Products
21235
21236 @kindex v O
21237 @kindex V O
21238 @pindex calc-outer-product
21239 @tindex outer
21240 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
21241 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
21242 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
21243 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
21244 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
21245 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
21246 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
21247
21248 @kindex v I
21249 @kindex V I
21250 @pindex calc-inner-product
21251 @tindex inner
21252 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
21253 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
21254 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
21255 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
21256 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
21257 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
21258 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
21259 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
21260 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
21261 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
21262 generalized dot product.
21263
21264 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
21265 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
21266 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
21267 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
21268 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
21269
21270 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
21271 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
21272
21273 @noindent
21274 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
21275 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
21276 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
21277 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
21278 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
21279 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
21280
21281 @kindex v <
21282 @kindex V <
21283 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
21284 @kindex v =
21285 @kindex V =
21286 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
21287 @kindex v >
21288 @kindex V >
21289 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
21290 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
21291 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
21292 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
21293 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.
21294
21295 @kindex v [
21296 @kindex V [
21297 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
21298 @kindex v @{
21299 @kindex V @{
21300 @pindex calc-vector-braces
21301 @kindex v (
21302 @kindex V (
21303 @pindex calc-vector-parens
21304 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
21305 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
21306 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
21307 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
21308 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
21309 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
21310 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
21311 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
21312 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
21313 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.
21314
21315 @kindex V ]
21316 @kindex v ]
21317 @kindex V )
21318 @kindex v )
21319 @kindex V @}
21320 @kindex v @}
21321 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
21322 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
21323 ``big'' style display of matrices, for matrices which have more than
21324 one row. It prompts for a string of code letters; currently
21325 implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables brackets on each row
21326 of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer brackets in opposite
21327 corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which enables commas or
21328 semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last. The default format
21329 is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format was fixed at @samp{ROC}.)
21330 Here are some example matrices:
21331
21332 @example
21333 @group
21334 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
21335 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
21336 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
21337
21338 RO ROC
21339
21340 @end group
21341 @end example
21342 @noindent
21343 @example
21344 @group
21345 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
21346 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
21347 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
21348
21349 O OC
21350
21351 @end group
21352 @end example
21353 @noindent
21354 @example
21355 @group
21356 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
21357 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
21358 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
21359
21360 R @r{blank}
21361 @end group
21362 @end example
21363
21364 @noindent
21365 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
21366 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
21367 the others are useful for display only.
21368
21369 @kindex v ,
21370 @kindex V ,
21371 @pindex calc-vector-commas
21372 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
21373 off in vector and matrix display.
21374
21375 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
21376 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
21377 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
21378 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
21379 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
21380 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
21381 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
21382 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
21383 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21384
21385 @kindex v .
21386 @kindex V .
21387 @pindex calc-full-vectors
21388 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21389 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21390 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21391 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21392 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21393 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21394 improve Calc's display speed.
21395
21396 @kindex t .
21397 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21398 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21399 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21400 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21401 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21402 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21403 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21404 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21405 that involve the trail.
21406
21407 @kindex v /
21408 @kindex V /
21409 @pindex calc-break-vectors
21410 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21411 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21412 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21413 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21414 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21415 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21416
21417 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21418 @chapter Algebra
21419
21420 @noindent
21421 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21422 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21423 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21424 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21425 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21426 is discussed.
21427
21428 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21429 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21430 for anything else'') prefix.
21431
21432 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21433 using regular Emacs editing commands.
21434
21435 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21436 modes to be helpful, including Algebraic Simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21437 or No-Simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21438 Algebraic entry mode (@kbd{m a}), Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21439 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21440 of these modes. You may also wish to select Big display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21441 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.
21442
21443 @menu
21444 * Selecting Subformulas::
21445 * Algebraic Manipulation::
21446 * Simplifying Formulas::
21447 * Polynomials::
21448 * Calculus::
21449 * Solving Equations::
21450 * Numerical Solutions::
21451 * Curve Fitting::
21452 * Summations::
21453 * Logical Operations::
21454 * Rewrite Rules::
21455 @end menu
21456
21457 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21458 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21459
21460 @noindent
21461 @cindex Selections
21462 @cindex Sub-formulas
21463 @cindex Parts of formulas
21464 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21465 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21466 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21467 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21468 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21469 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21470
21471 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21472 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21473 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21474
21475 @menu
21476 * Making Selections::
21477 * Changing Selections::
21478 * Displaying Selections::
21479 * Operating on Selections::
21480 * Rearranging with Selections::
21481 @end menu
21482
21483 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21484 @subsection Making Selections
21485
21486 @noindent
21487 @kindex j s
21488 @pindex calc-select-here
21489 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21490 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21491 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21492 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21493 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21494 display mode but is perhaps easiest in Big mode (@kbd{d B}).
21495 Suppose you enter the following formula:
21496
21497 @smallexample
21498 @group
21499 3 ___
21500 (a + b) + V c
21501 1: ---------------
21502 2 x + 1
21503 @end group
21504 @end smallexample
21505
21506 @noindent
21507 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21508 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21509 to
21510
21511 @smallexample
21512 @group
21513 . ...
21514 .. . b. . . .
21515 1* ...............
21516 . . . .
21517 @end group
21518 @end smallexample
21519
21520 @noindent
21521 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21522 to a dot. (If the customizable variable
21523 @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the characters
21524 not part of the sub-formula are de-emphasized by using a less
21525 noticeable face instead of using dots. @pxref{Displaying Selections}.)
21526 The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21527 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21528 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
21529 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21530 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21531
21532 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21533 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21534
21535 @smallexample
21536 @group
21537 . ...
21538 (a + b) . . .
21539 1* ...............
21540 . . . .
21541 @end group
21542 @end smallexample
21543
21544 @noindent
21545 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21546 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21547 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21548 would have had the same effect.
21549
21550 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21551 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21552 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21553 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21554
21555 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21556 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21557 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21558 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21559 and so on.
21560
21561 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21562 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21563
21564 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21565 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21566 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21567 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21568 cursor on any stack entry.
21569
21570 @kindex j a
21571 @pindex calc-select-additional
21572 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21573 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21574 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21575 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21576 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21577 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21578
21579 @kindex j o
21580 @pindex calc-select-once
21581 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21582 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21583 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21584 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21585 by the cursor.
21586
21587 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21588 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21589 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21590 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21591
21592 @kindex j S
21593 @kindex j O
21594 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21595 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21596 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21597 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21598 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21599 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21600 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21601 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21602 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21603 commands.
21604
21605 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21606 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21607 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21608 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21609 entire four-term sum.
21610
21611 @kindex j b
21612 @pindex calc-break-selections
21613 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21614 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21615 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as
21616 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d} and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain
21617 obscure reasons, by default Calc treats multiplication as
21618 right-associative.) Once you have enabled @kbd{j b} mode, selecting
21619 with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would only select the @samp{a + b -
21620 c} portion, which makes sense when the deep structure of the sum is
21621 considered. There is no way to select the @samp{b - c + d} portion;
21622 although this might initially look like just as legitimate a sub-formula
21623 as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d
21624 U} command can be used to view the deep structure of any formula
21625 (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21626
21627 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21628 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21629 you get.
21630
21631 @kindex j u
21632 @pindex calc-unselect
21633 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21634 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21635 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21636 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21637 position.
21638
21639 @kindex j c
21640 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21641 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21642 stack elements.
21643
21644 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21645 @subsection Changing Selections
21646
21647 @noindent
21648 @kindex j m
21649 @pindex calc-select-more
21650 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21651 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21652 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21653
21654 @smallexample
21655 @group
21656 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21657 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21658 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21659 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21660 @end group
21661 @end smallexample
21662
21663 @noindent
21664 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21665 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21666 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21667
21668 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21669 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21670 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21671 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21672 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21673
21674 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21675 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21676 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21677 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21678
21679 @kindex j l
21680 @pindex calc-select-less
21681 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21682 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21683 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21684 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21685 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21686
21687 @kindex j 1-9
21688 @pindex calc-select-part
21689 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21690 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21691 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21692 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21693 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21694 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21695 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21696 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21697
21698 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21699 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21700 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21701 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21702 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.
21703
21704 @kindex j n
21705 @kindex j p
21706 @pindex calc-select-next
21707 @pindex calc-select-previous
21708 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21709 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21710 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21711 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21712 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21713 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21714 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21715 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21716 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21717 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21718
21719 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21720 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21721 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21722
21723 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21724 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21725 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21726 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21727 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21728 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21729 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21730 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21731 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21732
21733 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21734 @subsection Displaying Selections
21735
21736 @noindent
21737 @kindex j d
21738 @pindex calc-show-selections
21739 @vindex calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
21740 @vindex calc-selected-face
21741 @vindex calc-nonselected-face
21742 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21743 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21744 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21745 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21746 by @samp{#} signs:
21747
21748 @smallexample
21749 @group
21750 3 ... # ___
21751 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21752 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21753 . . . . 2 x + 1
21754 @end group
21755 @end smallexample
21756 If the customizable variable
21757 @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the
21758 non-selected portion of the formula will be de-emphasized by using a
21759 less noticeable face (@code{calc-nonselected-face}) instead of dots
21760 and the selected sub-formula will be highlighted by using a more
21761 noticeable face (@code{calc-selected-face}) instead of @samp{#}
21762 signs. (@pxref{Customizing Calc}.)
21763
21764 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21765 @subsection Operating on Selections
21766
21767 @noindent
21768 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21769 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21770 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21771 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21772 given stack element.)
21773
21774 @kindex j e
21775 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21776 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21777 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21778 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21779 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21780 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21781 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21782
21783 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21784 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21785 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21786 element.
21787
21788 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21789 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21790 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21791 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21792 portion to the top of the stack.
21793
21794 @smallexample
21795 @group
21796 3 ... ... ___
21797 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21798 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21799 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21800
21801 3 3
21802 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21803 @end group
21804 @end smallexample
21805
21806 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21807 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21808 the complete, edited formula.
21809
21810 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21811 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21812
21813 @kindex j '
21814 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21815 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21816 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21817 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21818 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21819 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21820 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21821 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21822 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21823 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21824
21825 @kindex j `
21826 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21827 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21828 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21829 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21830 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21831
21832 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21833 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21834 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21835 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21836
21837 @smallexample
21838 @group
21839 ###
21840 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21841 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21842 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21843 @end group
21844 @end smallexample
21845
21846 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21847 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21848 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21849 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21850 and resimplifies.
21851
21852 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21853 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21854 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21855
21856 @kindex j @key{DEL}
21857 @pindex calc-del-selection
21858 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21859 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21860 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21861 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21862 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21863
21864 @kindex j @key{RET}
21865 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21866 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21867 command.)
21868
21869 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21870 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21871 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21872 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21873
21874 @smallexample
21875 @group
21876 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21877 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21878 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21879 V 4 - 2 x
21880 @end group
21881 @end smallexample
21882
21883 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21884 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21885 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21886 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21887 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21888 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21889 the command will abort with an error message.
21890
21891 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21892 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21893 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21894 (@code{calc-change-sign}).
21895
21896 @smallexample
21897 @group
21898 .. . .. .
21899 1* .......... 1* ...........
21900 ......... ..........
21901 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21902 @end group
21903 @end smallexample
21904
21905 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21906 normally have canceled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21907 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21908 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21909 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21910 to be simplified.
21911
21912 @smallexample
21913 @group
21914 17 y 17 y
21915 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21916 __________ _________
21917 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21918 @end group
21919 @end smallexample
21920
21921 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21922 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21923
21924 @noindent
21925 @kindex j R
21926 @pindex calc-commute-right
21927 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21928 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21929 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21930 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21931
21932 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21933 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21934 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21935 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21936
21937 @smallexample
21938 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21939 @end smallexample
21940
21941 @noindent
21942 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21943 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21944 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21945 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21946
21947 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21948 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21949 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21950 course be drastically changed.
21951
21952 @smallexample
21953 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21954
21955 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21956 @end smallexample
21957
21958 @kindex j L
21959 @pindex calc-commute-left
21960 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21961 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21962
21963 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21964 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21965 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21966 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21967 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21968
21969 @kindex j D
21970 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21971 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21972 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21973 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21974 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21975 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21976 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21977 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21978 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21979
21980 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21981 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21982 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21983 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21984 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21985 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21986
21987 @vindex DistribRules
21988 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21989 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21990 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21991 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21992 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c}
21993 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21994 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21995
21996 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21997 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21998 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21999 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
22000
22001 @kindex j M
22002 @pindex calc-sel-merge
22003 @vindex MergeRules
22004 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
22005 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
22006 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
22007 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
22008 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
22009 the relevant rules.
22010
22011 @kindex j C
22012 @pindex calc-sel-commute
22013 @vindex CommuteRules
22014 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
22015 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
22016 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
22017 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
22018 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
22019 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
22020 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
22021 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
22022 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
22023
22024 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
22025 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
22026 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
22027 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
22028 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
22029 manipulations described in this section.
22030
22031 @kindex j N
22032 @pindex calc-sel-negate
22033 @vindex NegateRules
22034 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
22035 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
22036 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
22037 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
22038 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
22039 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
22040 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
22041 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
22042
22043 @kindex j &
22044 @pindex calc-sel-invert
22045 @vindex InvertRules
22046 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
22047 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
22048 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
22049 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
22050
22051 @kindex j E
22052 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
22053 @vindex JumpRules
22054 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
22055 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
22056 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
22057 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
22058 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
22059 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
22060
22061 @kindex j I
22062 @kindex H j I
22063 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
22064 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
22065 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
22066 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
22067 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
22068 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
22069 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
22070 as well as equations.
22071
22072 @kindex j *
22073 @kindex j /
22074 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
22075 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
22076 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
22077 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
22078 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
22079 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
22080 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
22081 providing a prefix argument: @kbd{C-u j *}. There is also a @kbd{j /}
22082 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
22083 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
22084
22085 If the selection is a quotient with numerator 1, then Calc's default
22086 simplifications would normally cancel the new factors. To prevent
22087 this, when the @kbd{j *} command is used on a selection whose numerator is
22088 1 or -1, the denominator is expanded at the top level using the
22089 distributive law (as if using the @kbd{C-u 1 a x} command). Suppose the
22090 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (a + 1)} and you wish to multiplying the
22091 top and bottom by @samp{a - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
22092 normally change the result @samp{(a - 1) /(a + 1) (a - 1)} back
22093 to the original form by cancellation; when @kbd{j *} is used, Calc
22094 expands the denominator to @samp{a (a - 1) + a - 1} to prevent this.
22095
22096 If you wish the @kbd{j *} command to completely expand the denominator
22097 of a quotient you can call it with a zero prefix: @kbd{C-u 0 j *}. For
22098 example, if the formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, you may
22099 wish to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying
22100 the top and bottom by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. If you did this simply by using
22101 a simple @kbd{j *} command, you would get
22102 @samp{(sqrt(a)-1)/ (sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1)}. Instead,
22103 you would probably want to use @kbd{C-u 0 j *}, which would expand the
22104 bottom and give you the desired result @samp{(sqrt(a)-1)/(a-1)}. More
22105 generally, if @kbd{j *} is called with an argument of a positive
22106 integer @var{n}, then the denominator of the expression will be
22107 expanded @var{n} times (as if with the @kbd{C-u @var{n} a x} command).
22108
22109 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
22110 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
22111 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
22112 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
22113 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
22114 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
22115 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
22116 message.
22117
22118 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
22119 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
22120 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
22121 back by the formula.
22122
22123 @kindex j +
22124 @kindex j -
22125 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
22126 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
22127 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
22128 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
22129 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
22130 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
22131 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
22132 results.
22133
22134 @kindex j U
22135 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
22136 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
22137 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
22138 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
22139 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
22140 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
22141 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
22142
22143 @kindex j v
22144 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
22145 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
22146 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
22147 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
22148 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
22149 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
22150 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
22151 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
22152
22153 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
22154 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
22155 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
22156 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
22157 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
22158 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
22159 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
22160 sub-formula.
22161
22162 @kindex j "
22163 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
22164 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
22165 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
22166
22167 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
22168 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22169
22170 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
22171 @section Algebraic Manipulation
22172
22173 @noindent
22174 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
22175 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
22176 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
22177 formula).
22178
22179 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
22180 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
22181 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
22182 from the second-to-top stack level.
22183
22184 @kindex a v
22185 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
22186 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
22187 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
22188 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
22189 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
22190 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
22191 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
22192
22193 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
22194 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
22195 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
22196
22197 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
22198 as if in Algebraic Simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
22199 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
22200 of 3 or more, it uses Extended Simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
22201
22202 If you give a negative prefix argument @mathit{-1}, @mathit{-2}, or @mathit{-3},
22203 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
22204 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
22205 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
22206 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
22207 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
22208 in No-Simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
22209 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
22210 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
22211
22212 @tindex evalv
22213 @tindex evalvn
22214 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
22215 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
22216 disables Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}) during the evaluation, corresponds
22217 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
22218 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
22219 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
22220 it as a temporary different working precision.)
22221
22222 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
22223 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
22224 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
22225 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
22226 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
22227 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
22228 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
22229 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
22230 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
22231 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
22232 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
22233 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
22234
22235 @kindex a "
22236 @pindex calc-expand-formula
22237 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
22238 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
22239 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
22240 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
22241 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
22242 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
22243 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22244 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
22245 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
22246 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
22247 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
22248 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
22249 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
22250 top-level function call.
22251
22252 @kindex a M
22253 @pindex calc-map-equation
22254 @tindex mapeq
22255 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
22256 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
22257 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
22258 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
22259 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
22260 @samp{x = y+1} and @expr{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
22261 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
22262 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
22263 respective sides of a new equation.
22264
22265 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
22266 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
22267 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
22268 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
22269 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
22270 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
22271 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
22272 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
22273 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
22274 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
22275
22276 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
22277 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
22278 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
22279 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
22280 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
22281
22282 @kindex H a M
22283 @tindex mapeqp
22284 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
22285 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
22286 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
22287 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
22288 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
22289
22290 @kindex I a M
22291 @tindex mapeqr
22292 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
22293 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
22294 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
22295 working with small positive angles.
22296
22297 @kindex a b
22298 @pindex calc-substitute
22299 @tindex subst
22300 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
22301 all occurrences
22302 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
22303 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
22304 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
22305 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
22306 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
22307 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
22308 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
22309 doing substitutions.
22310
22311 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
22312 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
22313 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
22314 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
22315 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
22316 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
22317 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
22318
22319 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
22320 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
22321 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
22322 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
22323 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
22324 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
22325 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
22326 these limitations.
22327
22328 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
22329 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
22330 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
22331 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
22332 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
22333
22334 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
22335 @section Simplifying Formulas
22336
22337 @noindent
22338 @kindex a s
22339 @kindex I a s
22340 @kindex H a s
22341 @pindex calc-simplify
22342 @tindex simplify
22343 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
22344 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
22345 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
22346 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
22347 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
22348 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
22349 simplified to @samp{x}.
22350
22351 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
22352 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
22353 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
22354 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
22355 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
22356 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
22357 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
22358 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22359
22360 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
22361 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
22362 simplifications'' occur.
22363
22364 There are some simplifications that, while sometimes useful, are never
22365 done automatically. For example, the @kbd{I} prefix can be given to
22366 @kbd{a s}; the @kbd{I a s} command will change any trigonometric
22367 function to the appropriate combination of @samp{sin}s and @samp{cos}s
22368 before simplifying. This can be useful in simplifying even mildly
22369 complicated trigonometric expressions. For example, while @kbd{a s}
22370 can reduce @samp{sin(x) csc(x)} to @samp{1}, it will not simplify
22371 @samp{sin(x)^2 csc(x)}. The command @kbd{I a s} can be used to
22372 simplify this latter expression; it will transform @samp{sin(x)^2
22373 csc(x)} into @samp{sin(x)}. However, @kbd{I a s} will also perform
22374 some ``simplifications'' which may not be desired; for example, it
22375 will transform @samp{tan(x)^2} into @samp{sin(x)^2 / cos(x)^2}. The
22376 Hyperbolic prefix @kbd{H} can be used similarly; the @kbd{H a s} will
22377 replace any hyperbolic functions in the formula with the appropriate
22378 combinations of @samp{sinh}s and @samp{cosh}s before simplifying.
22379
22380
22381 @menu
22382 * Default Simplifications::
22383 * Algebraic Simplifications::
22384 * Unsafe Simplifications::
22385 * Simplification of Units::
22386 @end menu
22387
22388 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
22389 @subsection Default Simplifications
22390
22391 @noindent
22392 @cindex Default simplifications
22393 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
22394 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
22395 @expr{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
22396 simplifications automatically change @expr{x + x} to @expr{2 x}.
22397
22398 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
22399 @expr{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
22400 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
22401 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
22402 back on.
22403
22404 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
22405 For example, @expr{2 + 3} is evaluated to @expr{5}, and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)}
22406 is evaluated to @expr{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
22407 to a function are somehow of the wrong type @expr{@tfn{tan}([2,3,4])}),
22408 range (@expr{@tfn{tan}(90)}), or number (@expr{@tfn{tan}(3,5)}),
22409 or if the function name is not recognized (@expr{@tfn{f}(5)}), or if
22410 Symbolic mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation
22411 (@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2)}).
22412
22413 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
22414 simplifies the function itself. Thus @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(5+4)} is
22415 simplified to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
22416 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
22417 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
22418 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
22419 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
22420 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
22421
22422 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
22423 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
22424 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
22425 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
22426 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
22427 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
22428 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
22429
22430 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22431 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22432 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22433 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22434 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22435
22436 @tex
22437 \bigskip
22438 @end tex
22439
22440 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22441 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22442 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22443 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22444
22445 @tex
22446 \bigskip
22447 @end tex
22448
22449 And now, on with the default simplifications:
22450
22451 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22452 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22453 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22454 a left-associative form for sums, @expr{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
22455 (by default) a right-associative form for products,
22456 @expr{a * (b * (c * d))}. Formulas like @expr{(a + b) + (c + d)} are
22457 rearranged to left-associative form, though this rarely matters since
22458 Calc's algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of sums
22459 and products as much as possible. Sums and products in their proper
22460 associative form will be written without parentheses in the examples
22461 below.
22462
22463 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22464 commutative law (@expr{a + b} to @expr{b + a}) except in a few
22465 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22466 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22467 see that @expr{a b + b a} can be simplified to @expr{2 a b}.
22468 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22469 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22470 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22471 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22472 Simplifications}.
22473
22474 Differences @expr{a - b} are treated like sums @expr{a + (-b)}
22475 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22476 is to rewrite @expr{a + (-b)} or @expr{(-b) + a}, where @expr{-b}
22477 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @expr{a - b} form.
22478 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22479 @expr{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22480 negative-looking.
22481
22482 Other simplifications involving negation are @expr{-(-x)} to @expr{x};
22483 @expr{-(a b)} or @expr{-(a/b)} where either @expr{a} or @expr{b} is
22484 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22485 @expr{a} or @expr{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22486 @expr{-(a + b)} to @expr{-a - b}, and @expr{-(b - a)} to @expr{a - b}.
22487 (This, and rewriting @expr{(-b) + a} to @expr{a - b}, are the only
22488 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22489 simplifications.)
22490
22491 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22492 @expr{a x + b x} to @expr{(a + b) x}, where @expr{a} represents
22493 a number or an implicit 1 or @mathit{-1} (as in @expr{x} or @expr{-x})
22494 and similarly for @expr{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22495 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22496 using the distributive law.
22497
22498 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22499 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @expr{a + b + b + c}
22500 is simplified to @expr{a + 2 b + c}, but @expr{a + b + c + b}
22501 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22502 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22503 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22504 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22505 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22506
22507 Finally, @expr{a + 0} and @expr{0 + a} are simplified to @expr{a}.
22508 A consequence of the above rules is that @expr{0 - a} is simplified
22509 to @expr{-a}.
22510
22511 @tex
22512 \bigskip
22513 @end tex
22514
22515 The products @expr{1 a} and @expr{a 1} are simplified to @expr{a};
22516 @expr{(-1) a} and @expr{a (-1)} are simplified to @expr{-a};
22517 @expr{0 a} and @expr{a 0} are simplified to @expr{0}, except that
22518 in Matrix mode where @expr{a} is not provably scalar the result
22519 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @expr{a} is
22520 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22521
22522 Also, @expr{(-a) b} and @expr{a (-b)} are simplified to @expr{-(a b)},
22523 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22524 numbers.
22525
22526 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22527 @expr{a b 2} is commuted to @expr{2 a b}.
22528
22529 The product @expr{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22530 @expr{a} and at least one of @expr{b} and @expr{c} are numbers:
22531 @expr{2 (x + 3)} goes to @expr{2 x + 6}. The formula
22532 @expr{(-a) (b - c)}, where @expr{-a} is a negative number, is
22533 rewritten to @expr{a (c - b)}.
22534
22535 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22536 terms of the product: @expr{x^a x^b} goes to
22537 @texline @math{x^{a+b}}
22538 @infoline @expr{x^(a+b)}
22539 where @expr{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @expr{x}),
22540 or the implicit one-half of @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22541 @expr{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22542 if the sum of the powers is @expr{1/2} or @expr{-1/2}, respectively.
22543 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22544 @expr{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if Matrix mode is enabled.
22545
22546 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22547 power is changed to use division:
22548 @texline @math{x^{-2} y}
22549 @infoline @expr{x^(-2) y}
22550 goes to @expr{y / x^2} unless Matrix mode is
22551 in effect and neither @expr{x} nor @expr{y} are scalar (in which
22552 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22553
22554 Finally, @expr{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @expr{(a b)/c}, and also
22555 @expr{(a/b) c} is changed to @expr{(a c)/b} unless in Matrix mode.
22556
22557 @tex
22558 \bigskip
22559 @end tex
22560
22561 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22562 The quotient @expr{0 / x} is simplified to @expr{0}, with the same
22563 exceptions that were noted for @expr{0 x}. Likewise, @expr{x / 1}
22564 and @expr{x / (-1)} are simplified to @expr{x} and @expr{-x},
22565 respectively.
22566
22567 The quotient @expr{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22568 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22569 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
22570
22571 The expression
22572 @texline @math{a / b^{-c}}
22573 @infoline @expr{a / b^(-c)}
22574 is changed to @expr{a b^c}, where @expr{-c} is any negative-looking
22575 power. Also, @expr{1 / b^c} is changed to
22576 @texline @math{b^{-c}}
22577 @infoline @expr{b^(-c)}
22578 for any power @expr{c}.
22579
22580 Also, @expr{(-a) / b} and @expr{a / (-b)} go to @expr{-(a/b)};
22581 @expr{(a/b) / c} goes to @expr{a / (b c)}; and @expr{a / (b/c)}
22582 goes to @expr{(a c) / b} unless Matrix mode prevents this
22583 rearrangement. Similarly, @expr{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22584 @expr{(c:b) a} for any fraction @expr{b:c}.
22585
22586 The distributive law is applied to @expr{(a + b) / c} only if
22587 @expr{c} and at least one of @expr{a} and @expr{b} are numbers.
22588 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22589 described for multiplication.
22590
22591 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22592 numerator and denominator. In other words, @expr{a x b / a y b}
22593 is canceled to @expr{x b / y b} but not to @expr{x / y}. Once
22594 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22595 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22596
22597 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22598 to @expr{(-a) / (-b)} to @expr{a / b}, @expr{(-a) / (b - c)}
22599 to @expr{a / (c - b)}, and @expr{(a - b) / (-c)} to @expr{(b - a) / c}.
22600
22601 @tex
22602 \bigskip
22603 @end tex
22604
22605 The formula @expr{x^0} is simplified to @expr{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22606 in Matrix mode. The formula @expr{0^x} is simplified to @expr{0}
22607 unless @expr{x} is a negative number, complex number or zero.
22608 If @expr{x} is negative, complex or @expr{0.0}, @expr{0^x} is an
22609 infinity or an unsimplified formula according to the current infinite
22610 mode. The expression @expr{0^0} is simplified to @expr{1}.
22611
22612 Powers of products or quotients @expr{(a b)^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c}
22613 are distributed to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{a^c / b^c} only if @expr{c}
22614 is an integer, or if either @expr{a} or @expr{b} are nonnegative
22615 real numbers. Powers of powers @expr{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22616 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22617 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22618 only when @expr{c} is an integer and @expr{b c} also
22619 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22620 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22621 (In other words,
22622 @texline @math{((-3)^{1/2})^2}
22623 @infoline @expr{((-3)^1:2)^2}
22624 is safe to simplify, but
22625 @texline @math{((-3)^2)^{1/2}}
22626 @infoline @expr{((-3)^2)^1:2}
22627 is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform Calc that your
22628 variables satisfy these requirements.
22629
22630 As a special case of this rule, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22631 @texline @math{x^{n/2}}
22632 @infoline @expr{x^(n/2)}
22633 only for even integers @expr{n}.
22634
22635 If @expr{a} is known to be real, @expr{b} is an even integer, and
22636 @expr{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @expr{(a^b)^c} is
22637 simplified to @expr{@tfn{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22638
22639 Also, @expr{(-a)^b} is simplified to @expr{a^b} if @expr{b} is an
22640 even integer, or to @expr{-(a^b)} if @expr{b} is an odd integer,
22641 for any negative-looking expression @expr{-a}.
22642
22643 Square roots @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22644 @texline @math{x^{1:2}}
22645 @infoline @expr{x^1:2}
22646 for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22647
22648 Also, note that
22649 @texline @math{1 / x^{1:2}}
22650 @infoline @expr{1 / x^1:2}
22651 is changed to
22652 @texline @math{x^{-1:2}},
22653 @infoline @expr{x^(-1:2)},
22654 but @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22655
22656 @tex
22657 \bigskip
22658 @end tex
22659
22660 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22661 following rules: @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + b} to @expr{a + b} if @expr{b}
22662 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @expr{b} is a matrix;
22663 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + @tfn{idn}(b)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a + b)};
22664 @expr{-@tfn{idn}(a)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(-a)}; @expr{a @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22665 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)} if @expr{a} is provably scalar, or to @expr{a b}
22666 if @expr{a} is provably non-scalar; @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22667 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients involving
22668 @code{idn}; and @expr{@tfn{idn}(a)^n} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a^n)} where
22669 @expr{n} is an integer.
22670
22671 @tex
22672 \bigskip
22673 @end tex
22674
22675 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22676 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22677 @expr{@tfn{floor}(@tfn{round}(x))} simplifies to @expr{@tfn{round}(x)}.
22678 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22679 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22680 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22681
22682 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(-x)} changes to @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}.
22683 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(@tfn{abs}(x))} changes to
22684 @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}; in fact, @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)} changes to @expr{x} or
22685 @expr{-x} if @expr{x} is provably nonnegative or nonpositive
22686 (@pxref{Declarations}).
22687
22688 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22689 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22690 @expr{@tfn{arg}(@tfn{i})} and @expr{@tfn{arg}(-@tfn{i})} just for convenience.
22691
22692 The expression @expr{@tfn{conj}(@tfn{conj}(x))} simplifies to @expr{x}.
22693 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22694 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22695 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22696 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to
22697 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a) - @tfn{conj}(b) i}, or to @expr{a - b i} if @expr{a}
22698 and @expr{b} are known to be real.
22699
22700 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22701 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22702 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22703 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22704 these functions, though.
22705
22706 One important simplification that does occur is that
22707 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e})} is simplified to 1, and @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)} is
22708 simplified to @expr{x} for any @expr{x}. This occurs even if you have
22709 stored a different value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would
22710 be a bad idea in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22711
22712 Among the logical functions, @tfn{!(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22713 @tfn{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22714 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22715 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22716 @expr{!!x} to @expr{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22717 @expr{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22718
22719 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22720 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22721 suitable numbers.
22722
22723 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22724 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22725
22726 @noindent
22727 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22728 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22729 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22730 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22731 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22732
22733 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22734 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22735 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22736 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22737 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22738
22739 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22740 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22741 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22742 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22743 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22744 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22745 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22746 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22747 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22748
22749 @tex
22750 \bigskip
22751 @end tex
22752
22753 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22754 end of the sum, so that @expr{a + 2 + b} changes to @expr{a + b + 2}.
22755 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22756 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @expr{2 - x} is not
22757 commuted to @expr{-x + 2}.
22758
22759 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22760 @expr{x + y + 2 x} to @expr{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22761 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22762 non-adjacent ones.
22763
22764 @tex
22765 \bigskip
22766 @end tex
22767
22768 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22769 law. For example, @expr{b c a} is commuted to @expr{a b c}.
22770 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22771 simplifications will not change @expr{x y + y x} to @expr{2 x y},
22772 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @expr{x y + x y},
22773 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22774 of identical terms.
22775
22776 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22777 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22778 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22779 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22780
22781 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when Matrix mode is
22782 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22783 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22784
22785 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22786 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22787 use for adjacent terms of products.
22788
22789 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22790 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22791 Thus @expr{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @expr{(x + y)^2}.
22792 A subtle point is that @expr{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22793 be simplified to @expr{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22794 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22795 that constant is @mathit{-1}.
22796
22797 A fraction times any expression, @expr{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22798 a quotient involving integers: @expr{a x / b}. This is not
22799 done for floating-point numbers like @expr{0.5}, however. This
22800 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22801 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22802
22803 @tex
22804 \bigskip
22805 @end tex
22806
22807 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22808 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22809 the distributive law. For example, @expr{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22810 cancel @expr{x^2} from the top and bottom to get @expr{a b / c x d}.
22811 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @expr{c d x}
22812 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22813 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is canceled out;
22814 for example, @expr{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @expr{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22815
22816 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22817 cancel the factor @expr{a} in @expr{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22818 use @kbd{j M} on the product @expr{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22819 @expr{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22820
22821 @tex
22822 \bigskip
22823 @end tex
22824
22825 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22826 to the identity @expr{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22827 than the complex number @expr{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22828 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22829 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22830 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22831 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22832 user might not have been thinking of.
22833
22834 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22835 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22836 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22837 pulled out so that @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22838 @texline @math{2\,@tfn{sqrt}(2)}.
22839 @infoline @expr{2 sqrt(2)}.
22840 Conceptually speaking this implies factoring the argument into primes
22841 and moving pairs of primes out of the square root, but for reasons of
22842 efficiency Calc only looks for primes up to 29.
22843
22844 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22845 numerator: @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22846 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22847 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22848
22849 @tex
22850 \bigskip
22851 @end tex
22852
22853 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22854 when the modulus @expr{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22855 the argument is of the form @expr{x + n} for some real number
22856 @expr{n}, then @expr{n} is itself reduced modulo @expr{M}. For
22857 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22858
22859 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22860 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22861 canceled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22862 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22863 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22864 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22865 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22866
22867 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22868 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22869 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22870 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22871 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22872 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22873 declared to be an integer.
22874
22875 @tex
22876 \bigskip
22877 @end tex
22878
22879 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. Whenever a
22880 products of two trigonometric functions can be replaced by a single
22881 function, the replacement is made; for example,
22882 @expr{@tfn{tan}(x) @tfn{cos}(x)} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{sin}(x)}.
22883 Reciprocals of trigonometric functions are replaced by their reciprocal
22884 function; for example, @expr{1/@tfn{sec}(x)} is simplified to
22885 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. The corresponding simplifications for the
22886 hyperbolic functions are also handled.
22887
22888 Trigonometric functions of their inverse functions are
22889 simplified. The expression @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arcsin}(x))} is
22890 simplified to @expr{x}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22891 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22892 functions can also be simplified, as in @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arccos}(x))}
22893 to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22894
22895 If the argument to @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to
22896 @expr{-@tfn{sin}(x)}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22897 Finally, certain special values of the argument are recognized;
22898 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22899
22900 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22901 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22902 hyperbolic functions.
22903
22904 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22905 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22906 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22907 @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22908 @expr{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple of
22909 @texline @math{2 \pi}
22910 @infoline @expr{2 pi}
22911 radians or 360 degrees. However, @expr{@tfn{arcsinh}(@tfn{sinh}(x))} is
22912 simplified to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22913
22914 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22915 are that @expr{@tfn{exp}(@tfn{ln}(x))},
22916 @texline @tfn{e}@math{^{\ln(x)}},
22917 @infoline @expr{e^@tfn{ln}(x)},
22918 and
22919 @texline @math{10^{{\rm log10}(x)}}
22920 @infoline @expr{10^@tfn{log10}(x)}
22921 all reduce to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))}, etc., can
22922 reduce to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is provably real. The form
22923 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)^y} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{exp}(x y)}. If @expr{x}
22924 is a suitable multiple of
22925 @texline @math{\pi i}
22926 @infoline @expr{pi i}
22927 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then
22928 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)} or @expr{e^x} will be expanded. Finally,
22929 @expr{@tfn{ln}(x)} is simplified to a form involving @code{pi} and
22930 @code{i} where @expr{x} is provably negative, positive imaginary, or
22931 negative imaginary.
22932
22933 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22934 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22935 function.
22936
22937 @tex
22938 \bigskip
22939 @end tex
22940
22941 Equations and inequalities are simplified by canceling factors
22942 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22943 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is canceled.
22944 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @expr{a b = a c} are
22945 canceled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22946 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22947 are canceled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22948 sign is known.
22949
22950 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22951 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22952 declarations. If @expr{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22953 than 5, then @expr{x < 3}, @expr{x = 3}, and @expr{x = 7.5} are
22954 all simplified to 0, but @expr{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22955 By a similar analysis, @expr{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22956 as is @expr{x^2 >= 0} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22957
22958 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22959 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22960
22961 @noindent
22962 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22963 @cindex Extended simplification
22964 @kindex a e
22965 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22966 @ignore
22967 @mindex esimpl@idots
22968 @end ignore
22969 @tindex esimplify
22970 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22971 is like @kbd{a s}
22972 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22973 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22974 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22975 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22976 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22977 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22978 ``for positive @expr{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22979 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.
22980
22981 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22982 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22983 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22984 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22985 to any specific part of a formula.
22986
22987 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22988 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22989 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22990 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22991
22992 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22993 by @kbd{a e}.
22994
22995 @tex
22996 \bigskip
22997 @end tex
22998
22999 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
23000 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
23001 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} changes
23002 to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{cos}(x))} and
23003 @expr{@tfn{arccos}(@tfn{sin}(x))} both change to @expr{@tfn{pi}/2 - x}.
23004 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
23005 values of @expr{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
23006 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
23007 functions always produce.
23008
23009 Powers of powers @expr{(x^a)^b} are simplified to
23010 @texline @math{x^{a b}}
23011 @infoline @expr{x^(a b)}
23012 for all @expr{a} and @expr{b}. These results will be valid only
23013 in a restricted range of @expr{x}; for example, in
23014 @texline @math{(x^2)^{1:2}}
23015 @infoline @expr{(x^2)^1:2}
23016 the powers cancel to get @expr{x}, which is valid for positive values
23017 of @expr{x} but not for negative or complex values.
23018
23019 Similarly, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x^a)} and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
23020 simplified (possibly unsafely) to
23021 @texline @math{x^{a/2}}.
23022 @infoline @expr{x^(a/2)}.
23023
23024 Forms like @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - sin(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
23025 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
23026 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
23027
23028 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
23029 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
23030 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to
23031 @expr{a b @tfn{sqrt}(a+b)}.
23032
23033 The simplifications of @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))},
23034 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)}, and @expr{@tfn{log10}(10^x)} to @expr{x} are also
23035 unsafe because of problems with principal values (although these
23036 simplifications are safe if @expr{x} is known to be real).
23037
23038 Common factors are canceled from products on both sides of an
23039 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @expr{a x / b x}
23040 to @expr{a / b}. Such factors are never canceled from
23041 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
23042 @expr{a x < b x} to @expr{a < b} (or @expr{a > b}, depending
23043 on whether you believe @expr{x} is positive or negative).
23044 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
23045 both sides of an inequality.
23046
23047 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
23048 @subsection Simplification of Units
23049
23050 @noindent
23051 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
23052 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
23053 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
23054 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
23055
23056 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
23057 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
23058 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
23059
23060 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
23061 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
23062
23063 Sums @expr{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
23064 units of @expr{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
23065 @expr{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @expr{b / u_a}
23066 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
23067 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
23068 in terms of the units @expr{u_a}.
23069
23070 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
23071 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
23072 leading unit are modified accordingly.
23073
23074 When canceling and combining units in products and quotients,
23075 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
23076 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
23077 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
23078 are not combined in this way.
23079
23080 Quotients @expr{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
23081 if @expr{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
23082 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
23083
23084 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
23085 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
23086 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
23087 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
23088 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @expr{2.54}.
23089
23090 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
23091 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
23092 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
23093
23094 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
23095 @expr{(a b)^c} to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c} to @expr{a^c / b^c},
23096 and @expr{(a^b)^c} to
23097 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
23098 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
23099 are done if the powers are real numbers. (These are safe in the context
23100 of units because all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be
23101 real.)
23102
23103 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
23104 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
23105 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
23106 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
23107 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
23108 is simplified by noting that @expr{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
23109 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
23110 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @expr{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
23111 replaced by approximately
23112 @texline @math{(4046 m^2)^{1.5}}
23113 @infoline @expr{(4046 m^2)^1.5},
23114 which is then changed to
23115 @texline @math{4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}},
23116 @infoline @expr{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5},
23117 then to @expr{257440 m^3}.
23118
23119 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
23120 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
23121 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
23122 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
23123 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
23124 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
23125
23126 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
23127 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
23128 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
23129 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
23130
23131 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
23132 @section Polynomials
23133
23134 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
23135 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @expr{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
23136 is a polynomial in @expr{x}. Some formulas can be considered
23137 polynomials in several different variables: @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
23138 is a polynomial in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}. Polynomial coefficients
23139 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
23140 involving the base variable.
23141
23142 @kindex a f
23143 @pindex calc-factor
23144 @tindex factor
23145 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
23146 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
23147 @expr{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
23148 example, @expr{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
23149 @expr{(a + b) (c + d)}.
23150
23151 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
23152 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
23153 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
23154 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
23155 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
23156 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
23157 (@expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, and @expr{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
23158 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
23159 rewrite mechanism.
23160
23161 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
23162 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
23163 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
23164 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
23165 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
23166 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
23167 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
23168 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
23169 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
23170 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
23171 version of Calc.)
23172
23173 @vindex FactorRules
23174 @ignore
23175 @starindex
23176 @end ignore
23177 @tindex thecoefs
23178 @ignore
23179 @starindex
23180 @end ignore
23181 @ignore
23182 @mindex @idots
23183 @end ignore
23184 @tindex thefactors
23185 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
23186 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
23187 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
23188 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
23189 @expr{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
23190 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
23191 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
23192 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
23193 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
23194 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
23195 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
23196 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
23197 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
23198 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
23199 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
23200 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
23201 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
23202 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
23203
23204 @kindex H a f
23205 @tindex factors
23206 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
23207 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
23208 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
23209 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
23210 @expr{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @expr{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
23211 in @kbd{a f}, or to @expr{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
23212 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
23213 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
23214 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @expr{x} with
23215 respect to the specific variable @expr{v}. The default is to factor with
23216 respect to all the variables that appear in @expr{x}.
23217
23218 @kindex a c
23219 @pindex calc-collect
23220 @tindex collect
23221 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
23222 formula as a
23223 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
23224 variable. For example, given @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
23225 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @expr{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
23226 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @expr{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
23227 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
23228 necessary: Collecting @expr{x} in @expr{(x - 1)^3} produces
23229 @expr{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @expr{x} will
23230 not be expanded.
23231
23232 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
23233 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
23234 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
23235 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
23236 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
23237
23238 @kindex a x
23239 @pindex calc-expand
23240 @tindex expand
23241 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
23242 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
23243 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
23244 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
23245 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
23246 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
23247
23248 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
23249 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
23250 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
23251 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
23252 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
23253 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
23254 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
23255 do not do.)
23256
23257 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
23258 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @expr{(x+1)^3} is
23259 to write @expr{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
23260 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
23261 simplify it back to @expr{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
23262 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
23263 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
23264 the way in one step.
23265
23266 @kindex a a
23267 @pindex calc-apart
23268 @tindex apart
23269 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
23270 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
23271 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
23272 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
23273 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
23274 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
23275 chooses the base variable automatically.
23276
23277 @kindex a n
23278 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
23279 @tindex nrat
23280 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
23281 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
23282 For example, given @expr{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
23283 @expr{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
23284 @kbd{a n} will simplify @expr{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
23285 out the common factor @expr{x + 1}, yielding @expr{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
23286
23287 @kindex a \
23288 @pindex calc-poly-div
23289 @tindex pdiv
23290 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
23291 two polynomials @expr{u} and @expr{v}, yielding a new polynomial
23292 @expr{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
23293 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
23294 with the largest power in @expr{u} first, or, in the case of equal
23295 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
23296 dividing @expr{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @expr{x + 2} yields @expr{x + 1}.
23297 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
23298 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
23299
23300 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
23301 variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
23302 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
23303 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
23304 above.
23305
23306 @kindex a %
23307 @pindex calc-poly-rem
23308 @tindex prem
23309 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
23310 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @expr{r}. The quotient
23311 @expr{q} is discarded. For any formulas @expr{a} and @expr{b}, the
23312 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @expr{a = q b + r}.
23313 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
23314 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
23315
23316 @kindex a /
23317 @kindex H a /
23318 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
23319 @tindex pdivrem
23320 @tindex pdivide
23321 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
23322 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
23323 remainder as a vector @expr{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
23324 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
23325 @expr{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
23326 this will immediately simplify to @expr{q}.)
23327
23328 @kindex a g
23329 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
23330 @tindex pgcd
23331 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
23332 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
23333 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
23334 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
23335 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
23336 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
23337 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
23338 leaving a remainder.)
23339
23340 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
23341 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
23342 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
23343 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
23344 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
23345 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
23346 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
23347
23348 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
23349 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
23350 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
23351
23352 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
23353 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
23354
23355 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
23356 @section Calculus
23357
23358 @noindent
23359 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
23360 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
23361 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
23362 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
23363 readable way.
23364
23365 @menu
23366 * Differentiation::
23367 * Integration::
23368 * Customizing the Integrator::
23369 * Numerical Integration::
23370 * Taylor Series::
23371 @end menu
23372
23373 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
23374 @subsection Differentiation
23375
23376 @noindent
23377 @kindex a d
23378 @kindex H a d
23379 @pindex calc-derivative
23380 @tindex deriv
23381 @tindex tderiv
23382 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
23383 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
23384 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
23385 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
23386 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
23387 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
23388 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
23389 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
23390 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
23391 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
23392 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23393
23394 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
23395 @var{n}th derivative.
23396
23397 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
23398 Radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
23399 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
23400 answer!
23401
23402 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23403 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
23404 of @expr{f} with respect to @expr{x}, evaluated at the point
23405 @texline @math{x=x_0}.
23406 @infoline @expr{x=x0}.
23407
23408 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
23409 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
23410 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
23411 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
23412 derivative of @code{f}.
23413
23414 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
23415 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
23416 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
23417 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
23418 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
23419 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
23420 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
23421 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
23422
23423 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
23424 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
23425 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
23426 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
23427 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
23428 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
23429 argument once).
23430
23431 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
23432 @subsection Integration
23433
23434 @noindent
23435 @kindex a i
23436 @pindex calc-integral
23437 @tindex integ
23438 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
23439 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
23440 respect to a prompted-for variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to
23441 work for all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several
23442 large classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational
23443 function (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable.
23444 (Rational functions don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however;
23445 @texline @math{x/(1+x^{-2})}
23446 @infoline @expr{x/(1+x^-2)}
23447 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
23448 @expr{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
23449 @expr{x} and @expr{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
23450 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
23451 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
23452
23453 With an argument (@kbd{C-u a i}), this command will compute the definite
23454 integral of the expression on top of the stack. In this case, the
23455 command will again prompt for an integration variable, then prompt for a
23456 lower limit and an upper limit.
23457
23458 @ifnottex
23459 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23460 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23461 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23462 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23463 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
23464 @end ifnottex
23465 @tex
23466 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23467 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23468 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23469 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23470 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
23471 @end tex
23472
23473 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
23474 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23475 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for
23476 @texline @math{1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})}
23477 @infoline @expr{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23478 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23479 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23480 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23481 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23482 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23483 Calc's solution for
23484 @texline @math{1/(1+\tan x)}
23485 @infoline @expr{1/(1+tan(x))}
23486 differs from the solution given in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a
23487 constant factor of
23488 @texline @math{\pi i / 2}
23489 @infoline @expr{pi i / 2},
23490 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23491
23492 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23493 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23494 from Degrees to Radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23495 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23496 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23497
23498 @vindex IntegLimit
23499 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23500 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23501 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23502 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23503 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23504 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23505 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23506 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23507 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23508 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23509 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23510 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23511
23512 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23513 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23514 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23515 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23516 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23517
23518 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23519 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
23520
23521 @noindent
23522 @vindex IntegRules
23523 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23524 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23525 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23526 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23527 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23528 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23529 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23530 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23531 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23532 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23533 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23534 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23535 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23536 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23537 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23538 in your @code{IntegRules}.
23539
23540 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23541 @ignore
23542 @starindex
23543 @end ignore
23544 @tindex Ei
23545 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23546 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23547 integral'' function
23548 @texline @math{{\rm Ei}(x)}
23549 @infoline @expr{Ei(x)}
23550 was invented to describe it.
23551 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23552 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23553 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23554 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23555 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23556 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23557 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23558 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23559 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23560
23561 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23562 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23563 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23564 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23565 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23566 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23567 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23568 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23569 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still valid
23570 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23571 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23572 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23573 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23574
23575 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23576 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23577 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23578 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23579 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23580 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23581 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23582 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23583 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23584 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23585 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23586 it need not be.
23587
23588 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23589 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23590 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23591 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23592 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23593 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23594 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23595 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23596 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23597 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23598 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23599 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23600 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23601 work only in very specific, simple cases.
23602
23603 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23604 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23605 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23606 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23607 forever!)
23608
23609 @vindex IntegSimpRules
23610 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23611 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23612 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23613 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23614 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23615
23616 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23617 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23618 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23619 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23620 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23621 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23622 do this.)
23623
23624 @vindex IntegAfterRules
23625 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23626 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23627 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23628 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23629 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23630 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23631 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23632 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23633 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23634 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23635 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23636 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23637 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23638 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23639 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23640 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23641 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
23642
23643 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23644 @subsection Numerical Integration
23645
23646 @noindent
23647 @kindex a I
23648 @pindex calc-num-integral
23649 @tindex ninteg
23650 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23651 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23652 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23653 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23654 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23655 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23656
23657 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23658 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23659 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23660 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23661 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23662 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23663 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23664 determine the value of the integral.
23665
23666 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23667 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23668 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23669 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23670 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23671 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23672
23673 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23674 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23675 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23676 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23677 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23678 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23679 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23680
23681 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23682 @subsection Taylor Series
23683
23684 @noindent
23685 @kindex a t
23686 @pindex calc-taylor
23687 @tindex taylor
23688 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23689 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23690 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23691 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23692 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23693 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23694 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23695 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23696 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.
23697
23698 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23699 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23700 Taylor series.
23701
23702 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23703 @section Solving Equations
23704
23705 @noindent
23706 @kindex a S
23707 @pindex calc-solve-for
23708 @tindex solve
23709 @cindex Equations, solving
23710 @cindex Solving equations
23711 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23712 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23713 expression of the form @expr{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23714 will rearrange @expr{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @expr{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23715 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23716 form @expr{X = 0}.
23717
23718 This command also works for inequalities, as in @expr{y < 3x + 6}.
23719 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23720 be; for example, solving
23721 @texline @math{a < b \, c}
23722 @infoline @expr{a < b c}
23723 for @expr{b} is impossible
23724 without knowing the sign of @expr{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23725 produce the result
23726 @texline @math{b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c}
23727 @infoline @expr{b != a/c}
23728 (using the not-equal-to operator) to signify that the direction of the
23729 inequality is now unknown. The inequality
23730 @texline @math{a \le b \, c}
23731 @infoline @expr{a <= b c}
23732 is not even partially solved. @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell
23733 Calc that the signs of the variables in a formula are in fact known.
23734
23735 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23736 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @expr{x = y/3 - 2}
23737 to @expr{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23738 another formula with @expr{x} set equal to @expr{y/3 - 2}.
23739
23740 @menu
23741 * Multiple Solutions::
23742 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23743 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23744 @end menu
23745
23746 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23747 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23748
23749 @noindent
23750 @kindex H a S
23751 @tindex fsolve
23752 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23753 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23754 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23755 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23756 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23757 signs (either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23758 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23759 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23760 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23761 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23762 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23763 of these variables.
23764
23765 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23766 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23767 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23768 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23769 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23770 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23771 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23772 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23773
23774 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23775 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23776 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23777 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23778 Calc will report @expr{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23779 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23780 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23781 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23782
23783 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23784 @vindex GenCount
23785 @ignore
23786 @starindex
23787 @end ignore
23788 @tindex an
23789 @ignore
23790 @starindex
23791 @end ignore
23792 @tindex as
23793 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23794 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23795 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23796 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23797 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23798 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23799 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23800 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23801 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23802 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23803 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23804 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23805 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23806 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23807
23808 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23809 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish.
23810
23811 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23812 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23813 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23814
23815 @kindex I a S
23816 @kindex H I a S
23817 @tindex finv
23818 @tindex ffinv
23819 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23820 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23821 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23822 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @expr{2x + 6} to @expr{x/2 - 3}.
23823 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23824 fully general inverse, as described above.
23825
23826 @kindex a P
23827 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23828 @tindex roots
23829 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23830 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23831 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23832 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23833 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23834 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23835 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23836 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23837 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23838 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23839 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23840 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23841 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23842
23843 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23844 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23845 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23846 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @expr{x^4}
23847 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23848 can be: @expr{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @expr{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23849 which can be solved for @expr{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23850 for @expr{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23851 @expr{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23852 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23853 list of numerical roots, however, provided that Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23854 is not turned on. (If you work with Symbolic mode on, recall that the
23855 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23856 formula on the stack with Symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23857 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23858 are all numbers (real or complex).
23859
23860 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23861 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23862
23863 @noindent
23864 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23865 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23866 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23867 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23868 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23869 at the prompt.)
23870
23871 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23872 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23873 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23874 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23875 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23876 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23877 @expr{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23878 command.
23879
23880 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23881 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23882 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23883 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23884 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23885 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23886 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23887 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23888 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23889 nonlinear systems.
23890
23891 @ignore
23892 @starindex
23893 @end ignore
23894 @tindex elim
23895 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23896 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23897 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23898 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23899 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23900 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23901 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23902 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23903 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23904 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23905 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23906 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23907
23908 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23909 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23910 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23911 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23912 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23913 by one.
23914
23915 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23916 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23917 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23918 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23919 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23920 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23921 variables you requested.)
23922
23923 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23924 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23925 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23926
23927 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23928 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23929
23930 @noindent
23931 @ignore
23932 @starindex
23933 @end ignore
23934 @tindex poly
23935 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23936 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23937 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23938 @expr{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @expr{x},
23939 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23940 not involve the variable @expr{x}, the input is returned in a list
23941 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23942 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @expr{[0, 1]}.
23943 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23944 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @expr{[]}.
23945 Note also that @expr{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23946 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @expr{[3, -1, 1]}.
23947
23948 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23949 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23950 To get the @expr{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @expr{p}, use
23951 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @expr{p},
23952 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23953 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23954 gives the @expr{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23955
23956 @ignore
23957 @starindex
23958 @end ignore
23959 @tindex gpoly
23960 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23961 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23962 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23963 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23964 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23965 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23966 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23967 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23968 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23969 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23970 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23971 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23972 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23973 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23974 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23975 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23976 is considered trivial.
23977
23978 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23979 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @expr{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23980
23981 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23982 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23983 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23984 since a quadratic polynomial in @expr{x^2} is easier to solve than
23985 a quartic polynomial in @expr{x}.
23986
23987 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23988 discover:
23989
23990 @smallexample
23991 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23992 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23993 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23994 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23995 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23996 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23997 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23998 @end smallexample
23999
24000 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
24001 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
24002 If this is @expr{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @expr{n+1}
24003 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
24004 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
24005 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
24006 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
24007 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
24008
24009 @ignore
24010 @starindex
24011 @end ignore
24012 @tindex pdeg
24013 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
24014 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
24015 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
24016 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
24017 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
24018 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
24019 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
24020 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
24021 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
24022 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
24023 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
24024 (minus infinity).
24025
24026 @ignore
24027 @starindex
24028 @end ignore
24029 @tindex plead
24030 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
24031 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
24032 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
24033 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
24034 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @expr{p = 0}.
24035
24036 @ignore
24037 @starindex
24038 @end ignore
24039 @tindex pcont
24040 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
24041 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
24042 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
24043 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
24044 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
24045 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
24046 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
24047 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
24048 coefficient.
24049
24050 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
24051 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
24052 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
24053 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
24054 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
24055 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
24056 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
24057 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
24058 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
24059 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
24060
24061 @ignore
24062 @starindex
24063 @end ignore
24064 @tindex pprim
24065 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
24066 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
24067 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
24068 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
24069 terms.
24070
24071 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
24072 @section Numerical Solutions
24073
24074 @noindent
24075 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
24076 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
24077 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
24078 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
24079 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
24080
24081 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
24082 on numerical data.)
24083
24084 @menu
24085 * Root Finding::
24086 * Minimization::
24087 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
24088 @end menu
24089
24090 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
24091 @subsection Root Finding
24092
24093 @noindent
24094 @kindex a R
24095 @pindex calc-find-root
24096 @tindex root
24097 @cindex Newton's method
24098 @cindex Roots of equations
24099 @cindex Numerical root-finding
24100 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
24101 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
24102 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
24103 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @expr{X = 0}.)
24104
24105 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
24106 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
24107 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
24108 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
24109 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
24110 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
24111 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
24112 this command.
24113
24114 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
24115 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
24116 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
24117 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
24118 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
24119 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
24120 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
24121 the equation yourself.)
24122
24123 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
24124 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
24125
24126 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
24127 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
24128 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
24129 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
24130 to real numbers inside that interval.
24131
24132 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
24133 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
24134 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
24135 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
24136 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
24137 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
24138 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
24139
24140 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
24141 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
24142 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
24143 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
24144 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
24145 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
24146
24147 @kindex H a R
24148 @tindex wroot
24149 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
24150 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
24151 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
24152 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
24153 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
24154
24155 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
24156 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
24157 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
24158 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
24159 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
24160
24161 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
24162 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
24163 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
24164 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
24165
24166 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
24167 @subsection Minimization
24168
24169 @noindent
24170 @kindex a N
24171 @kindex H a N
24172 @kindex a X
24173 @kindex H a X
24174 @pindex calc-find-minimum
24175 @pindex calc-find-maximum
24176 @tindex minimize
24177 @tindex maximize
24178 @cindex Minimization, numerical
24179 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
24180 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
24181 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
24182 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
24183 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
24184 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
24185 value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
24186 with the minimum value itself.
24187
24188 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
24189 have more than one minimum; some, like
24190 @texline @math{x \sin x},
24191 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)},
24192 have infinitely many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the
24193 ``global'' minimum of
24194 @texline @math{x \sin x}
24195 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)}
24196 but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
24197 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
24198 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
24199 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
24200
24201 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
24202 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
24203 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @expr{17 x}
24204 over @expr{[2..3]} will return @expr{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
24205 @expr{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
24206 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
24207 range of @expr{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
24208 any, that happens to lie in that range.
24209
24210 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
24211 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
24212 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
24213 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
24214 answer.
24215
24216 @ignore
24217 @mindex wmin@idots
24218 @end ignore
24219 @tindex wminimize
24220 @ignore
24221 @mindex wmax@idots
24222 @end ignore
24223 @tindex wmaximize
24224 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
24225 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
24226 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
24227
24228 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
24229 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
24230 negative of the formula you supply.
24231
24232 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
24233 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
24234 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
24235 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
24236 be minimized over the reals.
24237
24238 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
24239 @subsection Systems of Equations
24240
24241 @noindent
24242 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
24243 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
24244 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
24245 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
24246 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
24247 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
24248 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
24249 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
24250 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
24251 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
24252 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
24253 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
24254 no effect when solving a system of equations.
24255
24256 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
24257 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
24258 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
24259 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
24260 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
24261 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
24262 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
24263
24264 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
24265 @section Curve Fitting
24266
24267 @noindent
24268 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
24269 such as @expr{y = m x + b} where @expr{m} and @expr{b} are parameters
24270 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
24271 no single @expr{m} and @expr{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
24272 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
24273 possible fit. The model formula can be entered in various ways after
24274 the key sequence @kbd{a F} is pressed.
24275
24276 If the letter @kbd{P} is pressed after @kbd{a F} but before the model
24277 description is entered, the data as well as the model formula will be
24278 plotted after the formula is determined. This will be indicated by a
24279 ``P'' in the minibuffer after the help message.
24280
24281 @menu
24282 * Linear Fits::
24283 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
24284 * Error Estimates for Fits::
24285 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
24286 * Curve Fitting Details::
24287 * Interpolation::
24288 @end menu
24289
24290 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
24291 @subsection Linear Fits
24292
24293 @noindent
24294 @kindex a F
24295 @pindex calc-curve-fit
24296 @tindex fit
24297 @cindex Linear regression
24298 @cindex Least-squares fits
24299 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
24300 to fit a set of data (@expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers) to a
24301 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @expr{x}. For the
24302 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
24303 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
24304 fit for the data.
24305
24306 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @expr{(x,y)}
24307 data points that we wish to fit to the model @expr{y = m x + b}
24308 by adjusting the parameters @expr{m} and @expr{b} to make the @expr{y}
24309 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
24310 @expr{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
24311 instead, say, @expr{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
24312 we have data points of the form @expr{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
24313 @expr{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
24314
24315 In the model formula, variables like @expr{x} and @expr{x_2} are called
24316 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @expr{y} is the @dfn{dependent
24317 variable}. Variables like @expr{m}, @expr{a}, and @expr{b} are called
24318 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
24319
24320 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
24321 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
24322 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a
24323 @texline @math{2\times N}
24324 @infoline 2xN
24325 matrix where the first row is a list of @expr{x} values and the second
24326 row has the corresponding @expr{y} values. For the multilinear fit
24327 shown above, the matrix would have four rows (@expr{x_1}, @expr{x_2},
24328 @expr{x_3}, and @expr{y}, respectively).
24329
24330 If you happen to have an
24331 @texline @math{N\times2}
24332 @infoline Nx2
24333 matrix instead of a
24334 @texline @math{2\times N}
24335 @infoline 2xN
24336 matrix, just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
24337
24338 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
24339 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
24340
24341 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
24342 high letters like @expr{x} and @expr{y} for independent variables and
24343 low letters like @expr{a} and @expr{b} for parameters. (The dependent
24344 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
24345 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
24346 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
24347 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
24348
24349 For example, suppose the data matrix
24350
24351 @ifnottex
24352 @example
24353 @group
24354 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24355 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
24356 @end group
24357 @end example
24358 @end ifnottex
24359 @tex
24360 \beforedisplay
24361 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
24362 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
24363 $$
24364 \afterdisplay
24365 @end tex
24366
24367 @noindent
24368 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
24369 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
24370 the default names. The result will be the formula @expr{3. + 2. x}
24371 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
24372 then found the optimal values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} to fit the
24373 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
24374 substituted those values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} in the model
24375 formula.
24376
24377 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
24378 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
24379 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
24380 @expr{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
24381 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
24382 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
24383
24384 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
24385 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
24386 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
24387 the equations that go into the trail.
24388
24389 @tex
24390 \bigskip
24391 @end tex
24392
24393 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
24394 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
24395 The result is:
24396
24397 @example
24398 2.6 + 2.2 x
24399 @end example
24400
24401 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
24402 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
24403
24404 @example
24405 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
24406 @end example
24407
24408 Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
24409 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
24410 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
24411 error measure
24412
24413 @ifnottex
24414 @example
24415 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
24416 @end example
24417 @end ifnottex
24418 @tex
24419 \beforedisplay
24420 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
24421 \afterdisplay
24422 @end tex
24423
24424 @noindent
24425 which is clearly zero if @expr{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
24426 and increases as various @expr{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
24427 corresponding @expr{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
24428 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that
24429 @texline @math{\chi^2 \ge 0}.
24430 @infoline @expr{chi^2 >= 0}.
24431 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @expr{a} and @expr{b}
24432 for which the error
24433 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24434 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24435 is as small as possible.
24436
24437 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
24438 formula in place of @expr{a + b x_i}.
24439
24440 @tex
24441 \bigskip
24442 @end tex
24443
24444 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
24445 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
24446 will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
24447 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
24448 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
24449
24450 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
24451 items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @expr{x} values, and a
24452 vector of @expr{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
24453 the @expr{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
24454 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
24455
24456 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
24457 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
24458
24459 @noindent
24460 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
24461 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
24462 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
24463 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
24464 @kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
24465
24466 @example
24467 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
24468 @end example
24469
24470 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
24471 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
24472 for @expr{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
24473 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
24474 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get Fraction mode.
24475 Then the @expr{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
24476 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so Fraction mode
24477 won't help.)
24478
24479 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
24480 gives a much larger @expr{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
24481 line slightly to improve the fit.
24482
24483 @example
24484 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
24485 @end example
24486
24487 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
24488 is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
24489 of degree @mathit{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
24490 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
24491 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
24492
24493 @example
24494 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
24495 @end example
24496
24497 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24498 @expr{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24499 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24500 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24501 Or, if your data are exact, use Fraction mode to get exact
24502 results.
24503
24504 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24505 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24506 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24507 automatically.
24508
24509 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24510 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24511 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24512 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24513 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24514 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24515
24516 @tex
24517 \bigskip
24518 @end tex
24519
24520 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24521 @expr{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24522 @expr{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24523 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24524 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24525
24526 Given the data matrix,
24527
24528 @example
24529 @group
24530 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24531 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24532 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24533 @end group
24534 @end example
24535
24536 @noindent
24537 the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @expr{x} and the
24538 second row @expr{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24539 model @expr{a + b x + c y}.
24540
24541 @example
24542 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24543 @end example
24544
24545 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24546 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
24547
24548 @tex
24549 \bigskip
24550 @end tex
24551
24552 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24553 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24554 means the model formula is simply @expr{a x}; in the multilinear
24555 case, the model might be @expr{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24556 case, the model could be @expr{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24557 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24558 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24559 This will be indicated by an ``h'' in the minibuffer after the help
24560 message.
24561
24562 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24563 like @expr{2.3 + a x} or @expr{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24564 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24565 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24566 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24567
24568 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24569 are multinomial fits, e.g., @expr{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24570
24571 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24572 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24573
24574 @noindent
24575 @kindex H a F
24576 @tindex efit
24577 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24578 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24579 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24580 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24581
24582 @example
24583 3. + 2. x
24584 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24585 @end example
24586
24587 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24588 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24589 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24590
24591 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24592 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24593 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24594 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24595 row contains error forms
24596 @texline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@math{\sigma_i}',
24597 @infoline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@var{sigma_i}',
24598 then the
24599 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24600 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24601 statistic is now,
24602
24603 @ifnottex
24604 @example
24605 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24606 @end example
24607 @end ifnottex
24608 @tex
24609 \beforedisplay
24610 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24611 \afterdisplay
24612 @end tex
24613
24614 @noindent
24615 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24616 the fitting operation.
24617
24618 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24619 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24620 sum of the squares of the errors forms the
24621 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24622 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24623 used for the data point.
24624
24625 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24626 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24627 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24628 estimates.
24629
24630 If the input contains error forms but all the
24631 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24632 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24633 values are the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model
24634 will be the same as if the input did not have error forms at all
24635 @texline (@math{\chi^2}
24636 @infoline (@expr{chi^2}
24637 is simply scaled uniformly by
24638 @texline @math{1 / \sigma^2},
24639 @infoline @expr{1 / sigma^2},
24640 which doesn't affect where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be
24641 a difference in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by
24642 @kbd{H a F}.
24643
24644 Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24645 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24646 interpreted.
24647
24648 @tex
24649 \bigskip
24650 @end tex
24651
24652 @kindex I a F
24653 @tindex xfit
24654 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24655 information. The result is a vector of six items:
24656
24657 @enumerate
24658 @item
24659 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24660 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24661 produced.
24662
24663 @item
24664 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24665 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24666 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24667 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @expr{d}, this vector
24668 will have length @expr{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24669
24670 @item
24671 The covariance matrix @expr{C} computed from the fit. This is
24672 an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24673 @texline @math{C_{jj}}
24674 @infoline @expr{C_j_j}
24675 are the variances
24676 @texline @math{\sigma_j^2}
24677 @infoline @expr{sigma_j^2}
24678 of the parameters. The other elements are covariances
24679 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2}
24680 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2}
24681 that describe the correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related
24682 set of numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients}
24683 @texline @math{r_{ij}},
24684 @infoline @expr{r_i_j},
24685 are defined as
24686 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j}.)
24687 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24688
24689 @item
24690 A vector of @expr{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24691 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24692 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24693 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24694
24695 @item
24696 The value of
24697 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24698 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24699 for the fit, calculated by the formulas shown above. This gives a
24700 measure of the quality of the fit; statisticians consider
24701 @texline @math{\chi^2 \approx N - M}
24702 @infoline @expr{chi^2 = N - M}
24703 to indicate a moderately good fit (where again @expr{N} is the number of
24704 data points and @expr{M} is the number of parameters).
24705
24706 @item
24707 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @expr{Q}.
24708 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24709 function using
24710 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24711 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24712 with @expr{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24713 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24714 @expr{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24715 particular,
24716 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24717 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24718 statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24719 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24720 have to accept smaller values of @expr{Q}.
24721
24722 The @expr{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24723 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24724 for @expr{Q}. The reason is that in this case the
24725 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24726 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24727 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24728 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24729 over to use for a confidence test.
24730 @end enumerate
24731
24732 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24733 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24734
24735 @noindent
24736 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24737 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24738 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24739
24740 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24741
24742 @table @kbd
24743 @item 1
24744 Linear or multilinear. @mathit{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24745 @item 2-9
24746 Polynomials. @mathit{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24747 @item e
24748 Exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(c y)}.
24749 @item E
24750 Base-10 exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(c y)}.
24751 @item x
24752 Exponential (alternate notation). @tfn{exp}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24753 @item X
24754 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @tfn{10^}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24755 @item l
24756 Logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(y)}.
24757 @item L
24758 Base-10 logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(y)}.
24759 @item ^
24760 General exponential. @mathit{a b^x c^y}.
24761 @item p
24762 Power law. @mathit{a x^b y^c}.
24763 @item q
24764 Quadratic. @mathit{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24765 @item g
24766 Gaussian.
24767 @texline @math{{a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)}.
24768 @infoline @mathit{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24769 @item s
24770 Logistic @emph{s} curve.
24771 @texline @math{a/(1+e^{b(x-c)})}.
24772 @infoline @mathit{a/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))}.
24773 @item b
24774 Logistic bell curve.
24775 @texline @math{ae^{b(x-c)}/(1+e^{b(x-c)})^2}.
24776 @infoline @mathit{a exp(b (x - c))/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))^2}.
24777 @item o
24778 Hubbert linearization.
24779 @texline @math{{y \over x} = a(1-x/b)}.
24780 @infoline @mathit{(y/x) = a (1 - x/b)}.
24781 @end table
24782
24783 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24784 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24785 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24786 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24787 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24788
24789 All models except Gaussian, logistics, Hubbert and polynomials can
24790 generalize as shown to any number of independent variables. Also, all
24791 the built-in models except for the logistic and Hubbert curves have an
24792 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @expr{a} in the above table
24793 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24794 before the model key.
24795
24796 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24797 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @expr{a b^x} and
24798 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24799 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24800 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24801 matches the problem.
24802
24803 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24804 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24805 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24806 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24807 @expr{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24808 @expr{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24809
24810 @tex
24811 \bigskip
24812 @end tex
24813
24814 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24815 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24816 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24817 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24818
24819 The model can also be an equation like @expr{y = m x + b}.
24820 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24821 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24822 (@expr{m} and @expr{b}) and two independent variables (@expr{x}
24823 and @expr{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24824 do not need to take this @expr{y =} form. For example, the
24825 implicit line equation @expr{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24826 model.
24827
24828 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24829 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24830 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24831 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24832 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24833 and thus does not need a name.
24834
24835 For example, if the model formula has the variables @expr{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24836 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24837 Calc will use @expr{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24838 data rows will be named @expr{t} and @expr{x}, respectively. If you
24839 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @expr{a,mu}
24840 as the parameters, and @expr{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24841 variables.
24842
24843 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24844 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24845 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24846 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24847 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24848 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24849 in the model formula will become parameters.
24850
24851 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24852 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24853 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24854 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24855 a linear model.
24856
24857 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24858 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24859 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24860 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24861 which are parameters.
24862
24863 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24864 two or three elements, @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24865 @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24866 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24867 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24868 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)
24869
24870 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24871 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24872
24873 @tex
24874 \bigskip
24875 @end tex
24876
24877 @vindex Model1
24878 @vindex Model2
24879 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24880 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24881 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24882 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24883 accept for a model on the stack.
24884
24885 @tex
24886 \bigskip
24887 @end tex
24888
24889 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24890 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24891 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24892 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24893 returns results in the range from @mathit{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24894 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24895 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24896 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to
24897 @texline @math{3\times360}
24898 @infoline @mathit{3*360}
24899 degrees.
24900 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24901 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24902 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24903 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @expr{t}, but
24904 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @mathit{-90} and 90.
24905 No values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} can make the two sides match,
24906 even approximately.
24907
24908 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24909 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24910 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24911 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24912 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24913 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24914 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24915
24916 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24917 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24918
24919 @noindent
24920 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24921 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24922 @expr{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @expr{a,b,c}
24923 are the parameters and @expr{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24924 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24925
24926 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24927 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24928 is @expr{a + b x + c x^2}, then @expr{f(x) = 1}, @expr{g(x) = x},
24929 and @expr{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24930
24931 For most other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24932 to try to put the problem into the form
24933
24934 @smallexample
24935 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24936 @end smallexample
24937
24938 @noindent
24939 where @expr{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24940 @expr{Y}, @expr{F}, @expr{G}, and @expr{H} for all the data points,
24941 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @expr{A}, @expr{B},
24942 and @expr{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @expr{a,b,c}
24943 in terms of @expr{A,B,C}.
24944
24945 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24946 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24947 model @expr{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24948 can be rewritten as follows:
24949
24950 @example
24951 y = a x^b
24952 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24953 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24954 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24955 @end example
24956
24957 @noindent
24958 which matches the desired form with
24959 @texline @math{Y = \ln(y)},
24960 @infoline @expr{Y = ln(y)},
24961 @texline @math{A = \ln(a)},
24962 @infoline @expr{A = ln(a)},
24963 @expr{F = 1}, @expr{B = b}, and
24964 @texline @math{G = \ln(x)}.
24965 @infoline @expr{G = ln(x)}.
24966 Calc thus computes the logarithms of your @expr{y} and @expr{x} values,
24967 does a linear fit for @expr{A} and @expr{B}, then solves to get
24968 @texline @math{a = \exp(A)}
24969 @infoline @expr{a = exp(A)}
24970 and @expr{b = B}.
24971
24972 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24973 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24974
24975 @example
24976 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24977 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24978 @end example
24979
24980 @noindent
24981 which matches with @expr{Y = y}, @expr{A = a + b c^2}, @expr{F = 1},
24982 @expr{B = -2 b c}, @expr{G = x} (the @mathit{-2} factor could just as easily
24983 have been put into @expr{G} instead of @expr{B}), @expr{C = b}, and
24984 @expr{H = x^2}.
24985
24986 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24987 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24988 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @expr{Y}.
24989
24990 The logistic models cannot be put into general linear form. For these
24991 models, and the Hubbert linearization, Calc computes a rough
24992 approximation for the parameters, then uses the Levenberg-Marquardt
24993 iterative method to refine the approximations.
24994
24995 Another model that cannot be put into general linear
24996 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24997 @expr{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24998 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24999 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
25000 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
25001 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
25002 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
25003 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
25004 Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @expr{d}
25005 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @expr{b} (the standard
25006 deviation) and @expr{c} (the mean) to constants.
25007
25008 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
25009 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
25010 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
25011
25012 @tex
25013 \bigskip
25014 @end tex
25015
25016 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
25017 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
25018 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the
25019 @texline @math{\chi^2}
25020 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
25021 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
25022 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
25023 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
25024 command can do the same thing by brute force.
25025
25026 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
25027 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
25028 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
25029 to be minimized would be the value of
25030 @texline @math{\chi^2}
25031 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
25032 returned as the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
25033
25034 @smallexample
25035 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
25036 @end smallexample
25037
25038 @noindent
25039 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
25040 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
25041 the initial guess for @expr{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
25042 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
25043 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
25044 were used by itself to solve the problem).
25045
25046 @tex
25047 \bigskip
25048 @end tex
25049
25050 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
25051 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
25052 vector of ``raw'' parameters @expr{A}, @expr{B}, @expr{C}. The
25053 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
25054 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
25055 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
25056 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @expr{A = a}, @expr{B = b},
25057 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
25058 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
25059 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
25060 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
25061 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
25062 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @expr{B},
25063 and so on.
25064
25065 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
25066 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
25067 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
25068 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
25069 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
25070 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
25071 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
25072 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
25073 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
25074
25075 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
25076 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
25077 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
25078 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
25079 nontrivial filter functions.
25080
25081 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
25082 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @expr{x},
25083 @expr{y}, and @expr{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
25084 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
25085 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @expr{x}
25086 and @expr{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @expr{z} into an error
25087 form with this combined error. The @expr{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
25088 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
25089 form. The error part of that result is used for
25090 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
25091 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
25092 for the data point. If for some reason @expr{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
25093 an error form, the combined error from @expr{z} is used directly for
25094 @texline @math{\sigma_i}.
25095 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}.
25096 Finally, @expr{z} is also stripped of its error
25097 for use in computing @expr{F(x,y,z)}, @expr{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
25098 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
25099 arithmetic with no error forms.
25100
25101 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
25102 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @expr{Y(x,y,z)}
25103 depends only on the dependent variable @expr{z}, and in fact is
25104 often simply equal to @expr{z}. For common cases like polynomials
25105 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
25106 @texline @math{\sigma}
25107 @infoline @expr{sigma}
25108 for the data point with no further ado.)
25109
25110 @tex
25111 \bigskip
25112 @end tex
25113
25114 @vindex FitRules
25115 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
25116 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
25117 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
25118 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
25119 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
25120 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
25121 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
25122
25123 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
25124
25125 @ignore
25126 @starindex
25127 @end ignore
25128 @tindex fitvar
25129 @ignore
25130 @starindex
25131 @end ignore
25132 @ignore
25133 @mindex @idots
25134 @end ignore
25135 @tindex fitparam
25136 @ignore
25137 @starindex
25138 @end ignore
25139 @ignore
25140 @mindex @null
25141 @end ignore
25142 @tindex fitmodel
25143 @ignore
25144 @starindex
25145 @end ignore
25146 @ignore
25147 @mindex @null
25148 @end ignore
25149 @tindex fitsystem
25150 @ignore
25151 @starindex
25152 @end ignore
25153 @ignore
25154 @mindex @null
25155 @end ignore
25156 @tindex fitdummy
25157 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
25158 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
25159 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
25160 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
25161 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
25162 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
25163 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
25164 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
25165 model @expr{a x^b} is converted to @expr{y = a x^b}, then to
25166
25167 @smallexample
25168 @group
25169 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
25170 @end group
25171 @end smallexample
25172
25173 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
25174 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
25175 changes are possible.)
25176
25177 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
25178 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
25179
25180 @example
25181 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
25182 @end example
25183
25184 @noindent
25185 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @expr{Y(x,y,z)},
25186 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @expr{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
25187 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
25188 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
25189 for @expr{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
25190 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
25191 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
25192
25193 The power law model eventually boils down to
25194
25195 @smallexample
25196 @group
25197 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
25198 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
25199 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
25200 @end group
25201 @end smallexample
25202
25203 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
25204 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
25205 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
25206 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
25207 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
25208 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
25209 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
25210 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
25211 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
25212 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @expr{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
25213 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
25214 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
25215 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
25216
25217 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
25218 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
25219 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
25220 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @expr{a=b}
25221 to @expr{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
25222 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
25223 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
25224 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
25225 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
25226 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
25227 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
25228 raw parameters, for now.)
25229
25230 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
25231 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
25232 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
25233 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
25234 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
25235 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
25236 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
25237 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
25238 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
25239 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
25240 raw parameters needed.
25241
25242 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
25243 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
25244 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
25245 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
25246 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
25247 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
25248 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
25249 least-squares solver wants to see.
25250
25251 @ignore
25252 @starindex
25253 @end ignore
25254 @ignore
25255 @mindex hasfit@idots
25256 @end ignore
25257 @tindex hasfitparams
25258 @ignore
25259 @starindex
25260 @end ignore
25261 @ignore
25262 @mindex @null
25263 @end ignore
25264 @tindex hasfitvars
25265 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
25266 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
25267 whether @expr{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
25268 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
25269 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
25270 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
25271 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
25272 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
25273 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
25274
25275 @tex
25276 \bigskip
25277 @end tex
25278
25279 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
25280 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
25281 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
25282 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
25283 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
25284 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
25285 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
25286 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
25287 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
25288 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
25289
25290 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
25291 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
25292 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
25293 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
25294 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
25295
25296 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
25297 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
25298 and variables, as discussed previously.
25299
25300 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
25301 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
25302 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
25303 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
25304
25305 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
25306 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
25307
25308 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
25309 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
25310
25311 @kindex a p
25312 @pindex calc-poly-interp
25313 @tindex polint
25314 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
25315 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @expr{x} value. It takes
25316 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
25317 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @expr{x}
25318 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
25319 then substitutes the @expr{x} value into the result in order to get an
25320 approximate @expr{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
25321 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
25322 efficient and more numerically stable.)
25323
25324 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @expr{y}
25325 value approximation, and an error measure @expr{dy} that reflects Calc's
25326 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
25327 @expr{x}. If the input @expr{x} is equal to any of the @expr{x} values
25328 in the data matrix, the output @expr{y} will be the corresponding @expr{y}
25329 value from the matrix, and the output @expr{dy} will be exactly zero.
25330
25331 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
25332 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
25333
25334 If @expr{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
25335 interpolated results for each of those @expr{x} values. (The matrix will
25336 have two columns, the @expr{y} values and the @expr{dy} values.)
25337 If @expr{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
25338 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
25339 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
25340
25341 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
25342 on the stack. Only the @expr{x} value is replaced by the result.
25343
25344 @kindex H a p
25345 @tindex ratint
25346 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
25347 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
25348 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
25349 @expr{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
25350 each have degree @expr{N/2} (if @expr{N} is odd, the denominator will
25351 have degree one higher than the numerator).
25352
25353 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
25354 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
25355 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
25356 goes to zero). If @expr{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
25357 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
25358 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
25359
25360 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
25361 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
25362 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
25363 capabilities to fit.)
25364
25365 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
25366 @section Summations
25367
25368 @noindent
25369 @cindex Summation of a series
25370 @kindex a +
25371 @pindex calc-summation
25372 @tindex sum
25373 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
25374 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
25375 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
25376 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
25377 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
25378 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
25379 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
25380 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
25381 produces the result 55.
25382 @tex
25383 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
25384 @end tex
25385
25386 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
25387 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
25388 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
25389 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @expr{(0, 1)}
25390 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
25391 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @expr{(0, 1)}!
25392 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
25393 @w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
25394 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
25395
25396 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
25397 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
25398 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
25399 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
25400 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
25401 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
25402 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
25403 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
25404 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
25405
25406 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
25407 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
25408 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
25409 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
25410 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
25411 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
25412 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
25413 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
25414 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
25415 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
25416
25417 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
25418 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
25419 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
25420 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
25421 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
25422 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
25423
25424 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
25425 returns @expr{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
25426 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
25427 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
25428 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
25429 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
25430 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
25431 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
25432
25433 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
25434 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
25435 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
25436 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
25437 valid subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
25438 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
25439
25440 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
25441 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
25442 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
25443 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
25444 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
25445
25446 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
25447 not come out to an integer, the sum is invalid and will be left
25448 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
25449 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
25450 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
25451 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
25452 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
25453 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
25454
25455 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
25456 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
25457 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
25458 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
25459 of iterations is @mathit{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
25460 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
25461 if Calc used a closed form solution.
25462
25463 Calc's logical predicates like @expr{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
25464 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
25465 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
25466 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
25467 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
25468 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
25469 as ``the sum of @expr{k^2}, where @expr{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
25470 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
25471 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
25472 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
25473 closed form.
25474
25475 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
25476 sum of @expr{f(k)} for all @expr{k} from 1 to @expr{n}, excluding
25477 one value @expr{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
25478 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
25479 the sum of all @expr{1/(k-k_0)} except at @expr{k = k_0}, where
25480 this would be a division by zero. But at @expr{k = k_0}, this
25481 formula works out to the indeterminate form @expr{0 / 0}, which
25482 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
25483 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
25484 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if
25485 @texline @math{k \ne k_0},
25486 @infoline @expr{k != k_0},
25487 then @expr{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @expr{1/(k-k_0)}
25488 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @expr{k = k_0}.
25489
25490 @cindex Alternating sums
25491 @kindex a -
25492 @pindex calc-alt-summation
25493 @tindex asum
25494 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
25495 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
25496 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
25497 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
25498 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
25499 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
25500 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
25501 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
25502 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
25503 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
25504 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
25505 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
25506
25507 @cindex Product of a sequence
25508 @kindex a *
25509 @pindex calc-product
25510 @tindex prod
25511 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
25512 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
25513 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
25514 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
25515 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
25516
25517 @kindex a T
25518 @pindex calc-tabulate
25519 @tindex table
25520 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
25521 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
25522 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
25523 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
25524 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
25525
25526 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
25527 @section Logical Operations
25528
25529 @noindent
25530 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
25531 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
25532 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
25533 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
25534 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
25535 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
25536 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
25537 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
25538 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
25539 ``else'' portion for any condition like @expr{a = b} that is not
25540 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
25541 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
25542 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
25543 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
25544
25545 @kindex a =
25546 @pindex calc-equal-to
25547 @tindex eq
25548 @tindex =
25549 @tindex ==
25550 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25551 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25552 formula) is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are equal, either because they
25553 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25554 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
25555 1.0.) If the equality of @expr{a} and @expr{b} cannot be determined,
25556 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25557 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25558 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25559
25560 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25561 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25562 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25563 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25564 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25565 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25566 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25567 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25568 zero if not.
25569
25570 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25571 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25572 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25573 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25574 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25575 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25576 variables).
25577
25578 @kindex a #
25579 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
25580 @tindex neq
25581 @tindex !=
25582 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25583 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are not equal.
25584 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25585 tests that all four of @expr{a}, @expr{b}, @expr{c}, and @expr{d} are
25586 distinct numbers.
25587
25588 @kindex a <
25589 @tindex lt
25590 @ignore
25591 @mindex @idots
25592 @end ignore
25593 @kindex a >
25594 @ignore
25595 @mindex @null
25596 @end ignore
25597 @kindex a [
25598 @ignore
25599 @mindex @null
25600 @end ignore
25601 @kindex a ]
25602 @pindex calc-less-than
25603 @pindex calc-greater-than
25604 @pindex calc-less-equal
25605 @pindex calc-greater-equal
25606 @ignore
25607 @mindex @null
25608 @end ignore
25609 @tindex gt
25610 @ignore
25611 @mindex @null
25612 @end ignore
25613 @tindex leq
25614 @ignore
25615 @mindex @null
25616 @end ignore
25617 @tindex geq
25618 @ignore
25619 @mindex @null
25620 @end ignore
25621 @tindex <
25622 @ignore
25623 @mindex @null
25624 @end ignore
25625 @tindex >
25626 @ignore
25627 @mindex @null
25628 @end ignore
25629 @tindex <=
25630 @ignore
25631 @mindex @null
25632 @end ignore
25633 @tindex >=
25634 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25635 operation is true if @expr{a} is less than @expr{b}. Similar functions
25636 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25637 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25638 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25639
25640 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25641 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25642 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25643 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25644 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25645 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25646 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25647 involve both equations and inequalities, are not allowed.
25648
25649 @kindex a .
25650 @pindex calc-remove-equal
25651 @tindex rmeq
25652 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25653 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25654 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25655 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25656 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25657 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25658 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25659 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25660 righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25661 taking the lefthand side.
25662
25663 @kindex a &
25664 @pindex calc-logical-and
25665 @tindex land
25666 @tindex &&
25667 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25668 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25669 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @expr{a} or
25670 @expr{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25671 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25672
25673 @kindex a |
25674 @pindex calc-logical-or
25675 @tindex lor
25676 @tindex ||
25677 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25678 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25679 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25680 are nonzero. If both @expr{a} and @expr{b} are zero, the result is
25681 zero.
25682
25683 @kindex a !
25684 @pindex calc-logical-not
25685 @tindex lnot
25686 @tindex !
25687 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25688 function is true if @expr{a} is false (zero), or false if @expr{a} is
25689 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @expr{a} is not a
25690 number.
25691
25692 @kindex a :
25693 @pindex calc-logical-if
25694 @tindex if
25695 @ignore
25696 @mindex ? :
25697 @end ignore
25698 @tindex ?
25699 @ignore
25700 @mindex @null
25701 @end ignore
25702 @tindex :
25703 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25704 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25705 function is equal to either @expr{b} or @expr{c} if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25706 number or zero, respectively. If @expr{a} is not a number, the test is
25707 left in symbolic form and neither @expr{b} nor @expr{c} is evaluated in
25708 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25709 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25710 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25711 @code{condition}.
25712
25713 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25714 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25715 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25716 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25717
25718 As a special case, if @expr{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @expr{b}
25719 and @expr{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25720 as @expr{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25721 @expr{b} and @expr{c} according to whether each element of @expr{a}
25722 is zero or nonzero. Each of @expr{b} and @expr{c} must be either a
25723 vector of the same length as @expr{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25724 with all elements of @expr{a}.
25725
25726 @kindex a @{
25727 @pindex calc-in-set
25728 @tindex in
25729 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25730 the number @expr{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @expr{b}.
25731 If @expr{b} is an interval form, @expr{a} must be one of the values
25732 encompassed by the interval. If @expr{b} is a vector, @expr{a} must be
25733 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25734 intervals, @expr{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @expr{b} is a
25735 plain number, @expr{a} must be numerically equal to @expr{b}.
25736 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25737 of this sort.
25738
25739 @ignore
25740 @starindex
25741 @end ignore
25742 @tindex typeof
25743 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25744 characterizes @expr{a}. If @expr{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25745 the result will be one of the following numbers:
25746
25747 @example
25748 1 Integer
25749 2 Fraction
25750 3 Floating-point number
25751 4 HMS form
25752 5 Rectangular complex number
25753 6 Polar complex number
25754 7 Error form
25755 8 Interval form
25756 9 Modulo form
25757 10 Date-only form
25758 11 Date/time form
25759 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25760 100 Variable
25761 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25762 102 Matrix
25763 @end example
25764
25765 Otherwise, @expr{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25766 represents the name of the top-level function call.
25767
25768 @ignore
25769 @starindex
25770 @end ignore
25771 @tindex integer
25772 @ignore
25773 @starindex
25774 @end ignore
25775 @tindex real
25776 @ignore
25777 @starindex
25778 @end ignore
25779 @tindex constant
25780 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is an integer.
25781 The @samp{real(a)} function
25782 is true if @expr{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25783 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is
25784 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25785 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25786 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25787 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25788 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.
25789
25790 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25791 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25792 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25793 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25794 literally an integer constant.
25795
25796 @ignore
25797 @starindex
25798 @end ignore
25799 @tindex refers
25800 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25801 @expr{b} appears in @expr{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25802 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25803 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25804 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @expr{a} is a plain
25805 variable (different from @expr{b}).
25806
25807 @ignore
25808 @starindex
25809 @end ignore
25810 @tindex negative
25811 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} ``looks'' negative,
25812 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @expr{-x},
25813 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25814 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25815 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @expr{a}, so it can only
25816 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25817 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25818 as a rewrite rule condition).
25819
25820 @ignore
25821 @starindex
25822 @end ignore
25823 @tindex variable
25824 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a variable,
25825 or false if not. If @expr{a} is a function call, this test is left
25826 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25827 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25828
25829 @ignore
25830 @starindex
25831 @end ignore
25832 @tindex nonvar
25833 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a non-variable.
25834 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25835 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25836 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25837 often good enough.
25838
25839 @ignore
25840 @starindex
25841 @end ignore
25842 @tindex lin
25843 @ignore
25844 @starindex
25845 @end ignore
25846 @tindex linnt
25847 @ignore
25848 @starindex
25849 @end ignore
25850 @tindex islin
25851 @ignore
25852 @starindex
25853 @end ignore
25854 @tindex islinnt
25855 @cindex Linearity testing
25856 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25857 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25858 @expr{a + b x} for some constants @expr{a} and @expr{b}, and some
25859 variable or subformula @expr{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25860 if formula @expr{f} is linear in @expr{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25861 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25862 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25863 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25864 @expr{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25865 @expr{[0, 1, x]}, @expr{[0, -1, x]}, @expr{[3, 0, x]}, and
25866 @expr{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25867 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25868 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25869 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25870 returns true.
25871
25872 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25873 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25874 @expr{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25875 returns @expr{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @expr{[y, 0, x]},
25876 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25877 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25878 linear in @expr{x}).
25879
25880 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25881 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25882 formula. Here, the @expr{a=0}, @expr{b=1} case is also considered
25883 trivial, and only constant values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} are
25884 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @expr{[0, 2, x y]},
25885 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @expr{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25886 returns @expr{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25887 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25888 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25889 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25890
25891 @ignore
25892 @starindex
25893 @end ignore
25894 @tindex istrue
25895 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25896 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @expr{a} is anything else.
25897 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25898 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25899 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25900 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25901 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25902 in symbolic form.)
25903
25904 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25905 @section Rewrite Rules
25906
25907 @noindent
25908 @cindex Rewrite rules
25909 @cindex Transformations
25910 @cindex Pattern matching
25911 @kindex a r
25912 @pindex calc-rewrite
25913 @tindex rewrite
25914 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25915 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25916 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25917 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25918 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25919 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25920 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25921 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25922 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25923
25924 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25925 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25926 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25927 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25928 Calc formulas.
25929
25930 @menu
25931 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25932 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25933 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25934 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25935 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25936 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25937 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25938 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25939 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25940 * Matching Commands::
25941 * Automatic Rewrites::
25942 * Debugging Rewrites::
25943 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25944 @end menu
25945
25946 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25947 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25948
25949 @noindent
25950 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25951 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25952 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25953 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25954 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25955 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25956 assignments in special ways.
25957
25958 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25959 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25960 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25961 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25962 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25963
25964 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25965 rules.
25966
25967 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25968 in several ways:
25969
25970 @enumerate
25971 @item
25972 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25973 @item
25974 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25975 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25976 @item
25977 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25978 @kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25979 @item
25980 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25981 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25982 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25983 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25984 @item
25985 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25986 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25987 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25988 @end enumerate
25989
25990 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25991 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25992 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25993
25994 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25995 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25996 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25997 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25998 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25999 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
26000
26001 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
26002 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
26003 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
26004 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
26005 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
26006 reason to store your rules in a variable.
26007
26008 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
26009 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
26010 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
26011
26012 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26013 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
26014
26015 @noindent
26016 To match a particular formula @expr{x} with a particular rewrite rule
26017 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @expr{x} with
26018 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
26019 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @expr{x}
26020 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
26021 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
26022 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
26023 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
26024 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
26025 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
26026 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
26027
26028 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
26029 corresponding sub-formulas of @expr{x} must be identical. Thus
26030 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
26031 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
26032 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
26033
26034 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
26035 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
26036 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
26037 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
26038 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
26039
26040 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
26041 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
26042 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
26043 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
26044
26045 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
26046 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
26047 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
26048 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
26049 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
26050
26051 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
26052 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
26053 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
26054 change at a time.
26055
26056 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26057 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
26058
26059 @noindent
26060 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
26061 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
26062 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
26063 is present in the
26064 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
26065 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
26066 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
26067 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
26068 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
26069 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
26070 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
26071 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
26072 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
26073 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.
26074
26075 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @expr{n}
26076 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
26077 @expr{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
26078 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
26079 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
26080 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @expr{a}). In the case of
26081 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
26082 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
26083 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
26084
26085 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
26086 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
26087 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
26088 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
26089 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
26090 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
26091 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
26092 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
26093 the condition.
26094
26095 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
26096 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
26097 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
26098
26099 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
26100 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
26101
26102 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
26103 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
26104 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
26105 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
26106 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
26107 matched.
26108
26109 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
26110 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @expr{x} is any
26111 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
26112 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @expr{y}
26113 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
26114 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
26115 where @expr{a} and @expr{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
26116 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
26117 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
26118
26119 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
26120 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
26121 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
26122 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
26123 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
26124 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
26125 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
26126 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
26127 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
26128
26129 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
26130 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
26131 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
26132 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
26133 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
26134 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
26135 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
26136 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
26137 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
26138
26139 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26140 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
26141
26142 @noindent
26143 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
26144 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
26145 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
26146 account:
26147
26148 @smallexample
26149 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
26150 @end smallexample
26151
26152 For example, the rewrite rule:
26153
26154 @example
26155 a x + b x := (a + b) x
26156 @end example
26157
26158 @noindent
26159 will match formulas of the form,
26160
26161 @example
26162 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
26163 @end example
26164
26165 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
26166 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
26167
26168 @example
26169 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
26170 @end example
26171
26172 @noindent
26173 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
26174
26175 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
26176 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
26177 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
26178
26179 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
26180 will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
26181 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
26182 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
26183 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
26184 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
26185 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
26186 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
26187
26188 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
26189 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
26190 Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
26191 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
26192 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
26193 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
26194 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
26195 enable Matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
26196 from occurring.
26197
26198 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
26199 the rule
26200
26201 @example
26202 f(-x) := -f(x)
26203 @end example
26204
26205 @noindent
26206 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
26207 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
26208 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
26209 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
26210 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
26211 condition is:
26212
26213 @example
26214 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
26215 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
26216 @end example
26217
26218 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
26219 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
26220
26221 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
26222 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
26223 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
26224 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
26225
26226 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
26227 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
26228 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
26229 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
26230 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
26231 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
26232 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
26233 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
26234 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
26235 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
26236
26237 Even more subtle is the rule set
26238
26239 @example
26240 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
26241 @end example
26242
26243 @noindent
26244 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
26245 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
26246 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
26247 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
26248 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
26249 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
26250 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
26251 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
26252 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
26253 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
26254 rule will have to be added.
26255
26256 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
26257 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
26258 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
26259 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
26260 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
26261
26262 @example
26263 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
26264 @end example
26265
26266 @noindent
26267 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
26268 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
26269 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
26270 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
26271 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
26272 conjugate of a real number.)
26273
26274 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
26275
26276 @example
26277 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
26278 @end example
26279
26280 @noindent
26281 will match the formula
26282
26283 @example
26284 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
26285 @end example
26286
26287 @noindent
26288 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
26289 formulas like
26290
26291 @example
26292 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
26293 @end example
26294
26295 @noindent
26296 producing, respectively,
26297
26298 @example
26299 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
26300 @end example
26301
26302 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
26303 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
26304
26305 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
26306 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
26307 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
26308 with @samp{a = -1}.
26309
26310 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
26311
26312 @example
26313 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
26314 @end example
26315
26316 @noindent
26317 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
26318
26319 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
26320 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
26321 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
26322 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
26323 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
26324 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @expr{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
26325 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
26326 for a multiplication, not a division.
26327
26328 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
26329 by 1,
26330
26331 @example
26332 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
26333 @end example
26334
26335 @noindent
26336 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
26337 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
26338
26339 @example
26340 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
26341 @end example
26342
26343 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
26344 because one @expr{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
26345
26346 Calc automatically converts a rule like
26347
26348 @example
26349 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
26350 @end example
26351
26352 @noindent
26353 into the form
26354
26355 @example
26356 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
26357 @end example
26358
26359 @noindent
26360 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
26361 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
26362 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
26363 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
26364 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
26365
26366 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
26367 following rule,
26368
26369 @example
26370 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
26371 @end example
26372
26373 @noindent
26374 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
26375 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
26376 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
26377 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
26378 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
26379 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
26380 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
26381
26382 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
26383 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
26384 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
26385
26386 @example
26387 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
26388 @end example
26389
26390 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
26391 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
26392 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
26393 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
26394 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
26395 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
26396 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
26397 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
26398
26399 @smallexample
26400 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
26401 max min re im conj arg
26402 @end smallexample
26403
26404 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
26405 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
26406 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
26407 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
26408 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
26409 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
26410 For example,
26411
26412 @example
26413 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26414 @end example
26415
26416 @noindent
26417 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
26418 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
26419 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
26420 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
26421 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
26422 further and use
26423
26424 @example
26425 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
26426 @end example
26427
26428 @noindent
26429 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
26430
26431 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
26432 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
26433 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
26434
26435 @example
26436 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26437 @end example
26438
26439 @noindent
26440 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
26441
26442 @example
26443 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
26444 @end example
26445
26446 @noindent
26447 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
26448 effect!
26449
26450 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
26451 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
26452 in the rule
26453
26454 @example
26455 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
26456 @end example
26457
26458 @noindent
26459 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
26460 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
26461 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
26462 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
26463 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
26464 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
26465 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
26466 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
26467 marker on the righthand side:
26468
26469 @example
26470 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
26471 @end example
26472
26473 @noindent
26474 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
26475 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
26476 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
26477
26478 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26479 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
26480
26481 @noindent
26482 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
26483 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
26484 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
26485 work in the righthand side of a rule.
26486
26487 @ignore
26488 @starindex
26489 @end ignore
26490 @tindex import
26491 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
26492 rule. Here @expr{x} is the name of a variable containing another
26493 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
26494 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
26495 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
26496 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
26497 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
26498 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
26499 the rule set @expr{x} with all occurrences of
26500 @texline @math{v_1},
26501 @infoline @expr{v1},
26502 as either a variable name or a function name, replaced with
26503 @texline @math{x_1}
26504 @infoline @expr{x1}
26505 and so on. (If
26506 @texline @math{v_1}
26507 @infoline @expr{v1}
26508 is used as a function name, then
26509 @texline @math{x_1}
26510 @infoline @expr{x1}
26511 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
26512 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
26513 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
26514 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
26515 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
26516
26517 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
26518
26519 @table @samp
26520 @item quote(x)
26521 @ignore
26522 @starindex
26523 @end ignore
26524 @tindex quote
26525 This pattern matches exactly @expr{x}; variable names in @expr{x} are
26526 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
26527 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
26528 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
26529 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
26530 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
26531 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
26532 as a result in this case.)
26533
26534 @item plain(x)
26535 @ignore
26536 @starindex
26537 @end ignore
26538 @tindex plain
26539 Here @expr{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
26540 pattern matches a call to function @expr{f} with the specified
26541 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
26542 function @expr{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
26543 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
26544 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
26545 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
26546 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
26547
26548 @item opt(x,def)
26549 @ignore
26550 @starindex
26551 @end ignore
26552 @tindex opt
26553 Here @expr{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26554 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26555 the argument or element is optional.
26556 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26557 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26558 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26559 binding one summand to @expr{x} and the other to @expr{y}, and it
26560 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @expr{x} and
26561 zero to @expr{y}. The other operators above work similarly.
26562
26563 For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26564 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26565 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26566 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26567 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @expr{b} are
26568 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26569 the literal variable @expr{b} will be the default in the latter
26570 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @expr{b}.
26571 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26572
26573 @item condition(x,c)
26574 @ignore
26575 @starindex
26576 @end ignore
26577 @tindex condition
26578 @tindex ::
26579 This matches the pattern @expr{x}, with the attached condition
26580 @expr{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26581
26582 @item pand(x,y)
26583 @ignore
26584 @starindex
26585 @end ignore
26586 @tindex pand
26587 @tindex &&&
26588 This matches anything that matches both pattern @expr{x} and
26589 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26590 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26591
26592 @item por(x,y)
26593 @ignore
26594 @starindex
26595 @end ignore
26596 @tindex por
26597 @tindex |||
26598 This matches anything that matches either pattern @expr{x} or
26599 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26600
26601 @item pnot(x)
26602 @ignore
26603 @starindex
26604 @end ignore
26605 @tindex pnot
26606 @tindex !!!
26607 This matches anything that does not match pattern @expr{x}.
26608 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26609
26610 @item cons(h,t)
26611 @ignore
26612 @mindex cons
26613 @end ignore
26614 @tindex cons (rewrites)
26615 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26616 element is matched to @expr{h}; a vector of the remaining
26617 elements is matched to @expr{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26618 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26619 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26620 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26621
26622 @item rcons(t,h)
26623 @ignore
26624 @mindex rcons
26625 @end ignore
26626 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
26627 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26628 is matched to @expr{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26629 to @expr{t}.
26630
26631 @item apply(f,args)
26632 @ignore
26633 @mindex apply
26634 @end ignore
26635 @tindex apply (rewrites)
26636 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26637 the form of a variable, is matched to @expr{f}. The arguments
26638 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26639 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26640 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26641 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26642 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26643 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26644 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26645 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26646 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26647 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26648 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26649 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26650
26651 @example
26652 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26653 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26654 @end example
26655
26656 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26657 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26658 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26659 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26660 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26661 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26662 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26663
26664 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26665 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26666 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26667
26668 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26669 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26670 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26671 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26672 Also note that you will have to use No-Simplify mode (@kbd{m O})
26673 when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26674 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26675 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26676 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26677 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26678
26679 @item select(x)
26680 @ignore
26681 @starindex
26682 @end ignore
26683 @tindex select
26684 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26685 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26686 @end table
26687
26688 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26689
26690 @table @samp
26691 @item quote(x)
26692 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26693 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26694 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26695 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26696 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26697 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26698 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26699 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26700 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26701 protecting rules from evaluation.)
26702
26703 @item plain(x)
26704 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26705 @expr{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26706 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26707 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26708 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26709 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26710 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26711
26712 @item cons(h,t)
26713 Where @expr{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26714 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26715 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26716 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26717 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26718 have been turned off.
26719
26720 @item rcons(t,h)
26721 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @expr{h} at the @emph{end} of
26722 the vector @expr{t}.
26723
26724 @item apply(f,args)
26725 Where @expr{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26726 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26727 is also a regular Calc function.
26728
26729 @item eval(x)
26730 @ignore
26731 @starindex
26732 @end ignore
26733 @tindex eval
26734 The formula @expr{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26735 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26736 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26737 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26738 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26739 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26740 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26741
26742 @item evalsimp(x)
26743 @ignore
26744 @starindex
26745 @end ignore
26746 @tindex evalsimp
26747 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26748 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26749
26750 @item evalextsimp(x)
26751 @ignore
26752 @starindex
26753 @end ignore
26754 @tindex evalextsimp
26755 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26756 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26757
26758 @item select(x)
26759 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26760 @end table
26761
26762 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26763
26764 @table @samp
26765 @item let(v := x)
26766 @ignore
26767 @starindex
26768 @end ignore
26769 @tindex let
26770 The expression @expr{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26771 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26772 default, but @expr{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26773 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26774 of simplification. The
26775 result of @expr{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @expr{v}. As
26776 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26777 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26778 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26779 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26780 In fact, @expr{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26781 evaluating @expr{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26782 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26783 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26784 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26785 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.
26786
26787 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26788 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26789 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26790 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26791
26792 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26793 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26794 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26795 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26796 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26797 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26798 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26799 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26800 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26801 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26802 be bound to @code{ia}.
26803
26804 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26805 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26806 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26807 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26808 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26809 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26810 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26811 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26812 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26813 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)
26814
26815 @ignore
26816 @starindex
26817 @end ignore
26818 @tindex ierf
26819 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26820 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26821 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26822 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26823 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26824 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26825
26826 @example
26827 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26828 @end example
26829
26830 @item matches(v,p)
26831 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26832 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26833 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26834 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26835 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26836 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26837 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26838 rule.
26839
26840 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26841 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26842 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26843
26844 @item remember
26845 @vindex remember
26846 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26847 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26848 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26849 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26850 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26851 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26852 contains any variables.
26853
26854 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26855 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26856 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26857 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26858 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26859 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26860
26861 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26862 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26863 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26864 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26865 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26866 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26867 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26868
26869 @item remember(c)
26870 @ignore
26871 @starindex
26872 @end ignore
26873 @tindex remember
26874 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @expr{c}
26875 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26876 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26877 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26878 @end table
26879
26880 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26881 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26882
26883 @noindent
26884 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26885 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26886 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26887 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26888 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26889
26890 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26891 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26892 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26893
26894 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26895 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26896 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26897 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26898
26899 @example
26900 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26901 @end example
26902
26903 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26904
26905 @example
26906 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26907 @end example
26908
26909 @ignore
26910 @starindex
26911 @end ignore
26912 @tindex ends
26913 Here's another interesting example:
26914
26915 @example
26916 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26917 @end example
26918
26919 @noindent
26920 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26921 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26922 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26923
26924 @example
26925 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26926 @end example
26927
26928 @noindent
26929 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26930 one-element vector.
26931
26932 @tex
26933 \bigskip
26934 @end tex
26935
26936 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26937 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26938 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26939
26940 @ignore
26941 @starindex
26942 @end ignore
26943 @tindex curve
26944 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26945
26946 @example
26947 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26948 @end example
26949
26950 @noindent
26951 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26952
26953 Here is a larger example:
26954
26955 @example
26956 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26957 @end example
26958
26959 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26960 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26961 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26962
26963 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26964 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26965
26966 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26967 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26968 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26969 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26970 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26971 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26972 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26973 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26974
26975 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26976 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26977 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26978 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26979
26980 @example
26981 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26982 @end example
26983
26984 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26985 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26986
26987 @tex
26988 \bigskip
26989 @end tex
26990
26991 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26992 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26993 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26994
26995 For example,
26996
26997 @example
26998 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26999 @end example
27000
27001 @noindent
27002 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
27003 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
27004 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
27005
27006 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
27007 then an equivalent rule would be:
27008
27009 @example
27010 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
27011 @end example
27012
27013 @noindent
27014 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
27015 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
27016 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
27017 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
27018 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
27019 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
27020 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
27021
27022 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
27023 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
27024
27025 @example
27026 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
27027 @end example
27028
27029 @noindent
27030 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
27031 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
27032
27033 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
27034 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
27035 matched last. Thus
27036
27037 @example
27038 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
27039 @end example
27040
27041 @noindent
27042 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
27043 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
27044 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
27045 disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
27046 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
27047 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
27048
27049 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27050 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
27051
27052 @noindent
27053 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
27054 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
27055 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
27056 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
27057 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
27058 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
27059 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
27060 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
27061
27062 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
27063 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
27064 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
27065 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
27066 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
27067 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
27068 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
27069 anywhere in the formula.
27070
27071 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
27072 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
27073 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
27074 side actually comes out to something different than the original
27075 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
27076 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
27077 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
27078 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
27079 forms.
27080
27081 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
27082 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
27083 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
27084 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
27085 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
27086
27087 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
27088 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
27089 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
27090 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
27091
27092 @ignore
27093 @starindex
27094 @end ignore
27095 @ignore
27096 @mindex iter@idots
27097 @end ignore
27098 @tindex iterations
27099 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
27100 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
27101 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
27102 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
27103 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
27104 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
27105 rule set.
27106
27107 @example
27108 [ iterations(1),
27109 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
27110 @end example
27111
27112 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
27113 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
27114 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
27115 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
27116 that was matched.
27117
27118 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
27119
27120 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
27121 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
27122 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
27123
27124 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
27125 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
27126 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
27127 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
27128 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
27129 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
27130 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
27131 are omitted, 100 is used.
27132
27133 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27134 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
27135
27136 @noindent
27137 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
27138 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
27139 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
27140 phases occur during the rewriting process.
27141
27142 @ignore
27143 @starindex
27144 @end ignore
27145 @tindex phase
27146 @vindex all
27147 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
27148 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
27149 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
27150 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
27151 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
27152 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
27153
27154 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
27155 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
27156 ascending order. For example, the rule set
27157
27158 @example
27159 @group
27160 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
27161 phase(1),
27162 f1(x) := g1(x),
27163 phase(2),
27164 f2(x) := g2(x),
27165 phase(3),
27166 f3(x) := g3(x),
27167 phase(1,2),
27168 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
27169 @end group
27170 @end example
27171
27172 @noindent
27173 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
27174 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
27175 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
27176 and @code{f3}.
27177
27178 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
27179 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
27180 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
27181 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
27182 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
27183 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
27184 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
27185 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
27186 100 by default, is reached.)
27187
27188 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
27189 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
27190 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
27191 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
27192 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
27193 in the formula.
27194
27195 @ignore
27196 @starindex
27197 @end ignore
27198 @tindex schedule
27199 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
27200 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
27201 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
27202 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
27203 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
27204 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
27205 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
27206 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
27207 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
27208 moving on to phase 3.
27209
27210 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
27211 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
27212 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
27213 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
27214 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
27215 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
27216 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
27217 touches.
27218
27219 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
27220 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
27221 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
27222 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
27223 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
27224 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
27225 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
27226
27227 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
27228 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
27229 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
27230 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
27231 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
27232 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
27233
27234 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
27235 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
27236 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
27237 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
27238 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
27239 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
27240 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
27241 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
27242 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
27243 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
27244 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
27245
27246 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
27247 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
27248 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
27249 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
27250 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
27251 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
27252 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
27253
27254 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27255 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
27256
27257 @noindent
27258 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
27259 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
27260 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
27261 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
27262 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
27263
27264 @kindex j r
27265 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
27266 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
27267 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
27268 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
27269 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
27270 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
27271 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
27272 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
27273 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
27274
27275 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
27276 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
27277 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
27278 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
27279 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
27280 the selected sub-formula should appear.
27281
27282 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
27283 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
27284 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
27285 formula will be unselected.
27286
27287 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
27288 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
27289 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
27290 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
27291 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
27292 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
27293 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
27294 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
27295
27296 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
27297 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
27298 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
27299 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
27300
27301 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
27302 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
27303 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
27304 at stack level 1.)
27305
27306 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
27307 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
27308 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
27309 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
27310 target and the rewrite rules).
27311
27312 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
27313 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
27314 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
27315 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
27316 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
27317 to apply anywhere in the formula.
27318
27319 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
27320 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
27321 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
27322 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
27323 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
27324 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
27325 both with and without selections.
27326
27327 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27328 @subsection Matching Commands
27329
27330 @noindent
27331 @kindex a m
27332 @pindex calc-match
27333 @tindex match
27334 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
27335 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
27336 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
27337 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
27338 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
27339 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
27340 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
27341 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
27342 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
27343 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
27344 of the patterns.
27345
27346 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
27347 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
27348
27349 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
27350
27351 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
27352 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
27353 all the positive vector elements.
27354
27355 @kindex I a m
27356 @tindex matchnot
27357 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
27358 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
27359
27360 @ignore
27361 @starindex
27362 @end ignore
27363 @tindex matches
27364 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
27365 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
27366 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
27367 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
27368
27369 @ignore
27370 @starindex
27371 @end ignore
27372 @tindex vmatches
27373 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
27374 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
27375 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
27376 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
27377 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
27378
27379 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
27380 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
27381
27382 @noindent
27383 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
27384 @vindex EvalRules
27385 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
27386 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
27387 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
27388 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
27389 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27390
27391 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
27392 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
27393 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
27394 set would be,
27395
27396 @smallexample
27397 @group
27398 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
27399 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
27400 @end group
27401 @end smallexample
27402
27403 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
27404 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
27405 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
27406 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
27407 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
27408 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming Degrees mode) result in
27409 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
27410
27411 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
27412 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
27413 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
27414 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
27415 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
27416 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
27417 applies rules from the top down.
27418
27419 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
27420 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
27421
27422 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
27423 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
27424 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
27425 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
27426 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
27427 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
27428 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
27429 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
27430 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
27431 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
27432 or ran too long'' message.
27433
27434 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
27435 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
27436 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @expr{n} is
27437 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
27438 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
27439 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
27440 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
27441 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
27442 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
27443 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
27444 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
27445 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
27446 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
27447
27448 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
27449 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
27450 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
27451 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
27452 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
27453 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
27454 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
27455 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
27456 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
27457 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
27458 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
27459 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
27460 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
27461
27462 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
27463 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
27464 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
27465 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
27466
27467 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
27468 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
27469 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
27470 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
27471 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
27472 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
27473 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
27474 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
27475
27476 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
27477 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
27478 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
27479 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
27480 number @expr{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
27481 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
27482 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
27483 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
27484 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into Symbolic mode so that
27485 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
27486 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
27487 number were @expr{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
27488 then Symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
27489 evaluated exactly to 5.)
27490
27491 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
27492 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
27493 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
27494 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
27495 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
27496 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
27497 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
27498 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
27499 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
27500 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
27501 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
27502 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
27503 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
27504
27505 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
27506 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
27507
27508 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
27509 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
27510 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
27511 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
27512 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
27513 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
27514 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
27515
27516 @smallexample
27517 apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
27518 @end smallexample
27519
27520 @noindent
27521 may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
27522 @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
27523 with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
27524 @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
27525
27526 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
27527 @vindex AlgSimpRules
27528 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
27529 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
27530 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
27531 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
27532 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
27533
27534 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
27535 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
27536 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
27537 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
27538 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
27539 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
27540
27541 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
27542 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
27543 @vindex ExtSimpRules
27544 @vindex UnitSimpRules
27545 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
27546 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
27547 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
27548 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
27549 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
27550
27551 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27552 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
27553
27554 @noindent
27555 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27556 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27557 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27558 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27559 noted.
27560
27561 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27562 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27563
27564 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27565 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27566 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27567 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27568 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27569 be needlessly slow.
27570
27571 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27572 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27573
27574 @noindent
27575 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27576 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27577 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27578 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27579 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27580 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27581 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.
27582
27583 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27584 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27585 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27586 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27587 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27588 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27589 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).
27590
27591 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27592 This will simplify the formula whenever @expr{b} and/or @expr{c} can
27593 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27594 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27595 Symbolic mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27596 evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27597 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27598 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27599
27600 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27601 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27602 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27603 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27604 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27605 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27606 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27607 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27608 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27609 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27610
27611 @cindex Quaternions
27612 The following rule set, contributed by
27613 @texline Fran\c cois
27614 @infoline Francois
27615 Pinard, implements @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of
27616 complex numbers. Quaternions have four components, and are here
27617 represented by function calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y},
27618 @var{z}])} with ``real part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts
27619 collected into a vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions
27620 are supported. To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules},
27621 or create a command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion
27622 formulas. A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command
27623 defined by a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $])
27624 @key{RET}}.
27625
27626 @smallexample
27627 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27628 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27629 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27630 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27631 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27632 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27633 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27634 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27635 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27636 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27637 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27638 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27639 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27640 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27641 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27642 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27643 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27644 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27645 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27646 @end smallexample
27647
27648 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27649 In other words, @expr{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27650 @expr{q1} and @expr{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27651 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27652 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27653 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27654 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27655
27656 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27657 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27658 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27659 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27660 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27661 in @code{EvalRules}.)
27662
27663 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27664 @chapter Operating on Units
27665
27666 @noindent
27667 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27668 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27669 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27670 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27671 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27672
27673 @menu
27674 * Basic Operations on Units::
27675 * The Units Table::
27676 * Predefined Units::
27677 * User-Defined Units::
27678 * Logarithmic Units::
27679 * Musical Notes::
27680 @end menu
27681
27682 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27683 @section Basic Operations on Units
27684
27685 @noindent
27686 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27687 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27688 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27689 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27690 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27691 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27692 formula.
27693
27694 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27695 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27696 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27697 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27698 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27699 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.
27700
27701 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27702 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27703 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27704 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27705 representation of one millimeter.
27706
27707 You may find that Algebraic mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27708 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27709 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27710
27711 @kindex u s
27712 @pindex calc-simplify-units
27713 @ignore
27714 @mindex usimpl@idots
27715 @end ignore
27716 @tindex usimplify
27717 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27718 simplifies a units
27719 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27720 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27721 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27722 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27723 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27724 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27725 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27726 automatically at all times.
27727
27728 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27729 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27730 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27731 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27732 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27733 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27734 applied to units expressions, in which case
27735 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27736 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27737 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.
27738
27739 @kindex u c
27740 @pindex calc-convert-units
27741 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27742 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27743 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27744 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If you have previously converted a units expression
27745 with the same type of units (in this case, distance over time), you will
27746 be offered the previous choice of new units as a default. Continuing
27747 the above example, entering the units expression @samp{100 km/hr} and
27748 typing @kbd{u c @key{RET}} (without specifying new units) produces
27749 @samp{27.7777777778 m/s}.
27750
27751 @kindex u t
27752 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
27753 @cindex Temperature conversion
27754 The @kbd{u c} command treats temperature units (like @samp{degC} and
27755 @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example, @kbd{u c} converts
27756 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10 degrees Celsius
27757 corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit. To convert absolute
27758 temperatures, you can use the @kbd{u t}
27759 (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command. The value on the stack
27760 must be a simple units expression with units of temperature only.
27761 This command would convert @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the
27762 equivalent temperature on the Fahrenheit scale.
27763
27764 While many of Calc's conversion factors are exact, some are necessarily
27765 approximate. If Calc is in fraction mode (@pxref{Fraction Mode}), then
27766 unit conversions will try to give exact, rational conversions, but it
27767 isn't always possible. Given @samp{55 mph} in fraction mode, typing
27768 @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces @samp{15367:625 m/s}, for example,
27769 while typing @kbd{u c au/yr @key{RET}} produces
27770 @samp{5.18665819999e-3 au/yr}.
27771
27772 If the units you request are inconsistent with the original units, the
27773 number will be converted into your units times whatever ``remainder''
27774 units are left over. For example, converting @samp{55 mph} into acres
27775 produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}. (Recall that multiplication binds
27776 more strongly than division in Calc formulas, so the units here are
27777 acres per meter-second.) Remainder units are expressed in terms of
27778 ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and @samp{s}, regardless of the
27779 input units.
27780
27781 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27782 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27783 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27784 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27785 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27786 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27787 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27788 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27789
27790 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27791 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27792 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27793 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27794 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27795 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27796
27797 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27798 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27799 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27800 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27801 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27802 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27803 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27804
27805 @cindex Composite units
27806 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27807 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27808 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27809 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27810 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27811 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27812 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27813 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27814 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27815 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27816 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27817 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27818 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27819
27820 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27821 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27822 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27823 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
27824 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}}
27825 converts the number 2 on the stack to 5.08.
27826
27827 @kindex u b
27828 @pindex calc-base-units
27829 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27830 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27831 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27832 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27833
27834 Like the @kbd{u c} command, the @kbd{u b} command treats temperature
27835 units as relative temperatures.
27836
27837 @kindex u r
27838 @pindex calc-remove-units
27839 @kindex u x
27840 @pindex calc-extract-units
27841 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27842 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27843 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27844 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27845 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27846 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.
27847
27848 @kindex u a
27849 @pindex calc-autorange-units
27850 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27851 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27852 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27853 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27854 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27855 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27856 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27857 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27858 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27859
27860 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27861 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27862 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27863 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27864 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27865 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27866 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27867 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27868 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27869 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27870 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27871 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27872 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27873 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27874 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27875 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27876
27877 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27878 @section The Units Table
27879
27880 @noindent
27881 @kindex u v
27882 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
27883 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27884 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27885 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27886 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27887 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27888 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27889 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27890 and steradians.
27891
27892 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27893 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27894 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27895 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27896 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27897 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27898
27899 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27900 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27901 argument to @kbd{u v}.
27902
27903 @kindex u V
27904 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27905 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27906 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27907 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27908 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{C-x * c}
27909 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27910 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27911 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27912
27913 @kindex u g
27914 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27915 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27916 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27917 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27918 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27919 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27920 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27921 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27922 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27923 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27924
27925 @kindex u e
27926 @pindex calc-explain-units
27927 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27928 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27929 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27930 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27931 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27932 column of the Units Table.
27933
27934 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27935 @section Predefined Units
27936
27937 @noindent
27938 The definitions of many units have changed over the years. For example,
27939 the meter was originally defined in 1791 as one ten-millionth of the
27940 distance from the equator to the north pole. In order to be more
27941 precise, the definition was adjusted several times, and now a meter is
27942 defined as the distance that light will travel in a vacuum in
27943 1/299792458 of a second; consequently, the speed of light in a
27944 vacuum is exactly 299792458 m/s. Many other units have been
27945 redefined in terms of fundamental physical processes; a second, for
27946 example, is currently defined as 9192631770 periods of a certain
27947 radiation related to the cesium-133 atom. The only SI unit that is not
27948 based on a fundamental physical process (although there are efforts to
27949 change this) is the kilogram, which was originally defined as the mass
27950 of one liter of water, but is now defined as the mass of the
27951 International Prototype Kilogram (IPK), a cylinder of platinum-iridium
27952 kept at the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures in S@`evres,
27953 France. (There are several copies of the IPK throughout the world.)
27954 The British imperial units, once defined in terms of physical objects,
27955 were redefined in 1963 in terms of SI units. The US customary units,
27956 which were the same as British units until the British imperial system
27957 was created in 1824, were also defined in terms of the SI units in 1893.
27958 Because of these redefinitions, conversions between metric, British
27959 Imperial, and US customary units can often be done precisely.
27960
27961 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27962 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27963 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27964 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27965 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27966 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27967 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27968 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27969
27970 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27971 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27972 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27973 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27974 of the various temperature scales.
27975
27976 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27977 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27978
27979 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27980 @tex
27981 for \AA ngstroms.
27982 @end tex
27983 @ifnottex
27984 for Angstroms.
27985 @end ifnottex
27986
27987 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27988 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. This is
27989 slightly different than the point defined by the American Typefounder's
27990 Association in 1886, but the point used by Calc has become standard
27991 largely due to its use by the PostScript page description language.
27992 There is also @code{texpt}, which stands for a printer's point as
27993 defined by the @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 texpt = 1 in}.
27994 Other units used by @TeX{} are available; they are @code{texpc} (a pica),
27995 @code{texbp} (a ``big point'', equal to a standard point which is larger
27996 than the point used by @TeX{}), @code{texdd} (a Didot point),
27997 @code{texcc} (a Cicero) and @code{texsp} (a scaled @TeX{} point,
27998 all dimensions representable in @TeX{} are multiples of this value).
27999
28000 When Calc is using the @TeX{} or La@TeX{} language mode (@pxref{TeX
28001 and LaTeX Language Modes}), the @TeX{} specific unit names will not
28002 use the @samp{tex} prefix; the unit name for a @TeX{} point will be
28003 @samp{pt} instead of @samp{texpt}, for example. To avoid conflicts,
28004 the unit names for pint and parsec will simply be @samp{pint} and
28005 @samp{parsec} instead of @samp{pt} and @samp{pc}.
28006
28007
28008 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
28009 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
28010 @expr{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
28011 preferable to @code{e}.
28012
28013 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
28014 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
28015 Meanwhile, one ``@expr{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
28016
28017 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
28018 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
28019
28020 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
28021 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
28022
28023 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
28024 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
28025 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
28026 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
28027 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
28028 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
28029 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
28030 units.
28031
28032 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{alpha} (the fine structure constant,
28033 approximately @mathit{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
28034 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
28035 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
28036 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
28037 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
28038 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
28039 really is unitless.)
28040
28041 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
28042
28043 @node User-Defined Units, Logarithmic Units, Predefined Units, Units
28044 @section User-Defined Units
28045
28046 @noindent
28047 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
28048 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
28049
28050 @kindex u 0-9
28051 @pindex calc-quick-units
28052 @vindex Units
28053 @cindex @code{Units} variable
28054 @cindex Quick units
28055 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
28056 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
28057 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
28058 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
28059 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
28060 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
28061 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
28062 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
28063 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
28064 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
28065 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
28066 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
28067
28068 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
28069 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
28070 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
28071 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
28072 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
28073 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
28074
28075 @kindex u d
28076 @pindex calc-define-unit
28077 @cindex User-defined units
28078 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
28079 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
28080 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
28081 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
28082 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
28083 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
28084 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
28085 appear in the Units Table. If you wish the definition of this unit to
28086 be displayed in a special way in the Units Table buffer (such as with an
28087 asterisk to indicate an approximate value), then you can call this
28088 command with an argument, @kbd{C-u u d}; you will then also be prompted
28089 for a string that will be used to display the definition.
28090
28091 @kindex u u
28092 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
28093 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
28094 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
28095 however.
28096
28097 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
28098 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
28099 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
28100 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
28101 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
28102
28103 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
28104 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
28105 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
28106 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
28107 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
28108 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
28109 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
28110 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
28111 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
28112
28113 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
28114 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
28115
28116 @kindex u p
28117 @pindex calc-permanent-units
28118 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined units
28119 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
28120 units in your Calc init file (the file given by the variable
28121 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), so that the
28122 units will still be available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there
28123 was already a set of user-defined units in your Calc init file, it
28124 is replaced by the new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to
28125 tell Calc to use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28126
28127 @node Logarithmic Units, Musical Notes, User-Defined Units, Units
28128 @section Logarithmic Units
28129
28130 The units @code{dB} (decibels) and @code{Np} (nepers) are logarithmic
28131 units which are manipulated differently than standard units. Calc
28132 provides commands to work with these logarithmic units.
28133
28134 Decibels and nepers are used to measure power quantities as well as
28135 field quantities (quantities whose squares are proportional to power);
28136 these two types of quantities are handled slightly different from each
28137 other. By default the Calc commands work as if power quantities are
28138 being used; with the @kbd{H} prefix the Calc commands work as if field
28139 quantities are being used.
28140
28141 The decibel level of a power
28142 @infoline @math{P1},
28143 @texline @math{P_1},
28144 relative to a reference power
28145 @infoline @math{P0},
28146 @texline @math{P_0},
28147 is defined to be
28148 @infoline @math{10 log10(P1/P0) dB}.
28149 @texline @math{10 \log_{10}(P_{1}/P_{0}) {\rm dB}}.
28150 (The factor of 10 is because a decibel, as its name implies, is
28151 one-tenth of a bel. The bel, named after Alexander Graham Bell, was
28152 considered to be too large of a unit and was effectively replaced by
28153 the decibel.) If @math{F} is a field quantity with power
28154 @math{P=k F^2}, then a reference quantity of
28155 @infoline @math{F0}
28156 @texline @math{F_0}
28157 would correspond to a power of
28158 @infoline @math{P0=k F0^2}.
28159 @texline @math{P_{0}=kF_{0}^2}.
28160 If
28161 @infoline @math{P1=k F1^2},
28162 @texline @math{P_{1}=kF_{1}^2},
28163 then
28164
28165 @ifnottex
28166 @example
28167 10 log10(P1/P0) = 10 log10(F1^2/F0^2) = 20 log10(F1/F0).
28168 @end example
28169 @end ifnottex
28170 @tex
28171 $$ 10 \log_{10}(P_1/P_0) = 10 \log_{10}(F_1^2/F_0^2) = 20
28172 \log_{10}(F_1/F_0)$$
28173 @end tex
28174
28175 @noindent
28176 In order to get the same decibel level regardless of whether a field
28177 quantity or the corresponding power quantity is used, the decibel
28178 level of a field quantity
28179 @infoline @math{F1},
28180 @texline @math{F_1},
28181 relative to a reference
28182 @infoline @math{F0},
28183 @texline @math{F_0},
28184 is defined as
28185 @infoline @math{20 log10(F1/F0) dB}.
28186 @texline @math{20 \log_{10}(F_{1}/F_{0}) {\rm dB}}.
28187 For example, the decibel value of a sound pressure level of
28188 @infoline @math{60 uPa}
28189 @texline @math{60 \mu{\rm Pa}}
28190 relative to
28191 @infoline @math{20 uPa}
28192 @texline @math{20 \mu{\rm Pa}}
28193 (the threshold of human hearing) is
28194 @infoline @math{20 log10(60 uPa/ 20 uPa) dB = 20 log10(3) dB},
28195 @texline @math{20 \log_{10}(60 \mu{\rm Pa}/20 \mu{\rm Pa}) {\rm dB} = 20 \log_{10}(3) {\rm dB}},
28196 which is about
28197 @infoline @math{9.54 dB}.
28198 @texline @math{9.54 {\rm dB}}.
28199 Note that in taking the ratio, the original units cancel and so these
28200 logarithmic units are dimensionless.
28201
28202 Nepers (named after John Napier, who is credited with inventing the
28203 logarithm) are similar to bels except they use natural logarithms instead
28204 of common logarithms. The neper level of a power
28205 @infoline @math{P1},
28206 @texline @math{P_1},
28207 relative to a reference power
28208 @infoline @math{P0},
28209 @texline @math{P_0},
28210 is
28211 @infoline @math{(1/2) ln(P1/P0) Np}.
28212 @texline @math{(1/2) \ln(P_1/P_0) {\rm Np}}.
28213 The neper level of a field
28214 @infoline @math{F1},
28215 @texline @math{F_1},
28216 relative to a reference field
28217 @infoline @math{F0},
28218 @texline @math{F_0},
28219 is
28220 @infoline @math{ln(F1/F0) Np}.
28221 @texline @math{\ln(F_1/F_0) {\rm Np}}.
28222
28223 @vindex calc-lu-power-reference
28224 @vindex calc-lu-field-reference
28225 For power quantities, Calc uses
28226 @infoline @math{1 mW}
28227 @texline @math{1 {\rm mW}}
28228 as the default reference quantity; this default can be changed by changing
28229 the value of the customizable variable
28230 @code{calc-lu-power-reference} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
28231 For field quantities, Calc uses
28232 @infoline @math{20 uPa}
28233 @texline @math{20 \mu{\rm Pa}}
28234 as the default reference quantity; this is the value used in acoustics
28235 which is where decibels are commonly encountered. This default can be
28236 changed by changing the value of the customizable variable
28237 @code{calc-lu-field-reference} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}). A
28238 non-default reference quantity will be read from the stack if the
28239 capital @kbd{O} prefix is used.
28240
28241 @kindex l q
28242 @pindex calc-lu-quant
28243 @tindex lupquant
28244 @tindex lufquant
28245 The @kbd{l q} (@code{calc-lu-quant}) [@code{lupquant}]
28246 command computes the power quantity corresponding to a given number of
28247 logarithmic units. With the capital @kbd{O} prefix, @kbd{O l q}, the
28248 reference level will be read from the top of the stack. (In an
28249 algebraic formula, @code{lupquant} can be given an optional second
28250 argument which will be used for the reference level.) For example,
28251 @code{20 dB @key{RET} l q} will return @code{100 mW};
28252 @code{20 dB @key{RET} 4 W @key{RET} O l q} will return @code{400 W}.
28253 The @kbd{H l q} [@code{lufquant}] command behaves like @kbd{l q} but
28254 computes field quantities instead of power quantities.
28255
28256 @kindex l d
28257 @pindex calc-db
28258 @tindex dbpower
28259 @tindex dbfield
28260 @kindex l n
28261 @pindex calc-np
28262 @tindex nppower
28263 @tindex npfield
28264 The @kbd{l d} (@code{calc-db}) [@code{dbpower}] command will compute
28265 the decibel level of a power quantity using the default reference
28266 level; @kbd{H l d} [@code{dbfield}] will compute the decibel level of
28267 a field quantity. The commands @kbd{l n} (@code{calc-np})
28268 [@code{nppower}] and @kbd{H l n} [@code{npfield}] will similarly
28269 compute neper levels. With the capital @kbd{O} prefix these commands
28270 will read a reference level from the stack; in an algebraic formula
28271 the reference level can be given as an optional second argument.
28272
28273 @kindex l +
28274 @pindex calc-lu-plus
28275 @tindex lupadd
28276 @tindex lufadd
28277 @kindex l -
28278 @pindex calc-lu-minus
28279 @tindex lupsub
28280 @tindex lufsub
28281 @kindex l *
28282 @pindex calc-lu-times
28283 @tindex lupmul
28284 @tindex lufmul
28285 @kindex l /
28286 @pindex calc-lu-divide
28287 @tindex lupdiv
28288 @tindex lufdiv
28289 The sum of two power or field quantities doesn't correspond to the sum
28290 of the corresponding decibel or neper levels. If the powers
28291 corresponding to decibel levels
28292 @infoline @math{D1}
28293 @texline @math{D_1}
28294 and
28295 @infoline @math{D2}
28296 @texline @math{D_2}
28297 are added, the corresponding decibel level ``sum'' will be
28298
28299 @ifnottex
28300 @example
28301 10 log10(10^(D1/10) + 10^(D2/10)) dB.
28302 @end example
28303 @end ifnottex
28304 @tex
28305 $$ 10 \log_{10}(10^{D_1/10} + 10^{D_2/10}) {\rm dB}.$$
28306 @end tex
28307
28308 @noindent
28309 When field quantities are combined, it often means the corresponding
28310 powers are added and so the above formula might be used. In
28311 acoustics, for example, the sound pressure level is a field quantity
28312 and so the decibels are often defined using the field formula, but the
28313 sound pressure levels are combined as the sound power levels, and so
28314 the above formula should be used. If two field quantities themselves
28315 are added, the new decibel level will be
28316
28317 @ifnottex
28318 @example
28319 20 log10(10^(D1/20) + 10^(D2/20)) dB.
28320 @end example
28321 @end ifnottex
28322 @tex
28323 $$ 20 \log_{10}(10^{D_1/20} + 10^{D_2/20}) {\rm dB}.$$
28324 @end tex
28325
28326 @noindent
28327 If the power corresponding to @math{D} dB is multiplied by a number @math{N},
28328 then the corresponding decibel level will be
28329
28330 @ifnottex
28331 @example
28332 D + 10 log10(N) dB,
28333 @end example
28334 @end ifnottex
28335 @tex
28336 $$ D + 10 \log_{10}(N) {\rm dB},$$
28337 @end tex
28338
28339 @noindent
28340 if a field quantity is multiplied by @math{N} the corresponding decibel level
28341 will be
28342
28343 @ifnottex
28344 @example
28345 D + 20 log10(N) dB.
28346 @end example
28347 @end ifnottex
28348 @tex
28349 $$ D + 20 \log_{10}(N) {\rm dB}.$$
28350 @end tex
28351
28352 @noindent
28353 There are similar formulas for combining nepers. The @kbd{l +}
28354 (@code{calc-lu-plus}) [@code{lupadd}] command will ``add'' two
28355 logarithmic unit power levels this way; with the @kbd{H} prefix,
28356 @kbd{H l +} [@code{lufadd}] will add logarithmic unit field levels.
28357 Similarly, logarithmic units can be ``subtracted'' with @kbd{l -}
28358 (@code{calc-lu-minus}) [@code{lupsub}] or @kbd{H l -} [@code{lufsub}].
28359 The @kbd{l *} (@code{calc-lu-times}) [@code{lupmul}] and @kbd{H l *}
28360 [@code{lufmul}] commands will ``multiply'' a logarithmic unit by a
28361 number; the @kbd{l /} (@code{calc-lu-divide}) [@code{lupdiv}] and
28362 @kbd{H l /} [@code{lufdiv}] commands will ``divide'' a logarithmic
28363 unit by a number. Note that the reference quantities don't play a role
28364 in this arithmetic.
28365
28366 @node Musical Notes, , Logarithmic Units, Units
28367 @section Musical Notes
28368
28369 Calc can convert between musical notes and their associated
28370 frequencies. Notes can be given using either scientific pitch
28371 notation or midi numbers. Since these note systems are basically
28372 logarithmic scales, Calc uses the @kbd{l} prefix for functions
28373 operating on notes.
28374
28375 Scientific pitch notation refers to a note by giving a letter
28376 A through G, possibly followed by a flat or sharp) with a subscript
28377 indicating an octave number. Each octave starts with C and ends with
28378 B and
28379 @c increasing each note by a semitone will result
28380 @c in the sequence @expr{C}, @expr{C} sharp, @expr{D}, @expr{E} flat, @expr{E},
28381 @c @expr{F}, @expr{F} sharp, @expr{G}, @expr{A} flat, @expr{A}, @expr{B}
28382 @c flat and @expr{B}.
28383 the octave numbered 0 was chosen to correspond to the lowest
28384 audible frequency. Using this system, middle C (about 261.625 Hz)
28385 corresponds to the note @expr{C} in octave 4 and is denoted
28386 @expr{C_4}. Any frequency can be described by giving a note plus an
28387 offset in cents (where a cent is a ratio of frequencies so that a
28388 semitone consists of 100 cents).
28389
28390 The midi note number system assigns numbers to notes so that
28391 @expr{C_(-1)} corresponds to the midi note number 0 and @expr{G_9}
28392 corresponds to the midi note number 127. A midi controller can have
28393 up to 128 keys and each midi note number from 0 to 127 corresponds to
28394 a possible key.
28395
28396 @kindex l s
28397 @pindex calc-spn
28398 @tindex spn
28399 The @kbd{l s} (@code{calc-spn}) [@code{spn}] command converts either
28400 a frequency or a midi number to scientific pitch notation. For
28401 example, @code{500 Hz} gets converted to
28402 @code{B_4 + 21.3094853649 cents} and @code{84} to @code{C_6}.
28403
28404
28405 @kindex l m
28406 @pindex calc-midi
28407 @tindex midi
28408 The @kbd{l m} (@code{calc-midi}) [@code{midi}] command converts either
28409 a frequency or a note given in scientific pitch notation to the
28410 corresponding midi number. For example, @code{C_6} gets converted to 84
28411 and @code{440 Hz} to 69.
28412
28413 @kindex l f
28414 @pindex calc-freq
28415 @tindex freq
28416 The @kbd{l f} (@code{calc-freq}) [@code{freq}] command converts either
28417 either a midi number or a note given in scientific pitch notation to
28418 the corresponding frequency. For example, @code{Asharp_2 + 30 cents}
28419 gets converted to @code{118.578040134 Hz} and @code{55} to
28420 @code{195.99771799 Hz}.
28421
28422 Since the frequencies of notes are not usually given exactly (and are
28423 typically irrational), the customizable variable
28424 @code{calc-note-threshold} determines how close (in cents) a frequency
28425 needs to be to a note to be recognized as that note
28426 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}). This variable has a default value of
28427 @code{1}. For example, middle @var{C} is approximately
28428 @expr{261.625565302 Hz}; this frequency is often shortened to
28429 @expr{261.625 Hz}. Without @code{calc-note-threshold} (or a value of
28430 @expr{0}), Calc would convert @code{261.625 Hz} to scientific pitch
28431 notation @code{B_3 + 99.9962592773 cents}; with the default value of
28432 @code{1}, Calc converts @code{261.625 Hz} to @code{C_4}.
28433
28434
28435
28436 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
28437 @chapter Storing and Recalling
28438
28439 @noindent
28440 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
28441 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
28442 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
28443 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
28444
28445 @menu
28446 * Storing Variables::
28447 * Recalling Variables::
28448 * Operations on Variables::
28449 * Let Command::
28450 * Evaluates-To Operator::
28451 @end menu
28452
28453 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
28454 @section Storing Variables
28455
28456 @noindent
28457 @kindex s s
28458 @pindex calc-store
28459 @cindex Storing variables
28460 @cindex Quick variables
28461 @vindex q0
28462 @vindex q9
28463 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
28464 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
28465 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
28466 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{q0} through
28467 @code{q9}. Or you can enter any variable name.
28468
28469 @kindex s t
28470 @pindex calc-store-into
28471 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
28472 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
28473 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
28474
28475 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
28476 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
28477 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
28478 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
28479 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
28480 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
28481 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
28482 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
28483
28484 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
28485 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
28486 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
28487 righthand sides simultaneously.
28488
28489 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
28490 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
28491 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
28492 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
28493 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
28494 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
28495
28496 @kindex s 0-9
28497 @kindex t 0-9
28498 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
28499 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
28500 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
28501 for trail and time/date commands.)
28502
28503 @kindex s +
28504 @kindex s -
28505 @ignore
28506 @mindex @idots
28507 @end ignore
28508 @kindex s *
28509 @ignore
28510 @mindex @null
28511 @end ignore
28512 @kindex s /
28513 @ignore
28514 @mindex @null
28515 @end ignore
28516 @kindex s ^
28517 @ignore
28518 @mindex @null
28519 @end ignore
28520 @kindex s |
28521 @ignore
28522 @mindex @null
28523 @end ignore
28524 @kindex s n
28525 @ignore
28526 @mindex @null
28527 @end ignore
28528 @kindex s &
28529 @ignore
28530 @mindex @null
28531 @end ignore
28532 @kindex s [
28533 @ignore
28534 @mindex @null
28535 @end ignore
28536 @kindex s ]
28537 @pindex calc-store-plus
28538 @pindex calc-store-minus
28539 @pindex calc-store-times
28540 @pindex calc-store-div
28541 @pindex calc-store-power
28542 @pindex calc-store-concat
28543 @pindex calc-store-neg
28544 @pindex calc-store-inv
28545 @pindex calc-store-decr
28546 @pindex calc-store-incr
28547 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
28548 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
28549 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
28550 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
28551 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
28552 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
28553
28554 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
28555 order of the operands. If @expr{v} represents the contents of the
28556 variable, and @expr{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
28557 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns
28558 @texline @math{v \coloneq v - a},
28559 @infoline @expr{v := v - a},
28560 but @kbd{I s -} assigns
28561 @texline @math{v \coloneq a - v}.
28562 @infoline @expr{v := a - v}.
28563 While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
28564 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
28565 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
28566 forwards and backwards:
28567
28568 @example
28569 @group
28570 s + v := v + a v := a + v
28571 s - v := v - a v := a - v
28572 s * v := v * a v := a * v
28573 s / v := v / a v := a / v
28574 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
28575 s | v := v | a v := a | v
28576 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
28577 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
28578 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
28579 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
28580 @end group
28581 @end example
28582
28583 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
28584 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
28585 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
28586 minus-two minus the variable.
28587
28588 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
28589 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
28590 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @expr{a} from the stack.
28591
28592 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
28593 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
28594 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
28595 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
28596 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
28597 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
28598 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
28599
28600 @kindex s m
28601 @pindex calc-store-map
28602 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
28603 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
28604 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
28605 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
28606 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
28607 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
28608 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
28609 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
28610 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
28611 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
28612 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
28613
28614 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
28615 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
28616 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @expr{a}
28617 on the stack computes @expr{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
28618 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
28619 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
28620 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
28621
28622 @kindex s x
28623 @pindex calc-store-exchange
28624 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
28625 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
28626 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
28627
28628 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
28629 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
28630 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
28631
28632 @kindex s u
28633 @pindex calc-unstore
28634 @cindex Void variables
28635 @cindex Un-storing variables
28636 Until you store something in them, most variables are ``void,'' that is,
28637 they contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula
28638 they will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
28639 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
28640 void state.
28641
28642 @kindex s c
28643 @pindex calc-copy-variable
28644 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
28645 value of one variable to another. One way it differs from a simple
28646 @kbd{s r} followed by an @kbd{s t} (aside from saving keystrokes) is
28647 that the value never goes on the stack and thus is never rounded,
28648 evaluated, or simplified in any way; it is not even rounded down to the
28649 current precision.
28650
28651 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
28652 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
28653 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
28654 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
28655 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
28656 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
28657 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
28658 normally void).
28659
28660 Note that @code{pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored in it,
28661 but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @cpi{} at the current
28662 precision. Likewise @code{e}, @code{i}, and @code{phi} evaluate
28663 according to the current precision or polar mode. If you recall a value
28664 from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic property will be lost. The
28665 magic property is preserved, however, when a variable is copied with
28666 @kbd{s c}.
28667
28668 @kindex s k
28669 @pindex calc-copy-special-constant
28670 If one of the ``special constants'' is redefined (or undefined) so that
28671 it no longer has its magic property, the property can be restored with
28672 @kbd{s k} (@code{calc-copy-special-constant}). This command will prompt
28673 for a special constant and a variable to store it in, and so a special
28674 constant can be stored in any variable. Here, the special constant that
28675 you enter doesn't depend on the value of the corresponding variable;
28676 @code{pi} will represent 3.14159@dots{} regardless of what is currently
28677 stored in the Calc variable @code{pi}. If one of the other special
28678 variables, @code{inf}, @code{uinf} or @code{nan}, is given a value, its
28679 original behavior can be restored by voiding it with @kbd{s u}.
28680
28681 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
28682 @section Recalling Variables
28683
28684 @noindent
28685 @kindex s r
28686 @pindex calc-recall
28687 @cindex Recalling variables
28688 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
28689 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
28690 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
28691 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
28692 an error to try to recall a void variable.
28693
28694 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
28695 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
28696 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
28697 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
28698 latter will produce an error message.
28699
28700 @kindex r 0-9
28701 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
28702 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}.
28703
28704 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
28705 @section Other Operations on Variables
28706
28707 @noindent
28708 @kindex s e
28709 @pindex calc-edit-variable
28710 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
28711 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
28712 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
28713 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
28714 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
28715 empty when you press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish, the variable will
28716 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
28717 description of editing.
28718
28719 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
28720 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
28721 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
28722 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
28723 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
28724 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
28725 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
28726 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
28727 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
28728 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
28729
28730 @kindex s A
28731 @kindex s D
28732 @ignore
28733 @mindex @idots
28734 @end ignore
28735 @kindex s E
28736 @ignore
28737 @mindex @null
28738 @end ignore
28739 @kindex s F
28740 @ignore
28741 @mindex @null
28742 @end ignore
28743 @kindex s G
28744 @ignore
28745 @mindex @null
28746 @end ignore
28747 @kindex s H
28748 @ignore
28749 @mindex @null
28750 @end ignore
28751 @kindex s I
28752 @ignore
28753 @mindex @null
28754 @end ignore
28755 @kindex s L
28756 @ignore
28757 @mindex @null
28758 @end ignore
28759 @kindex s P
28760 @ignore
28761 @mindex @null
28762 @end ignore
28763 @kindex s R
28764 @ignore
28765 @mindex @null
28766 @end ignore
28767 @kindex s T
28768 @ignore
28769 @mindex @null
28770 @end ignore
28771 @kindex s U
28772 @ignore
28773 @mindex @null
28774 @end ignore
28775 @kindex s X
28776 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
28777 @pindex calc-store-Decls
28778 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
28779 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
28780 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
28781 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
28782 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
28783 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
28784 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
28785 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
28786 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
28787 @pindex calc-store-Units
28788 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
28789 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
28790 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
28791
28792 @table @kbd
28793 @item s A
28794 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
28795 @item s D
28796 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
28797 @item s E
28798 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
28799 @item s F
28800 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
28801 @item s G
28802 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
28803 @item s H
28804 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
28805 @item s I
28806 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
28807 @item s L
28808 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28809 @item s P
28810 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28811 @item s R
28812 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
28813 @item s T
28814 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
28815 @item s U
28816 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
28817 @item s X
28818 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
28819 @end table
28820
28821 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
28822 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
28823
28824 @kindex s p
28825 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
28826 @cindex Storing variables
28827 @cindex Permanent variables
28828 @cindex Calc init file, variables
28829 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
28830 variable's value permanently in your Calc init file (the file given by
28831 the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), so
28832 that its value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You
28833 can re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
28834 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your calc init file
28835 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
28836 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28837
28838 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
28839 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all Calc variables with defined values
28840 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
28841 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
28842 and @code{PlotRejects};
28843 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
28844 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
28845 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
28846 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)
28847
28848 @kindex s i
28849 @pindex calc-insert-variables
28850 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
28851 the values of all Calc variables into a specified buffer.
28852 The variables are written with the prefix @code{var-} in the form of
28853 Lisp @code{setq} commands
28854 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
28855 in your Calc init file (or @file{.emacs}) if you wish, though in this case it
28856 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
28857 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
28858 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
28859 stores in a more human-readable format.)
28860
28861 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
28862 @section The Let Command
28863
28864 @noindent
28865 @kindex s l
28866 @pindex calc-let
28867 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
28868 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
28869 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
28870 compute its value where @expr{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @expr{b} and
28871 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
28872 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @expr{b} for future operations.
28873
28874 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
28875 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
28876 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
28877 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
28878 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
28879 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
28880 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
28881 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
28882 by these commands.
28883
28884 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
28885 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
28886 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
28887
28888 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
28889 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
28890 and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
28891
28892 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
28893 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
28894 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
28895 example, letting @expr{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
28896 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
28897 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
28898
28899 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
28900 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
28901
28902 @noindent
28903 @tindex evalto
28904 @tindex =>
28905 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
28906 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
28907 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
28908 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
28909 other language modes like Pascal and La@TeX{}.) This is a binary
28910 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
28911 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
28912
28913 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
28914 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
28915 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
28916 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
28917 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
28918 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
28919
28920 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
28921 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
28922 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
28923
28924 @kindex s =
28925 @pindex calc-evalto
28926 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
28927 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
28928 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
28929 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
28930 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
28931
28932 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
28933 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28934 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28935 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28936 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28937 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28938 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28939 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28940 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28941 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28942 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28943 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28944 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28945 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28946 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28947
28948 @kindex m C
28949 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
28950 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28951 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28952 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28953 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28954 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28955 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28956 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28957
28958 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28959 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28960 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28961 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28962 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28963 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28964 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
28965
28966 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28967 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28968 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28969 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28970 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28971 to enable an Algebraic Simplification mode in which the
28972 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28973 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28974 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28975 Algebraic Simplification mode, the result will be
28976 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28977 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28978 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28979 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28980 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28981
28982 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28983 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28984 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28985 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28986 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28987 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28988 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28989 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28990 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28991 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28992
28993 @smallexample
28994 @group
28995 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
28996 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28997 . . .
28998
28999 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
29000 @end group
29001 @end smallexample
29002
29003 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
29004 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
29005 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
29006 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
29007 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
29008 side effects.
29009
29010 @kindex s :
29011 @pindex calc-assign
29012 @tindex assign
29013 @tindex :=
29014 Embedded mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In Embedded mode,
29015 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
29016 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
29017 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
29018 by itself. But Embedded mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
29019 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
29020 operators in Algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
29021 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
29022 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
29023
29024 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
29025 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
29026 treatment to @samp{=>}.
29027
29028 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
29029 @chapter Graphics
29030
29031 @noindent
29032 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
29033 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or later to do graphics. These commands will only work
29034 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
29035 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
29036 However, it is free software. It can be obtained from
29037 @samp{http://www.gnuplot.info}.)
29038
29039 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
29040 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
29041 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable in
29042 your Calc init file or @file{.emacs}. You may also need to set some
29043 Lisp variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
29044 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are using
29045 the X window system or MS-Windows, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
29046 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later and you are using a
29047 Unix or GNU system without X, Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display
29048 graphs using simple character graphics that will work on any
29049 Posix-compatible terminal.
29050
29051 @menu
29052 * Basic Graphics::
29053 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
29054 * Managing Curves::
29055 * Graphics Options::
29056 * Devices::
29057 @end menu
29058
29059 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
29060 @section Basic Graphics
29061
29062 @noindent
29063 @kindex g f
29064 @pindex calc-graph-fast
29065 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
29066 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
29067 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
29068 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
29069 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
29070 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
29071 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
29072 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
29073 to indicate the points themselves.
29074
29075 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
29076 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
29077 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
29078
29079 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
29080 sequence of ``x'' values @expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, @expr{x+2}, etc.
29081 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @expr{x} in this case.)
29082
29083 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
29084 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
29085 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
29086 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
29087 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
29088 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
29089 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
29090 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
29091 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
29092
29093 @ignore
29094 @starindex
29095 @end ignore
29096 @tindex xy
29097 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
29098 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
29099 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
29100 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
29101 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
29102 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
29103 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
29104 will be a circle.
29105
29106 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
29107 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
29108 variables.
29109
29110 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
29111 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
29112 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). One exception to this
29113 is that the ``y'' entry can consist of a vector of numbers combined with
29114 error forms, in which case the points will be plotted with the
29115 appropriate error bars. Other than this, if either the ``x''
29116 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
29117 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
29118 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
29119
29120 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
29121 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
29122
29123 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
29124 @vindex PlotRejects
29125 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
29126 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
29127 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
29128 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
29129 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
29130 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
29131 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
29132 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
29133 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
29134 @code{PlotRejects}.
29135
29136 @kindex g c
29137 @pindex calc-graph-clear
29138 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
29139 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
29140 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
29141 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
29142 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
29143 window if there is one.
29144
29145 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
29146 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
29147
29148 @kindex g F
29149 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
29150 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
29151 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
29152 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
29153
29154 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
29155 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
29156 are several options for these values.
29157
29158 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
29159 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
29160 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
29161 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
29162 result is a surface plot where
29163 @texline @math{z_{ij}}
29164 @infoline @expr{z_ij}
29165 is the height of the point
29166 at coordinate @expr{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
29167 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
29168 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29169 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT documentation for a
29170 description of the @samp{set view} command.
29171
29172 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
29173 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
29174
29175 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
29176 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
29177 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
29178 of values from the input vectors.
29179
29180 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
29181 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
29182 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
29183 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
29184 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
29185 3D surface.
29186
29187 @ignore
29188 @starindex
29189 @end ignore
29190 @tindex xyz
29191 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
29192 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
29193 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
29194 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
29195 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
29196 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
29197 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
29198 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
29199 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
29200 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
29201 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
29202 vectors with more than 5 elements.
29203
29204 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
29205 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
29206 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
29207 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
29208 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
29209
29210 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
29211 variables containing the relevant data.
29212
29213 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
29214 @section Managing Curves
29215
29216 @noindent
29217 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
29218 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
29219 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
29220 by using these commands directly.
29221
29222 @kindex g a
29223 @pindex calc-graph-add
29224 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
29225 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
29226 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
29227 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
29228 on the same axes.
29229
29230 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
29231 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
29232 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
29233 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
29234 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
29235 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
29236 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
29237 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
29238 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
29239 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
29240 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
29241 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
29242 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29243
29244 @vindex PlotData1
29245 @vindex PlotData2
29246 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
29247 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
29248 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
29249 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
29250 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
29251 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
29252 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
29253 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
29254
29255 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
29256 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
29257 argument @expr{n}, the top @expr{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
29258 for @expr{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
29259 the @expr{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
29260 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
29261
29262 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
29263 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
29264 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
29265
29266 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @expr{n} vectors from
29267 the stack; each vector @expr{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
29268 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
29269 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
29270 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
29271 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
29272
29273 For example, to plot
29274 @texline @math{\sin n x}
29275 @infoline @expr{sin(n x)}
29276 for integers @expr{n}
29277 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
29278 (@expr{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
29279 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
29280 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
29281 command.
29282
29283 @kindex g A
29284 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
29285 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
29286 to the graph. It is not valid to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
29287 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
29288 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @expr{n}, it
29289 takes @expr{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @expr{n}
29290 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
29291 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
29292 prefix @expr{-n}, it takes @expr{n} vectors of the form @expr{[x, y, z]}.
29293 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
29294 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29295
29296 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
29297 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
29298 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
29299 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
29300 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
29301 check for this.)
29302
29303 @kindex g d
29304 @pindex calc-graph-delete
29305 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
29306 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
29307 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
29308 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
29309
29310 @kindex g H
29311 @pindex calc-graph-hide
29312 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
29313 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
29314 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
29315 point styles will be retained.
29316
29317 @kindex g j
29318 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
29319 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
29320 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
29321 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
29322 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
29323 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
29324 affect the last curve in the list.
29325
29326 @kindex g p
29327 @pindex calc-graph-plot
29328 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
29329 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
29330 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
29331 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
29332 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
29333 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
29334 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
29335 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
29336 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
29337
29338 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
29339 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
29340 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
29341 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
29342 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
29343 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
29344 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
29345
29346 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
29347 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
29348 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
29349 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
29350 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
29351 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
29352 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
29353
29354 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
29355 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
29356 the current graph is three-dimensional.
29357
29358 @kindex g P
29359 @pindex calc-graph-print
29360 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
29361 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
29362 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
29363 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
29364 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
29365 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
29366 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
29367 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
29368 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
29369 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
29370 always plot to the printer.
29371
29372 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
29373 @section Graphics Options
29374
29375 @noindent
29376 @kindex g g
29377 @pindex calc-graph-grid
29378 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
29379 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
29380 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
29381 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
29382 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
29383 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
29384
29385 @kindex g b
29386 @pindex calc-graph-border
29387 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
29388 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
29389 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29390
29391 @kindex g k
29392 @pindex calc-graph-key
29393 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
29394 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
29395 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
29396 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
29397 curves on the same graph.
29398
29399 @kindex g N
29400 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
29401 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
29402 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
29403 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
29404 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
29405 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
29406 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
29407 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
29408 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
29409 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
29410 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
29411 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @expr{5^2 = 25} points
29412 will be computed for the surface.
29413
29414 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
29415 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
29416 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
29417 it will not be. For example, plotting @expr{1 + x} with @expr{x} in the
29418 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
29419 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
29420 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
29421 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
29422 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
29423
29424 @kindex g h
29425 @pindex calc-graph-header
29426 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
29427 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
29428 The default title is blank (no title).
29429
29430 @kindex g n
29431 @pindex calc-graph-name
29432 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
29433 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
29434 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
29435 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
29436 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
29437 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
29438 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
29439 not used.
29440
29441 @kindex g t
29442 @kindex g T
29443 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
29444 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
29445 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
29446 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
29447 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
29448 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
29449 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
29450 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
29451 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
29452
29453 @kindex g r
29454 @kindex g R
29455 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
29456 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
29457 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
29458 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
29459 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
29460 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
29461 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
29462 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
29463 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
29464 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
29465 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
29466
29467 @kindex g l
29468 @kindex g L
29469 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
29470 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
29471 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
29472 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
29473 be logarithmic instead of linear.
29474
29475 @kindex g C-l
29476 @kindex g C-r
29477 @kindex g C-t
29478 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
29479 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
29480 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
29481 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
29482 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
29483 for the ``z'' axis.
29484
29485 @kindex g z
29486 @kindex g Z
29487 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
29488 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
29489 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
29490 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
29491 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
29492 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
29493 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
29494 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
29495 not available for 3D plots.
29496
29497 @kindex g s
29498 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
29499 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
29500 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
29501 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
29502 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
29503 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
29504 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
29505 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
29506 available for any device.
29507
29508 @kindex g S
29509 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
29510 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
29511 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
29512 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
29513 tiny dots. If the ``y'' values being plotted contain error forms and
29514 the connecting lines are turned off, then this command will also turn
29515 the error bars on or off.
29516
29517 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
29518 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
29519 @vindex LineStyles
29520 @vindex PointStyles
29521 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
29522 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
29523 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
29524 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
29525 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
29526 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
29527 the style be chosen automatically, or @mathit{-1} to turn off lines or points
29528 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
29529 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
29530 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
29531
29532 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
29533 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
29534 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
29535 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
29536 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
29537
29538 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
29539 @section Graphical Devices
29540
29541 @noindent
29542 @kindex g D
29543 @pindex calc-graph-device
29544 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
29545 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
29546 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
29547 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
29548 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
29549
29550 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
29551 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
29552 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
29553 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
29554 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
29555 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
29556 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), @code{windows} on MS-Windows, or
29557 otherwise @code{dumb} under GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or
29558 @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0. This is the initial default
29559 value.
29560
29561 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
29562 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
29563 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
29564 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
29565 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
29566 dumb terminals will be
29567 @texline @math{80\times24}
29568 @infoline 80x24
29569 characters. The graph is displayed in
29570 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-c C-c} to exit
29571 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
29572 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29573
29574 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
29575 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
29576 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
29577 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
29578 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
29579 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
29580 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
29581 of the four directions.
29582
29583 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
29584 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
29585 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
29586 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
29587 plot on any text-only printer.
29588
29589 @kindex g O
29590 @pindex calc-graph-output
29591 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of the
29592 output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11} and
29593 @code{windows}, there is no output file and this information is not
29594 used. Many other ``devices'' are really file formats like
29595 @code{postscript}; in these cases the output in the desired format
29596 goes into the file you name with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout
29597 @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write to its standard output stream,
29598 i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}. This is the default setting.
29599
29600 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
29601 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
29602 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
29603 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
29604 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
29605 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
29606 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
29607 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
29608 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
29609
29610 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
29611 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
29612 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
29613 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
29614 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
29615 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
29616
29617 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
29618 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
29619 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
29620 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
29621 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
29622 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29623
29624 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
29625 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
29626 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
29627 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
29628 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
29629 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
29630 You may wish to configure the default and
29631 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
29632 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
29633 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
29634 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
29635 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
29636
29637 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
29638 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
29639 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
29640 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
29641 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
29642 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
29643 to display or print the output. These variables are customizable
29644 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29645
29646 @kindex g x
29647 @pindex calc-graph-display
29648 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
29649 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
29650 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
29651 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
29652
29653 @kindex g X
29654 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
29655 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
29656 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
29657 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
29658 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
29659 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
29660 window in the upper-left corner of the screen. This command has no
29661 effect if the current device is @code{windows}.
29662
29663 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
29664 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
29665 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
29666 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
29667 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
29668 something has gone wrong@footnote{
29669 On MS-Windows, due to the peculiarities of how the Windows version of
29670 GNUPLOT (called @command{wgnuplot}) works, the GNUPLOT responses are
29671 not communicated back to Calc. Instead, you need to look them up in
29672 the GNUPLOT command window that is displayed as in normal interactive
29673 usage of GNUPLOT.
29674 }.
29675
29676 @kindex g C
29677 @pindex calc-graph-command
29678 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
29679 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
29680 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
29681 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
29682 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
29683
29684 @kindex g v
29685 @kindex g V
29686 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
29687 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
29688 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
29689 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29690 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
29691 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
29692 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
29693 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
29694 buffer is hidden again. (Note that on MS-Windows, the @samp{*Gnuplot
29695 Trail*} buffer will usually show nothing of interest, because
29696 GNUPLOT's responses are not communicated back to Calc.)
29697
29698 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
29699 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
29700 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
29701 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
29702 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
29703 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
29704 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
29705 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
29706 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
29707 You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
29708 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
29709 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
29710 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
29711 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
29712 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
29713 with @kbd{g p}.
29714
29715 @kindex g q
29716 @pindex calc-graph-quit
29717 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
29718 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
29719 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
29720 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
29721 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
29722 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
29723
29724 @kindex g K
29725 @pindex calc-graph-kill
29726 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
29727 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
29728 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
29729 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
29730
29731 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
29732 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
29733
29734 @noindent
29735 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
29736 other Emacs editing buffers.
29737
29738 In many cases Embedded mode is an easier and more natural way to
29739 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
29740
29741 @menu
29742 * Killing From Stack::
29743 * Yanking Into Stack::
29744 * Saving Into Registers::
29745 * Inserting From Registers::
29746 * Grabbing From Buffers::
29747 * Yanking Into Buffers::
29748 * X Cut and Paste::
29749 @end menu
29750
29751 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
29752 @section Killing from the Stack
29753
29754 @noindent
29755 @kindex C-k
29756 @pindex calc-kill
29757 @kindex M-k
29758 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
29759 @kindex C-w
29760 @pindex calc-kill-region
29761 @kindex M-w
29762 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
29763 @kindex M-C-w
29764 @cindex Kill ring
29765 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the ``kill
29766 ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y} command.
29767 Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which kills
29768 one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point, and
29769 @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
29770 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too,
29771 although in the Calculator they operate on whole stack entries, so they
29772 ``round up'' the specified region to encompass full lines. (To copy
29773 only parts of lines, the @kbd{M-C-w} command in the Calculator will copy
29774 the region to the kill ring without any ``rounding up'', just like the
29775 @kbd{M-w} command in normal Emacs.) Also, @kbd{M-k} has been provided
29776 to complete the set; it puts the current line into the kill ring without
29777 deleting anything.
29778
29779 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
29780 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below
29781 the bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack.
29782 Otherwise, they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. The
29783 text is copied into the kill ring exactly as it appears on the screen,
29784 including line numbers if they are enabled.
29785
29786 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
29787 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @expr{n-1}
29788 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @expr{-n} lines above the
29789 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
29790 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
29791 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
29792 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
29793 newline.
29794
29795 @node Yanking Into Stack, Saving Into Registers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
29796 @section Yanking into the Stack
29797
29798 @noindent
29799 @kindex C-y
29800 @pindex calc-yank
29801 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
29802 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
29803 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
29804 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
29805 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
29806 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
29807 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
29808 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
29809 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
29810 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
29811 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
29812 difference.)
29813
29814 @node Saving Into Registers, Inserting From Registers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
29815 @section Saving into Registers
29816
29817 @noindent
29818 @kindex r s
29819 @pindex calc-copy-to-register
29820 @pindex calc-prepend-to-register
29821 @pindex calc-append-to-register
29822 @cindex Registers
29823 An alternative to killing and yanking stack entries is using
29824 registers in Calc. Saving stack entries in registers is like
29825 saving text in normal Emacs registers; although, like Calc's kill
29826 commands, register commands always operate on whole stack
29827 entries.
29828
29829 Registers in Calc are places to store stack entries for later use;
29830 each register is indexed by a single character. To store the current
29831 region (rounded up, of course, to include full stack entries) into a
29832 register, use the command @kbd{r s} (@code{calc-copy-to-register}).
29833 You will then be prompted for a register to use, the next character
29834 you type will be the index for the register. To store the region in
29835 register @var{r}, the full command will be @kbd{r s @var{r}}. With an
29836 argument, @kbd{C-u r s @var{r}}, the region being copied to the
29837 register will be deleted from the Calc buffer.
29838
29839 It is possible to add additional stack entries to a register. The
29840 command @kbd{M-x calc-append-to-register} will prompt for a register,
29841 then add the stack entries in the region to the end of the register
29842 contents. The command @kbd{M-x calc-prepend-to-register} will
29843 similarly prompt for a register and add the stack entries in the
29844 region to the beginning of the register contents. Both commands take
29845 @kbd{C-u} arguments, which will cause the region to be deleted after being
29846 added to the register.
29847
29848 @node Inserting From Registers, Grabbing From Buffers, Saving Into Registers, Kill and Yank
29849 @section Inserting from Registers
29850 @noindent
29851 @kindex r i
29852 @pindex calc-insert-register
29853 The command @kbd{r i} (@code{calc-insert-register}) will prompt for a
29854 register, then insert the contents of that register into the
29855 Calculator. If the contents of the register were placed there from
29856 within Calc, then the full internal structure of the contents will be
29857 inserted into the Calculator, otherwise whatever text is in the
29858 register is reparsed and then inserted into the Calculator.
29859
29860 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Inserting From Registers, Kill and Yank
29861 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
29862
29863 @noindent
29864 @kindex C-x * g
29865 @pindex calc-grab-region
29866 The @kbd{C-x * g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
29867 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
29868 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
29869 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
29870 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
29871 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
29872 If the @kbd{C-x * g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
29873 @kbd{C-x * c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
29874
29875 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
29876 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
29877 @expr{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 C-x * g} grabs from point
29878 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
29879 back to the @expr{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
29880 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
29881 delete given that prefix argument.
29882
29883 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
29884 line.
29885
29886 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
29887 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
29888 @kbd{C-x * g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
29889 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u C-x * g} on the same region
29890 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
29891 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
29892 vector of one element by plain @kbd{C-x * g} because the interpretation
29893 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
29894
29895 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
29896 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
29897
29898 @kindex C-x * r
29899 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
29900 The @kbd{C-x * r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
29901 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
29902 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
29903 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
29904 whose contents are parsed.
29905
29906 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
29907 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
29908 only if every row contains the same number of values.
29909
29910 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
29911 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
29912 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
29913 is ignored.
29914
29915 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
29916 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
29917 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
29918 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
29919 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
29920 @kbd{C-x * r} command.
29921
29922 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
29923 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
29924 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will be a
29925 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
29926 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} will interpret this as
29927 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
29928 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will interpret this row
29929 as @samp{[2*a]}.
29930
29931 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
29932 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
29933 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
29934 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
29935 would correctly split the line into two error forms.
29936
29937 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
29938 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a
29939 @texline @math{1\times1}
29940 @infoline 1x1
29941 matrix, just hit @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
29942
29943 @kindex C-x * :
29944 @kindex C-x * _
29945 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
29946 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
29947 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
29948 The @kbd{C-x * :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
29949 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
29950 typing @kbd{C-x * r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
29951 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
29952 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
29953 in the input data. The @kbd{C-x * _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
29954 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
29955
29956 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are also
29957 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
29958 the stack. In a @kbd{C-x * r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
29959 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
29960 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
29961
29962 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
29963 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
29964 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{C-x * :}. Since there
29965 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
29966 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
29967 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
29968
29969 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
29970 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
29971 Use @kbd{C-x * r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
29972 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
29973 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
29974 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
29975 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
29976
29977 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
29978 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
29979
29980 @noindent
29981 @kindex y
29982 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
29983 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
29984 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
29985 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
29986 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
29987 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
29988 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
29989 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
29990 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
29991
29992 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
29993 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
29994 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @expr{n}th value from the
29995 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
29996 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
29997 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
29998 latter strips off the trailing newline.
29999
30000 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
30001 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
30002 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
30003 @kbd{C-x * g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
30004 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
30005 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
30006 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
30007 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
30008 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
30009 @kbd{C-x * g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{C-x * r}).
30010
30011 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
30012 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
30013 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
30014 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
30015 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
30016 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
30017 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
30018 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
30019 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
30020 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
30021 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
30022 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
30023 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
30024 to overwriting one complete number with another.
30025
30026 @kindex C-x * y
30027 The @kbd{C-x * y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
30028 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
30029 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
30030
30031 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
30032 @section X Cut and Paste
30033
30034 @noindent
30035 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
30036 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
30037 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
30038
30039 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
30040 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
30041 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
30042 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
30043 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
30044 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
30045 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
30046 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
30047 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
30048 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
30049 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
30050
30051 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
30052 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
30053 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
30054 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
30055 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
30056 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
30057 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
30058 in the Calc window.
30059
30060 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Top
30061 @chapter Keypad Mode
30062
30063 @noindent
30064 @kindex C-x * k
30065 @pindex calc-keypad
30066 The @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
30067 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
30068 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
30069 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
30070 The original window remains the selected window; in Keypad mode
30071 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
30072 calculations with the mouse.
30073
30074 @pindex full-calc-keypad
30075 If you have used @kbd{C-x * b} first, @kbd{C-x * k} instead invokes
30076 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
30077 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
30078 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
30079 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
30080
30081 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
30082 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
30083 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
30084 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
30085
30086 Calc commands are more or less the same in Keypad mode. Certain
30087 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
30088 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
30089
30090 Keypad mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
30091 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
30092 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
30093 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
30094 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
30095 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
30096 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
30097 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
30098
30099 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
30100 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
30101 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
30102 original buffer.
30103
30104 @menu
30105 * Keypad Main Menu::
30106 * Keypad Functions Menu::
30107 * Keypad Binary Menu::
30108 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
30109 * Keypad Modes Menu::
30110 @end menu
30111
30112 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
30113 @section Main Menu
30114
30115 @smallexample
30116 @group
30117 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
30118 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
30119 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30120 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
30121 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30122 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
30123 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30124 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
30125 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
30126 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
30127 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
30128 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
30129 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
30130 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
30131 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
30132 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
30133 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
30134 @end group
30135 @end smallexample
30136
30137 @noindent
30138 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad mode.
30139 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
30140 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
30141 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
30142
30143 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
30144 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
30145 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
30146 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
30147 or any other function key.
30148
30149 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
30150 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
30151 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
30152 stack.
30153
30154 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
30155 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad mode
30156 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
30157 below and in the following sections.
30158
30159 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
30160 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
30161
30162 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
30163 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
30164 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
30165
30166 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
30167 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
30168 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
30169 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
30170
30171 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
30172 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
30173 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
30174 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
30175 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad mode is active.
30176
30177 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
30178 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
30179 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
30180 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
30181
30182 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
30183 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
30184 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
30185 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
30186
30187 @table @kbd
30188 @item INV +/-
30189 is the same as @key{1/x}.
30190 @item INV +
30191 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
30192 @item INV -
30193 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
30194 @item INV *
30195 is the same as @key{y^x}.
30196 @item INV /
30197 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @expr{x}th root of @expr{y}).
30198 @item HYP/INV 1
30199 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
30200 @item HYP/INV 2
30201 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
30202 @item HYP/INV 3
30203 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
30204 @item INV/HYP 4
30205 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
30206 @item INV/HYP 5
30207 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
30208 @item INV 6
30209 is the same as @key{ABS}.
30210 @item INV 7
30211 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
30212 @item INV 8
30213 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
30214 @item INV 9
30215 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
30216 @item INV 0
30217 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
30218 @item INV .
30219 is the same as @key{PREC}.
30220 @item INV ENTER
30221 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
30222 @item HYP ENTER
30223 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
30224 @item INV HYP ENTER
30225 is the same as @key{OVER}.
30226 @item HYP +/-
30227 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
30228 @item HYP EEX
30229 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
30230 @item INV EEX
30231 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
30232 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
30233 by the two limits of the interval.
30234 @end table
30235
30236 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{C-x * k} or @kbd{C-x * *}
30237 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
30238 hitting @kbd{C-x * c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
30239 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
30240 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
30241 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
30242
30243 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
30244 @section Functions Menu
30245
30246 @smallexample
30247 @group
30248 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
30249 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
30250 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30251 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
30252 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30253 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
30254 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30255 @end group
30256 @end smallexample
30257
30258 @noindent
30259 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
30260 prefix keys.
30261
30262 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
30263 number @expr{i = (0, 1)}.
30264
30265 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
30266 extracts the imaginary part.
30267
30268 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
30269 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
30270 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
30271 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
30272 same limit as last time.
30273
30274 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
30275
30276 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function.
30277 @texline @math{\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
30278 @infoline @expr{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
30279
30280 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
30281 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
30282
30283 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
30284 finds the previous prime.
30285
30286 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
30287 @section Binary Menu
30288
30289 @smallexample
30290 @group
30291 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
30292 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
30293 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30294 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
30295 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30296 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
30297 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30298 @end group
30299 @end smallexample
30300
30301 @noindent
30302 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
30303 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
30304 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
30305
30306 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
30307 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
30308
30309 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
30310 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
30311 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
30312 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
30313
30314 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
30315 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
30316 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
30317 The initial word size is 32 bits.
30318
30319 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
30320 @section Vectors Menu
30321
30322 @smallexample
30323 @group
30324 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
30325 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
30326 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30327 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
30328 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30329 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
30330 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30331 @end group
30332 @end smallexample
30333
30334 @noindent
30335 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
30336
30337 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
30338 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
30339 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
30340 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
30341 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
30342 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
30343 rows into a matrix.
30344
30345 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
30346 components separately.
30347
30348 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
30349 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
30350 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
30351 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
30352 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
30353
30354 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
30355 identity matrix.
30356
30357 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
30358
30359 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
30360
30361 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
30362 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
30363
30364 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
30365 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
30366 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
30367 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
30368
30369 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
30370 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
30371 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
30372
30373 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
30374 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
30375 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
30376
30377 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
30378 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
30379 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
30380 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
30381 all the elements of a vector.
30382
30383 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
30384 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
30385 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
30386 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
30387 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
30388 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
30389 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
30390 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
30391 the formula @samp{x^y}.
30392
30393 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @expr{x} onto the
30394 stack. To build the formula @expr{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
30395 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
30396 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
30397 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
30398 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and
30399 @expr{t}, respectively.
30400
30401 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
30402 @section Modes Menu
30403
30404 @smallexample
30405 @group
30406 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
30407 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
30408 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30409 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
30410 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30411 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
30412 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30413 @end group
30414 @end smallexample
30415
30416 @noindent
30417 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
30418
30419 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
30420 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
30421 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
30422 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
30423 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
30424
30425 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
30426 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
30427 well as to the left.
30428
30429 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
30430 for trigonometric functions.
30431
30432 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
30433 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
30434 fractional or floating-point results.
30435
30436 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
30437 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
30438
30439 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
30440 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
30441 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
30442
30443 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
30444 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
30445
30446 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
30447 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
30448 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
30449 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
30450
30451 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
30452 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
30453 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
30454 variables are not available in Keypad mode.) You can also use,
30455 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
30456
30457 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
30458 @chapter Embedded Mode
30459
30460 @noindent
30461 Embedded mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
30462 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
30463 stack. In Embedded mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
30464 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
30465
30466 @menu
30467 * Basic Embedded Mode::
30468 * More About Embedded Mode::
30469 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
30470 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
30471 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
30472 @end menu
30473
30474 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30475 @section Basic Embedded Mode
30476
30477 @noindent
30478 @kindex C-x * e
30479 @pindex calc-embedded
30480 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
30481 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{C-x * e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
30482 Note that @kbd{C-x * e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
30483 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
30484 are visiting your own files.
30485
30486 Calc will try to guess an appropriate language based on the major mode
30487 of the editing buffer. (@xref{Language Modes}.) If the current buffer is
30488 in @code{latex-mode}, for example, Calc will set its language to La@TeX{}.
30489 Similarly, Calc will use @TeX{} language for @code{tex-mode},
30490 @code{plain-tex-mode} and @code{context-mode}, C language for
30491 @code{c-mode} and @code{c++-mode}, FORTRAN language for
30492 @code{fortran-mode} and @code{f90-mode}, Pascal for @code{pascal-mode},
30493 and eqn for @code{nroff-mode} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30494 These can be overridden with Calc's mode
30495 changing commands (@pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}). If no
30496 suitable language is available, Calc will continue with its current language.
30497
30498 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
30499 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
30500 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded mode
30501 understands are:
30502
30503 @enumerate
30504 @item
30505 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
30506 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
30507 @item
30508 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
30509 @item
30510 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
30511 @item
30512 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
30513 @item
30514 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
30515 @end enumerate
30516
30517 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
30518 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
30519 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
30520
30521 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
30522 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and includes
30523 that many lines forward or backward (respectively, including the current
30524 line). Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
30525
30526 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region (delimited
30527 by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters. With a prefix
30528 argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc uses the current line as the formula.
30529
30530 @kindex C-x * w
30531 @pindex calc-embedded-word
30532 The @kbd{C-x * w} (@code{calc-embedded-word}) command will start Embedded
30533 mode on the current ``word''; in this case Calc will scan for the first
30534 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a digit,
30535 sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e}) forward and
30536 backward to delimit the formula.
30537
30538 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
30539 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
30540 Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
30541 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
30542 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
30543 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
30544 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
30545 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
30546 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
30547 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
30548 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
30549
30550 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} or @kbd{C-x * w} to activate an embedded
30551 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
30552 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
30553 an algebraic entry.
30554
30555 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
30556 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
30557 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
30558 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
30559 not affected by Embedded mode.
30560
30561 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
30562 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
30563 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
30564 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{C-x * o} if you
30565 find you need to see the entire stack.
30566
30567 For example, typing @kbd{C-x * e} while somewhere in the formula
30568 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
30569 inequality:
30570
30571 @example
30572 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
30573 @end example
30574
30575 @noindent
30576 The formula @expr{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
30577 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
30578 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
30579 to match Calc's usual display style:
30580
30581 @example
30582 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
30583 @end example
30584
30585 @noindent
30586 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
30587 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
30588 Embedded mode.
30589
30590 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
30591 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
30592 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
30593 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
30594 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
30595 needs to be commuted.
30596
30597 @example
30598 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
30599 @end example
30600
30601 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
30602 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
30603 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
30604 @kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
30605
30606 @example
30607 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
30608 @end example
30609
30610 @noindent
30611 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
30612 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
30613 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
30614 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
30615 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
30616 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
30617 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{C-x * o}).
30618
30619 Typing @kbd{C-x * e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
30620 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
30621 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
30622 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
30623 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
30624 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
30625 Embedded mode is concerned.
30626
30627 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
30628 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
30629 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
30630 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
30631 press @kbd{C-x * e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
30632 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
30633 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
30634 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
30635 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
30636 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
30637
30638 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30639 @section More About Embedded Mode
30640
30641 @noindent
30642 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
30643 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
30644 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
30645 written. If the formula contains any La@TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
30646 it is parsed (i.e., read) in La@TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
30647 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
30648 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
30649
30650 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
30651 the formula it reads in. Even though it can read a La@TeX{} formula when
30652 not in La@TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
30653 whatever language mode is in effect.
30654
30655 @tex
30656 \bigskip
30657 @end tex
30658
30659 @kindex d p
30660 @pindex calc-show-plain
30661 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
30662 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
30663 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
30664 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
30665 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
30666 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
30667 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
30668 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
30669 version.
30670
30671 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
30672 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
30673 character begins a comment in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}, so if your formula is
30674 embedded in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} document its plain version will be
30675 invisible in the final printed copy. Certain major modes have different
30676 delimiters to ensure that the ``plain'' version will be
30677 in a comment for those modes, also.
30678 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode} to see how to change the ``plain''
30679 formula delimiters.
30680
30681 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
30682 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
30683 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
30684 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
30685 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
30686 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
30687 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
30688 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
30689
30690 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
30691 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
30692 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
30693 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
30694 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
30695 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
30696
30697 @tex
30698 \bigskip
30699 @end tex
30700
30701 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
30702 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
30703 which is @cpi{} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
30704 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
30705 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
30706 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
30707 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
30708 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
30709 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
30710 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
30711 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
30712 ``plain'' mode.
30713
30714 @tex
30715 \bigskip
30716 @end tex
30717
30718 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
30719 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
30720 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
30721 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
30722 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
30723
30724 @smallexample
30725 The derivative of
30726
30727 ln(ln(x))
30728
30729 is
30730
30731 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
30732
30733 whose value at x = 2 is
30734
30735 @r{(the value)}
30736
30737 and at x = 3 is
30738
30739 @r{(the value)}
30740 @end smallexample
30741
30742 @kindex C-x * d
30743 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
30744 The @kbd{C-x * d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
30745 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{C-x * d},
30746 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
30747 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
30748 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
30749
30750 For this example, you would start with just
30751
30752 @smallexample
30753 The derivative of
30754
30755 ln(ln(x))
30756 @end smallexample
30757
30758 @noindent
30759 and press @kbd{C-x * d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
30760 is
30761
30762 @smallexample
30763 The derivative of
30764
30765 ln(ln(x))
30766
30767
30768 ln(ln(x))
30769 @end smallexample
30770
30771 @noindent
30772 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
30773 You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
30774 @kbd{C-x * d C-x * d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
30775 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
30776 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
30777 and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
30778
30779 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{C-x * e} to exit Embedded
30780 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
30781 various formulas and numbers.
30782
30783 @tex
30784 \bigskip
30785 @end tex
30786
30787 @kindex C-x * f
30788 @kindex C-x * '
30789 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
30790 The @kbd{C-x * f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
30791 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
30792 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
30793 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
30794 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
30795 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
30796 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{C-x * e}. The key sequence
30797 @kbd{C-x * '} is equivalent to @kbd{C-x * f}.
30798
30799 @kindex C-x * n
30800 @kindex C-x * p
30801 @pindex calc-embedded-next
30802 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
30803 The @kbd{C-x * n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{C-x * p}
30804 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
30805 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
30806 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
30807 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
30808 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
30809 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
30810 @kbd{C-x * n} and @kbd{C-x * p} are a useful way to tell which
30811 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
30812 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
30813 formula, they just move the cursor.
30814
30815 @kindex C-x * `
30816 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
30817 The @kbd{C-x * `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
30818 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
30819 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
30820 @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish the edit, or @kbd{C-x k} to cancel.
30821
30822 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30823 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
30824
30825 @noindent
30826 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
30827 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
30828 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
30829 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
30830
30831 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
30832
30833 @example
30834 foo := 5
30835 @end example
30836
30837 @noindent
30838 records @expr{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
30839 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
30840 does @emph{not} actually store @expr{5} as the ``global'' value
30841 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
30842 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
30843
30844 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
30845 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
30846 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
30847 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
30848 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
30849
30850 @example
30851 foo + 7 => 12
30852 @end example
30853
30854 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
30855
30856 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
30857 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
30858
30859 @example
30860 foo := 17
30861
30862 foo + 7 => 24
30863 @end example
30864
30865 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
30866 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
30867 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
30868 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
30869 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
30870
30871 @example
30872 17
30873
30874 foo + 7 => foo + 7
30875 @end example
30876
30877 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
30878 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
30879 Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
30880 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
30881
30882 @kindex C-x * j
30883 @pindex calc-embedded-select
30884 The @kbd{C-x * j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
30885 easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{C-x * e},
30886 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
30887 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
30888 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
30889 A formula can also be a combination of both:
30890
30891 @example
30892 bar := foo + 3 => 20
30893 @end example
30894
30895 @noindent
30896 in which case @kbd{C-x * j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
30897
30898 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
30899 mode.
30900
30901 @kindex C-x * u
30902 @pindex calc-embedded-update-formula
30903 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
30904 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
30905 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
30906 the change. The @kbd{C-x * u} (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula})
30907 command is a convenient way to do this.
30908
30909 @example
30910 foo := 6
30911
30912 foo + 7 => 13
30913 @end example
30914
30915 Pressing @kbd{C-x * u} is much like pressing @kbd{C-x * e = C-x * e}, that
30916 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
30917 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{C-x * u} does
30918 not actually use @kbd{C-x * e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
30919 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{C-x * u} and
30920 that formula will not be disturbed.
30921
30922 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * u} updates all active
30923 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
30924 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
30925 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
30926 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
30927
30928 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u C-x * u} updates only in the
30929 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
30930
30931 @kbd{C-x * u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
30932 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
30933 file.
30934
30935 @kindex C-x * a
30936 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
30937 The @kbd{C-x * a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
30938 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
30939 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
30940 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
30941 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
30942 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
30943 changed.
30944
30945 It is a good idea to type @kbd{C-x * a} right after loading a file
30946 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
30947 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
30948 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
30949 a few lines that look like this:
30950
30951 @example
30952 --- Local Variables: ---
30953 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
30954 --- End: ---
30955 @end example
30956
30957 @noindent
30958 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
30959 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
30960 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
30961 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
30962 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
30963 trailing strings.
30964
30965 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
30966 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
30967 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
30968 @kbd{C-x * a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
30969 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
30970 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
30971 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
30972 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30973 Emacs manual}.
30974
30975 Note that @kbd{C-x * a} does not update the formulas it finds.
30976 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 C-x * u} after @w{@kbd{C-x * a}}.
30977 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
30978 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
30979 saved.
30980
30981 Normally, @kbd{C-x * a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
30982 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
30983 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * a} first deactivates
30984 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
30985 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
30986 @kbd{C-x * a} simply deactivates all formulas.
30987
30988 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
30989 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
30990 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
30991 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{C-x * a}
30992 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
30993 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
30994 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
30995 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
30996 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
30997 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
30998 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{C-x * a}, or if you
30999 used @kbd{C-x * a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
31000 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
31001 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
31002 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- C-x * a}).
31003
31004 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
31005 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
31006 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
31007 following assignment is used.
31008
31009 @example
31010 x => 1
31011
31012 x := 1
31013
31014 x => 1
31015
31016 x := 2
31017
31018 x => 2
31019 @end example
31020
31021 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
31022 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
31023 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
31024 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
31025 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
31026 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
31027
31028 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
31029 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
31030 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
31031 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
31032 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
31033 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
31034 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
31035
31036 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
31037 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
31038 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{C-x * u} to update these
31039 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
31040 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
31041 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 C-x * u}
31042 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
31043 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
31044 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
31045 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
31046 use @kbd{C-x * u} to update the buffer by hand.
31047
31048 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
31049 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
31050
31051 @kindex m e
31052 @pindex calc-embedded-preserve-modes
31053 @noindent
31054 The mode settings can be changed while Calc is in embedded mode, but
31055 by default they will revert to their original values when embedded mode
31056 is ended. However, the modes saved when the mode-recording mode is
31057 @code{Save} (see below) and the modes in effect when the @kbd{m e}
31058 (@code{calc-embedded-preserve-modes}) command is given
31059 will be preserved when embedded mode is ended.
31060
31061 Embedded mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
31062 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
31063 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
31064 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
31065 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
31066 is the enabled Embedded mode formula.
31067
31068 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for Fraction
31069 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded mode adds
31070 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
31071 delimiter of the formula.
31072
31073 @example
31074 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
31075 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
31076 @end example
31077
31078 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
31079 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
31080 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
31081 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
31082 the file, or up to a line of the form
31083
31084 @example
31085 % [calc-defaults]
31086 @end example
31087
31088 @noindent
31089 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
31090 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
31091 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
31092
31093 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
31094 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
31095 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
31096 below).
31097
31098 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
31099 square brackets and the text they enclose. In fact, the leading
31100 characters are different for different major modes. You can edit the
31101 mode annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
31102 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
31103 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
31104 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
31105 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
31106 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
31107
31108 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
31109 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
31110 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
31111 one.
31112
31113 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
31114 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
31115 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
31116 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
31117 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
31118 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
31119 sure the value is of a valid type or range; if you write an
31120 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
31121 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
31122
31123 While Embedded mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
31124 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
31125 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
31126 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
31127 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
31128 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
31129
31130 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
31131 that look like this, respectively:
31132
31133 @example
31134 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
31135 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
31136 @end example
31137
31138 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
31139 is enabled in Embedded mode. The second kind will be used only
31140 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
31141 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
31142 yet, is not relevant here.)
31143
31144 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
31145 of the file:
31146
31147 @example
31148 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
31149 @end example
31150
31151 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
31152 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
31153 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
31154 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
31155 formulas in the file.
31156
31157 Enabling a formula with @kbd{C-x * e} causes a fresh scan for local
31158 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
31159 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
31160 a formula with @kbd{C-x * u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
31161 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{C-x * a}.
31162
31163 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
31164 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
31165 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
31166 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
31167 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
31168 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
31169
31170 @example
31171 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
31172 1.23e2
31173
31174 456.
31175 @end example
31176
31177 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{C-x * u}
31178 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
31179
31180 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are available
31181 which are also available outside of Embedded mode.
31182 (@pxref{General Mode Commands}.) They are @code{Save}, in which mode
31183 settings are recorded permanently in your Calc init file (the file given
31184 by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el})
31185 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
31186 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
31187 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
31188 annotations at all.
31189
31190 When Embedded mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
31191 for @code{Save} have no effect.
31192
31193 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
31194 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
31195
31196 @noindent
31197 You can modify Embedded mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
31198 variables described here. These variables are customizable
31199 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), or you can use @kbd{M-x set-variable}
31200 or @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly.
31201 (Another possibility would be to use a file-local variable annotation at
31202 the end of the file;
31203 @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the Emacs manual}.)
31204 Many of the variables given mentioned here can be set to depend on the
31205 major mode of the editing buffer (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
31206
31207 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
31208 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
31209 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
31210 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
31211 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
31212 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
31213 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
31214 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
31215 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
31216 in detail.
31217
31218 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
31219 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
31220 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
31221 Lisp program.
31222
31223 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
31224 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
31225 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
31226 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
31227 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
31228 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
31229 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
31230 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
31231
31232 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
31233 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
31234 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
31235 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
31236 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
31237 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
31238
31239 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
31240 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
31241 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
31242 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
31243 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
31244 one or two dollar signs.
31245
31246 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
31247 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
31248 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
31249
31250 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
31251 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
31252 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
31253 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
31254 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
31255 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
31256 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
31257
31258 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
31259 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
31260 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
31261 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
31262 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
31263 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
31264 account for each of these six backslashes!)
31265
31266 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
31267 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
31268 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
31269 regular expression to match the above example would be
31270 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
31271 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
31272 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
31273 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
31274 case).
31275
31276 @vindex calc-embedded-word-regexp
31277 The @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} variable holds a regular expression
31278 used to define an expression to look for (a ``word'') when you type
31279 @kbd{C-x * w} to enable Embedded mode.
31280
31281 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
31282 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
31283 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
31284 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
31285 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
31286 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
31287 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space), but may
31288 be different for certain major modes.
31289
31290 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
31291 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
31292 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}, but may be
31293 different for different major modes. Without
31294 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
31295 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
31296
31297 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
31298 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
31299 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
31300 @kbd{C-x * f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
31301 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{C-x * f} is
31302 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip this
31303 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
31304 the file.
31305
31306 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
31307 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
31308 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
31309 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
31310 @w{@kbd{C-x * f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
31311 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
31312 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
31313
31314 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
31315 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
31316 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
31317 The @kbd{C-x * a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
31318 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{C-x * a} will
31319 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
31320 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
31321 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
31322 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
31323 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, but may be
31324 different for different major modes.
31325 This pattern will check for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of
31326 lines beginning with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to
31327 make Calc consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the
31328 formula's opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
31329
31330 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
31331 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
31332 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
31333 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
31334 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
31335 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
31336 The default is @code{"% "}, but may be different for different major
31337 modes.
31338
31339 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
31340 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
31341 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
31342 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}, but may be different for different
31343 major modes. If you change this, it is a good idea still to end with a
31344 newline so that mode annotations will appear on lines by themselves.
31345
31346 @node Programming, Copying, Embedded Mode, Top
31347 @chapter Programming
31348
31349 @noindent
31350 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
31351 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
31352
31353 @enumerate
31354 @item
31355 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
31356 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
31357 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
31358 as loops and conditionals.
31359
31360 @item
31361 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
31362 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
31363 as an interactive command.
31364
31365 @item
31366 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
31367 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
31368 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
31369 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
31370 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
31371
31372 @item
31373 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
31374 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
31375 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
31376 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
31377 rewrite rules.
31378 @end enumerate
31379
31380 @kindex z
31381 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
31382 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
31383 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
31384 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
31385 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
31386 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
31387 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
31388
31389 @menu
31390 * Creating User Keys::
31391 * Keyboard Macros::
31392 * Invocation Macros::
31393 * Algebraic Definitions::
31394 * Lisp Definitions::
31395 @end menu
31396
31397 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
31398 @section Creating User Keys
31399
31400 @noindent
31401 @kindex Z D
31402 @pindex calc-user-define
31403 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
31404 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
31405 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
31406
31407 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
31408 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
31409 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
31410 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
31411 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
31412 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
31413 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
31414 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
31415
31416 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
31417 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
31418
31419 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
31420 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
31421 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
31422
31423 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
31424 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
31425 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
31426 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
31427 of a letter if you wish.
31428
31429 @kindex Z U
31430 @pindex calc-user-undefine
31431 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
31432 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
31433 key we defined above.
31434
31435 @kindex Z P
31436 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
31437 @cindex Storing user definitions
31438 @cindex Permanent user definitions
31439 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined commands
31440 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
31441 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
31442 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
31443 your Calc init file; that is, the file given by the variable
31444 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}.) For example,
31445 @kbd{Z P s} would register our @code{sincos} command permanently. If
31446 you later wish to unregister this command you must edit your Calc init
31447 file by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
31448 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
31449
31450 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
31451 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
31452 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
31453 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
31454 command will save all of these definitions.
31455 To save an algebraic function, type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
31456 when prompted for a key, and type the function name. To save a command
31457 without its key binding, type @kbd{M-x} and enter a function name. (The
31458 @samp{calc-} prefix will automatically be inserted for you.)
31459 (If the command you give implies a function, the function will be saved,
31460 and if the function has any display formats, those will be saved, but
31461 not the other way around: Saving a function will not save any commands
31462 or key bindings associated with the function.)
31463
31464 @kindex Z E
31465 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
31466 @cindex Editing user definitions
31467 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
31468 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
31469 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
31470 following sections.
31471
31472 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
31473 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
31474
31475 @noindent
31476 @kindex X
31477 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
31478 @cindex Keyboard macros
31479 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
31480 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
31481 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
31482 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
31483 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
31484 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
31485 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
31486 information.
31487
31488 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
31489 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
31490 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
31491 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
31492 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
31493 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
31494 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
31495 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
31496 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
31497 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
31498 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
31499 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
31500 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
31501
31502 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
31503 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
31504 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
31505 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
31506
31507 @menu
31508 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
31509 * Conditionals in Macros::
31510 * Loops in Macros::
31511 * Local Values in Macros::
31512 * Queries in Macros::
31513 @end menu
31514
31515 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31516 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
31517
31518 @noindent
31519 @kindex Z K
31520 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
31521 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
31522 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
31523 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
31524 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
31525 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
31526 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
31527 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
31528 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
31529 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
31530 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
31531 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
31532 descriptive command name if you wish.
31533
31534 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
31535 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
31536 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
31537 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
31538
31539 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
31540 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
31541
31542 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
31543 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31544 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edmacro} package
31545 edit the macro. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and update
31546 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, kill the
31547 buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
31548 The special characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC},
31549 @code{DEL}, and @code{NUL} must be entered as these three character
31550 sequences, written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-} and
31551 @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
31552 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
31553 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
31554 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}},
31555 we take it for granted that it is clear we really mean
31556 @kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}}.
31557
31558 @kindex C-x * m
31559 @pindex read-kbd-macro
31560 The @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
31561 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
31562 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
31563 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
31564
31565 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31566 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
31567
31568 @noindent
31569 @kindex Z [
31570 @kindex Z ]
31571 @pindex calc-kbd-if
31572 @pindex calc-kbd-else
31573 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
31574 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
31575 @cindex Conditional structures
31576 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
31577 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
31578 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
31579 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
31580 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
31581 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
31582 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
31583
31584 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
31585 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
31586 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
31587 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
31588 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
31589 command is skipped.
31590
31591 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
31592 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
31593 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
31594 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
31595 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
31596 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
31597
31598 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
31599 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
31600
31601 @kindex Z :
31602 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
31603 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
31604 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
31605 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
31606 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
31607 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
31608 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
31609
31610 @kindex Z |
31611 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
31612 between any number of alternatives. For example,
31613 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
31614 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
31615 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
31616 it will execute @var{part3}.
31617
31618 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
31619 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
31620 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
31621 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
31622 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
31623 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
31624 does not.
31625
31626 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
31627 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
31628 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
31629 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
31630 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
31631 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
31632 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
31633 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
31634 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
31635
31636 @kindex Z C-g
31637 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
31638 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
31639 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
31640
31641 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31642 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
31643
31644 @noindent
31645 @kindex Z <
31646 @kindex Z >
31647 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
31648 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
31649 @cindex Looping structures
31650 @cindex Iterative structures
31651 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
31652 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
31653 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
31654 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
31655 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
31656 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
31657 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
31658 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
31659 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.
31660
31661 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
31662 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
31663 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
31664 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
31665 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
31666 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
31667 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
31668 in a buffer, then use @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
31669 macro.
31670
31671 @kindex Z /
31672 @pindex calc-break
31673 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
31674 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
31675 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
31676 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
31677 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
31678 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
31679 in the C language.
31680
31681 @kindex Z (
31682 @kindex Z )
31683 @pindex calc-kbd-for
31684 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
31685 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
31686 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
31687 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
31688 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
31689 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
31690 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
31691 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
31692 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
31693 counter each time until the loop finishes.
31694
31695 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
31696 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
31697 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
31698 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
31699 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
31700 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
31701 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
31702
31703 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
31704 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
31705 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
31706 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
31707 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
31708 argument of @mathit{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
31709
31710 @kindex Z @{
31711 @kindex Z @}
31712 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
31713 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
31714 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
31715 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
31716 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
31717 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
31718 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
31719 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
31720 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
31721 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
31722 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
31723 this feature.)
31724
31725 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
31726 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
31727 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
31728 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
31729 as easily as in a macro definition.
31730
31731 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
31732 conditional and looping commands.
31733
31734 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31735 @subsection Local Values in Macros
31736
31737 @noindent
31738 @cindex Local variables
31739 @cindex Restoring saved modes
31740 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
31741 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
31742 macro may wish to turn on Fraction mode, or set a particular
31743 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
31744 modes.
31745
31746 @kindex Z `
31747 @kindex Z '
31748 @pindex calc-kbd-push
31749 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
31750 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
31751 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
31752 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
31753 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
31754
31755 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
31756 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
31757 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
31758 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
31759 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
31760
31761 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
31762 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
31763 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
31764 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
31765 in exceptional conditions.
31766
31767 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
31768 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
31769 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
31770 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
31771 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
31772 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
31773 macros were involved.
31774
31775 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
31776 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
31777 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
31778 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
31779 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
31780 thereof) are also saved.
31781
31782 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
31783 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
31784 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
31785 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
31786 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
31787
31788 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
31789 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
31790 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
31791 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets the algebraic mode
31792 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
31793 outside the construct.
31794
31795 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
31796 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
31797 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
31798
31799 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31800 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
31801
31802 @c @noindent
31803 @c @kindex Z =
31804 @c @pindex calc-kbd-report
31805 @c The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
31806 @c message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
31807 @c to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
31808 @c is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
31809 @c to turn such messages off.
31810
31811 @noindent
31812 @kindex Z #
31813 @pindex calc-kbd-query
31814 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command prompts for an algebraic
31815 entry which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro
31816 execution. All the normal conventions of algebraic input, including the
31817 use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported. The prompt message itself is
31818 taken from the top of the stack, and so must be entered (as a string)
31819 before the @kbd{Z #} command. (Recall, as a string it can be entered by
31820 pressing the @kbd{"} key and will appear as a vector when it is put on
31821 the stack. The prompt message is only put on the stack to provide a
31822 prompt for the @kbd{Z #} command; it will not play any role in any
31823 subsequent calculations.) This command allows your keyboard macros to
31824 accept numbers or formulas as interactive input.
31825
31826 As an example,
31827 @kbd{2 @key{RET} "Power: " @key{RET} Z # 3 @key{RET} ^} will prompt for
31828 input with ``Power: '' in the minibuffer, then return 2 to the provided
31829 power. (The response to the prompt that's given, 3 in this example,
31830 will not be part of the macro.)
31831
31832 @xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
31833 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
31834 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
31835 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
31836 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
31837 return control to the keyboard macro.
31838
31839 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
31840 @section Invocation Macros
31841
31842 @kindex C-x * z
31843 @kindex Z I
31844 @pindex calc-user-invocation
31845 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
31846 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{C-x * z}
31847 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
31848 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
31849 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
31850 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
31851 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
31852 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
31853 @kbd{C-x * z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
31854
31855 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
31856 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
31857 by typing @kbd{C-x * r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
31858 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( C-x * r
31859 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
31860 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{C-x * z}.
31861
31862 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
31863 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
31864 do not apply. @kbd{C-x * z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
31865 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
31866 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
31867
31868 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
31869 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
31870 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
31871
31872 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
31873 @section Programming with Formulas
31874
31875 @noindent
31876 @kindex Z F
31877 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
31878 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
31879 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
31880 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
31881 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
31882 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
31883 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
31884 non-numeric arguments.
31885
31886 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
31887 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
31888 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
31889 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
31890 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
31891 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
31892 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
31893
31894 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
31895 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
31896 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
31897 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
31898
31899 The third prompt is for an algebraic function name. The default is to
31900 use the same name as the command name but without the @samp{calc-}
31901 prefix. (If this is of the form @samp{User-m}, the hyphen is removed so
31902 it won't be taken for a minus sign in algebraic formulas.)
31903 This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
31904 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
31905 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
31906 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
31907 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.
31908
31909 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
31910 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
31911 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
31912 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
31913 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
31914 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
31915 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
31916 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
31917 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
31918 @expr{a + 2 b} with @expr{a=10} and @expr{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
31919 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @expr{a=10} and
31920 @expr{b=100} in the definition.
31921
31922 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
31923 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
31924 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
31925 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
31926 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
31927 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
31928 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
31929
31930 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
31931 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
31932 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
31933 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
31934
31935 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
31936 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
31937 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
31938 arguments @expr{10} and @expr{x} will leave the function in symbolic
31939 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
31940 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
31941 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
31942 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
31943 question.
31944
31945 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
31946 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
31947 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
31948 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
31949
31950 @kindex Z G
31951 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
31952 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
31953 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
31954 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
31955 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
31956 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
31957 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
31958 by a @kbd{Z F} command.
31959
31960 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31961 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
31962 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and
31963 store the new formula back in the definition, or kill the buffer with
31964 @kbd{C-x k} to
31965 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
31966 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
31967 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
31968 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
31969
31970 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
31971 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
31972 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
31973
31974 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
31975 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
31976 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
31977 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
31978 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
31979 @expr{a} to be constant with respect to @expr{v}. Turning off
31980 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
31981 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
31982 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
31983
31984 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
31985 @section Programming with Lisp
31986
31987 @noindent
31988 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
31989 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
31990 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
31991 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
31992 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
31993 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
31994 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
31995 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
31996 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
31997
31998 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
31999 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
32000 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
32001 to program the Calculator.
32002
32003 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
32004 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
32005 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
32006 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
32007 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
32008
32009 @menu
32010 * Defining Functions::
32011 * Defining Simple Commands::
32012 * Defining Stack Commands::
32013 * Argument Qualifiers::
32014 * Example Definitions::
32015
32016 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
32017 * Internals::
32018 @end menu
32019
32020 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32021 @subsection Defining New Functions
32022
32023 @noindent
32024 @findex defmath
32025 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
32026 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
32027 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
32028 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
32029 example,
32030
32031 @example
32032 (defmath myfact (n)
32033 (if (> n 0)
32034 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
32035 1))
32036 @end example
32037
32038 @noindent
32039 This actually expands to the code,
32040
32041 @example
32042 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
32043 (if (math-posp n)
32044 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
32045 1))
32046 @end example
32047
32048 @noindent
32049 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
32050
32051 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
32052 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
32053 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
32054 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
32055
32056 @smallexample
32057 (defmath myfact (n)
32058 (if (> n 0)
32059 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
32060 (if (= n 0)
32061 1
32062 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
32063 @end smallexample
32064
32065 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
32066 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
32067 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
32068 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
32069 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
32070 efficiently as possible.
32071
32072 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
32073 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
32074 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
32075 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
32076 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
32077 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.
32078
32079 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
32080 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
32081 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
32082 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
32083 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
32084 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
32085 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).
32086
32087 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
32088 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
32089 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
32090 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
32091 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.
32092
32093 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
32094
32095 @itemize @bullet
32096 @item
32097 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
32098 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
32099 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
32100 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
32101 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
32102
32103 @item
32104 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
32105 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
32106 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
32107 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
32108 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
32109 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @expr{x}
32110 into one element of a matrix.
32111
32112 @item
32113 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
32114 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
32115 binding of @expr{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
32116 form in that @expr{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
32117 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
32118 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
32119 are also available. For each value of @expr{i} from zero to 10,
32120 @expr{j} counts from 0 to @expr{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
32121 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
32122 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
32123 things, not just two.
32124
32125 @item
32126 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
32127 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
32128 @code{body} with @expr{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
32129 @expr{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
32130 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
32131
32132 @item
32133 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
32134 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
32135 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
32136 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
32137
32138 @item
32139 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
32140 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @expr{x+y}
32141 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
32142 inside the body of the function.
32143 @end itemize
32144
32145 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
32146 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
32147 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
32148 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
32149 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
32150
32151 @smallexample
32152 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
32153 (and (numberp x)
32154 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
32155 @end smallexample
32156
32157 expands to
32158
32159 @smallexample
32160 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
32161 (and (math-numberp x)
32162 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
32163 @end smallexample
32164
32165 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
32166 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
32167 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
32168 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
32169 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
32170
32171 @example
32172 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
32173 @end example
32174
32175 A good place to put your @code{defmath} commands is your Calc init file
32176 (the file given by @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
32177 @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), which will not be loaded until Calc starts.
32178 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
32179 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
32180 seem reasonable to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands there,
32181 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
32182 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
32183 actually use the Calculator! If you want to put the @code{defmath}
32184 commands there (for example, if you redefine @code{calc-settings-file}
32185 to be @file{.emacs}), a better effect can be had by writing
32186
32187 @example
32188 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
32189 (defmath ... )
32190 (defmath ... )
32191 ))
32192 @end example
32193
32194 @noindent
32195 @vindex calc-define
32196 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
32197 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
32198 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
32199 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
32200 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
32201 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
32202 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
32203 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
32204 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
32205
32206 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
32207 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
32208 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
32209 after Calc itself is loaded.
32210
32211 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
32212 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
32213 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
32214 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
32215
32216 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
32217 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
32218 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
32219 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
32220 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
32221 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
32222 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
32223 protect against this situation, you can put
32224
32225 @example
32226 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
32227 @end example
32228
32229 @findex calc-check-defines
32230 @noindent
32231 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
32232 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
32233 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
32234 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
32235
32236 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
32237 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
32238 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
32239 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
32240
32241 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
32242 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
32243
32244 @noindent
32245 @findex interactive
32246 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
32247 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
32248 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
32249 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
32250 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
32251 the command work in the Calc environment.
32252
32253 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
32254 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
32255
32256 @smallexample
32257 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
32258 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
32259 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
32260 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
32261 @end smallexample
32262
32263 This expands to the pair of definitions,
32264
32265 @smallexample
32266 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
32267 "Increase precision by DELTA."
32268 (interactive "p")
32269 (calc-wrapper
32270 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
32271
32272 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
32273 "Increase precision by DELTA."
32274 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
32275 @end smallexample
32276
32277 @noindent
32278 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
32279 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
32280 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
32281 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
32282
32283 @findex calc-wrapper
32284 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
32285 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
32286
32287 @smallexample
32288 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
32289 (unwind-protect
32290 (save-current-buffer
32291 (calc-select-buffer)
32292 @emph{body of function}
32293 @emph{renumber stack}
32294 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
32295 @emph{realign cursor and window}
32296 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
32297 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
32298 @end smallexample
32299
32300 @findex calc-select-buffer
32301 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
32302 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
32303 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
32304
32305 @findex calc-set-command-flag
32306 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
32307 set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
32308 following command flags:
32309
32310 @table @code
32311 @item renum-stack
32312 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
32313 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
32314 @code{calc-push}.
32315
32316 @item clear-message
32317 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
32318 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
32319
32320 @item no-align
32321 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
32322
32323 @item position-point
32324 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
32325 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
32326 this command finishes.
32327
32328 @item keep-flags
32329 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
32330 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
32331
32332 @item do-edit
32333 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
32334
32335 @item hold-trail
32336 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
32337 there.
32338 @end table
32339
32340 @kindex Y
32341 @kindex Y ?
32342 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
32343 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
32344 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
32345 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
32346 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
32347 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
32348 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
32349 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
32350 future versions of Calc.
32351
32352 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
32353 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
32354 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
32355 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
32356 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
32357 within your package.
32358
32359 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
32360 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
32361 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
32362 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
32363 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
32364 if necessary without having to modify the file.
32365
32366 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
32367 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
32368 decreases the precision.
32369
32370 @smallexample
32371 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
32372 ;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
32373
32374 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
32375 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
32376
32377 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
32378
32379 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
32380 'increase-precision)
32381 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
32382 'decrease-precision)
32383
32384 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
32385 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
32386 calc-Y-help-msgs))
32387
32388 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
32389 "Increase precision by DELTA."
32390 (interactive "p")
32391 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
32392
32393 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
32394 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
32395 (interactive "p")
32396 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
32397
32398 )) ; end of calc-define property
32399
32400 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
32401 @end smallexample
32402
32403 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
32404 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
32405
32406 @noindent
32407 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
32408 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
32409
32410 @example
32411 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
32412 @end example
32413
32414 @noindent
32415 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
32416 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
32417 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
32418 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
32419 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
32420 parameters is valid.
32421
32422 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
32423 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
32424 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
32425 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
32426 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
32427 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
32428
32429 As an example, the definition
32430
32431 @smallexample
32432 (defmath myfact (n)
32433 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32434 (interactive 1 "fact")
32435 (if (> n 0)
32436 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
32437 (and (= n 0) 1)))
32438 @end smallexample
32439
32440 @noindent
32441 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
32442 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
32443
32444 @smallexample
32445 (defun calc-myfact ()
32446 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32447 (interactive)
32448 (calc-slow-wrapper
32449 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
32450 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
32451
32452 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
32453 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32454 (if (math-posp n)
32455 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
32456 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
32457 @end smallexample
32458
32459 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
32460 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
32461 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
32462 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
32463 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
32464
32465 @findex calc-top-list-n
32466 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
32467 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
32468 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
32469 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
32470
32471 @findex calc-enter-result
32472 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
32473 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
32474 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
32475 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
32476 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
32477 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
32478
32479 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
32480 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
32481 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
32482 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
32483 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
32484
32485 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
32486 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
32487 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
32488
32489 @example
32490 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
32491 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
32492 @var{body})
32493 @end example
32494
32495 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
32496 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
32497 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @expr{n}.
32498
32499 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
32500 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
32501 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
32502 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
32503 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
32504
32505 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
32506 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
32507
32508 @noindent
32509 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
32510 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
32511
32512 @example
32513 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
32514 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
32515 &rest @var{param})
32516 @var{body})
32517 @end example
32518
32519 @noindent
32520 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
32521
32522 @example
32523 (@var{qual} @var{param})
32524 @end example
32525
32526 The following qualifiers are recognized:
32527
32528 @table @samp
32529 @item complete
32530 @findex complete
32531 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
32532 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
32533 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
32534 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)
32535
32536 @item integer
32537 @findex integer
32538 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
32539 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
32540 formulas are rejected.
32541
32542 @item natnum
32543 @findex natnum
32544 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
32545
32546 @item fixnum
32547 @findex fixnum
32548 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
32549 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
32550 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
32551
32552 @item float
32553 @findex float
32554 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
32555 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
32556 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
32557
32558 @item @var{pred}
32559 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
32560 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
32561
32562 @item not-@var{pred}
32563 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
32564 @end table
32565
32566 For example,
32567
32568 @example
32569 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
32570 &rest (integer d))
32571 @var{body})
32572 @end example
32573
32574 @noindent
32575 expands to
32576
32577 @example
32578 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
32579 (and (math-matrixp b)
32580 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
32581 (or (math-constp b)
32582 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
32583 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
32584 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
32585 @var{body})
32586 @end example
32587
32588 @noindent
32589 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
32590 body of the function.
32591
32592 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
32593 @subsection Example Definitions
32594
32595 @noindent
32596 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
32597 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
32598 @pxref{Internals}.
32599
32600 @menu
32601 * Bit Counting Example::
32602 * Sine Example::
32603 @end menu
32604
32605 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
32606 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
32607
32608 @noindent
32609 @ignore
32610 @starindex
32611 @end ignore
32612 @tindex bcount
32613 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
32614 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
32615 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
32616 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
32617 create an intermediate set.
32618
32619 @smallexample
32620 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32621 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32622 (let ((count 0))
32623 (while (> n 0)
32624 (if (oddp n)
32625 (setq count (1+ count)))
32626 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
32627 count))
32628 @end smallexample
32629
32630 @noindent
32631 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
32632 Emacs Lisp function:
32633
32634 @smallexample
32635 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
32636 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
32637 (let ((count 0))
32638 (while (math-posp n)
32639 (if (math-oddp n)
32640 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
32641 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
32642 count))
32643 @end smallexample
32644
32645 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
32646 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
32647 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
32648 involve actual division.
32649
32650 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
32651 @var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
32652 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
32653 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
32654 1000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
32655
32656 @smallexample
32657 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32658 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32659 (let ((count 0))
32660 (while (not (fixnump n))
32661 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
32662 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
32663 n (car qr))))
32664 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
32665
32666 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
32667 (let ((count 0))
32668 (while (> n 0)
32669 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
32670 n (lsh n -1)))
32671 count))
32672 @end smallexample
32673
32674 @noindent
32675 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
32676 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
32677 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
32678 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
32679 uses.
32680
32681 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
32682 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
32683 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
32684 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
32685 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
32686 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
32687 same thing with a single division by 512.
32688
32689 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
32690 @subsubsection The Sine Function
32691
32692 @noindent
32693 @ignore
32694 @starindex
32695 @end ignore
32696 @tindex mysin
32697 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
32698 well-known Taylor series expansion for
32699 @texline @math{\sin x}:
32700 @infoline @samp{sin(x)}:
32701
32702 @smallexample
32703 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
32704 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32705 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32706 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
32707 newsum
32708 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
32709 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
32710 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
32711 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
32712 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
32713 x (* x xnegsqr)
32714 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
32715 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
32716 (break)) ; then we are done.
32717 (setq sum newsum))
32718 sum))
32719 @end smallexample
32720
32721 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
32722 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @cpiover{4}. This
32723 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
32724 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
32725 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
32726 by a separate algorithm.
32727
32728 @smallexample
32729 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
32730 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32731 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32732 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
32733 (cond ((complexp x)
32734 (mysin-complex x))
32735 ((< x 0)
32736 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
32737 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
32738
32739 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
32740 (cond ((>= x 7)
32741 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
32742 ((> x (pi-over-2))
32743 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
32744 ((> x (pi-over-4))
32745 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
32746 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
32747 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
32748 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
32749 @end smallexample
32750
32751 @noindent
32752 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
32753 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
32754 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
32755 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
32756
32757 The strategy is to ensure that @expr{x} is nonnegative before calling
32758 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
32759 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @cpiover{4}. Note that each
32760 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
32761 that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
32762 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
32763 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
32764 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
32765 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
32766 that this rule misses.
32767
32768 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
32769 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
32770 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
32771 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
32772
32773 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32774 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
32775
32776 @noindent
32777 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
32778 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
32779 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
32780 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
32781 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
32782 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
32783 much simpler to use!
32784
32785 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
32786 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
32787
32788 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
32789 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
32790 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
32791
32792 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
32793 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
32794 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
32795 loaded and initialized for you.
32796
32797 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
32798 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
32799
32800 @ifinfo
32801 @example
32802
32803 @end example
32804 @end ifinfo
32805 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
32806
32807 @noindent
32808 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
32809 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
32810 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
32811 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
32812
32813 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
32814 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
32815 one by one below.
32816
32817 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
32818 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
32819 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
32820 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
32821 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
32822 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
32823
32824 @ifinfo
32825 @example
32826
32827 @end example
32828 @end ifinfo
32829 @subsubsection Error Handling
32830
32831 @noindent
32832 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
32833 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
32834 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
32835 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
32836 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
32837 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
32838
32839 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
32840 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
32841 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
32842 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
32843
32844 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
32845 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
32846 ignored.
32847
32848 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
32849 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
32850 it permanently with @code{setq}.
32851
32852 @ifinfo
32853 @example
32854
32855 @end example
32856 @end ifinfo
32857 @subsubsection Numbers Only
32858
32859 @noindent
32860 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
32861 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
32862 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
32863 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
32864 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
32865 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
32866
32867 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
32868 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
32869 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
32870
32871 @ifinfo
32872 @example
32873
32874 @end example
32875 @end ifinfo
32876 @subsubsection Default Modes
32877
32878 @noindent
32879 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
32880 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
32881 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
32882 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
32883 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the Normal language
32884 mode is used.
32885
32886 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
32887 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
32888 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
32889
32890 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
32891 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
32892 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
32893 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
32894 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
32895 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
32896
32897 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
32898 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
32899 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
32900 of the default of 12.
32901
32902 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
32903 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
32904 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
32905 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
32906 when the user has left Calc in Symbolic mode or No-Simplify mode.
32907
32908 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
32909 checks if the number in string @expr{a} is less than the one in
32910 string @expr{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
32911 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
32912 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
32913 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
32914
32915 @ifinfo
32916 @example
32917
32918 @end example
32919 @end ifinfo
32920 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
32921
32922 @noindent
32923 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
32924 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
32925 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
32926 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
32927 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
32928
32929 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
32930 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
32931 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
32932 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
32933 structure.
32934
32935 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
32936 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
32937 an error if that object is not a constant).
32938
32939 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
32940 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
32941 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
32942 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
32943 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
32944 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
32945
32946 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
32947 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
32948 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
32949 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
32950
32951 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
32952 to format it as a string.
32953
32954 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
32955 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
32956 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
32957
32958 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
32959 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
32960 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
32961
32962 @ifinfo
32963 @example
32964
32965 @end example
32966 @end ifinfo
32967 @subsubsection Predicates
32968
32969 @noindent
32970 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
32971 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
32972 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
32973 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
32974
32975 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
32976 one value is less than another.
32977
32978 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
32979 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
32980 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
32981 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
32982 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
32983
32984 @ifinfo
32985 @example
32986
32987 @end example
32988 @end ifinfo
32989 @subsubsection Variable Values
32990
32991 @noindent
32992 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
32993 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
32994 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
32995 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
32996 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
32997 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
32998 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
32999
33000 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
33001 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
33002 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
33003 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
33004 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
33005 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
33006
33007 @example
33008 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
33009 @end example
33010
33011 @ifinfo
33012 @example
33013
33014 @end example
33015 @end ifinfo
33016 @subsubsection Stack Access
33017
33018 @noindent
33019 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
33020 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
33021 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
33022 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
33023 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
33024 usual way).
33025
33026 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
33027 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
33028 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
33029 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
33030 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
33031 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
33032 the stack.
33033
33034 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
33035 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
33036 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
33037 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
33038 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
33039
33040 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
33041 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
33042 as a string.
33043
33044 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
33045 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
33046 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
33047 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
33048 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
33049 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
33050
33051 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
33052 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
33053 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
33054
33055 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
33056 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
33057 the stack buffer if necessary.
33058
33059 @ifinfo
33060 @example
33061
33062 @end example
33063 @end ifinfo
33064 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
33065
33066 @noindent
33067 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
33068 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
33069 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
33070 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
33071 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
33072 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
33073 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
33074
33075 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
33076 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
33077 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
33078 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
33079 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
33080
33081 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
33082 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
33083 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
33084
33085 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
33086
33087 @ifinfo
33088 @example
33089
33090 @end example
33091 @end ifinfo
33092 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
33093
33094 @noindent
33095 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
33096 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
33097 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
33098 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
33099 @code{calc-eval}.
33100
33101 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
33102 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
33103 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
33104 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
33105
33106 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
33107 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
33108 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
33109 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
33110 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
33111 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
33112 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
33113 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
33114 your original buffer when it is done.
33115
33116 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
33117 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
33118
33119 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
33120 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
33121
33122 @ifinfo
33123 @example
33124
33125 @end example
33126 @end ifinfo
33127 @subsubsection Example
33128
33129 @noindent
33130 @findex convert-temp
33131 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
33132 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
33133 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
33134 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
33135 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
33136 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
33137 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
33138
33139 @example
33140 (defun convert-temp ()
33141 (interactive)
33142 (save-excursion
33143 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
33144 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
33145 (bot1 (match-end 1))
33146 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
33147 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
33148 (bot2 (match-end 2))
33149 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
33150 (if (equal type "F")
33151 (setq type "C"
33152 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
33153 (setq type "F"
33154 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
33155 (goto-char top2)
33156 (delete-region top2 bot2)
33157 (insert-before-markers type)
33158 (goto-char top1)
33159 (delete-region top1 bot1)
33160 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
33161 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
33162 (insert number))))
33163 @end example
33164
33165 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
33166 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
33167 instead of after it.
33168
33169 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
33170 @subsection Calculator Internals
33171
33172 @noindent
33173 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
33174 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
33175 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
33176 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
33177 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
33178 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
33179 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
33180 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
33181
33182 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
33183 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
33184 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
33185 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
33186 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
33187 in the remaining component files.
33188
33189 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
33190 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
33191 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
33192 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
33193 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
33194 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
33195 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
33196 prove this file will already be loaded.
33197
33198 @menu
33199 * Data Type Formats::
33200 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
33201 * Stack Lisp Functions::
33202 * Predicates::
33203 * Computational Lisp Functions::
33204 * Vector Lisp Functions::
33205 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
33206 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
33207 * Hooks::
33208 @end menu
33209
33210 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
33211 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
33212
33213 @noindent
33214 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
33215 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
33216 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
33217 which is not a Lisp list.
33218
33219 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
33220 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
33221 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
33222 @mathit{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
33223 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
33224 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
33225 example, the integer @mathit{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
33226
33227 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
33228 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
33229 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
33230 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
33231 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
33232 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
33233
33234 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
33235 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
33236 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
33237 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
33238 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
33239 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
33240
33241 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
33242 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
33243 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
33244 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
33245 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
33246 @mathit{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
33247 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
33248 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
33249 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
33250 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)
33251
33252 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
33253 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
33254 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
33255 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
33256 components are converted to real numbers automatically.
33257
33258 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
33259 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
33260 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
33261 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
33262 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
33263 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
33264 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
33265 negative real number.)
33266
33267 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
33268 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
33269 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
33270 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
33271 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.
33272
33273 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
33274 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
33275 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
33276 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
33277
33278 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
33279 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
33280 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
33281
33282 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
33283 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
33284 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
33285 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
33286 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
33287 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
33288
33289 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
33290 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
33291 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
33292 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
33293 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
33294 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
33295 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
33296 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
33297 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
33298 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
33299
33300 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
33301 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
33302 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
33303 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
33304 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
33305 generally unused by Calc data structures.
33306
33307 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
33308 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
33309 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
33310 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
33311 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
33312 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
33313 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
33314 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
33315 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
33316 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
33317 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
33318 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
33319 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
33320 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
33321 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
33322 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
33323 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
33324 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
33325 the variable is used.
33326
33327 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
33328 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
33329 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
33330 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
33331 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
33332 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
33333 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
33334 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
33335 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
33336 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
33337 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
33338 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
33339 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
33340 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
33341 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
33342 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
33343 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
33344 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
33345 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)
33346
33347 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
33348 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
33349
33350 @noindent
33351 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
33352 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
33353 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
33354 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
33355
33356 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
33357 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
33358 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
33359 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
33360 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
33361 @end defun
33362
33363 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
33364 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
33365 remove it from that list.
33366 @end defun
33367
33368 @defun calc-record-undo rec
33369 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
33370 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
33371 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
33372 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
33373 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
33374 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
33375 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
33376 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
33377 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
33378 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
33379 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
33380 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
33381 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.
33382 @end defun
33383
33384 @defun calc-record-why msg args
33385 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
33386 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
33387 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
33388 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
33389 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
33390 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
33391 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
33392 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
33393 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
33394 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
33395 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
33396 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.
33397 @end defun
33398
33399 @defun calc-is-inverse
33400 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
33401 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
33402 @end defun
33403
33404 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
33405 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
33406 @end defun
33407
33408 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
33409 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
33410
33411 @noindent
33412 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
33413 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
33414
33415 @defun calc-push-list vals n
33416 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
33417 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
33418 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
33419 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
33420 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
33421 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
33422 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
33423 is an empty list, nothing happens.
33424
33425 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
33426 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
33427 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
33428 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
33429 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
33430 @end defun
33431
33432 @defun calc-top-list n m
33433 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
33434 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
33435 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
33436 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
33437 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
33438 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
33439 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
33440 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
33441 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
33442 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.
33443
33444 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
33445 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
33446 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
33447 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
33448 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
33449 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
33450 ``invalid operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
33451 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
33452 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
33453 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
33454 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
33455 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
33456 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
33457 @end defun
33458
33459 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
33460 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
33461 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
33462 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
33463
33464 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
33465 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
33466 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
33467 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
33468 contain selections.
33469 @end defun
33470
33471 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
33472 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
33473 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
33474 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
33475 will be used.
33476 @end defun
33477
33478 @defun calc-normalize n
33479 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
33480 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
33481 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
33482 selected No-Simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
33483 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
33484 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
33485 @end defun
33486
33487 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
33488 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
33489 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
33490 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
33491 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
33492 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
33493 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
33494 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
33495 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
33496 @code{calc-top-list}.
33497 @end defun
33498
33499 @defun calc-top-n m
33500 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
33501 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
33502 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
33503 @end defun
33504
33505 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
33506 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
33507 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
33508 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
33509 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
33510 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
33511 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
33512
33513 @smallexample
33514 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
33515 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
33516 @end smallexample
33517
33518 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
33519 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
33520 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
33521 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
33522 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
33523 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
33524 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
33525 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
33526 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
33527 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
33528 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
33529 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
33530 are present.
33531 @end defun
33532
33533 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
33534 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
33535 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
33536 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
33537 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
33538 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,
33539
33540 @smallexample
33541 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
33542 (interactive "P")
33543 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
33544 @end smallexample
33545 @end defun
33546
33547 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
33548 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
33549 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
33550 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
33551 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
33552 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
33553 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
33554 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
33555 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
33556 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
33557 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
33558 mapped between the next-to-top @mathit{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
33559 top element.
33560 @end defun
33561
33562 @defun calc-stack-size
33563 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
33564 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
33565 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
33566 @end defun
33567
33568 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
33569 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
33570 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
33571 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
33572 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
33573 line number, not the stack entry itself.
33574 @end defun
33575
33576 @defun calc-substack-height n
33577 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
33578 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
33579 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
33580 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
33581 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
33582 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
33583 entries.)
33584 @end defun
33585
33586 @defun calc-refresh
33587 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
33588 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
33589 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
33590 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
33591 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
33592 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)
33593 @end defun
33594
33595 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
33596 @subsubsection Predicates
33597
33598 @noindent
33599 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
33600 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
33601 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
33602 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
33603 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
33604 the full range of Calc data types.
33605
33606 @defun zerop x
33607 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
33608 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
33609 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
33610 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
33611 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
33612 @end defun
33613
33614 @defun negp x
33615 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
33616 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
33617 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
33618 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
33619 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
33620 @end defun
33621
33622 @defun posp x
33623 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
33624 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
33625 @end defun
33626
33627 @defun looks-negp x
33628 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
33629 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
33630 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
33631 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
33632 @end defun
33633
33634 @defun integerp x
33635 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
33636 @end defun
33637
33638 @defun fixnump x
33639 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
33640 @end defun
33641
33642 @defun natnump x
33643 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
33644 @end defun
33645
33646 @defun fixnatnump x
33647 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
33648 @end defun
33649
33650 @defun num-integerp x
33651 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
33652 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
33653 the decimal point.
33654 @end defun
33655
33656 @defun messy-integerp x
33657 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
33658 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
33659 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
33660 @end defun
33661
33662 @defun num-natnump x
33663 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
33664 @end defun
33665
33666 @defun evenp x
33667 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
33668 @end defun
33669
33670 @defun looks-evenp x
33671 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
33672 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
33673 @end defun
33674
33675 @defun oddp x
33676 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
33677 @end defun
33678
33679 @defun ratp x
33680 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
33681 fraction.
33682 @end defun
33683
33684 @defun realp x
33685 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
33686 or floating-point number.
33687 @end defun
33688
33689 @defun anglep x
33690 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
33691 @end defun
33692
33693 @defun floatp x
33694 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
33695 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
33696 is a float.
33697 @end defun
33698
33699 @defun complexp x
33700 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
33701 (but not a real number).
33702 @end defun
33703
33704 @defun rect-complexp x
33705 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
33706 @end defun
33707
33708 @defun polar-complexp x
33709 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
33710 @end defun
33711
33712 @defun numberp x
33713 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
33714 @end defun
33715
33716 @defun scalarp x
33717 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
33718 @end defun
33719
33720 @defun vectorp x
33721 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
33722 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
33723 @end defun
33724
33725 @defun numvecp x
33726 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
33727 @end defun
33728
33729 @defun matrixp x
33730 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
33731 all of the same size.
33732 @end defun
33733
33734 @defun square-matrixp x
33735 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
33736 @end defun
33737
33738 @defun objectp x
33739 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
33740 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33741 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
33742 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
33743 @end defun
33744
33745 @defun objvecp x
33746 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
33747 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
33748 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
33749 @end defun
33750
33751 @defun primp x
33752 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
33753 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
33754 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
33755 and intervals.
33756 @end defun
33757
33758 @defun constp x
33759 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
33760 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
33761 components are @code{constp}.
33762 @end defun
33763
33764 @defun lessp x y
33765 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
33766 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
33767 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
33768 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
33769 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
33770 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
33771 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.
33772 @end defun
33773
33774 @defun beforep x y
33775 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
33776 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
33777 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
33778 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
33779 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
33780 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
33781 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
33782 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
33783 @end defun
33784
33785 @defun equal x y
33786 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
33787 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
33788 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
33789 0 and 0.0 as different.
33790 @end defun
33791
33792 @defun math-equal x y
33793 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
33794 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
33795 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
33796 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
33797 @end defun
33798
33799 @defun equal-int x n
33800 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
33801 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
33802 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
33803 whenever possible.
33804 @end defun
33805
33806 @defun nearly-equal x y
33807 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
33808 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
33809 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
33810 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
33811 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
33812 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
33813 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
33814 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
33815 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
33816 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
33817 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
33818 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
33819 @end defun
33820
33821 @defun nearly-zerop x y
33822 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
33823 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
33824 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
33825 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
33826 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
33827 @var{y} must be real.
33828 @end defun
33829
33830 @defun is-true x
33831 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
33832 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
33833 or a provably non-zero formula.
33834 @end defun
33835
33836 @defun reject-arg val pred
33837 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
33838 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
33839 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
33840 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.
33841 @end defun
33842
33843 @defun inexact-value
33844 If Symbolic mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
33845 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
33846 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic mode.)
33847 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic mode, the
33848 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
33849 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
33850 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic mode will
33851 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.
33852 @end defun
33853
33854 @defun overflow
33855 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
33856 @end defun
33857
33858 @defun underflow
33859 This signals a floating-point underflow.
33860 @end defun
33861
33862 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
33863 @subsubsection Computational Functions
33864
33865 @noindent
33866 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
33867 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
33868 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
33869 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
33870 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
33871 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
33872 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.
33873
33874 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
33875 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
33876 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
33877 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
33878 respectively, instead.
33879
33880 @defun normalize val
33881 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
33882 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
33883 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
33884 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
33885 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
33886 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
33887 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
33888 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
33889 return 6.
33890
33891 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
33892 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
33893 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
33894 the formula still in symbolic form.
33895
33896 If the current simplification mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
33897 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
33898 powerful simplification modes (like Algebraic Simplification) are
33899 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
33900 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
33901 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
33902 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
33903 on the stack.
33904 @end defun
33905
33906 @defun evaluate-expr expr
33907 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
33908 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
33909 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.
33910 @end defun
33911
33912 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
33913 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
33914 digits. This is a macro which expands to
33915
33916 @smallexample
33917 (math-normalize
33918 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
33919 @var{body}))
33920 @end smallexample
33921
33922 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
33923 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
33924 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
33925 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
33926 @end defmac
33927
33928 @defun make-frac n d
33929 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
33930 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
33931 @end defun
33932
33933 @defun make-float mant exp
33934 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
33935 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
33936 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
33937 if @var{exp} is out of range.
33938 @end defun
33939
33940 @defun make-sdev x sigma
33941 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
33942 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
33943 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
33944 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
33945 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33946 @end defun
33947
33948 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
33949 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
33950 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
33951 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
33952 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
33953 @end defun
33954
33955 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
33956 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
33957 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
33958 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
33959 @end defun
33960
33961 @defun make-mod n m
33962 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
33963 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
33964 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
33965 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
33966 @end defun
33967
33968 @defun float x
33969 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
33970 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
33971 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33972 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
33973 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33974 @end defun
33975
33976 @defun compare x y
33977 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @mathit{-1} if
33978 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
33979 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
33980 undefined or cannot be determined.
33981 @end defun
33982
33983 @defun numdigs n
33984 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
33985 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
33986 considered to have zero digits.
33987 @end defun
33988
33989 @defun scale-int x n
33990 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @mathit{-@var{n}}
33991 digits with truncation toward zero.
33992 @end defun
33993
33994 @defun scale-rounding x n
33995 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
33996 integer rather than truncating.
33997 @end defun
33998
33999 @defun fixnum n
34000 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
34001 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
34002 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
34003 @end defun
34004
34005 @defun sqr x
34006 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
34007 @end defun
34008
34009 @defun quotient x y
34010 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
34011 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
34012 direction of rounding is undefined.
34013 @end defun
34014
34015 @defun idiv x y
34016 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
34017 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
34018 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
34019 slower than for @code{quotient}.
34020 @end defun
34021
34022 @defun imod x y
34023 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
34024 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
34025 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
34026 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
34027 @end defun
34028
34029 @defun idivmod x y
34030 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
34031 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
34032 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.
34033 @end defun
34034
34035 @defun pow x y
34036 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
34037 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
34038 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.
34039 @end defun
34040
34041 @defun abs-approx x
34042 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
34043 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
34044 the absolute values of the components.
34045 @end defun
34046
34047 @findex e
34048 @findex gamma-const
34049 @findex ln-2
34050 @findex ln-10
34051 @findex phi
34052 @findex pi-over-2
34053 @findex pi-over-4
34054 @findex pi-over-180
34055 @findex sqrt-two-pi
34056 @findex sqrt-e
34057 @findex two-pi
34058 @defun pi
34059 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
34060 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
34061 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
34062 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, @code{ln-10}, @code{phi} and
34063 @code{gamma-const}. Each function returns a floating-point value in the
34064 current precision, and each uses caching so that all calls after the
34065 first are essentially free.
34066 @end defun
34067
34068 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
34069 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
34070 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
34071 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
34072 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
34073 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
34074 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
34075 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
34076 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
34077 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
34078 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
34079 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
34080 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.
34081 @end defmac
34082
34083 @findex half-circle
34084 @findex quarter-circle
34085 @defun full-circle symb
34086 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
34087 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
34088 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
34089 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic mode. There are also similar
34090 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
34091 @end defun
34092
34093 @defun power-of-2 n
34094 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
34095 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
34096 particular @var{n} is expensive.
34097 @end defun
34098
34099 @defun integer-log2 n
34100 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
34101 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
34102 return @code{nil}.
34103 @end defun
34104
34105 @defun div-mod a b m
34106 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
34107 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.
34108 @end defun
34109
34110 @defun pow-mod a b m
34111 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
34112 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
34113 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
34114 @end defun
34115
34116 @defun isqrt n
34117 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
34118 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
34119 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
34120 @end defun
34121
34122 @defun to-hms a ang
34123 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
34124 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
34125 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
34126 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
34127 @end defun
34128
34129 @defun from-hms a ang
34130 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
34131 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
34132 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
34133 is returned as-is.
34134 @end defun
34135
34136 @defun to-radians a
34137 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
34138 angular mode.
34139 @end defun
34140
34141 @defun from-radians a
34142 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
34143 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
34144 @end defun
34145
34146 @defun to-radians-2 a
34147 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a degrees to
34148 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
34149 @end defun
34150
34151 @defun from-radians-2 a
34152 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a radians to
34153 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
34154 @end defun
34155
34156 @defun random-digit
34157 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
34158 @end defun
34159
34160 @defun random-digits n
34161 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
34162 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
34163 @end defun
34164
34165 @defun random-float
34166 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
34167 @end defun
34168
34169 @defun prime-test n iters
34170 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
34171 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
34172 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
34173 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
34174 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
34175 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
34176 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
34177 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
34178 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
34179 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
34180 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
34181 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
34182 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.
34183 @end defun
34184
34185 @defun to-simple-fraction f
34186 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
34187 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
34188 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
34189 fast.
34190 @end defun
34191
34192 @defun to-fraction f tol
34193 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
34194 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
34195 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
34196 @end defun
34197
34198 @defun quarter-integer n
34199 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
34200 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
34201 @mathit{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
34202 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
34203 returns @code{nil}.
34204 @end defun
34205
34206 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
34207 @subsubsection Vector Functions
34208
34209 @noindent
34210 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
34211 matrices.
34212
34213 @defun math-concat x y
34214 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
34215 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
34216 @end defun
34217
34218 @defun vec-length v
34219 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
34220 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
34221 rows in the matrix.
34222 @end defun
34223
34224 @defun mat-dimens m
34225 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
34226 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
34227 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
34228 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
34229 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
34230 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
34231 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
34232 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
34233 elements.
34234 @end defun
34235
34236 @defun dimension-error
34237 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
34238 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
34239 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
34240 @end defun
34241
34242 @defun build-vector args
34243 Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
34244 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
34245 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
34246 @end defun
34247
34248 @defun make-vec obj dims
34249 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
34250 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
34251 filled with 27's.
34252 @end defun
34253
34254 @defun row-matrix v
34255 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
34256 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
34257 leave it alone.
34258 @end defun
34259
34260 @defun col-matrix v
34261 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
34262 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
34263 already a matrix, leave it alone.
34264 @end defun
34265
34266 @defun map-vec f v
34267 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
34268 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
34269 of vector @var{v}.
34270 @end defun
34271
34272 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
34273 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
34274 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
34275 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
34276 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
34277 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
34278 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
34279 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
34280 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
34281 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.
34282 @end defun
34283
34284 @defun reduce-vec f v
34285 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
34286 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
34287 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
34288 @end defun
34289
34290 @defun reduce-cols f m
34291 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
34292 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
34293 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
34294 @end defun
34295
34296 @defun mat-row m n
34297 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
34298 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
34299 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
34300 @end defun
34301
34302 @defun mat-col m n
34303 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
34304 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
34305 @end defun
34306
34307 @defun mat-less-row m n
34308 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
34309 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
34310 @end defun
34311
34312 @defun mat-less-col m n
34313 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
34314 @end defun
34315
34316 @defun transpose m
34317 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
34318 @end defun
34319
34320 @defun flatten-vector v
34321 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
34322 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
34323 @end defun
34324
34325 @defun copy-matrix m
34326 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
34327 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
34328 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
34329 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
34330 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
34331 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.
34332 @end defun
34333
34334 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
34335 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
34336 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
34337 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
34338 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
34339 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
34340 @var{m}.
34341 @end defun
34342
34343 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
34344 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
34345
34346 @noindent
34347 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
34348 Calculator.
34349
34350 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
34351 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
34352 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
34353 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
34354 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
34355 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
34356 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
34357 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
34358 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
34359 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
34360 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
34361 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
34362 their corresponding sub-formulas.
34363
34364 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
34365 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
34366 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
34367 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
34368 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
34369 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
34370 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
34371 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
34372 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
34373 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
34374 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
34375 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
34376 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
34377 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
34378 @end defun
34379
34380 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
34381 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
34382 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
34383 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
34384 the formula in-place.
34385 @end defun
34386
34387 @defun calc-find-selected-part
34388 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
34389 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
34390 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
34391 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
34392 @end defun
34393
34394 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
34395 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
34396 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
34397 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
34398 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
34399 to reflect the new selection.
34400 @end defun
34401
34402 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
34403 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
34404 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
34405 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
34406 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
34407 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
34408 @end defun
34409
34410 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
34411 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
34412 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
34413 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
34414 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
34415 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
34416 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
34417 This function does not take associativity into account.
34418 @end defun
34419
34420 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
34421 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
34422 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
34423 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
34424 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
34425 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
34426 return the whole expression.
34427 @end defun
34428
34429 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
34430 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
34431 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
34432 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
34433 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
34434 @end defun
34435
34436 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
34437 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
34438 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
34439 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
34440 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
34441 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
34442 function does not take associativity into account.
34443 @end defun
34444
34445 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
34446 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
34447 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
34448 @end defun
34449
34450 @defun simplify expr
34451 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
34452 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
34453 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
34454 to remains unchanged in memory.
34455
34456 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
34457 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
34458 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
34459 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
34460 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
34461 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
34462 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
34463 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
34464 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
34465 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
34466 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
34467 further simplifications were possible.
34468 @end defun
34469
34470 @defun simplify-extended expr
34471 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
34472 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
34473 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
34474 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
34475 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
34476 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
34477 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
34478 before taking any action.
34479 @end defun
34480
34481 @defun simplify-units expr
34482 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
34483 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
34484 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
34485 @end defun
34486
34487 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
34488 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
34489 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
34490 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
34491 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
34492 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
34493 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
34494 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
34495 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
34496 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
34497 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
34498 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
34499 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
34500 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.
34501
34502 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
34503 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
34504 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
34505 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
34506 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
34507
34508 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
34509 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
34510 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
34511 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
34512
34513 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
34514 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
34515 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
34516 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
34517 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
34518
34519 @smallexample
34520 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
34521 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
34522 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
34523 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
34524 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
34525 (or math-living-dangerously
34526 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
34527 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
34528 @end smallexample
34529
34530 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
34531 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
34532 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
34533 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.
34534 @end defmac
34535
34536 @defun common-constant-factor expr
34537 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
34538 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
34539 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
34540 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
34541 @end defun
34542
34543 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
34544 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
34545 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
34546 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
34547 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
34548 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
34549 square roots:
34550
34551 @smallexample
34552 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
34553 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
34554 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
34555 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
34556 (math-normalize
34557 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
34558 (math-cancel-common-factor
34559 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
34560 @end smallexample
34561 @end defun
34562
34563 @defun frac-gcd a b
34564 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
34565 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
34566 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
34567 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
34568 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.
34569 @end defun
34570
34571 @defun map-tree func expr many
34572 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
34573 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
34574 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
34575 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
34576 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
34577 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
34578 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
34579 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
34580 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
34581 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
34582 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
34583 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.
34584 @end defun
34585
34586 @defun compile-rewrites rules
34587 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
34588 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
34589 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
34590 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
34591 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
34592 message.
34593 @end defun
34594
34595 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
34596 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
34597 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
34598 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
34599 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
34600 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
34601 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
34602 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
34603 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
34604 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
34605 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
34606 @end defun
34607
34608 @defun rewrite-heads expr
34609 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
34610 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
34611 @end defun
34612
34613 @defun rewrite expr rules many
34614 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
34615 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
34616 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
34617 times.
34618 @end defun
34619
34620 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
34621 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
34622 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
34623 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
34624 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
34625 @end defun
34626
34627 @defun deriv expr var value symb
34628 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
34629 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
34630 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
34631 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
34632 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
34633 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
34634 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of nondifferentiable
34635 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
34636 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
34637
34638 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
34639 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
34640 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
34641 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
34642 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
34643 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
34644 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
34645 is defined by
34646
34647 @smallexample
34648 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
34649 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
34650 @end smallexample
34651
34652 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
34653 @smallexample
34654 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
34655 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34656 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
34657 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34658 @end smallexample
34659 @end defun
34660
34661 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
34662 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
34663 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
34664 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
34665 @end defun
34666
34667 @defun integ expr var low high
34668 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
34669 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
34670 @end defun
34671
34672 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
34673 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
34674 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
34675 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
34676 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
34677 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
34678 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
34679 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
34680 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
34681 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
34682 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
34683
34684 @smallexample
34685 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
34686 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
34687 (and int
34688 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
34689
34690 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
34691 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
34692 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
34693 @end smallexample
34694
34695 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
34696 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
34697 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
34698 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
34699 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
34700 result.
34701 @end defmac
34702
34703 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
34704 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
34705 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
34706 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
34707 @var{v}.
34708 @end defmac
34709
34710 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
34711 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
34712 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
34713 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
34714 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
34715 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
34716 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
34717 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
34718 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
34719 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
34720 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:
34721
34722 @smallexample
34723 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
34724 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
34725 @end smallexample
34726
34727 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
34728 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
34729 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
34730 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
34731 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
34732 @end defun
34733
34734 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
34735 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
34736 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
34737 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
34738 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
34739 @end defun
34740
34741 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
34742 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
34743 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
34744 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
34745 @end defun
34746
34747 @defun expr-contains expr var
34748 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
34749 of @var{expr}.
34750
34751 This function might seem at first to be identical to
34752 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
34753 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
34754 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
34755 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
34756 @code{eq} to each other.
34757 @end defun
34758
34759 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
34760 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
34761 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.
34762 @end defun
34763
34764 @defun expr-depends expr var
34765 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
34766 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
34767 in common.
34768 @end defun
34769
34770 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
34771 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
34772 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
34773 @end defun
34774
34775 @defun expr-subst expr old new
34776 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
34777 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
34778 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
34779 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.
34780 @end defun
34781
34782 @defun multi-subst expr old new
34783 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
34784 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
34785 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
34786 are ignored.
34787 @end defun
34788
34789 @defun expr-weight expr
34790 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
34791 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
34792 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
34793 @end defun
34794
34795 @defun expr-height expr
34796 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
34797 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
34798 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.
34799 @end defun
34800
34801 @defun polynomial-p expr var
34802 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
34803 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
34804 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
34805 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
34806 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
34807 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
34808 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
34809 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
34810 a polynomial of degree 0.
34811 @end defun
34812
34813 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
34814 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
34815 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
34816 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
34817 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
34818 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
34819 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
34820 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
34821 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
34822 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
34823 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
34824 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
34825 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
34826 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
34827 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
34828 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
34829 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
34830 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
34831 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
34832 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.
34833 @end defun
34834
34835 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
34836 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
34837 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
34838 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
34839 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
34840 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
34841 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
34842 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
34843 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
34844 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
34845 is found.
34846 @end defun
34847
34848 @defun poly-simplify poly
34849 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
34850 clipping off trailing zeros.
34851 @end defun
34852
34853 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
34854 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
34855 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
34856 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
34857 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.
34858 @end defun
34859
34860 @defun poly-mul a b
34861 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
34862 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
34863 @end defun
34864
34865 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
34866 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
34867 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
34868 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
34869 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
34870 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.
34871 @end defun
34872
34873 @defun check-unit-name var
34874 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
34875 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
34876 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
34877 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
34878 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
34879 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
34880 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
34881 @end defun
34882
34883 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
34884 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
34885 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
34886 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
34887 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.
34888 @end defun
34889
34890 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
34891 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
34892 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
34893 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
34894 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
34895 @end defun
34896
34897 @defun to-standard-units expr which
34898 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
34899 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
34900 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
34901 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
34902 is an expression to substitute for it.
34903 @end defun
34904
34905 @defun remove-units expr
34906 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
34907 This expression is generally normalized before use.
34908 @end defun
34909
34910 @defun extract-units expr
34911 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
34912 by ones.
34913 @end defun
34914
34915 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
34916 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
34917
34918 @noindent
34919 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
34920 Calc numbers and formulas.
34921
34922 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
34923 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
34924 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
34925 @end defun
34926
34927 @defun read-number str
34928 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
34929 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
34930 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
34931 @end defun
34932
34933 @defun read-expr str
34934 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
34935 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
34936 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
34937 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
34938 a string describing the problem.
34939 @end defun
34940
34941 @defun read-exprs str
34942 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
34943 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
34944 shown above is returned instead.
34945 @end defun
34946
34947 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
34948 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
34949 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
34950 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
34951 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
34952 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
34953 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
34954 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
34955 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
34956 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
34957 @code{calc-normalize} first.
34958
34959 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
34960 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
34961 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
34962 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
34963 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
34964 that actually appeared in the input.
34965 @end defun
34966
34967 @defun format-number a
34968 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
34969 @end defun
34970
34971 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
34972 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
34973 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
34974 This is a simple format designed
34975 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
34976 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
34977 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
34978 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
34979 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
34980 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.
34981 @end defun
34982
34983 @defun format-nice-expr a width
34984 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
34985 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
34986 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
34987 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
34988 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
34989 @end defun
34990
34991 @defun format-value a width
34992 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
34993 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
34994 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
34995 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
34996 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
34997 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
34998 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
34999 window is used.
35000 @end defun
35001
35002 @defun compose-expr a prec
35003 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
35004 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
35005 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
35006 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
35007 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
35008 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
35009 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
35010 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
35011 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
35012 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
35013 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
35014 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
35015 normal function-call notation for that language.
35016 @end defun
35017
35018 @defun composition-to-string c w
35019 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
35020 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
35021 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
35022 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
35023 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
35024 @end defun
35025
35026 @defun comp-width c
35027 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
35028 @end defun
35029
35030 @defun comp-height c
35031 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
35032 @end defun
35033
35034 @defun comp-ascent c
35035 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
35036 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
35037 @end defun
35038
35039 @defun comp-descent c
35040 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
35041 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
35042 @end defun
35043
35044 @defun comp-first-char c
35045 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
35046 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
35047 return @code{nil}.
35048 @end defun
35049
35050 @defun comp-last-char c
35051 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
35052 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
35053 @end defun
35054
35055 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
35056 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
35057 @comment
35058 @comment @noindent
35059 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
35060
35061 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
35062 @subsubsection Hooks
35063
35064 @noindent
35065 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
35066 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
35067 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
35068 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
35069 other customization-related variables are also described here.
35070
35071 @defvar calc-load-hook
35072 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
35073 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
35074 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
35075 @end defvar
35076
35077 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
35078 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
35079 @end defvar
35080
35081 @defvar calc-start-hook
35082 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
35083 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
35084 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
35085 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
35086 @end defvar
35087
35088 @defvar calc-mode-hook
35089 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
35090 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
35091 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
35092 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
35093 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
35094 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
35095 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
35096 been evaluated yet.
35097 @end defvar
35098
35099 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
35100 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
35101 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
35102 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
35103 per Emacs session.
35104 @end defvar
35105
35106 @defvar calc-end-hook
35107 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
35108 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
35109 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
35110 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
35111 @end defvar
35112
35113 @defvar calc-window-hook
35114 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc window.
35115 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
35116 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
35117 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
35118 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
35119 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
35120 @end defvar
35121
35122 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
35123 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc Trail
35124 window. The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
35125 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook}, this hook
35126 must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
35127 @end defvar
35128
35129 @defvar calc-embedded-mode-hook
35130 This hook is called the first time that Embedded mode is entered.
35131 @end defvar
35132
35133 @defvar calc-embedded-new-buffer-hook
35134 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is entered in a
35135 new buffer.
35136 @end defvar
35137
35138 @defvar calc-embedded-new-formula-hook
35139 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is enabled for a
35140 new formula.
35141 @end defvar
35142
35143 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
35144 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
35145 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
35146 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
35147 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
35148 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
35149 @code{calc-edit} command.)
35150 @end defvar
35151
35152 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
35153 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
35154 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
35155 Calc init file and just before the ``End of mode settings''
35156 message is inserted.
35157 @end defvar
35158
35159 @defvar calc-reset-hook
35160 This hook is called after @kbd{C-x * 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
35161 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
35162 @end defvar
35163
35164 @defvar calc-other-modes
35165 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
35166 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
35167 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
35168 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
35169 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
35170 @end defvar
35171
35172 @defvar calc-mode-map
35173 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
35174 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
35175 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
35176 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
35177 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
35178 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
35179 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
35180 extensions are loaded.
35181 @end defvar
35182
35183 @defvar calc-digit-map
35184 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
35185 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
35186 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
35187 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
35188 @end defvar
35189
35190 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
35191 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
35192 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
35193 @end defvar
35194
35195 @defvar calc-store-var-map
35196 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
35197 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
35198 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
35199 @end defvar
35200
35201 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
35202 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
35203 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
35204 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
35205 @end defvar
35206
35207 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
35208 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
35209 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
35210 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
35211 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
35212 non-default variables are written out.
35213 @end defvar
35214
35215 @defvar calc-local-var-list
35216 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
35217 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
35218 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
35219 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
35220 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
35221 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
35222 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
35223 @end defvar
35224
35225 @node Copying, GNU Free Documentation License, Programming, Top
35226 @appendix GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
35227 @include gpl.texi
35228
35229 @node GNU Free Documentation License, Customizing Calc, Copying, Top
35230 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
35231 @include doclicense.texi
35232
35233 @node Customizing Calc, Reporting Bugs, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
35234 @appendix Customizing Calc
35235
35236 The usual prefix for Calc is the key sequence @kbd{C-x *}. If you wish
35237 to use a different prefix, you can put
35238
35239 @example
35240 (global-set-key "NEWPREFIX" 'calc-dispatch)
35241 @end example
35242
35243 @noindent
35244 in your .emacs file.
35245 (@xref{Key Bindings,,Customizing Key Bindings,emacs,
35246 The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information on binding keys.)
35247 A convenient way to start Calc is with @kbd{C-x * *}; to make it equally
35248 convenient for users who use a different prefix, the prefix can be
35249 followed by @kbd{=}, @kbd{&}, @kbd{#}, @kbd{\}, @kbd{/}, @kbd{+} or
35250 @kbd{-} as well as @kbd{*} to start Calc, and so in many cases the last
35251 character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
35252
35253 Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
35254 from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
35255 calculation and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
35256 customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
35257 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
35258 will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
35259 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-group RET calc RET} will bring up a buffer which
35260 contains all of Calc's customizable variables. (These variables can
35261 also be reset by putting the appropriate lines in your .emacs file;
35262 @xref{Init File, ,Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
35263
35264 Some of the customizable variables are regular expressions. A regular
35265 expression is basically a pattern that Calc can search for.
35266 See @ref{Regexp Search,, Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}
35267 to see how regular expressions work.
35268
35269 @defvar calc-settings-file
35270 The variable @code{calc-settings-file} holds the file name in
35271 which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P} store ``permanent''
35272 definitions.
35273 If @code{calc-settings-file} is not your user init file (typically
35274 @file{~/.emacs}) and if the variable @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is
35275 @code{nil}, then Calc will automatically load your settings file (if it
35276 exists) the first time Calc is invoked.
35277
35278 The default value for this variable is @code{"~/.emacs.d/calc.el"}
35279 unless the file @file{~/.calc.el} exists, in which case the default
35280 value will be @code{"~/.calc.el"}.
35281 @end defvar
35282
35283 @defvar calc-gnuplot-name
35284 See @ref{Graphics}.@*
35285 The variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name} should be the name of the
35286 GNUPLOT program (a string). If you have GNUPLOT installed on your
35287 system but Calc is unable to find it, you may need to set this
35288 variable. You may also need to set some Lisp variables to show Calc how
35289 to run GNUPLOT on your system, see @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices} .
35290 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-name} is @code{"gnuplot"}.
35291 @end defvar
35292
35293 @defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command
35294 @defvarx calc-gnuplot-print-command
35295 See @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices}.@*
35296 The variables @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
35297 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} represent system commands to
35298 display and print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
35299 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
35300 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
35301 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
35302 to display or print the output.
35303
35304 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} is @code{nil},
35305 and the default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} is
35306 @code{"lp %s"}.
35307 @end defvar
35308
35309 @defvar calc-language-alist
35310 See @ref{Basic Embedded Mode}.@*
35311 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} controls the languages that
35312 Calc will associate with major modes. When Calc embedded mode is
35313 enabled, it will try to use the current major mode to
35314 determine what language should be used. (This can be overridden using
35315 Calc's mode changing commands, @xref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
35316 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} consists of a list of pairs of
35317 the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} . @var{LANGUAGE})}; for example,
35318 @code{(latex-mode . latex)} is one such pair. If Calc embedded is
35319 activated in a buffer whose major mode is @var{MAJOR-MODE}, it will set itself
35320 to use the language @var{LANGUAGE}.
35321
35322 The default value of @code{calc-language-alist} is
35323 @example
35324 ((latex-mode . latex)
35325 (tex-mode . tex)
35326 (plain-tex-mode . tex)
35327 (context-mode . tex)
35328 (nroff-mode . eqn)
35329 (pascal-mode . pascal)
35330 (c-mode . c)
35331 (c++-mode . c)
35332 (fortran-mode . fortran)
35333 (f90-mode . fortran))
35334 @end example
35335 @end defvar
35336
35337 @defvar calc-embedded-announce-formula
35338 @defvarx calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist
35339 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35340 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} helps determine
35341 what formulas @kbd{C-x * a} will activate in a buffer. It is a
35342 regular expression, and when activating embedded formulas with
35343 @kbd{C-x * a}, it will tell Calc that what follows is a formula to be
35344 activated. (Calc also uses other patterns to find formulas, such as
35345 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=}.)
35346
35347 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which checks
35348 for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning with
35349 @samp{%} and a space.
35350
35351 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist} is used to
35352 set @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} to different regular
35353 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35354 It consists of a list of pairs of the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} .
35355 @var{REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35356 @example
35357 ((c++-mode . "//Embed\n\\(// .*\n\\)*")
35358 (c-mode . "/\\*Embed\\*/\n\\(/\\* .*\\*/\n\\)*")
35359 (f90-mode . "!Embed\n\\(! .*\n\\)*")
35360 (fortran-mode . "C Embed\n\\(C .*\n\\)*")
35361 (html-helper-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35362 (html-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35363 (nroff-mode . "\\\\\"Embed\n\\(\\\\\" .*\n\\)*")
35364 (pascal-mode . "@{Embed@}\n\\(@{.*@}\n\\)*")
35365 (sgml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35366 (xml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35367 (texinfo-mode . "@@c Embed\n\\(@@c .*\n\\)*"))
35368 @end example
35369 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35370 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
35371 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
35372 @end defvar
35373
35374 @defvar calc-embedded-open-formula
35375 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-formula
35376 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist
35377 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35378 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
35379 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} control the region that Calc will
35380 activate as a formula when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * e}.
35381 They are regular expressions;
35382 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
35383 nearest text matching these regular expressions to be the ``formula
35384 delimiters''.
35385
35386 The simplest delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that
35387 Embedded mode understands by default are:
35388 @enumerate
35389 @item
35390 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
35391 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
35392 @item
35393 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
35394 @item
35395 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
35396 @item
35397 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
35398 @item
35399 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
35400 @end enumerate
35401
35402 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist} is used to
35403 set @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
35404 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} to different regular
35405 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35406 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35407 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-FORMULA-REGEXP}
35408 @var{CLOSE-FORMULA-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35409 @code{nil}.
35410 @end defvar
35411
35412 @defvar calc-embedded-word-regexp
35413 @defvarx calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist
35414 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35415 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} determines the expression
35416 that Calc will activate when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x *
35417 w}. It is a regular expressions.
35418
35419 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} is
35420 @code{"[-+]?[0-9]+\\(\\.[0-9]+\\)?\\([eE][-+]?[0-9]+\\)?"}.
35421
35422 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist} is used to
35423 set @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} to a different regular
35424 expression depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35425 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35426 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{WORD-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35427 @code{nil}.
35428 @end defvar
35429
35430 @defvar calc-embedded-open-plain
35431 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-plain
35432 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist
35433 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35434 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
35435 @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} are used to delimit ``plain''
35436 formulas. Note that these are actual strings, not regular
35437 expressions, because Calc must be able to write these string into a
35438 buffer as well as to recognize them.
35439
35440 The default string for @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} is
35441 @code{"%%% "}, note the trailing space. The default string for
35442 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} is @code{" %%%\n"}, without
35443 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
35444 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
35445
35446 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist} is used to
35447 set @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
35448 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} to different strings
35449 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35450 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35451 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-PLAIN-STRING}
35452 @var{CLOSE-PLAIN-STRING})}, and its default value is
35453 @example
35454 ((c++-mode "// %% " " %%\n")
35455 (c-mode "/* %% " " %% */\n")
35456 (f90-mode "! %% " " %%\n")
35457 (fortran-mode "C %% " " %%\n")
35458 (html-helper-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35459 (html-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35460 (nroff-mode "\\\" %% " " %%\n")
35461 (pascal-mode "@{%% " " %%@}\n")
35462 (sgml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35463 (xml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35464 (texinfo-mode "@@c %% " " %%\n"))
35465 @end example
35466 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
35467 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35468 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
35469 @end defvar
35470
35471 @defvar calc-embedded-open-new-formula
35472 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-new-formula
35473 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist
35474 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35475 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
35476 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} are strings which are
35477 inserted before and after a new formula when you type @kbd{C-x * f}.
35478
35479 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} is
35480 @code{"\n\n"}. If this string begins with a newline character and the
35481 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip
35482 this first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in the
35483 file. The default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} is
35484 also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by @w{@kbd{C-x * f}}
35485 if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if @kbd{C-x * f} is
35486 typed on a blank line, both a leading opening newline and a trailing
35487 closing newline are omitted.)
35488
35489 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist} is used to
35490 set @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
35491 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} to different strings
35492 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35493 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35494 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-NEW-FORMULA-STRING}
35495 @var{CLOSE-NEW-FORMULA-STRING})}, and its default value is
35496 @code{nil}.
35497 @end defvar
35498
35499 @defvar calc-embedded-open-mode
35500 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-mode
35501 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist
35502 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35503 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
35504 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} are strings which Calc will place before
35505 and after any mode annotations that it inserts. Calc never scans for
35506 these strings; Calc always looks for the annotation itself, so it is not
35507 necessary to add them to user-written annotations.
35508
35509 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} is @code{"% "}
35510 and the default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} is
35511 @code{"\n"}.
35512 If you change the value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode}, it is a good
35513 idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations will appear on
35514 lines by themselves.
35515
35516 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist} is used to
35517 set @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
35518 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} to different strings
35519 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35520 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35521 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-MODE-STRING}
35522 @var{CLOSE-MODE-STRING})}, and its default value is
35523 @example
35524 ((c++-mode "// " "\n")
35525 (c-mode "/* " " */\n")
35526 (f90-mode "! " "\n")
35527 (fortran-mode "C " "\n")
35528 (html-helper-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35529 (html-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35530 (nroff-mode "\\\" " "\n")
35531 (pascal-mode "@{ " " @}\n")
35532 (sgml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35533 (xml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35534 (texinfo-mode "@@c " "\n"))
35535 @end example
35536 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}
35537 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35538 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
35539 @end defvar
35540
35541 @defvar calc-lu-power-reference
35542 @defvarx calc-lu-field-reference
35543 See @ref{Logarithmic Units}.@*
35544 The variables @code{calc-lu-power-reference} and
35545 @code{calc-lu-field-reference} are unit expressions (written as
35546 strings) which Calc will use as reference quantities for logarithmic
35547 units.
35548
35549 The default value of @code{calc-lu-power-reference} is @code{"mW"}
35550 and the default value of @code{calc-lu-field-reference} is
35551 @code{"20 uPa"}.
35552 @end defvar
35553
35554 @defvar calc-note-threshold
35555 See @ref{Musical Notes}.@*
35556 The variable @code{calc-note-threshold} is a number (written as a
35557 string) which determines how close (in cents) a frequency needs to be
35558 to a note to be recognized as that note.
35559
35560 The default value of @code{calc-note-threshold} is 1.
35561 @end defvar
35562
35563 @defvar calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
35564 @defvarx calc-selected-face
35565 @defvarx calc-nonselected-face
35566 See @ref{Displaying Selections}.@*
35567 The variable @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces}
35568 determines how selected sub-formulas are distinguished.
35569 If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is nil, then
35570 a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by changing every
35571 character not part of the sub-formula with a dot or by changing every
35572 character in the sub-formula with a @samp{#} sign.
35573 If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is t,
35574 then a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by displaying the
35575 non-selected portion of the formula with @code{calc-nonselected-face}
35576 or by displaying the selected sub-formula with
35577 @code{calc-nonselected-face}.
35578 @end defvar
35579
35580 @defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
35581 The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
35582 whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic
35583 formulas in normal language modes. If
35584 @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is non-@code{nil}, then
35585 multiplication has precedence (and, for certain obscure reasons, is
35586 right associative), and so for example @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted
35587 as @samp{a/(b*c)}. If @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is
35588 @code{nil}, then multiplication has the same precedence as division
35589 (and, like division, is left associative), and so for example
35590 @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{(a/b)*c}. The default value
35591 of @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{t}.
35592 @end defvar
35593
35594 @defvar calc-undo-length
35595 The variable @code{calc-undo-length} determines the number of undo
35596 steps that Calc will keep track of when @code{calc-quit} is called.
35597 If @code{calc-undo-length} is a non-negative integer, then this is the
35598 number of undo steps that will be preserved; if
35599 @code{calc-undo-length} has any other value, then all undo steps will
35600 be preserved. The default value of @code{calc-undo-length} is @expr{100}.
35601 @end defvar
35602
35603 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Customizing Calc, Top
35604 @appendix Reporting Bugs
35605
35606 @noindent
35607 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Jay Belanger,
35608
35609 @example
35610 jay.p.belanger@@gmail.com
35611 @end example
35612
35613 @noindent
35614 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
35615 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
35616 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
35617 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
35618 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
35619 regular mailbox.
35620
35621 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, please send
35622 them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already top-heavy with
35623 features; this obviously cannot be the case, so if you have ideas, send
35624 them right in.
35625
35626 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
35627 future work. If any enthusiastic souls wish to take it upon themselves
35628 to work on these, please send a message (using @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug})
35629 so any efforts can be coordinated.
35630
35631 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
35632 repository. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
35633
35634 @c [summary]
35635 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
35636 @appendix Calc Summary
35637
35638 @noindent
35639 This section includes a complete list of Calc keystroke commands.
35640 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
35641 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
35642 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
35643 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
35644 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
35645 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
35646 command name refer to notes at the end.
35647
35648 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
35649 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
35650 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
35651
35652 @iftex
35653 @begingroup
35654 @tex
35655 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
35656 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
35657 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
35658 \leavevmode%
35659 {\smallfonts
35660 \hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
35661 \hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
35662 \hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
35663 \hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
35664 \thinspace%
35665 {\tt#5}%
35666 {\sl#6}%
35667 }}%
35668 \gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
35669 \gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
35670 \gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
35671 \gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
35672 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
35673 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
35674 @end tex
35675 @let@:=@sumsep
35676 @let@r=@sumrow
35677 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
35678 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
35679 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
35680 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
35681 @end iftex
35682 @format
35683 @iftex
35684 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
35685 @let@c@sumbreak
35686 @end iftex
35687 @r{ @: C-x * a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
35688 @r{ @: C-x * b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
35689 @r{ @: C-x * c @: @: @:calc@:}
35690 @r{ @: C-x * d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
35691 @r{ @: C-x * e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
35692 @r{ @: C-x * f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
35693 @r{ @: C-x * g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
35694 @r{ @: C-x * i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35695 @r{ @: C-x * j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
35696 @r{ @: C-x * k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
35697 @r{ @: C-x * l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
35698 @r{ @: C-x * m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
35699 @r{ @: C-x * n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
35700 @r{ @: C-x * o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
35701 @r{ @: C-x * p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
35702 @r{ @: C-x * q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
35703 @r{ @: C-x * r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
35704 @r{ @: C-x * s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35705 @r{ @: C-x * t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35706 @r{ @: C-x * u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update-formula@:}
35707 @r{ @: C-x * w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
35708 @r{ @: C-x * x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35709 @r{ @: C-x * y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35710 @r{ @: C-x * z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
35711 @r{ @: C-x * : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
35712 @r{ @: C-x * _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
35713 @r{ @: C-x * ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
35714 @r{ @: C-x * 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
35715
35716 @c
35717 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
35718 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
35719 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
35720 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
35721 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@tfn{#}number}
35722 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
35723 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
35724 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35725 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35726
35727 @c
35728 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
35729 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
35730 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
35731
35732 @c
35733 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
35734 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
35735 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
35736 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
35737 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
35738 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
35739 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
35740 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
35741 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
35742 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
35743 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
35744 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
35745 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
35746 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
35747 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
35748 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
35749 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
35750
35751 @c
35752 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35753 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35754 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
35755 @r{. a b c@: M-@summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
35756 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
35757 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35758 @r{... a b@: M-@summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
35759 @r{ @: M-@summarykey{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
35760 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
35761
35762 @c
35763 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35764 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
35765 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
35766 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
35767 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35768 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
35769 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
35770
35771 @c
35772 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
35773 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
35774 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
35775 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
35776 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
35777 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
35778 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
35779
35780 @c
35781 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
35782 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
35783 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
35784 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
35785 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
35786 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
35787
35788 @c
35789 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
35790 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
35791 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
35792 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35793 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
35794 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
35795 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35796
35797 @c
35798 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
35799 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
35800 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35801 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
35802 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
35803 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
35804 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
35805 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
35806 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
35807 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
35808 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
35809 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
35810 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
35811 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
35812 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
35813 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
35814 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
35815 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
35816 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
35817 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
35818 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
35819 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
35820 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
35821 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
35822 @r{ @: O @:command @: 32 @:@:Option}
35823 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
35824 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
35825 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
35826 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
35827 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
35828 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35829 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
35830 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
35831 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
35832 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
35833 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
35834 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
35835 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
35836 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
35837 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
35838 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
35839 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
35840 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
35841 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35842 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
35843
35844 @c
35845 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
35846 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
35847 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
35848 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
35849 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
35850 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
35851 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
35852 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
35853 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
35854 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
35855 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
35856 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
35857 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
35858
35859 @c
35860 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35861 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35862 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
35863 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
35864
35865 @c
35866 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
35867 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
35868 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
35869 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
35870
35871 @c
35872 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
35873 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
35874 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
35875 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
35876 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
35877 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
35878 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
35879 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
35880 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
35881 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
35882 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
35883 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
35884 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
35885 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
35886 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
35887 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
35888 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
35889 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
35890 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
35891 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
35892
35893 @c
35894 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35895 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35896 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35897 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
35898 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
35899 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
35900 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
35901 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
35902 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
35903 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
35904 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
35905 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
35906 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
35907 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
35908 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
35909 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
35910 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
35911 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
35912 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
35913
35914 @c
35915 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
35916 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
35917 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
35918 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35919 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35920 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
35921 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
35922 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
35923 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35924 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35925 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35926 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35927 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
35928 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
35929 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
35930
35931 @c
35932 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
35933 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
35934 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
35935 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
35936 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
35937 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
35938 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35939 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35940 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
35941 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
35942 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
35943 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
35944 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
35945 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
35946 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
35947 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
35948 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35949 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35950 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
35951 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
35952 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
35953 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
35954 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
35955
35956 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
35957 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
35958 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
35959 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
35960
35961 @c
35962 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35963 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35964 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
35965 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
35966 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
35967 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
35968 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
35969 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
35970 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
35971 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
35972 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
35973
35974 @c
35975 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
35976 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
35977
35978 @c
35979 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
35980
35981 @c
35982 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
35983 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
35984 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
35985 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
35986 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
35987 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
35988 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
35989 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
35990 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
35991 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
35992 @r{ @: d @summarykey{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
35993 @r{ @: d @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
35994
35995 @c
35996 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
35997 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
35998 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
35999 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
36000
36001 @c
36002 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
36003 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
36004 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
36005 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
36006 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
36007 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
36008 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
36009 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
36010 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
36011 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
36012 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
36013 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
36014 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
36015 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
36016 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
36017 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
36018 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
36019 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
36020
36021 @c
36022 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
36023 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
36024 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
36025 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
36026 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
36027 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
36028 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
36029 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
36030 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
36031 @r{ @: d L @: @: 50 @:calc-latex-language@:}
36032 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
36033 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
36034
36035 @c
36036 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
36037 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
36038
36039 @c
36040 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
36041 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
36042 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
36043 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
36044 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
36045 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
36046 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
36047 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
36048 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
36049 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
36050 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
36051 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
36052
36053 @c
36054 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
36055 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
36056 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
36057 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
36058 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
36059 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
36060 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
36061 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
36062 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
36063 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
36064 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
36065 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
36066 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
36067 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
36068 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
36069 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
36070 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
36071
36072 @c
36073 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
36074 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
36075 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
36076 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
36077 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
36078 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
36079 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
36080 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
36081 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
36082 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
36083 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
36084 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
36085 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
36086 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
36087 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
36088 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
36089 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
36090 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
36091 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
36092
36093 @c
36094 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
36095 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
36096 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
36097 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
36098 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
36099 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
36100 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
36101 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
36102 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
36103 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
36104 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
36105 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
36106 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
36107 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
36108 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
36109 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
36110
36111 @c
36112 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
36113 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
36114 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
36115
36116 @c
36117 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
36118 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
36119 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
36120 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
36121 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
36122 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
36123 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
36124 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
36125 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
36126 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
36127
36128 @c
36129 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
36130 @r{ @: j @summarykey{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
36131 @r{ @: j @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
36132 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
36133 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
36134 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
36135
36136 @c
36137 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
36138 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
36139 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
36140 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
36141 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
36142
36143 @c
36144 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
36145 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
36146 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
36147 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
36148 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
36149 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
36150 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
36151 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
36152 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
36153 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
36154 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
36155 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
36156 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
36157 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
36158
36159 @c
36160 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
36161 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
36162 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
36163 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
36164 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
36165 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
36166 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
36167 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
36168 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
36169 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
36170 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
36171 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
36172
36173 @c
36174 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
36175 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
36176 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
36177 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
36178 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
36179 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
36180 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
36181 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
36182 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
36183 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
36184 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
36185 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
36186 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
36187 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
36188 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
36189 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
36190 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
36191 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
36192 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
36193 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
36194
36195 @c
36196 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
36197 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
36198 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
36199 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
36200 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
36201 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
36202 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
36203 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
36204 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
36205 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
36206 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
36207 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
36208 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
36209
36210 @c
36211 @r{ a b@: l + @: @: @:lupadd@:(a,b)}
36212 @r{ a b@: H l + @: @: @:lufadd@:(a,b)}
36213 @r{ a b@: l - @: @: @:lupsub@:(a,b)}
36214 @r{ a b@: H l - @: @: @:lufsub@:(a,b)}
36215 @r{ a b@: l * @: @: @:lupmul@:(a,b)}
36216 @r{ a b@: H l * @: @: @:lufmul@:(a,b)}
36217 @r{ a b@: l / @: @: @:lupdiv@:(a,b)}
36218 @r{ a b@: H l / @: @: @:lufdiv@:(a,b)}
36219 @r{ a@: l d @: @: @:dbpower@:(a)}
36220 @r{ a b@: O l d @: @: @:dbpower@:(a,b)}
36221 @r{ a@: H l d @: @: @:dbfield@:(a)}
36222 @r{ a b@: O H l d @: @: @:dbfield@:(a,b)}
36223 @r{ a@: l n @: @: @:nppower@:(a)}
36224 @r{ a b@: O l n @: @: @:nppower@:(a,b)}
36225 @r{ a@: H l n @: @: @:npfield@:(a)}
36226 @r{ a b@: O H l n @: @: @:npfield@:(a,b)}
36227 @r{ a@: l q @: @: @:lupquant@:(a)}
36228 @r{ a b@: O l q @: @: @:lupquant@:(a,b)}
36229 @r{ a@: H l q @: @: @:lufquant@:(a)}
36230 @r{ a b@: O H l q @: @: @:lufquant@:(a,b)}
36231 @r{ a@: l s @: @: @:spn@:(a)}
36232 @r{ a@: l m @: @: @:midi@:(a)}
36233 @r{ a@: l f @: @: @:freq@:(a)}
36234
36235 @c
36236 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
36237 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
36238 @r{ @: m e @: @: @:calc-embedded-preserve-modes@:}
36239 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
36240 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
36241 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
36242 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
36243 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
36244 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
36245 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
36246 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
36247 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
36248 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
36249 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
36250 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
36251
36252 @c
36253 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
36254 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
36255 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
36256 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
36257 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
36258 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
36259 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
36260 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
36261 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
36262 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
36263 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
36264
36265 @c
36266 @r{ @: r s @:register @: 27 @:calc-copy-to-register@:}
36267 @r{ @: r i @:register @: @:calc-insert-register@:}
36268
36269 @c
36270 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
36271 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
36272 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
36273 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
36274 @r{ @: s k @:const, var @: 29 @:calc-copy-special-constant@:}
36275 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
36276 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
36277 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
36278 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
36279 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
36280 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
36281 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
36282 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
36283 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
36284 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
36285 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
36286 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
36287
36288 @c
36289 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
36290 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
36291 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
36292 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
36293 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
36294 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
36295 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
36296 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
36297 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
36298 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
36299 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
36300 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
36301 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
36302
36303 @c
36304 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
36305 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
36306 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
36307 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
36308 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
36309 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
36310 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
36311 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
36312 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
36313 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @tfn{:=} b}
36314 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @tfn{=>}}
36315
36316 @c
36317 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
36318 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
36319 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
36320 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
36321 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
36322
36323 @c
36324 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
36325 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
36326 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
36327 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
36328 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
36329 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
36330 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
36331 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
36332 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
36333 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
36334 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
36335 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
36336 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
36337
36338 @c
36339 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
36340 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
36341 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
36342 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
36343 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
36344 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
36345 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
36346 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
36347 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
36348 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
36349 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
36350 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
36351 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
36352 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
36353 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
36354 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
36355 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
36356 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
36357 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
36358
36359 @c
36360 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
36361 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
36362
36363 @c
36364 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
36365 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
36366 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
36367 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
36368 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
36369 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
36370 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
36371 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
36372 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
36373 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
36374 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
36375 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
36376 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
36377 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
36378
36379 @c
36380 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
36381 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
36382 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
36383 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
36384 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
36385 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
36386 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
36387 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
36388 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
36389 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
36390 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
36391 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
36392 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
36393 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
36394 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
36395 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
36396
36397 @c
36398 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
36399 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
36400 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
36401
36402 @c
36403 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
36404 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
36405 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
36406 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
36407 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
36408 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
36409 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
36410 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
36411 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
36412 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
36413
36414 @c
36415 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
36416 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
36417 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
36418 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
36419 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
36420 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
36421
36422 @c
36423 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
36424
36425 @c
36426 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
36427 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
36428 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
36429 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
36430 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
36431 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
36432 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
36433 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
36434 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
36435 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
36436 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
36437 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
36438 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
36439 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
36440 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
36441 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
36442 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
36443 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
36444 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
36445 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
36446 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
36447 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
36448 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
36449 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
36450 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
36451 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
36452 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
36453 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
36454 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
36455 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
36456 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
36457 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
36458
36459 @c
36460 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
36461 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
36462 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
36463 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
36464 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
36465 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
36466 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
36467 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
36468 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
36469 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
36470 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
36471 @r{ m1 m2@: V K @: @: @:kron@:(m1,m2)}
36472 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
36473 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
36474 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
36475 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
36476 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
36477 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
36478 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
36479 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
36480 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
36481 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
36482 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
36483 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
36484 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
36485 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
36486 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
36487 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
36488 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
36489
36490 @c
36491 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
36492
36493 @c
36494 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
36495
36496 @c
36497 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
36498 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
36499 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
36500 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
36501
36502 @c
36503 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
36504 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
36505 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
36506 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
36507 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
36508 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
36509 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
36510
36511 @c
36512 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
36513
36514 @c
36515 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
36516 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
36517 @r{ @: Z # @: @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
36518
36519 @c
36520 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
36521 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
36522 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
36523 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
36524 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
36525 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
36526 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
36527 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
36528 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
36529 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
36530 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
36531
36532 @end format
36533
36534 @noindent
36535 NOTES
36536
36537 @enumerate
36538 @c 1
36539 @item
36540 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
36541 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @expr{-n}th stack entry.
36542 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
36543 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
36544
36545 @c 2
36546 @item
36547 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
36548 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
36549 and the next @expr{-n} stack entries.
36550
36551 @c 3
36552 @item
36553 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @expr{n} stack entries by one.
36554 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @expr{-n}.
36555 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
36556
36557 @c 4
36558 @item
36559 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
36560
36561 @c 5
36562 @item
36563 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @expr{p}.
36564 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @expr{-p}.
36565
36566 @c 6
36567 @item
36568 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
36569 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
36570
36571 @c 7
36572 @item
36573 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
36574 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
36575
36576 @c 8
36577 @item
36578 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
36579
36580 @c 9
36581 @item
36582 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, unsigned.
36583 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, signed.
36584
36585 @c 10
36586 @item
36587 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @expr{n}. The @expr{w} argument
36588 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
36589
36590 @c 11
36591 @item
36592 From the keyboard, @expr{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
36593
36594 @c 12
36595 @item
36596 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
36597 prefix always clears the mode.
36598
36599 @c 13
36600 @item
36601 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
36602
36603 @c 14
36604 @item
36605 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @expr{m} instead of taking
36606 @expr{m} from the stack. @expr{M} may take any of these values:
36607 @iftex
36608 {@advance@tableindent10pt
36609 @end iftex
36610 @table @asis
36611 @item Integer
36612 Random integer in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36613 @item Float
36614 Random floating-point number in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36615 @item 0.0
36616 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
36617 @item Error form
36618 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
36619 @item Interval
36620 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
36621 @item Vector
36622 Random element from the vector.
36623 @end table
36624 @iftex
36625 }
36626 @end iftex
36627
36628 @c 15
36629 @item
36630 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
36631 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
36632
36633 @c 16
36634 @item
36635 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
36636 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
36637
36638 @c 17
36639 @item
36640 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
36641
36642 @c 18
36643 @item
36644 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
36645 the new units.
36646
36647 @c 19
36648 @item
36649 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
36650 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
36651
36652 @c 20
36653 @item
36654 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single
36655 @texline @var{n}@math{\times2}
36656 @infoline @mathit{@var{N}x2}
36657 matrix from the stack instead of two separate data vectors.
36658
36659 @c 21
36660 @item
36661 The row or column number @expr{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
36662 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @expr{n}
36663 from the top of the stack. If @expr{n} is a vector or interval,
36664 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
36665
36666 @c 22
36667 @item
36668 The @expr{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
36669 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
36670 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
36671 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
36672 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
36673 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
36674 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
36675 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
36676 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
36677
36678 @c 23
36679 @item
36680 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
36681 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
36682 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
36683 entering @expr{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
36684 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
36685 or @code{d} for ``down.''
36686
36687 @c 24
36688 @item
36689 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
36690 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
36691 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
36692 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
36693 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
36694 @iftex
36695 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
36696 @end iftex
36697 @table @cite
36698 @item -1
36699 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
36700 @item -2
36701 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
36702 @item -3
36703 (@var{3}) HMS form.
36704 @item -4
36705 (@var{2}) Error form.
36706 @item -5
36707 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
36708 @item -6
36709 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
36710 @item -7
36711 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
36712 @item -8
36713 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
36714 @item -9
36715 (@var{2}) Open interval.
36716 @item -10
36717 (@var{2}) Fraction.
36718 @item -11
36719 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
36720 @item -12
36721 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @expr{[1 .. 10)}.
36722 @item -13
36723 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
36724 @item -14
36725 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
36726 @item -15
36727 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
36728 @end table
36729 @iftex
36730 }
36731 @end iftex
36732
36733 @c 25
36734 @item
36735 A prefix argument specifies the size @expr{n} of the matrix. With no
36736 prefix argument, @expr{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
36737 the input vector.
36738
36739 @c 26
36740 @item
36741 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @expr{n} (default 1).
36742
36743 @c 27
36744 @item
36745 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
36746
36747 @c 28
36748 @item
36749 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
36750
36751 @c 29
36752 @item
36753 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
36754
36755 @c 30
36756 @item
36757 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} (or
36758 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or kill the
36759 buffer with @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
36760 of the result of the edit.
36761
36762 @c 31
36763 @item
36764 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
36765
36766 @c 32
36767 @item
36768 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
36769
36770 @c 33
36771 @item
36772 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
36773 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
36774
36775 @c 34
36776 @item
36777 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
36778 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
36779 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
36780 backward by that many lines.
36781
36782 @c 35
36783 @item
36784 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
36785 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
36786 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
36787 region between point and mark as a single formula.
36788
36789 @c 36
36790 @item
36791 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
36792 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
36793 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
36794 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
36795
36796 @c 37
36797 @item
36798 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
36799
36800 @c 38
36801 @item
36802 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
36803 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
36804
36805 @c 39
36806 @item
36807 Answer for @expr{v} may also be of the form @expr{v = v_0} or
36808 @expr{v - v_0}.
36809
36810 @c 40
36811 @item
36812 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @expr{y}'s and one
36813 common @expr{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
36814 @expr{y}s and a common @expr{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
36815 contains many @expr{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
36816 @expr{z} for @expr{y} and @expr{x,y} for @expr{x}.)
36817
36818 @c 41
36819 @item
36820 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
36821
36822 @c 42
36823 @item
36824 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
36825 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
36826
36827 @c 43
36828 @item
36829 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
36830 value for this graph.
36831
36832 @c 44
36833 @item
36834 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
36835
36836 @c 45
36837 @item
36838 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
36839 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
36840 otherwise.
36841
36842 @c 46
36843 @item
36844 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
36845 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
36846 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
36847 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
36848 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
36849 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
36850 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
36851 to evaluate variables.
36852
36853 @c 47
36854 @item
36855 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
36856 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
36857 assigns
36858 @texline @math{x \coloneq a-x}.
36859 @infoline @expr{x := a-x}.
36860
36861 @c 48
36862 @item
36863 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
36864 variables prompt with @expr{iv} or @expr{iv;pv} to specify
36865 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
36866 takes @mathit{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
36867 and a vector from the stack.
36868
36869 @c 49
36870 @item
36871 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
36872 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
36873
36874 @c 50
36875 @item
36876 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
36877 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
36878 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
36879
36880 @c 51
36881 @item
36882 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
36883 default 2D resolution.
36884
36885 @c 52
36886 @item
36887 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
36888 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
36889 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
36890 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
36891 @end enumerate
36892
36893 @iftex
36894 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
36895 @page
36896 @endgroup
36897 @end iftex
36898
36899
36900 @c [end-summary]
36901
36902 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
36903 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
36904
36905 @printindex ky
36906
36907 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
36908 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
36909
36910 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
36911 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
36912 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
36913 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
36914
36915 @printindex pg
36916
36917 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
36918 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
36919
36920 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
36921 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
36922 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
36923 @iftex
36924 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
36925 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
36926 @end iftex
36927
36928 @printindex tp
36929
36930 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
36931 @unnumbered Concept Index
36932
36933 @printindex cp
36934
36935 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
36936 @unnumbered Index of Variables
36937
36938 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
36939 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
36940 corresponding Lisp variable.
36941
36942 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
36943 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs} file.
36944
36945 @printindex vr
36946
36947 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
36948 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
36949
36950 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
36951 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
36952 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
36953 @samp{math-}.
36954
36955 @printindex fn
36956
36957 @bye